Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats


catalog 







Contents 


Academic Calendai 


University Administration 
Overview of Colleges 
Academic Departments and Programs 
Academic Affairs 
Student Affairs 


Academic Advisement 
Admissions 


Registration 

Feeflffi 


Financial Aid 
University Regulations 
Graduate Regulations 
Academic Programs 
Degree Listing 










General Education 
Faculty 
Index 


'•“T 






•% Mk.’ 





At Cal State Fullerton, our professors create an 
exceptional learning environment for their students, 
whether they're teaching an introductory class 
to freshmen or working one-on-one in a lab 
with a future scientist. Students often comment that our campus has the comfortable atmosphere that feels 
like a small college. It’s a place where they can easily find networks of friends, interact with faculty 
on a personal level, and find the support and encouragement they need to be successful. 


You may be the first in your family to pursue a 
college education. Or, perhaps joining our proud 
Titan alumni has become a tradition among 
relatives and friends. As you get to know 
Cal State Fullerton, you’ll quickly discover 
why so many students choose our university. 

Our affordable, high quality education creates 
possibilities many of our students may not have 
imagined. Many of our academic programs have 
achieved national prominence because of our 
outstanding faculty and the achievements 
of our alumni. 


When you visit our campus, you’ll experience a vibrant, dynamic metropolitan university that offers 
the wonderful advantages of a rich, multicultural diversity, as well as connections with industry, 
government and the arts. Our students have many opportunities to immerse themselves 
in internships and real-world experiences that prepare you for success. 


Your future offers infinite possibilities. I am proud to say that our entire university community 
is committed to providing the support, encouragement and challenging opportunities 
to help you make your dreams and goals a reality. 

Milton A. Gordon 


PRESIDENT 




is preeminent at California State University, Fullerton. 


We aspire to combine the best qualities of teaching and research universities where actively engaged 



students, faculty and staff work in close collaboration to expand knowledge. Our affordable undergraduate 

and graduate programs provide students the best of current practice, theory and research and integrate 

- % 

professional studies with preparation in the arts and sciences Through experiences in and out of 



the classroom, students develop the habit of intellectual inquiry, prepare for challenging professions, 


strengthen relationships to their communities and contribute productively to society. We are a 


comprehensive, regional university with a global outlook, located in Orange County, a technologically 


rich and culturally vibrant area of metropolitan Los Angeles. Our expertise and diversity serve as 


a distinctive resource and catalyst for partnerships with public and private organizations. We strive 


to be a center of activity essential to the intellectual, cultural and economical development of our region. 


Contents 


President’s Message 1 

Academic Calendars 6 

The California State University 8 

California State University, Fullerton 12 

Mission and Goals 13 

Accreditations and Associations 13 

El Toro Campus H 

Students of the University 15 

The Faculty 16 

CSUF Foundation 16 

Alumni Association 17 

Community Support Groups 17 

University Administration 19 

COLLEGES 

College of the Arts 24 

College of Business and Economics 26 

College of Communications 30 

College of Education 32 

College of Engineering and Computer Science 34 

College of Health and Human Development 38 

College of Humanities and Social Sciences 40 

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 42 

ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS 

Accounting 46 

Afro-Ethnic Studies 53 

American Studies 56 

Anthropology 60 

Art 67 

Asian American Studies 81 

Asian Studies 85 

Biological Science 87 

Business Administration Degrees 98 

Chemistry and Biochemistry 106 

Chicana and Chicano Studies 114 

Child and Adolescent Studies 118 

Civil and Environmental Engineering 122 

Communications 131 

Comparative Religion 141 

Computer Engineering 147 

Computer Science 151 

Counseling 158 

Criminal Justice 162 

Economics 166 

Educational Leadership 172 

Electrical Engineering 178 

Elementary and Bilingual Education 187 

Engineering 198 

English and Comparative Literature 202 

Environmental Studies 211 

European Studies 213 

Finance 218 


Geography 222 

Geological Sciences 227 

Gerontology 233 

Health Science 238 

History 245 

Human Communication Studies 254 

Human Services 266 

Information Systems and Decision Sciences 271 

Instructional Design and Technology 280 

International Business Program 283 

Kinesiology 286 

Latin American Studies Program 297 

Liberal Studies 300 

Linguistics Program 304 

Management 308 

Marketing 313 

Mathematics 316 

Mechanical Engineering 325 

Military Science Program 333 

Modem Languages and Literatures 335 

Music 356 

Natural Sciences 373 

Nursing 375 

Philosophy 387 

Physics 392 

Political Science 397 

Psychology 405 

Public Administration 414 

Radio-TV-Film 418 

Reading 422 

Science Education Program 426 

Secondary Education 430 

Sociology 437 

Software Engineering 444 

Special Education 446 

Theatre and Dance 454 

Women’s Studies 466 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 470 

Academic Advisement Center 471 

Academic Programs 471 

Academic Senate 471 

Admissions and Records 471 

Center for Internships and Service-Learning 472 

Classroom Technology and Support Center 472 

Distance Education 472 

Faculty Affairs and Records 472 

Faculty Development Center 473 

Graduate Studies 473 

Grants and Contracts 473 

Information Technology 474 


CONTENTS 


Institutional Research and Analytical Studies 474 

International Programs 474 

Library 474 

University Extended Education 475 

University Outreach 475 

Freshman Programs 

Fullerton First Year Community 476 

COMPASS Community 476 

Live ‘n’ Learn Community 477 

Freshman Future Teachers 477 

Freshman Success 477 

Freshman Programs Student Association 477 

Freshman Programs Advisory Board 477 

University Honors Programs 

Admission and Eligibility 478 

Curriculum 479 

Honors Courses 479 

Honors and Recognition 

Admission with Distinction 481 

President’s Scholars Program 481 

Dean’s Honors List 482 

Departmental Honors Program 482 

Honors at Graduation 482 

Honors Societies 482 

Research Centers 

California Desert Studies Center 484 

Center for Applied Biotechnology Studies 484 

Center for Business Studies 485 

Center for Children Who Stutter 485 

Center for Community Collaboration 485 

Center for Demographic Research 485 

Center for Economic Education 485 

Center for Entertainment and Tourism 486 

Center for Entrepreneurship 486 

Center for Ethnographic Cultural Analysis 486 

Center for Excellence in Science and 

Mathematics Education 486 

Center for Governmental Studies 486 

Center for Insurance Studies 486 

Center for International Business 487 

Center for Public Policy 487 

Center for Successful Aging 487 

Center for the Advancement of Responsible Youth Sports 487 

Center for the Prevention of Childhood Obesity 487 

Center for the Study of Economics of Aging and Health 488 

Center for the Study of Emerging Markets 488 

Center for the Study of Religion in American Life 488 

CSUF Archeological Research Facility 488 

CSUF Institute of Gerontology 488 

Decision Research Center 489 

Family Business Council 489 

Gianneschi Center for Nonprofit Research 489 

Institute for Economic and Environmental Studies 489 

Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition 489 

National Center for Water Hazard Mitigation 489 

Ocean Studies Institute/Southem California Marine Institute .. 490 

Real Estate and Land Use Institute 490 

Small Business Institute 490 

Social Science Research Center 490 

South Central Coastal Information Center 490 

Sport and Movement Institute 491 


Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 491 

Twin Studies Center 491 

WM. Keck Foundation for Molecular Structure 491 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Vice President for Student Affairs 494 

Academic Appeals 494 

Assistant Deans for Student Affairs 494 

Career Center 495 

Counseling and Psychological Services 495 

Disabled Student Services 495 

Education Enhancement Programs 496 

Financial Aid 496 

Guardian Scholars Program 496 

Honors and Scholars Support Services 496 

Housing and Residence Life 497 

International Education and Exchange 497 

Student Academic Services 497 

Educational Opportunity Program 497 

Intensive Learning Experience 498 

MESA Engineering Program (MEP) 498 

Student Diversity Program 498 

Student Retention Services 498 

Student Support Services 498 

Summer Bridge 498 

Testing Services 498 

Student Affairs Research Center 498 

Student Health and Counseling Center 499 

University Learning Center 499 

Women’s Center/Adult Reentry 499 

Student Life 

Dean of Students Office 500 

Judicial Affairs 500 

Leadership and Multicultural Development 500 

Student Information and Referral Center 501 

New Student Orientation 501 

Titan Week of Welcome 501 

New Student Information Center 501 

Campus Tours 501 

Student Organization Research Center 501 

Volunteer and Service Center 501 

Associated Students, CSUF Inc. 

Associated Students Government 502 

Associated Students, Inc. Productions 502 

Association for Intercultural Awareness 502 

Camp Titan 502 

Interclub Councils 503 

Children’s Center 503 

Legal Information and Referral 503 

Titan Student Union 503 

Rec Sports 503 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

Coaches 505 

Conference Memberships 505 

Men’s Intercollegiate Athletics 505 

Women’s Intercollegiate Athletics 506 

Athletic Academic Services 507 

Resources 

African American Resource Center 508 

Anthropology Museum 508 

Art Gallery 508 


CONTENTS 


Center for Oral and Public History 508 

Chicano Resource Center 509 

Daily Titan 509 

Dining and Vending Services 509 

Fullerton Arboretum 509 

Grand Central Art Center 510 

Herbarium 510 

Mathematics Tutoring Center 510 

Modem Language Laboratory 510 

Opportunity Center for Science and Mathematics Students 510 

Reading Clinic 510 

Speech, Language and Hearing Clinic 510 

Theatre and Dance Department Productions 511 

Titan Communications 511 

Titan Shops 511 

Undergraduate Reading Lab 512 

Writing Center 512 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic Advisement Policy 514 

New Student Orientations 514 

General Education Courses and Electives 514 

Advisement in the Major 514 

College Advisement Offices 514 

Academic Advisement Center 515 

Undeclared Majors 515 

Planning a Major Program 515 

Change of Major 515 

Departmental Academic Advisement 515 

Preprofessional Programs 515 

Health Professions 516 

Teaching Careers 516 

Immigration Requirements for Licensure 516 

Answers to Your Questions 517 

ADMISSIONS 

Undergraduate Students 

Freshmen Requirements 520 

Eligibility Index 520 

High School Honors Courses 521 

Transfer Requirements 521 

Health Screening 522 

Test Scores 522 

TOEFL Requirement 523 

Computer Competency 523 

Placement Test Requirements 523 

Residency Determination 524 

Application Procedures 

How to Apply for Admission 526 

Impacted Programs 527 

Application Filing Periods 527 

Hardship Petitions 528 

Admission Requirements 

First-Time Freshmen 529 

Undergraduate Transfer Students 530 

International Students 530 

American Language Program 531 

Readmission 532 

Transfer Credits 533 


REGISTRATION 

Registration Information 

Fee Information 

Financial Aid 

UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS 

Enrollment Regulations 

Class Attendance 

Grading System 

Administrative Grading Symbols 

Student Records 

Challenge Exams 

Repetition of Courses 

Grade Changes 

Academic Dishonesty 

Transcripts 

Stop-Out Policy 

Leave of Absence 

Withdrawal from the University 

Retention, Probation and Disqualification 

Student Conduct 

Parking 

University Police 

Debts owed the University 

Nondiscrimination Policy 

Sexual Harassment 

Privacy Rights 

Use of Social Security Number 

GRADUATE REGULATIONS 

Application Procedures 

All-University Master’s Degree Requirements 

Writing Requirement 

Graduate Academic Standards 

Graduate Enrollment Policies 

Leave of Absence 

Transfer Credit 

Theses and Projects 

Graduate Student Checklist 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Degree Listing 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelors Degree 
General Education Requirements 
General Education Certification PokyZIZZ 
California Articulation Number (CAN) 

General Education Goals... 

Teaching Credential Programs 

University Extended Education 

International Education 

International Programs.. 

Course Numbering Code 

B.A. Special Major Program 

Library Course 

University Studies 'couZ 

EMERITI 

FACULTY AND ADMlNls 
INDEX 
CREDITS 


538 

540 

544 

552 

553 

554 

555 

556 

557 
557 

557 

558 

559 

560 
560 

560 

561 
561 
563 

563 

564 

565 
565 

565 

566 

568 

568 

571 

573 

575 

575 

576 
578 
580 


.582 
.583 
..587 
..588 
..588 
..589 
.. 594 
.. 594 
..599 
.602 
..604 
..606 
..606 
..607 

..610 

..629 

.668 

..678 


5 


Academic Calendar 


employee work calendar. 


Please note: This calendar is not intended to be construed as an 

SUMMER SESSION 2005 


June 4 

Saturday First day of classes 

July 4 

Monday Independence Day - Campus closed 

August 1 

Monday Initial period for filing application for 

admission to the 2006 spring semester 
begins 

August 14 

Sunday Last day of classes 


FALL SEMESTER 2005 


August 18 

Thursday Academic year begins 

August 20 

Saturday First day of classes 

September 5 

Monday Labor Day - Campus closed 

September 9 

Friday Admission Day - Campus open 

October 1 

Saturday Initial period for filing application for 

admission to the 2006 fall semester 
begins 

October 12 


Wednesday Columbus Day - Campus open 

November 11 

Friday Veterans Day - Campus open 

November 21-27 

Monday-Sunday Fall Recess - No classes 

Campus open 1 1/21-23 
Campus closed 1 1/24-25 

December 9 

Friday Last day of classes 

December 10-16 

Saturday-Friday Semester examinations 

December 26-January 2 

Monday-Monday Holiday break - Campus closed 


2006 

January 2 

Monday New Year’s Holiday - Campus closed 

January 3 

Tuesday Semester ends; Grade reports due 


INTERSESSION 2006 

December 31 

Saturday First day of classes 

January 16 

Monday Martin Luther King Jr. Day- 

Campus Closed 

January 29 

Sunday Last day of classes 

SPRING SEMESTER 2006 

January 26 

Thursday Semester begins 

January 28 

Saturday First day of classes 

February 13 

Monday Lincoln’s Birthday - Campus open 

February 20 

Monday Presidents’ Day - Campus closed 

March 27-April 2 

Monday-Sunday Spring recess - No classes; Campus open, 

except on Friday, March 31 due to Cesar 
Chavez Day 

March 31 

Friday Cesar Chavez Day - Campus closed 

April 3 

Monday Classes resume 

May 19 

Friday Last day of classes 

May 20-26 

Saturday-Friday Semester examinations 

May 27-28 

Saturday-Sunday Commencement exercises 

May 29 

Monday Memorial Day - Campus closed 

June 2 

Friday Semester ends, Grade reports due 


CLASSES THAT MEET ON 

Fall 2005 

SATURDAYS AND/OR SUNDAYS WILL MEET ON THE FOLLOWING DATES: 

Saturdays Sundays Spring 2006 Saturdays 

Sundays 

August 

20, 27 

21,28 

January' 

28 

29 

September 

3, 10, 17, 24 

4, 11, 18, 25 

February 

4, 11, 18, 25 

5, 12, 19, 26 

October 

1,8, 15, 22, 29 

2, 9, 16, 23, 30 

March 

4, 11, 18, 25 

5, 12, 19, 26 

November 

5, 12, 19 

6, 13, 20 

April 

8, 15, 22, 29 

9, 16, 23, 30 

December 

3 

4 

May 

6, 13 

7, 14 


6 


2005-2007 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 


SUMMER SESSION 2006 


June 3 

Saturday First day of classes 

July 3 

Monday Campus open 

July 4 

Tuesday Independence Day - Campus closed 

August 1 

Tuesday Initial period for filing application for 

admission to the following spring semester 
begins 

August 13 

Sunday Last day of classes 


FALL SEMESTER 2006 

August 17 

Thursday Academic year begins 

August 19 

Saturday First day of classes 

September 4 

Monday Labor Day - Campus closed 

September 8 

Friday Admission Day - Campus open 

October 1 

Sunday Initial period for filing application for 

admission to the following fall semester 
begins 

October 12 


Thursday Columbus Day - Campus open 

November 10 

Friday Veterans Day - Campus open 

November 20-26 

Monday-Sunday Fall Recess - No classes 


Campus open 1 1/20-22 
Campus closed 1 1/23-24 

December 8 

Friday Last day of classes 

December 9-15 

Saturday-Friday Semester examinations 

December 25-January 1 

Monday-Monday Holiday break - Campus closed 


2007 

January 1 

Monday New Year’s Holiday - Campus closed 

January 2 

Tuesday Semester ends; Grade reports due 

INTERSESSION 

December 30 

Saturday First day of classes 

January 15 

Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - Campus closed 

January 21 

Sunday Last day of classes 


SPRING SEMESTER 2007 

January 18 

Thursday Semester begins 

January 20 

Saturday First day of classes 

February 12 

Monday Lincoln’s Birthday - Campus open 

February 19 

Monday Presidents’ Day - Campus closed 

March 26-April 1 

Monday-Sunday Spring recess - No classes; Campus open, except 

on Friday, March 30 due to Cesar Chavez Day 

March 30 

Friday Cesar Chavez Day - Campus closed 

April 2 

Monday Classes resume 

May 12 

Saturday Last day of classes 

May 12-18 

Saturday-Friday Semester examinations 

May 19-20 

Saturday-Sunday Commencement exercises 

May 25 

Friday Semester ends; Grade reports due 

May 28 

Monday Memorial Day - Campus closed 


CLASSES THAT MEET ON SATURDAYS AND/OR SUNDAYS WILL MEET ON THE FOLLOWING DATES: 


Fall 2006 

Saturdays 

Sundays 

Spring 2007 

Saturdays 

Sundays 

August 

19, 26 

20, 27 

January 

27 

28 

September 

2, 9, 16, 23, 30 

3, 10, 17, 24 

February 

3, 10, 17, 24 

4, 11, 18, 25 

October 

7, 14,21,28 

1,8, 15, 22, 29 

March 

3, 10, 17, 24 

4, 11, 18, 25 

November 

4, 11, 18 

5, 12, 19 

April 

7 14,21,28 

8, 15, 22, 29 

December 

2 

3 

May 

5, 12 

6, 13 


7 


2005-2007 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 


The California 
State University 


California State University, Bakersfield 
California State University, Channel Islands 
California State University, Chico 
California State University, Dominguez Hills 
California State University, East Bay 


6 California State University, Fresno 



California State University, Fullerton 

8 Humboldt State University 

9 California State University, Long Beach 

10 California State University, Los Angeles 

California Maritime Academy 

12 caw [pmia State University. Monterey Bay 

13 California State University, Northridge 

14 California State Polytechnic University. Pomona 


15 California State University Sacramento 

16 California State University. San Bernardino 

17 San Diego State Univ 

18 San Francisco State Unii 

19 San Jos6 State l 

20 California Polytechnic State University. San Luis Obispo 

21 California State Ugiverstty. San Marcos 

22 Sonoma State University 

23 California State University, Stanislaus 


THE CSV 


The individual California State Colleges were brought together as a system by the Donahoe 
Higher Education Act of 1960. In 1972 the system became the California State University and 
Colleges, and in 1982 the system became the California State University Today the campuses of 
the CSU include comprehensive and polytechnic universities and, since July 1995, the California 
Maritime Academy, a specialized campus. 

The oldest campus — SanJos£ State University — was founded in 1857 and became the first 
institution of public higher education in California. The newest — CSU Channel Islands— opened 
in fall 2002, with freshmen arriving in fall 2003. 

Responsibility for the California State University is vested in the Board of Trustees, whose 
members are appointed by the governor. The trustees appoint the chancellor, who is the chief 
executive officer of the system, and the presidents, who are the chief executive officers of the 
respective campuses. 

The trustees, the chancellor, and the presidents develop systemwide policy, with imple- 
mentation at the campus level taking place through broadly based consultative procedures. 

The Academic Senate of the California State University, made up of elected representatives 
of the faculty from each campus, recommends academic policy to the Board of Trustees 
through the chancellor. 

Academic excellence has been achieved by the California State University through a distin- 
guished faculty whose primary responsibility is superior teaching. While each campus in the 
system has its own unique geographic and curricular character, all campuses, as multipurpose 
institutions, offer undergraduate and graduate instruction for professional and occupational 
goals as well as broad liberal education. All the campuses require for graduation a basic program 
of “General Education Requirements” regardless of the type of bachelor’s degree or major field 
selected by the student. 

The CSU offers more than 1,800 bachelor’s and master’s degree programs in some 240 subject 
areas. Many of these programs are offered so that students can complete all upper division and 
graduate requirements by part-time, late afternoon, and evening study. In addition, a variety 
of teaching and school service credential programs are available. A limited number of doctoral 
degrees are offered jointly with the University of California and with private institutions in 
California. 

Enrollments in fall 2004 totaled 397,000 students, who were taught by some 21,000 faculty. 
The system awards more than half of the bachelor’s degrees and 30 percent of the master’s 
degrees granted in California. Nearly 2 million persons have been graduated from CSU 
campuses since 1960. 



THE CAUFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY 


Campuses of The California State 
University 

Trustees and Officers of The California 
State University 

Office of the Chancellor 


THE CSU 


CAMPUSES - THE CALIFORNIA 
STATE UNIVERSITY 

California State University, Bakersfield 

9001 Stockdale Highway 
Bakersfield, CA 93311-1099 
Dr. Horace Mitchell, President 
(661)664-2011 
www.csub.edu 

California State University, Channel Islands 

One University Drive 
Camarillo, CA 93012 
Dr. Richard Rush, President 
(805) 437-8400 
www.csuci.edu 

California State University, Chico 

400 West First Street 
Chico, CA 95929-0722 
Dr. Paul J. Zingg, President 
(530) 898-4636 
www.csuchico.edu 

California State University, 

Dominguez Hills 

1000 East Victoria Street 
arson, CA 90747-0005 
Dr. James E. Lyons, Sr., President 
(310) 243-3300 
www.csudh.edu 

California State University, East Bay 

25800 arlos Bee Boulevard 
Hayward, CA 94542 
Dr. Norma Rees, President 
(510) 885-3000 
www.csu.eastbay.edu 

California State University, Fresno 

5150 North Maple Avenue 
Fresno, CA 93740 
Dr. John D. Welty, President 
(559) 278-4240 
www.csufresno.edu 

California State University, Fullerton 

800 N. State College Boulevard 
Fullerton, CA 92834-9480 
Dr. Milton A. Gordon, President 
(714) 278-2011 
www.fullerton.edu 

Humboldt State University 

One Harpst Street 

Areata, CA 95521-8299 

Dr. Rollin C. Richmond, President 

(707) 826-3011 

www.humboldt.edu 


THE CSU 


California State University, Long Beach 

1250 Bellflower Boulevard 
Long Beach, CA 90840-0115 
Dr. Robert C. Maxson, President 
(562) 985-4111 
www.csulb.edu 

California State University, Los Angeles 

5151 State University Drive 
Los Angeles, CA 90032 
Dr. James M. Rosser, President 
(323) 343-3000 
www.calstatela.edu 

California Maritime Academy 

200 Maritime Academy Drive 

Vallejo, CA 94590 

Dr. William B. Eisenhardt, President 

(707) 654-1000 

www.csum.edu 

California State University, Monterey Bay 

100 Campus Center 
Seaside, CA 93955-8001 
Dr. Peter P Smith, President 
(831) 582-3330 
www.csumb.edu 

California State University, Northridge 

18111 NordhofT Street 
Northridge, CA 91330 
Dr. Jolene Koester, President 
(818) 677-1200 
www.csun.edu 

California State Polytechnic University, 
Pomona 

3801 W. Temple Avenue 

Pomona, CA 91768 

Dr. J. Michael Ortiz, President 

(909) 869-7659 

www.csupomona.edu 

California State University, Sacramento 

6000 J Street 

Sacramento, CA 95819 

Dr. Alexander Gonzalez, President 

(916)278-6011 

www.csus.edu 

California State University, 

San Bernardino 

5500 University Parkway 
San Bernardino, CA 92407-2397 
Dr. Albert K. Kamig, President 
(909) 880-5000 
www.csusb.edu 


San Diego State University 

5500 ampanile Drive 

San Diego, CA 92182 

Dr. Stephen L. Weber, President 

(619) 594-5000 

www.sdsu.edu 

San Francisco State University 

1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco, CA 94132 
Dr. Robert A. Corrigan, President 
(415) 338-1111 
www.sfsu.edu 

San Jos£ State University 

One Washington Square 

San Jose, CA 95192-0001 

Mr. Don Kassing, Interim President 

(408) 924-1000 

www.sjsu.edu 

California Polytechnic State University, 
San Luis Obispo 

One Grand Avenue 
San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 
Dr. Warren J. Baker, President 
(805) 756-1111 
www.calpoly.edu 

California State University, San Marcos 

333 S. Twin Oaks Valley Road 
San Marcos, CA 92096-0001 
Dr. Karen S. Haynes, President 
(760) 750-4000 
www.csusm.edu 

Sonoma State University 

1801 East Cotati Avenue 
Rohnert Park, CA 94928-3609 
Dr. Ruben Armifiana, President 
(707) 664-2880 
www.sonoma.edu 

California State University, Stanislaus 

801 West Monte Vista Avenue 

Turlock, CA 95382-0299 

Dr. Marvalene Hughes, President* 

(209) 667-3122 
www.csustan.edu 

•Effective July 2005, Dr. Hamid Shirvani 
will become president at CSU Stanislaus. 


10 


TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE 
CAUFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY 

Ex Officio Trustees 

The Honorable Arnold Schwarzenegger 

Governor of California 

State Capitol, Sacramento CA 95814 

The Honorable Cruz Bustamante 
Lieutenant Governor of California 
State Capitol, Sacramento CA 95814 

The Honorable Fabian Nufiez 

Speaker of the Assembly 

State Capitol, Sacramento CA 95814 

The Honorable Jack O’Connell 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento CA 95814 

Dr. Charles B. Reed 

Chancellor of the California State University 
401 Golden Shore 
Long Beach 90802-4210 

Officers of the Trustees 

The Honorable Arnold Schwarzenegger 
President 

Murray Galinson 
Chair 

Roberta Achtenberg 
Vice Chair 

Christine Helwick 
Secretary 


Appointed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight 
years, except student, alumni and faculty 
trustees whose terms are for two years. Terms 
expire in the year in parentheses. Names are 
listed alphabetically. 

Roberta Achtenberg (2007) 

Larry Adamson (2005) 

Jeffrey Bleich (2010) 

Herbert L. Carter (2011) 

Carol Chandler (2012) 

Moctesuma Esparza (2008) 

Debra S. Farar (2006) 

Robert Foster (2006) 

Murray L. Galinson (2007) 

George Gowgani (2010) 

Eric Guerra (2005) 

William Hauck (2009) 

Raymond W. Holdsworth, Jr. (2011) 

Ricardo F Icaza (2008) 

Corey A. Jackson (2006) 

Kathleen Kaiser (2005) 

ShaileshJ. Mehta (2005) 

Melina Guzman Moore (2012) 

Kyriakos Tsakopoulos (2009) 

Anthony M. Vitti (2005) 

Correspondence with Trustees should be 
sent: 

do Trustees Secretariat 

The California State University 

401 Golden Shore 

Long Beach, California 90802-4210 


OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 

The California State University 
401 Golden Shore 
Long Beach, California 90802-4210 
(562) 951-4000 

Dr. Charles B. Reed 
Chancellor - CSU System 

Dr. David S. Spence 

Executive Vice Chancellor and Chief 

Academic Officer 

Mr. Richard P West 

Executive Vice Chancellor and Chief 

Financial Officer 

Ms. Jackie McClain 

Vice Chancellor, Human Resources 

Ms. Christine Helwick 
General Counsel 

Dr. Keith Boyum 

Associate Vice Chancellor, Academic Affairs 


Richard P West 
Treasurer 


11 


THE CSU 


California State 
University, Fullerton 



CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, 
FULLERTON 

Governance 
Mission and Goals 
Accreditations and Associations 
Academic Freedom and Responsibility 
History of the University 
Environment of the University 
The Campus and Its Buildings 
CSUF El Toro Campus 
Students of the University 
The Faculty 

Outstanding Professor Award 
CSU Wang Family Excellence Award 

California State University, Fullerton 
Foundation 


GOVERNANCE 

Governance on the campus at California State University, Fullerton is the responsibility of the 
president and his administrative staff. Working closely with the president are a number of faculty 
and student groups that initiate, review, and/or recommend for approval, various university 
programs, policies and procedures. Although the president is vested with the final authority for 
all university activities, maximum faculty and stafT participation in campus decision-making and 
governance has become traditional. Students also are actively involved, with student representa- 
tives included on almost all university, college and departmental committees and policymaking 
bodies. 

MISSION AND GOALS 

Mission Statement 

Learning is preeminent at California State University, Fullerton. We aspire to combine the best 
qualities of teaching and research universities where actively engaged students, faculty and staff 
work in close collaboration to expand knowledge. 

Our affordable undergraduate and graduate programs provide students the best of current 
practice, theory, and research and integrate professional studies with preparation in the arts and 
sciences. Through experiences in and out of the classroom, students develop the habit of intel- 
lectual inquiry, prepare for challenging professions, strengthen relationships to their communities 
and contribute productively to society. 

We are a comprehensive, regional university with a global outlook, located in Orange County, 
a technologically rich and culturally vibrant area of metropolitan Los Angeles. Our expertise 
and diversity serve as a distinctive resource and catalyst for partnerships with public and private 
organizations. We strive to be a center of activity essential to the intellectual, cultural and eco- 
nomic development of our region. 

Goals: 

■ To ensure the preeminence of learning. 

■ To provide high-quality programs that meet the evolving needs of our students, community 
and region. 

■ To enhance scholarly and creative activity. 

■ To make collaboration integral to our activities. 

■ To create an environment where all students have the opportunity to succeed. 

■ To increase external support for university programs and priorities. 

■ To expand connections and partnerships with our region. 

■ To strengthen institutional effectiveness, collegial governance and our sense of community. 

ACCREDITATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS 

California State University, Fullerton, is accredited by the Western Association of Schools and 
Colleges. 

Questions about accreditation may be addressed to: 


CSU Fullerton Housing Authority 
Alumni Association of Cal State Fullerton 


12 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


Western Association of Schools and 
Colleges 

985 Atlantic Avenue, Suite 100 
Alameda, CA 94501 
Phone: (510) 748-9001 
E-mail: WASCSR@WASCSENIOR.ORG 
Internet: www.wascweb.org 

Other accreditation and association recog- 
nition includes: 

Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology 

Accrediting Council on Education in 
Journalism and Mass Communications 

AACSB International - The Association to 
Advance Collegiate Schools of Business 
- Accounting Program 

AACSB - The Association to Advance 

Collegiate Schools of Business - Business 
Programs 

American Association of State Colleges and 
Universities 

American Chemical Society 

American Council on Education 

Council on Academic Accreditation of 
the American Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association 

California Commission on Teacher 
Credentialing 

Certified in Education for Public Relations 

Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health 
Education Programs 

Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education 

Council for Advancement and Support of 
Education 

Council of Graduate Schools 

Hispanic Association of Colleges and 
Universities 

National Association of Schools of Art and 
Design 

National Association of Schools of Dance 

National Association of Schools of Music 

National Association of Schools of Public 
Affairs and Administration 

National Association of Schools of Theatre 

National Association of State Universities and 
Land-Grant Colleges 

National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education 

National League for Nursing Accrediting 
Commission 


National Organization for Human Services 

Education 

Orange County Business Council 

Southern California Consortium on 

International Studies 

Western Association of Graduate Schools 

ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND 
RESPONSIBILITY 

The Academic Senate of California State 
University, Fullerton endorses the American 
Association of University Professors 1987 
Statement of Professional Ethics (University 
Policy Statement 230.000). 

HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

In 1957, Cal State Fullerton became the 
12th State College in California to be autho- 
rized by the Legislature. The following year 
a site was designated in northeast Fullerton. 

It was purchased in 1959, when Dr. William 
B. Langsdorf was appointed as founding 
president, the first staff was selected and 
plans for opening the new college were made. 
Orange County State College started classes 
for 452 full- and/or part-time students in 
September, 1959, using leased quarters for its 
administrative offices on the Fullerton Union 
High School campus and for its classrooms 
at Fullerton’s Sunny Hills High School. In 
the fall of 1960, the college opened classes 
on its own campus, where it occupied 12 
temporary buildings. The name changed 
to Orange State College in July 1962, to 
California State College at Fullerton in July 
1964, to California State College, Fullerton in 
July 1968 and to California State University, 
Fullerton in June 1972. The first permanent 
building, the six-story Letters and Science 
Building (now known as McCarthy Hall), was 
occupied in 1963. 

Today, there is much dramatic evidence of 
additional, rapid growth. Several new build- 
ings have been completed, and enrollment 
has climbed to more than 32,744. Since 1963 
the curriculum has expanded to include 
lower-division work and many graduate 
programs, as well as numerous credential and 
certificate programs. 

The Donahoe Higher Education Act of 
1960 established the California State Colleges 
as a system under an independent Board 
of Trustees, redefined the functions of the 
State Colleges, and related them to both the 
community colleges and the University of 
California system. 


In May 1971, Dr. L. Donald Shields, who 
had served as acting president for seven 
months, was appointed the second president 
of Cal State Fullerton. Dr. Miles D. McCarthy 
became acting president in January 1981; Dr. 
Jewel Plummer Cobb took office as the third 
president in October 1981; and Dr. Milton A. 
Gordon was appointed the fourth president 
in August 1990. 

ENVIRONMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Fullerton, a city of more than 135,000 
inhabitants, is located in north Orange 
County, about 30 miles southeast of central 
Los Angeles. It is part of the Southern 
California population center and within easy 
freeway access of all the diverse natural and 
cultural attractions of this region. 

Orange County, with an area of 798.2 
square miles, is the 47th in size of California’s 
58 counties, but it is the second largest 
county in population (more than 3 million) 
and the fifth most populous county in the 
nation. Orange County has experienced 
during the last four decades almost unprec- 
edented growth as communities continue to 
occupy the diminishing expanses of open land. 

Today, there co-exists an interesting 
mixture of the old and new economic and life 
styles in Orange County. Underneath the soil, 
archeologist and bulldozers uncover traces of 
the hunting and gathering Indian bands who 
flourished at least as early as 4,000 years ago 
in what was a benign and bountiful region. 
More visible traces remain of the Spanish 
and Mexican periods and cultures: Mission 
San Juan Capistrano, which began the agri- 
cultural tradition in Orange County, and 
subsequent adobes from the great land grants 
and ranches that followed. Additionally, both 
customs and many names persist from this 
period, and so does some ranching. The 
architectural and other evidences of the sub- 
sequent pioneer period are still quite visible: 
farmsteads, old buildings from the new 
towns that were established in the late 1800s, 
mining operations, and traces of early resort 
and other types of promotional activities. For 
about 100 years, farming was the main eco- 
nomic activity with products such as grapes, 
walnuts, vegetables and oranges replacing 
the older wheat and cattle ranches. Today, 
agriculture still is very important. Orange 
County ranks high among California’s coun- 
ties in mineral production with its oil, natural 
gas, sand and gravel, and clay mining and 
processing activities. 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


The extensive development of the 42 
miles of beaches in Orange County and 
the development of such attractions as the 
Disneyland Resort, Knott’s Berry Farm, the 
Laguna Festival of Arts and Pageant of the 
Masters, the Arrowhead Pond of Anaheim, 
Edison International Field, the Anaheim 
Convention Center and the Orange County 
Performing Arts Center continue to make 
tourism an increasingly important activity. 

So does the Mediterranean-type climate, 
with rainfall averaging 14 inches per year, 
and generally mild days (either freezing 
or 100-degree temperatures are uncom- 
mon) with frequent morning fog during the 
summer. Both downtown Los Angeles and 
the Pacific Ocean can be reached by car in 
half an hour, and mountain and desert rec- 
reation areas are as close as an hour’s drive 
from the campus. 

THE CAMPUS AND ITS BUILDINGS 

Once part of a vast orange grove, Cal 
State Fullerton’s attractively landscaped main 
campus now consists of 236 acres bounded 
on the south by Nutwood Avenue, on the 
west by State College Boulevard, on the north 
by Yorba Linda Boulevard and on the east by 
the Orange Freeway (57). 

The portion of Orange County immediately 
surrounding the campus is predominantly 
suburban; it includes housing tracts, apart- 
ment complexes, shopping centers and 
industrial parks. 

Other educational institutions also are 
part of the immediate environment. The 
Southern California College of Optometry 
opened in the spring of 1973. It is just north 
of Cal State Fullerton. To Cal State’s immedi- 
ate south is Hope International University, 
a liberal arts school with a Bible emphasis, 
where students staned classes in the fall of 
1973. Western State University College of 
Law occupied its new campus to the immedi- 
ate west of Cal State in January 1975. 

The Cal State Fullerton campus itself has 
an efficient urban layout of facilities devel- 
oped to serve a predominantly commuting 
public. The university’s modem buildings 
were planned so that no student needs more 
than 10 minutes to go from one class to 
another. The campus is surrounded with 
landscaped parking areas. 

The first permanent building, the Letters 
and Science Building, was occupied in 1963. 
This imposing structure, master planned 


to serve ultimately as a facility for under- 
graduate and graduate science instruction 
and research, has been used to house other 
programs until they could warrant new facili- 
ties of their own. This building is now called 
Miles D. McCarthy Hall. 

Since 1963, growth has been rapid. 

The Performing Arts Center was completed 
in 1964, the Physical Education Building 
in 1965, the Library Building in 1966, 
the Commons in 1967, the Humanities- 
Social Sciences Building and Visual Arts 
Center in 1969, William B. Langsdorf Hall 
(Administration- Business Administration) 
and the Engineering Building in 1971, 
the Student Health Center in 1974, the 
Education-Classroom Building and University 
Center in 1976, an addition to the Visual 
Arts Center in 1979, the Jewel Plummer 
Cobb Residence Halls and the Charles L. 
and Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center 
in 1988, and the Fullerton Marriott and the 
Computer Science Building in 1989. The 
Ruby Gerontology Center was the first build- 
ing on campus financed solely by contributed 
funds; the Fullerton Marriott, a full-service 
hotel, resulted from a joint venture involving 
the Marriott Corp., the university and the city 
of Fullerton. 

An expansion of the Titan Student Union 
(formerly known as the University Center) 
and the Titan Sports Complex, featuring the 
multipurpose 10,000-seat Titan Stadium, 
baseball pavilion, track and tennis courts, 
were completed in 1992. The Titan Student 
Union houses a 1,200-seat pavilion, small 
theater, food court, pub, bowling alley and 
conference rooms. The five-story University 
Hall, with classrooms, faculty offices, and 
student and academic support services, was 
occupied in 1993, followed by the two-story 
Science Laboratory Center in 1994. A four- 
story' addition to the University Library was 
completed in 1996, and the entire complex 
was dedicated as the Paulina June & George 
Poliak Library in 1998. The 10-story College 
Park building on Nutwood Avenue provides 
additional classrooms and office space for 
university staff and faculty members. 

Cal State Fullertonls on-campus student- 
resident population more than doubled 
with the completion of a 440-bed student 
housing facility in August 2002. The new 
facility is adjacent to Cobb Residence Hall, 
an on-campus apartment complex for 396 
students. A 71,000-square-foot expansion of 


the Kinesiology and Health Science Building 
was completed in 2003. The new wing 
includes the Wellness Center for Successful 
Aging, practice gymnasium, seminar rooms 
and a lecture hall. Construction of a new 
102,000-square-foot Performing Arts Center 
is well under way. Scheduled to open in 
January 2006, the new complex features 
venues that include an 800-seat concert hall, 
250-seat thrust theater and a 150-seat black 
box theater. The Nutwood Parking Structure, 
a five-level, 2,500-space facility opened for 
the fall 2004 semester. Construction began 
in spring 2005 on the State College Parking 
Structure, which will contain 1,400 spaces 
and is scheduled for completion before the 
fall 2006 semester. 

In the northeast comer of the campus is 
the Fullerton Arboretum, which was dedi- 
cated in the fall of 1979 in a joint venture 
with the city of Fullerton. The 26-acre 
botanical garden is a living museum of rare 
plants from around the world. The ecologi- 
cally arranged botanical collection depicts 
habitats from the desert to the tropics. With 
its ponds, streams and wildlife, it offers a 
tranquil retreat from our fast -growing urban 
life. The Fullerton Arboretum also is home 
to Heritage House, a restored 19th-century 
dwelling and serves as a cultural museum for 
North Orange County. 

The ample freeway and surface street 
accommodations that approach the main 
entrance to the university’s campus also 
provide comparatively easy access to the 
great and diverse learning resources avail- 
able in Southern California: many other 
colleges and universities; museums, libraries 
and an galleries; zoos; and the wide variety 
of economic, governmental, social, and cul- 
tural activities and experiences that may be 
found in this dynamic and complex region of 
California and the United States. 

Information concerning the instructional, 
laboratory and other physical facilities 
that relate to the academic program may 
be obtained from the Office of Facilities 
Management. 

CAL STATE FULLERTON • EL TORO 
CAMPUS 

El Toro Campus is a branch campus 
of California State University, Fullerton. 
Located on a portion of the former El Toro 
Marine Corps Air Station in Irvine, just 19 
miles from the Fullerton campus, the El 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


Toro Campus serves as a regional center for 
meeting the higher education needs of central 
and south Orange County. 

The El Toro Campus offers course work 
at the upper-division level (junior/senior), 
post-baccalaureate, and graduate levels. All 
lower-division (freshman/sophomore) general 
education and major course work is taken 
either at the main campus at Fullerton, a 
community college, or a private higher educa- 
tion institution. 

The El Toro Campus occupies a 50,900- 
square-foot two-story structure built around a 
central courtyard area. At present CSUF leases 
approximately eleven acres that include the 
educational facility and about 600 parking 
spaces for faculty and students. It contains 
an administrative center, twenty classrooms, 
faculty offices, an electronic university library, 
computer classrooms, an open computer 
laboratory, a student affairs service center, an 
enrollment services center, an admissions, 
registration and cashiering center, a bookstore 
and a food service center. 

Students who plan to attend the El Toro 
Campus must be admitted to California State 
University, Fullerton through the regular 
admissions process. Applications for admis- 
sion to the university are available on the 
Web at www.csumentor.edu. Registration for 
El Toro Campus classes takes place through 
the regular university processes. 

Student Affairs enhances and supports the 
academic mission of the university by imple- 
menting the concepts of student development 
and student services. As a resource for stu- 
dents, administration, faculty, staff and the 
broader community, Student Affairs provides 
a wide variety of university services such as 
advising, counseling, financial aid services 
and programs. 

Academic Advising provides students with 
the necessary information to make sound 
academic decisions and educational plans. 
Advisers assist students with information 
about graduation requirements and course 
selection. Prospective students who wish to 
transfer to the university also have the option 
of meeting with a transfer adviser to discuss 
university requirements for admission. In 
addition, personal counseling for students 
experiencing excessive stress and pressure 
in their lives is now available on campus by 
appointment. 

Financial Aid at El Toro assists students in 
the process of applying for financial aid and 
finding ways to meet educational expenses. 


Financial aid is designed to assist students 
in paying basic educational costs for eligible 
certificate and degree programs. There are 
multiple resources students can access to 
pay for college. Financial Aid offers grants, 
loans and scholarships to eligible students. 
Students are encouraged to meet with the 
financial aid adviser. 

Students at El Toro have many oppor- 
tunities to get involved in activities and 
programs. Students are invited to participate 
in any number of social, educational, cul- 
tural, leadership, and recreational activities. 
Students are encouraged to get involved in 
campus organizations and events to build 
lasting friendships, develop skills, and par- 
ticipate in new experiences. 

The University Library at El Toro pro- 
vides information and access to high-quality 
resources to meet the instructional and 
research needs of El Toro students, faculty 
and staff. The physical library provides 24 
computer workstations, two group study 
rooms, photocopier, and course reserves. 
Reference assistance is available in several 
formats: a reference librarian is available for 
consultation; the reference hotline provides 
easy access to the library staff at the main 
campus; through “Ask a Librarian,” students 
may submit reference queries via e-mail; 
online chat reference allows students to 
interact virtually in real time with a librarian. 
Through the library website, students have 
access to the library’s 100-plus databases 
(many full-text), NetLibrary (CSU collection 
of over 4,300 electronic books), discipline- 
specific and special topics research guides, 
and of course the online library catalog. 
Document delivery is provided through two 
avenues - items owned at the main campus 
library can be paged for delivery at El Toro, 
and free interlibrary loan service is available 
through the online ILLiad system for items 
not owned by the library. 

The campus has expanded its information 
technology facilities to include four multi- 
purpose computer classrooms. The multi- 
purpose computer classrooms incorporate 
some of the latest technology including video 
networking, which allows instructors to show 
the latest films in a variety of languages. 
Instructors are available to broadcast their 
presentations to individual students, student 
groups, or to all students. Similarly, the 
instructor can see a student’s screen in order 
to provide individual attention or to share 


it with the entire class. The El Toro Campus 
also has an open computer laboratory, video 
conferencing and interactive televised video 
instruction. 

Overall, students at the El Toro Campus 
have full access to technology linked to the 
Internet and to connectivity with the main 
campus in Fullerton. 

For information, contact the CSUF El 
Toro Campus, 7320 Trabuco Road, Irvine, 
California 92618 or telephone (949) 936- 
1600 or (714)/CSU-TORO. Office hours 
are 8:30 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through 
Thursday, and 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. on Friday. 

The El Toro Campus is open for class 
8 a.m. to 10 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 
and 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Friday and Saturday. 

STUDENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Much of the distinctive character and 
learning atmosphere of any campus comes 
from the nature and vitality of its students. 
Diversity, the synthesis of academic study 
with work and family interests, strong 
achievement records, and relative maturity 
are some of the predominant characteristics 
of the student body at Cal State Fullerton. 

The university is primarily a community- 
based institution, with two on-campus 
residence facilities. Nearly 74 percent under- 
graduate and 86 percent of graduate students 
are employed, and yet 64 percent of all 
students take 1 2 or more hours of course 
work each semester. The majority of students 
live in Orange County. Of the fall 2004 new 
undergraduate students, 50 percent came 
from California public high schools, 

6 percent from California private high 
schools, 39 percent came from California 
community colleges, 2 percent from other 
Cal State campuses, 1 percent from other 
California colleges and universities, and 
2 percent from other states or other coun- 
tries. The fall 2004 new graduate students 
came from Cal State University campuses 
(60 percent), other California colleges and 
universities (22 percent), and other states or 
other countries (18 percent). 

The student body is 1 1 percent first-time 
freshmen, 19 percent other lower division, 

53 percent upper division, and 17 percent 
graduate levels. Sixty percent of all students 
are women. The median age of all students is 
22; undergraduates have a median age of 21, 
while graduate students have a median age of 
29. Many students take advantage of course 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


offerings during the day and at night, in 
order to create a workable schedule for their 
multiple responsibilities. 

Many students already have clearly 
defined interests in a major field of study. 
Only 9 percent of all students have not yet 
declared a major, and are in the process 
of exploring different fields of knowledge. 
During 2003-2004, 5,636 undergradu- 
ates received their baccalaureate degrees, 
and 1,242 graduates received their master’s 
degrees. 

THE FACULTY 

Central to the effectiveness of any insti- 
tution of higher learning is the quality and 
dedication of its individual faculty members 
to teaching and scholarship. 

In the fall of 2003, there were 769 full- 
time faculty and administrators and 1 ,087 
part-time faculty members teaching on the 
campus. Almost all the full-time faculty had 
some previous college or university teach- 
ing experience before coming to Fullerton. 
Faculty members also have a wide variety of 
scholarly experiences and creative activities. 
Seventy-nine percent of the full-time faculty 
have earned their doctoral degrees. 

Criteria for selection to the faculty include 
mastery of knowledge in an academic specialty, 
demonstrated skill and experience in teaching, 
and continuing interest in scholarly study and 
research. Retention and promotion criteria 
also include service to the university and 
community. 

Information concerning the faculty and 
other personnel may be obtained from the 
Office of Faculty Affairs and Records. 

OUTSTANDING PROFESSOR AWARD 

Each year the university selects a faculty 
member to receive the CSUF Outstanding 
Professor Award 

Below are the names of all professors 
who have received the CSUF Outstanding 
Professor Award. Those with an asterisk were 
also honored with the Statewide Outstanding 
Professor Award, an honor which was 
conferred annually on two system faculty 
members by the Trustees of the California 
State University until 1995. 


Year 

Name 

Subject 

1963-64 

Donald Stanley Tull 

Marketing 

1964-65 

Miles Duffield McCarthy* Biology 

1965-66 

Giles Tyler Brown 

History 

1966-67 

Gustave Bording Mathieu French/ 



German 

1967-68 

Norman Townsend- 

Economics 


Zellner 


1968-69 

John Brown Mason 

Political 



Science 

1969-70 

No award given 


1970-71 

Loh Seng Tsai 

Psychology 

1971-72 

Richard C. Gilbert 

Mathematics 

1972-73 

Herbert C. Rutemiller Quantitative 



Methods 

1973-74 

Fred M. Johnson 

Physics 

1974-75 

Willis E. McNelly* 

English 

1975-76 

Donald E. Lagerberg 

Art 

1976-77 

Sidney Klein 

Economics 

1977-78 

Charles G. Bell Political Science 

1978-79 

Bruce H. Weber 

Chemistry 

1979-80 

Michael H. Horn 

Zoology 

1980-81 

Donald A. Sears 

English and 



Linguistics 

1981-82 

Joyce E. Pickersgill 

Economics 

1982-83 

Carl C. Wamser 

Chemistry 

1983-84 

Corinne S. Wood 

Anthropology 

1984-85 

Maria C. Linder 

Chemistry 

1985-86 

Charles C. Lambert 

Zoology 

1986-87 

Glenn M. Nagel 

Chemistry 

1987-88 

Harris S. Shultz* 

Mathematics 

1988-89 

Warren A. Beck 

History 

1989-90 

Roger Nanes 

Physics 

1990-91 

Gerald F Corey Human Services/ 



Counseling 

1991-92 

Michael H. Bimbaum Psychology 

1992-93 

David L. Pagni* 

Mathematics 

1993-94 

Keith O. Boyum Political Science 

1994-95 

Carol P Barnes Elementary and 


Bilingual Education 

1995-96 

Mario Martelli 

Mathematics 

1996-97 

Frank G. Cummings 111 Art 

1997-98 John A. Olmsted 

Chemistry 

1998-99 

George A. Marcoulides 


Management Science/ 
Information Systems 

1999- 00 Jane V Hall Economics 

2000- 01 Hallie Yopp Slowik Elementary, 

Bilingual, and 
Reading Education 

2001- 02 Albert W Flores Philosophy 

2002- 03 Steven N. Murray Biological Science 

2003- 04 Richard L. Wiseman Human 

Communication Studies 

2004- 05 Nancy L Segal Psychology 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY WANG 
FAMILY EXCELLENCE AWARD 

Annually, during a ten-year period begin- 
ning in 1998-99, four faculty members and 
one administrator throughout the California 
State University (CSU) system are selected to 
receive the Wang Family Excellence Award. 
Established by CSU Trustee Stanley T. Wang, 
this award is designed to recognize and “cel- 
ebrate” CSU faculty and administrators who 
are making multi-faceted contributions to the 
learning community, and whose achievements 
are having a discemable effect on students. 

Six colleagues from Cal State Fullerton 
have been honored as recipients of the Wang 
Excellence Award. 

Year Name 

2005 Raphael Sonenshein 

Professor of Political Science 
Richard Wiseman 
Professor of Human 
Communication Studies 
2003 David L. Pagni 

Professor of Mathematics 
Claire Palmerino 

Director, Academic Advising 
Services 

2002 Hallie Yopp Slowik 

Professor of Elementary and 
Bilingual Education 
2001 Jane Hall 

Professor of Economics 

CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, 
FULLERTON FOUNDATION 

The California State University, Fullerton 
Foundation was established and incorporated 
as a not-for-profit corporation in October 
1959. The Foundation is an auxiliary organi- 
zation of the university established to provide 
essential student, faculty and staff services 
that cannot be provided from state appropria- 
tions. It supplements university programs 
and activities by assisting the university in 
fulfilling its purposes and in serving the 
people of the State of California, especially 
those in the immediate Fullerton area. 

The Foundation develops and admin- 
isters research and educational grants and 
contracts; conducts retail operations includ- 
ing bookstore, food service and vending on 
campus; and administers various education- 
ally-related functions and programs, such 
as the Artist Village and the purchase of the 
College Park building. 


CAUFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


The Foundation’s overall policies are 
administered by a Board of Directors com- 
posed of members of the university faculty, 
administration and students, as well as prom- 
inent community leaders. 

Board of Directors 

Chair, Robert F Clark, Jr * 

Vice Chair, Ted Bremner* 

Secretary, Ron Rangel* 

Treasurer, Pearl Cheng (ex officio) 

Executive Director, William M. Dickerson 
(ex officio) 

Judith Anderson (ex officio) 

Raul Davis* 

Gary Del Fium* 

Milton A. Gordon (ex officio) 

Willie Hagan (ex officio) 

Robert Hall* 

Pamela Hillman (ex officio) 

Zeke Luna* 

Robert Palmer (ex offico) 

Linda Patton (ex officio) 

Ephraim Smith (ex officio) 

ASI president plus two additional student 
members 

Academic Senate chair plus three additional 
faculty members 

Administrative Officers 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director 

Pearl Cheng, Director, Finance & 
Administration 

CSU FULLERTON HOUSING AUTHORITY 

The CSU Fullerton Housing Authority 
was formed in July 2000 with the express 
mission to benefit California State University, 
Fullerton, by providing and maintaining 
affordable housing and related facilities for 
faculty, staff and students. Through such 
housing, the ability to foster an academic 
community and environment near the campus 
will aid the university in its quest to attract 
and retain the highest quality personnel. 

The Housing Authority is composed of an 
eight-member board: chief financial officer, 
vice president for administration, associate 
vice president for facilities management, a 
faculty member, a student, a staff member, 
and a representative from the local com- 
munity. 


•Community Member 


The CSU Housing Authority, with the 
support of both the university and the CSUF 
Foundation, is committed to the long-term 
development and supply of quality affordable 
housing for their faculty and staff members. 

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF 
CAL STATE FULLERTON 

The Alumni Association of Cal State 
Fullerton provides graduates with opportuni- 
ties for continued affiliation with their alma 
mater and fellow alumni through unique 
networking, educational and social activities. 
Membership also provides graduates with 
a variety of valuable benefits such as access 
to all 23 CSU campus libraries, invitations 
to special members-only events, discounts 
at the Titan Bookstore, discounts on athletic 
and cultural events tickets, group insurance 
programs and more. The most important 
benefit of being a member of the alumni 
association, however, is the opportunity to 
be part of a strong Cal State Fullerton alumni 
network: The Titan Network! 

The George G. Golleher Alumni House is 
the focal point of alumni activity on campus 
where alumni and friends engage in a variety 
of activities - everything from pre-game 
barbecues to alumni/community member 
weddings and events. 

Our students are considered alumni once 
they have obtained 12 units of credit. We 
encourage all students and alumni to par- 
ticipate in Alumni Association events and to 
utilize the Golleher Alumni House. 

For more information on Alumni 
Association programs and services or to 
volunteer at our events, please contact 
(714) CSU-ALUM or visit our website 
at www.csufalumni.com. 

COMMUNITY SUPPORT GROUPS 

California State University, Fullerton 
welcomes and encourages the development 
and activities of volunteer organizations 
committed to enriching university life. The 
expertise and efforts of dedicated volunteers 
enhance the university’s academic excellence. 
Annually, each organization nominates a 
member volunteer who is honored at the Cal 
State Fullerton Concert Under the Stars event 
each fall. 

The Cal State Fullerton Coordinating 
Council of Support Groups (CCSG) consists 
of all volunteer organizations on campus. The 
CCSG coordinates communication between 


the volunteer organizations and the univer- 
sity. Further information about the CCSG, 
may be obtained from the Office of the Vice 
President for Academic Affairs, McCarthy 
Hall-133, at (714) 278-2615. 

Art Alliance 

The Art Alliance encourages excellence 
in the arts, particularly through the edu- 
cational curriculum of the university’s Art 
Department. Organized in 1967, the alliance 
assists in financing gallery exhibitions, partic- 
ipates in the acquisition of campus art works, 
and annually awards scholarships and gradu- 
ate research grants. Art Alliance members 
host special exhibit tours and receptions, 
trips to museums and artists’ studios, and 
staff the main gallery during open hours. 

Association of the Friends and Docents 
of the Anthropology Museum 

Anthropology majors, alumni and inter- 
ested members of the community make up 
association membership. The group takes an 
active role in presenting exhibits, providing 
tours and conducting the activities of the 
museum. 

College Advisory Councils and Boards 

These councils and boards are composed 
of community and campus leaders who are 
committed to sharing their expertise and 
providing support to individual colleges 
within the university and include: the College 
of Business and Economics Dean’s Advisory 
Board and Executive Council; the College 
of Communication Dean’s Advisory Board; 
and the College of Natural Sciences and 
Mathematics Dean’s Advisory Council. 

Continuing Learning Experience (CLE) 

For more than two decades, the 
Continuing Learning Experience (CLE) has 
offered an extensive range of courses for 
retired or semi-retired members who look 
to the university and the Ruby Gerontology 
Center as focal points for their lifelong 
learning. CLE is a nationally recognized, self- 
supported organization that draws strength 
from its own board of trustees and a sophisti- 
cated management structure. 

For an annual membership fee that 
includes parking, CLE members savor the 
university setting and student privileges. 
Members enjoy a rich variety of classes, 
study groups, discussion forums and trips of 
educational interest. Some of the outstanding 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


lecture series are also open to the community. 
In addition, both PC and Macintosh-based 
computer classes are available in the CLE 
SeniorNet Learning Center. 

The CLE office is housed in the Ruby 
Gerontology Center, a research and confer- 
ence facility built with private funds in large 
part from CLE members. 

Emeriti 

Cal State Fullerton’s retired faculty and 
staff members belong to the Emeriti, which 
is dedicated to keeping its members involved 
and knowledgeable about current campus 
life. While providing opportunities to be 
involved in faculty governance, curricular 
programs and campus activities, the orga- 
nization also offers renewal of friendships 
between its members and awards two student 
scholarships each year. Through affiliation 
with the system-wide CSU emeriti organiza- 
tion, California State University Emeritus and 
Retired Faculty Association, emeriti concerns 
are presented to all branches of the govern- 
ment and the Chancellor’s Office. 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum 
support the 26-acre botanical garden located 
on the northeast comer of campus. The 
Friends coordinate the work of the many 
volunteers needed to maintain the gardens, 
programs and events. Friends host tours of 
the arboretum and Heritage House museum, 
a tum-of-the-century residence listed in 
the National Register of Historic Places and 
the Inventory of California Historic Sites. 
Through plant sales, gift shop and events, the 
Friends contribute operating monies for the 
arboretum and fund student scholarships. 

Music Associates 

In support of the Music Department, 

Music Associates fund: student scholar- 
ships; an annual awards contest recognizing 
excellence in vocal, instrumental and piano 
performance; and purchases of equip- 
ment and instruments to enhance Cal State 
Fullerton’s music program. Associates attend 
campus performances and co-sponsor one 
of the major holiday events on campus, the 
“Carol Candlelight Dinner and Concert,” fea- 
turing the University Singers. The Associates 
also hold an annual spring scholarship lun- 
cheon. 


Patrons of the Library 

Community members, alumni and faculty 
and staff members interested in maintaining 
the quality of the Poliak Library belong to 
Patrons of the Library. The group sponsors 
exhibits and operates a book sale center in 
conjunction with the Emeriti. Funds raised 
through book sales, dues and donations 
support the augmentation of library holdings 
and facilities. 

President’s Associates 

The generous members of the President’s 
Associates provide financial support to 
the region’s most promising students, the 
President’s Scholars, and a host of other 
programs and projects at Cal State Fullerton. 
This premier support group also provides the 
president with resources for university-wide 
needs such as student scholarships, faculty 
research grants and recognition awards for 
faculty, students and staff. Through their gifts, 
President’s Associates play a significant role in 
preserving and enhancing Cal State Fullerton 
now and for future generations. 

Reading Educators Guild 

Graduates who earn a master of science 
in education with a concentration in reading 
and other interested individuals are eligible 
for membership in the Reading Educators 
Guild, one of the oldest alumni support 
groups on the CSUF campus. Working 
in close relationship with the Reading 
Department, the Guild provides service as a 
professional development and networking 
organization for reading educators. REG also 
provides support for the Reading Department 
in a variety of ways, including the awarding 
of scholarships to both Reading Center and 
graduate students. Throughout the school 
year, the Guild holds various activities, lec- 
tures and conferences, promoting effective 
reading instruction. 


Titan Athletic Club 

The Titan Athletic Club is the 
fund-raising support group for CSUF 
Intercollegiate Athletics. The purpose of the 
Titan Athletic Club is to raise money for 
athletic scholarships and encourage private 
support from alumni, friends and family. 

Titan Athletic Club membership includes 
individuals and businesses that support 
scholarships, facility upgrades and sport- 
specific booster organizations among others. 
Building this support, while at the same time 
increasing the family atmosphere surround- 
ing Titan Athletics’ many programs, creates 
the total package of a high-quality athletic 
experience for all involved. 

Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 

The members of Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 
support group provide financial support to 
the operation and mission of Tucker Wildlife 
Sanctuary, a 12 -acre non-profit nature pre- 
serve located in Modjeska Canyon owned 
and operated by California State University, 
Fullerton, and its College of Natural Sciences 
and Mathematics. Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 
has a dual mission — to support science 
and environmental education and to act 
as a sanctuary for the preservation of local 
native habitat and wildlife. Tucker serves as 
a unique field research center for Cal State 
Fullerton students and as a field trip desti- 
nation for K-12 schools as its programs are 
built on the California Standards for Science 
Education. Tucker is open to the public 
Tuesday-Sunday. Admission is free. 


CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FULLERTON 


Administration 


EXECUTIVE DIVISION 

Milton A. Gordon, President 

(Vacant), Executive Assistant to the President 
Donald S. Castro, Special Assistant to the President, Emeritus 
and Director, Title V Grant 
Norma L. Morris, Staff Assistant to the President 
Vennita Jackson, Financial Manager 

m UNIVERSITY AUDITOR 

Alex Tzoumas, Director 

m UNIVERSITY COUNSEL 

Patrick Carroll, University Counsel 

m BUDGET AND PLANNING 

Sherri Newcomb, Chief of Budget Planning and Strategy 
(Vacant), Director of Budget Planning and Strategy 
(Vacant), Budget Analyst 
(Vacant), Systems Analyst 

m INFORMATION/TECHNOLOGY SERVICES 

Amir Dabirian, Interim Chief Information/Technology Officer 
Dick Bednar, Senior Director, Technology Planning 
(Vacant), Project Director, CMS & Internet Technologies 
Susan Kachner, Director, Administrative Systems 
Susan Lasswell, Director, IT Communications, Titan Card 
Chris Manriquez, Director, Desktop Computing 
Mike Marcinkevicz, Director, Network Applications 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Ephraim P Smith, Vice President for Academic Affairs 

Davida Hopkins- Parham, Executive Assistant to the 
Vice President 

Margaret A. Atwell, Associate Vice President, Academic Affairs 

Dolores Hope Vura, Assistant Vice President for Institutional 
Research and Analytical Studies 
Edward Sullivan, Director of Analytical Studies 
Lisa Kopecky, Director, Budget for Academic Affairs 
Katina Napper, Director, Faculty Affairs and Records 
Rhonda Allen, Director, Faculty Development Center 
Linda Patton, Director, Office of Grants and Contracts 
(Vacant), Coordinator of Regulatory Compliance and 
Intermural Programs 

Vacant, Contracts and Grants Coordinator 
Erika Blossom, Contracts and Grants Coordinator 
(Vacant), Contracts and Grants Coordinator 
Ignacia Royer, Student Grants Program Coordinator 
William E Presch, Director, Desert Studies Consortium 


m ADMISSIONS AND RECORDS 

Nancy Dority, Interim Director, Admissions and Records 

Barbara Hooper, University Articulation/Project Officer 

(Vacant), Registrar 

Melissa Whatley, Associate Registrar 

m ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Robert (Ray) Young, Associate Vice President, Academic Programs 
Kathleen Costello, Director, Gianneschi Center for 
Nonprofit Research 

Sylvia Alva, Associate Vice President, Undergraduate Programs 
Claire Palmerino, Director, Academic Advising Services 
David Drath, Coordinator, Health Professions Advising 
Jeannie Kim-Han, Director (Acting), Center for Internships 
and Service-Learning 

Wayne Hobson, Director, University Honors Program 
Bridget Driscoll, Director, Freshman Programs 
Dawn Valencia, Director, University Outreach 

m UNIVERSITY EXTENDED EDUCATION 

Harry L. Norman, Dean, University Extended Education 

Melody Johnston, Associate Dean (Acting), University 
Extended Education 

Carol Creighton, Director, Extension Programs 
Gregory Dyment, Director, Fullerton Arboretum 
Linda Godding, Director, Budget and Finance 
Tim Green, Interim Director, Online Distance Education 
Rod Guimaraes, Director, Information Technologies/Systems 
Margaret Luzzi, Director, Program Research and Development 
Karen McKinley, Director, Summer Session and Special Sessions 
Pat Puleo, Director, Education Programs 
Lynne Richmond, Director, American Language Program 
Terry Roberts, Director, Interactive Televised Instruction 
Lisa Xue, Director, International Programs/Asia 
Charlotte Fox, President, Continuing Learning Experience 
Antonieta Banter, Manager, Student Support Services 
Irene Freer, Administrative Assistant to the Dean 

m LIBRARY 

Richard C. Pollard, University Librarian 

Elizabeth Housewright, (Acting ) Associate l/niversity Librarian 
Carol Bednar, Chair, Technical Services 
(Vacant), Head, Access Services & Systems 


UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION 


■ EL TORO CAMPUS 

George Giacumakis, Director, El Toro Campus 

Marilyn Conklin, Assistant to the Director 
Chuck Moore, Director, Enrollment Services Center 
Nadine Dillon, Coordinator, Admissions, Registration Cashiering 
Service Center 

Marsha Daughetee, Assistant Dean for Student Affairs 
Michelle Rosenthal, Coordinator, Student Affairs Office 
Robert Flores, Assistant Coordinator of Student Programs 
Jill Brower, Coordinator, Financial Aid 
Karen Hebri, Coordinator, Facilities 
DeLana Bush-Hamblin, Analyst, Information Technology 

ADMINISTRATION 

Willie J. Hagan, Vice President for Administration and Finance/ 

Chief Financial Officer 

Naomi Goodwin, Assistant Vice President 

Laleh Gray lee, Divisional Finance Director 

Cheryl Perreira, Director, Business Planning & Improvement 

William C. Barrett, Associate Vice President for Administration 
Thomas H. Whitfield, Director, Environmental Health & 
Instructional Safety 

Joe Ferrer, Director, Parking and Transportation 
Welson Badal, Manager, Divisional Information Technology 
John Beisner, Director, University Risk Management 
Keiko Takahashi, Director, Business Systems 

m FINANCE 

Brian Jenkins, Associate Vice President, Finance 

Mark Lopez, Executive Assistant, Finance Management 
Vacant, University Controller 

Karen Wall, Interim Assistant Vice President, Budget Operations 
(Vacant), Director of Contracts & Procurement 

m FACILITIES MANAGEMENT 

Jay W Bond, Associate Vice President, Facilities Management 
Kim Apel, Facility Planner 
Michael C. Smith, Director, Design & Construction 
Willem H. van der Pol, Director, Physical Plant 

m HUMAN RESOURCES 

R. John Lynn, Executive Director, Human Resources 

Rosamaria Gomez-Amaro, Director, Diversity and Equity Programs 
Robin Innes, Director, Employee Training & Development 
Denise Johnson, Director, Human Resource Operations 
Glenda Hart, Director, Payroll 

m PUBLIC SAFETY 

Judith D. King, Chief of Police/Director, Public Safety 
Will J. Glen, Lieutenant 

m FOUNDATION 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director, Foundation 

Shou-Yinn (Pearl) Cheng, Director, Finance and Administration 
Jerry C. Olson, Director, Titan Shops 
Anthony Lynch, Director, Campus Dining 
Gary Del Fium, Manager, Property Planning 


EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT 

Judith Anderson, Executive Vice President 

m PUBLIC AFFAIRS AND GOVERNMENT RELATIONS 

Owen Holmes, Associate Vice President, Public Affairs and 
Government Relations 

m UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS AND MARKETING 

Bruce Erickson, Associate Vice President, University 
Communications and Marketing 

m PRESIDENT S SCHOLARS PROGRAM 

James Mettler, Director, President’s Scholars Program 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Robert L. Palmer, Vice President for Student Affairs 

Howard Wang, Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 
Silas H. Abrego, Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 
Karen J. Wall, Assistant Vice President, Budget and 
Human Resources 

Lea Jamigan, Assistant to the Vice President for Student Affairs 
Kandy S. Mink, Dean of Students 
Harvey McKee, Executive Director, Associated Students, 
CSUF,Inc. 

Ryan Alcantara, Director, Honors and Scholars Support Services 
Brian Quinn, Director, Intercollegiate Athletics 
Allison Rich, Senior Associate Director, Intercollegiate Athletics 
James Case, Director, Career Center 
Robert Aylmer, Director, Counseling and Psychological Services 
Paul K. Miller, Director, Disabled Student Services 
Deborah McCracken, Director, Financial Aid 
Jenny Vinopal, Director, Guardian Scholars Program 
Darlene Stevenson, Director, Housing and Residence Life 
Robert Ericksen, Director, International Education 
and Exchange 

Jeremiah Moore, Director, Student Academic Services 
(Vacant), Director, Student Affairs Research Center 
Howard Wang, Acting Executive Director, Student 
Health and Counseling Center 
Kurt Borsting, Director, Titan Student Union 
Fran Zareh-Smith, Director, University Learning Center 
Barbara McDowell, Director, Women’s Center/ Adult Reentry 
David Pagni, Director, GEAR UP - Anaheim 
Gerald Bryant, Director, Ronald E. McNair Scholars Program 
Patricia Bejarano-Vera, Director, Upward Bound 

UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT 

Pamela Hillman, Vice President for University Advancement 
(Vacant), Executive Assistant to Vice President for 
University Advancement 

Paul Carey, Associate Vice President, Development 

Nancy Byrne, Director of Development, College of Communications 
Doug Colby, Director of Development, College of Natural 
Sciences and Mathematics 
Lisa Gallaway, Director of Development 
Marcia Harrison, Director of Development, College of Business 
and Economics 


UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION 


Maryanne Horton, Director of Development, College of 
Engineering and Computer Science 
Pam Jones, Director of Development, Athletics 
Milly Muzzy, Director of Development, College of the Arts 
Mary Jacobson, Senior Director, Strategic Planning &Board Relations 
Carrie Stewart, Associate Vice President, University Advancement 
Carlos Leya, Executive Director, Alumni Relations 
Stefanie Light, Director of Stewardship & Events 
(Vacant), Director of Advancement Communications 
Regina Webster, Associate Vice President, Central Development 
Patty Boggs, Senior Director of Development, Major Gifts 
Barbara Barrett, Director of Development, Corporate & 
Foundation Relations 

Steve Tanenbaum, Director of Development, Principal Gifts 
(Vacant), Director of Development, Annual Campaigns 
(Vacant) Executive Director of Advancement Services 

Karen Bushman, Director, University Advancement Services 
Julie Chung, Gift Administrator/Accounting Manager 

COLLEGE OF THE ARTS 

Jerry Samuelson, Dean 

Joseph Arnold, Associate Dean 

Dean Harris, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

ART DEPARTMENT 

Larry Johnson, Chair 

MUSIC DEPARTMENT 

Vance Wolverton, Chair 

THEATRE DEPARTMENT 

Susan Hallman, Chair 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 

Anil K. Puri, Dean 

Thomas Johnson, Associate Dean, Academic Programs 
Joni Norby, Assistant Dean, Administration 
Robert Miyake, Assistant Dean, Academic Advisement 
Lea Beth Lewis, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT 

Betty Chavis, Chair 

ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT 

Morteza Rahmatian, Chair 

FINANCE DEPARTMENT 

Mark Hoven Stohs, Chair 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND DECISION SCIENCES 

Barry Pasternack, Chair 

MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT 

Ghasem Manoochehri, Chair 

MARKETING DEPARTMENT 

Irene Lange, Chair 


COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Rick D. Pullen, Dean 

Fred Zandpour, Associate Dean 

Peggy Garcia Bockman, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT 

Wendell Crow, Chair 

RADIO-TV-FILM DEPARTMENT 

Ed Fink, Chair 

HUMAN COMMUNICATION STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Kurt Kitselman, Chair 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Ashley Bishop, Acting Dean 

Carmen Dunlap, Acting Associate Dean 
Nancee L. Wright, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP DEPARTMENT 

Louise Adler, Chair 

ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

Karen Ivers, Chair 

READING DEPARTMENT 

JoAnn Carter- Wells, Chair 

SECONDARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

Victoria Costa, Chair 

SPECIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

Belinda Dunnick Karge, Chair 

JOINT DOCTORAL PROGRAM IN 

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND LEADERSHIP 

Louise Adler, Director 

INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

JoAnn Carter- Wells, Coordinator 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Raman Menon Unnikrishnan, Dean 

Dorota M. Huizinga, Acting Associate Dean 
Lisa D. Jones, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

COMPUTER SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

Dimitri Michalopoulos, Chair 

CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

Pinaki Chakrabarti, Head 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

Mostafa Shiva, Head 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 

Vacant, Head 


UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION 


COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 

Roberta E. Rikli, Dean 

Ellen Junn, Associate Dean 

Nancee L. Wright, Assistant Dean, Student AJfairs 

CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Patricia Szeszulski, Chair 

COUNSELING DEPARTMENT 

Jeffrey Kottler, Chair 

HEALTH SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

Shari McMahan, Chair 

HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT 

Mikyong Kim-Goh, Chair 

KINESIOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

Kathy Koser, Chair 

MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Lt. Col. William Howard, Coordinator 

NURSING DEPARTMENT 

Paula Herberg, Chair 

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Thomas Klammer, Dean 

(Vacant), Associate Dean 

Angela Della Volpe, Associate Dean 

Michael Paul Wong, Assistant Dean, Student AJfairs 

AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Wacira Gethaiga, Chair 

AMERICAN STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Jesse Battan, Chair 

ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

Susan Parman, Chair 

ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

William W Haddad, Coordinator 

ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Craig Ihara, Coordinator 

CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Isaac Cardenas, Chair 

COMPARATIVE RELIGION DEPARTMENT 

James Santucci, Chair 

ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND 
LINGUISTICS DEPARTMENT 

Joseph Sawicki, Chair 

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROGRAM 

Robert Voeks, Coordinator 


EUROPEAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Cora Granata, Coordinator 

GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT 

John Carroll, Chair 

GERONTOLOGY PROGRAM 

Joseph Weber, Coordinator 

HISTORY DEPARTMENT 

William W Haddad, Chair 

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Sandra Perez-Linggi, Coordinator 

LIBERAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT 

Jim Hofmann, Chair 

MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES DEPARTMENT 

Jan Eyring, Chair 

PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT 

Albert Flores, Chair 

m POLITICS, ADMINISTRATION AND JUSTICE DIVISION 

Phillip Gianos, Chair 

PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

Daniel Kee, Chair 

SOCIOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

Dennis Berg, Chair 

WOMEN S STUDIES PROGRAM 

Renae Bredin, Coordinator 

COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 

Kolf O. Jayaweera, Dean 

David Fromson, Associate Dean 

Rochelle Woods, Assistant Dean, Student AJfairs 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

Robert Koch, Chair 

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT 

Maria Linder, Chair 

GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT 

Diane Clemens- Knott, Chair 

MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT 

Paul DeLand, Chair 

PHYSICS DEPARTMENT 

Roger Nanes, Chair 

SCIENCE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Richard Lodyga, Director 


UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION 






















































‘ «■ 




















COLLEGE OF TH E/\j{c 


DEAN 

Jerry Samuelson 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Joseph Arnold 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Dean Harris 

DEAN’S OFFICE 

Visual Arts 199 
(714) 278-3256 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

http ://www/fullerton .edu/arts/ 



“More than anything else, the 
excellence of our programs can be 
seen in our people - the faculty, 
staff, students and graduates. 
Their presence is perhaps the 
strongest recommendation to 
be made for pursuing the arts 

at Cal State Fullerton. ” 

Dean Jerry Samuelson 

College of the Arts 


The learning opportunities within the College of the Arts are based on a commitment 
to artistic and academic excellence. We provide an environment that encourages individual 
achievement for performers, artists and scholars. 

Within the broader university liberal arts environment, the College of the Arts 
offers intensive programs in Art, Music, Theatre and Dance. We are also committed 
to the enhancement of artistic awareness of all students. 

We extend a warm welcome to you, and we promise that with your perseverance, 
we will do everything possible to further your goals and objectives in whatever field 
of the arts you choose. 

Academic advisement is available through the departments. Faculty advisers are 
available to assist students with career decisions and degree requirements. 

Several scholarships are available to students in the College of the Arts. Inquiries 
should be made to the respective department offices. 


COLLEGE OF THE ARTS 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

An, Bachelor of Arts 
An History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Art, Bachelor of Fine Arts 
Ceramics 
Crafts 

Creative Photography 
Drawing and Painting 
Entertainment Art/Animation 
Graphic Design 
Illustration 
Printmaking 
Sculpture 
Art, Minor 
Art, Master of Arts 
Design 

Drawing and Painting (Printmaking) 
Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, Wood, 
Jewelry/Metalsmithing) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, 
Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Art, Master of Fine Arts 

Drawing, Painting and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/Metalsmithing 
and Woodworking) 

Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration and Exhibition Design) 
Creative Photography 
Art, Museum Studies, Certificate 
Dance, Bachelor of Arts 


Music, Bachelor of Arts 
Liberal Arts 
Music Education 
Music History and Theory 
Music, Bachelor of Music 
Composition 
Classical Guitar 
Instrumental 

Jazz and Commercial Music 

Keyboard 

Voice 

Accompanying 
Music, Minor 
Music, Master of Arts 

Music History and Literature 
Music Education 
Music, Master of Music 
Performance 
Theory-Composition 


Music, Single Subject (Secondary) Credential 
Theatre Arts, Bachelor of Arts 
Liberal Arts 

Production/Performance 

Acting 

Directing 

Playwriting 

Technical Production/Design 
Teaching 

Theatre, Bachelor of Fine Arts 
Musical Theatre 

Theatre Arts, Master of Fine Arts 
Acting 
Directing 

Design and Technical Production 



25 


COLLEGE OF THE ARTS 



COLLEGE OF 

Business and Economics 


DEAN 

Anil Puri 

ASSOCIATE DEAN, ACADEMIC 
PROGRAMS 

Thomas W Johnson 

ASSISTANT DEANS 

Robert Miyake, Academic Advisement 
Lea Beth Lewis, Student Affairs 
Joni Norby, Administration (Acting) 

DEAN’S OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 700 
(714) 278-2592 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

www.business.fullerton.edu 


“ Welcome to the nationally accredited 
College of Business and Economics 
home of the second largest 
undergraduate business program 
in the United States. The college 
leads the region in meeting the needs 
of its diverse student body and 
provides the latest skills for business 
success in today’s global economy 
Dean Anil K. Puri 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 
AND ECONOMICS 



Programs of study in the College of Business and Economics equip men and 
women with the intellectual and professional tools needed to assume responsible 
positions in business, industry, education, government and social service. The College 
offers a broad exposure to business and economics. Behavioral and quantitative 
sciences are studied in both theoretical and applied contexts. Mathematics is used 
as a key tool in the analysis of complex problems and in the interpretation of data. 
Emphasis is placed on effective oral and written communication. Students are made 
aware of the need for imaginative, innovative solutions to business problems that 
encompass human needs and ethical objectives. 

The College provides the opportunity to develop technical expertise in a chosen 
discipline at a beginning professional level acceptable to prospective employers. 

Nine concentrations are offered within the business administration major, as well 
as an economics major, an international business major and a business education 
credential program. 

The College of Business and Economics offers the only undergraduate and 
graduate programs in Orange County accredited by the AACSB International for 
both Business Administration and Accounting. Accreditation assures a rigorous 
course of study. It also indicates a well-qualified faculty, high standards for students, 
access to computing and an extensive library system. 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 



PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Accountancy, Master of Science 
Business Administration, Bachelor of Arts 
Accounting 
Business Economics 
Entertainment and Tourism Management 
Entrepreneurship 
Finance 

Information Systems 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Business Administration, Minor 
Business Administration, (M.B.A) 
Accounting 
Business Economics 
E-Commerce 
Entrepreneurship 
Finance 

Information Systems 
International Business 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Economics, Bachelor of Arts 
Economics, Minor 
Economics, Master of Arts 
Information Systems, Minor 
Information Systems, Master of Science 
Decision Sciences 
E-Commerce 

Information Technology, Master of Science 
International Business, Bachelor of Arts 
Chinese 
French 
German 
Japanese 
Portuguese 
Spanish 

Taxation, Master of Science 

MISSION AND GOALS STATEMENT 

The College of Business and Economics 
(CBE) is committed to delivering high-quality, 
accessible, and affordable undergraduate and 
graduate programs to a diverse student pop- 
ulation. The College also serves the business 
needs of the community by providing 
research, consulting, continuing education, 
and training programs. 


In pursuit of its mission, the CBE: 

1. Offers undergraduate programs that 
prepare students for careers in business 
and graduate programs that foster profes- 
sional career advancement by developing: 

■ Interpersonal, team work, leadership 
and communication skills 

■ Critical thinking, analytical and 
problem solving skills 

■ Functional knowledge and technical 
skills 

■ Intellectual curiosity that promotes 
lifelong learning 

■ A global perspective and appreciating 
for diversity 

2. Seeks to attract, develop, and retain a 
high quality, diverse student body by 
providing: 

■ Outreach and recruiting programs 

■ Career planning, internship, and 
placement assistance 

■ Student support services and extra 
curricular activities 

■ Accessibility through off-site and 
distance learning programs 

3. Seeks to attract, develop, and retain 
highly qualified, diverse faculty by 
encouraging and rewarding: 

■ Teaching excellence and innovative 
instructional development 

■ Active participating in applied and 
basic research 

■ Involvement in professional activities 
and university service 

4. Supports high quality teaching, learning, 
and research by maintaining: 

■ An up-to-date technology infrastructure 

■ An attractive and well-equipped 
instructional environment 

■ A program of fundraising from 
individuals and corporate sponsors 

5. Promotes alumni and business involvement 
through: 

■ Outreach events 

■ Centers and institutes 

■ Interaction with CBE alumni and 
business practitioners 


PREPARATION FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Algebra and geometry are necessary for 
many required business courses. The equiva- 
lent of three years of high school mathematics, 
including a second course in algebra, is the 
prerequisite for the required Math 135 
Business Calculus. Students without the 
necessary background should enroll in Math 
115 College Algebra. 



Business students are encouraged to take 
courses in sociology, psychology, anthropology, 
speech communication, political science, 
history, philosophy, geography and foreign 
languages. Many courses in these fields may 
be used to meet general education require- 
ments. For the international business degree, 
intermediate level competency in a foreign 
language, equivalent to Foreign Language 
204 courses, is prerequisite to the required 
concentration courses. It is strongly recom- 
mended that students planning to major in 
international business complete a minimum 
of three years of foreign language study while 
in high school. 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 


BUSINESS ADVISING CENTER 

Langsdorf Hall, Room 731 

Undergraduate Program Advising 

The Business Advising Center serves 
business administration, economics and 
international business majors. Information 
is available on admissions, curriculum and 
graduation requirements, as well as on 
registration and grading procedures, residence 
and similar academic matters. Transfer students 
must see an adviser immediately regarding 
transfer credit. For information on general 
education, consult the Academic Advisement 
Center. 

Graduate Program Advising 

The graduate adviser (in the Business 
Advising Center) provides academic advising 
for the graduate programs in accountancy, 
business administration, information systems 
and taxation. Information is available on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation 
requirements, as well as on registration 
procedures, residence and similar academic 
matters. For information on admission, 
curriculum and graduation requirements 
for the M.A. in Economics, see the graduate 
program adviser in the Economics Department. 
Students should also consult the faculty 
advisers for the programs in accountancy, 
information systems and taxation. 

TRANSFER CREDIT FOR BUSINESS 
AND ECONOMICS COURSES 

Students should see an adviser as soon 
as possible regarding transfer credit. College 
level courses successfully completed at 
another college or university may be applied 
toward the requirements of the CBE subject 
to the approval of the appropriate department 
chair. Lower division courses that are equiva- 
lent in content and level and are completed at 
an appropriately accredited institution with 
a grade of “C" (2.0) or better may be con- 
sidered. Upper division transfer courses will 
be considered if the course is (a) equivalent 
in content and level, (b) completed with a 
grade of “C" (2.0) or better, and (c) taught in 
an AACSB International accredited program. 
Exceptions require thorough documentation 
evidencing the above standards. Lists of 
approved equivalent courses from local com- 
munity colleges are available in the Business 


Advising Center. All other courses are 
subject to approval by the department chair 
concerned. In these cases, the student must 
supply catalog descriptions, course outlines 
and textbook titles. Courses taken in the 
extension division of another university, or by 
correspondence, are generally not acceptable. 

INTERNSHIPS AND COOPERATIVE 
EDUCATION 

Students may earn academic credit, 
first-hand work experience and financial 
remuneration as well. Opportunities exist in 
accounting and auditing; cost-benefit analysis 
and econometrics; finance and real estate; 
insurance and banking; management and 
industrial relations; marketing, sales and 
advertising; and business data systems. For 
more information, consult the internship 
adviser in your department or in the Center 
for Internships and Cooperative Education. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The Business Administration Honors 
Program offers to highly motivated students 
the opportunity to take enriched coursework 
in the foundation areas of the business major. 
Courses in the honors program are smaller in 
class size, provide challenging learning expe- 
riences, individual attention from selected 
professors, and closer interaction with other 
similarly motivated students. 

Students in honor sections are encouraged 
to develop and discuss ideas in an active, 
imaginative and original way. Professors 
contribute by making creative use of cur- 
ricular materials and student assignments. 
Students interact personally and intensively 
with their faculty and classmates. 4n addition, 
students are given the opportunity to be part- 
nered with a corporate executive mentor and 
be given special assistance in securing an 
internship during the senior year. Business 
Administration students with 45 or more 
units who have a cumulative grade point 
average of at least 3.5 are eligible to enter the 
Honors program. Students must maintain a 
3.4 or higher grade point average in order 
to remain in the program. Students in good 
standing in the Business Administration 
Honors program shall receive registration 
priority into designated honors sections. 


Recognition for Honor Students 

Students who successfully complete the 
requirements of Business Administration 
Honors program shall have an appropriate 
notation placed on their permanent record 
and shall be awarded a Certificate of Honors 
upon graduation. 

For additional information, please contact 
the Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 
731,(714) 278-2211. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Chapters of the following national honor 
societies have been established on campus 
with membership open to qualified students: 
Beta Alpha Psi (accounting), Beta Gamma 
Sigma (business), Phi Kappa Phi (all campus) 
In addition there are the following clubs 
which students are encouraged to join: 
Accounting Society, American Marketing 
Association, Association of Information 
Technology Professionals (AITP), Business 
Inter-Club (BICC), Delta Sigma Pi (business 
fraternity), Economics Association, Finance 
Association, Future Business Leaders of 
America - Phi Beta Lambda, Latino Business 
Student Association, MBA Association, Real 
Estate Association, the Advancement of 
Management (SAM), Young Entrepreneurs 
Society 

CBE GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS 

Stephen J. Barnes Leadership Award 
National Electronics Distributors Association, 
Southern California Chapter Scholarship 
Executive Council Outstanding Student 
Award 

Theodore H. Smith Outstanding Graduate 
Student Award 

Frank P Stanek Continuing Junior Scholarship 
Francisco J. Valle Scholarship 
Samuel Mendoza Memorial Scholarship 
Yokohama Tire Corporation Scholarship 

See also awards listed under each depart- 
ment. For additional information on awards 
and scholarships available to business stu- 
dents, contact the Office of the Dean, 
Langsdorf Hall 700. 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 


COMPUTER FACILITIES 

The CSUF Information Technology in 
the Library' and the CBE Satellite Computer 
Laboratories in McCarthy Hall are available 
for student use. Computer facilities are 
generally available evenings and weekends 
during the school year. 

INFORMATION ON DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 

Information on degrees is located in the 
following department and program listings: 

Accounting: 

Accountancy, M.S. 

Taxation, M.S. 

Business Administration: 

Business Administration, B.A. 

Business Administration, Minor 
Business Administration, M B. A. 
Economics: 

Economics, B.A. 

Economics, Minor 
Economics, M.A. 

International Business: 

International Business, B.A. 

Information Systems and Decision Sciences: 
Information Systems, M.S. 

Information Technology, M.S. 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 


COLLEGE OF 

Communications 


DEAN 

Rick D. Pullen 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Fred Zand pour 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Peggy Garcia Bockman 

DEAN'S OFFICE 

College Park Building, Suite 450 
(714) 278-3355 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

http://communications.fullerton.edu 

“The College of Communications 
provides an excellent learning 
environment with nationally 
recognized faculty and modem 
laboratory facilities. Students are 
welcomed into a supportive 
environment that consists of 
computerized writing, editing 
photo and graphics labs; a 
cutting edge media facility 
providing digital content 
production, broadcast and 
streaming services; a speech 
and hearing clinic; a 
presentation lab, and a 
newspaper and magazine 
production complex. ” 

Dean Rick D. Pullen 

College of CoMMUNiCAnoNS 



The College of Communications is committed to advancing a democratic 
society by preparing students to function in a wide variety of communication 
professions. With a strong tradition in the liberal arts and social sciences, the 
academic programs of the College share a common theoretical base which identifies 
the elements of human communication and the principles governing their use in all 
communicative processes essential to contemporary society, namely, the spoken and 
written word and visual images. Specialized programs in advertising, communication 
theory and process, intercultural, interpersonal, organizational communication, 
communication studies, communicative disorders, journalism, photocommunications, 
public relations, entertainment and tourism, and radio-television-film make up the 
basic curricula of the College. These programs of study lead to traditional academic 
degrees for undergraduates and graduates, to state credentials and licenses, to 
professional certification, and to entry into graduate and professional degree 
programs. 

Academic programs in the College of Communications prepare students to 
function as professionals in the fields of business, education, government, 
entertainment, and in media and health related careers. Ancillary’ educational experi- 
ences are available through the campus daily newspaper, audio and video production 
recording studios, television facility, forensics program, speech and hearing clinic, 
the Center for Children who Stutter, Tusk magazine and internships in professional 
settings. 

The College is dedicated to the principles of academic excellence and sees its 
fundamental mission as preparing citizens to function as effective communicators 
who practice their disciplines in accordance with the highest ethical codes of 
professional and personal conduct. 


COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATIONS 


programs offered 

Advertising, Minor 
Communications, Bachelor of Arts 
Advertising 
Entertainment Studies 
Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 

Communications, Master of Arts 
Communicative Disorders, Bachelor 
of Arts 

Communicative Disorders, Master of Arts 
Journalism, Minor 
Public Relations, Minor 
Speech Communication, Bachelor of Arts 
Speech Communication, Minor 
Speech Communication, Master of Arts 
Radio-TV-Film, Bachelors of Arts 
Radio-TV-Film, Minor 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

The College of Communications supports 
a large number of student organizations and 
activities that provide a wide variety of pre- 
professional opportunities for academic 
advancement. They include: the Advertising 
Club; Comm Grads: Communications Week; 
Daily Titan; Debate (forensics); Entertainment 
and Tourism; International Association of 
Business Communicators; National Press 
Photographers Association; National Student 
Speech-Language-Hearing Association, Public 
Relations Student Society of America; Society 
of Professional Journalists; Titan Internet 
Radio, Tusk Club; and TV-Film Society. 


INTERNSHIPS 

A wide variety of student internships 
are available throughout Southern California. 
In the Department of Communications, 
students are required to complete an intern- 
ship, unless specifically waived from doing 
so, normally as the culminating undergraduate 
experience. The Speech Communication’s 
internship is normally taken sometime 
in the junior or senior year. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

Some $30,000 in scholarships and 
awards is presented annually to students in 
the College of Communications. Among the 
sponsors of scholarships are the Advertising 
Club of Orange County, the Business/ 
Professional Advertising Association of 
Orange County, the Hearst Foundation, the 
Orange County chapter of the Public Relations 


Society of America, and the Los Angeles Times. 
Awards annually are presented to students 
who excel in academic and pre-professional 
activities in the three departments. 

FACILITIES 

The College of Communications is equipped 
with modem laboratory facilities including 
a state-of-the-art speech and hearing clinic; 
photography studio; teaching labs for writing 
and graphics with more than 200 upgraded 
and networked workstations; television and 
sound studios and control rooms; video and 
audio production, postproduction, storage 
and streaming facilities; film editing labora- 
tory; a daily newspaper newsroom and 
production area; Internet radio; dedicated 
multi-media network and quality video-on- 
demand and multicasting facilities. 



ACCREDITATION 

The Department of Communications 
is accredited by the Accrediting Council on 
Education in Journalism and Mass Communi- 
cations. The Communicative Disorders 
program in the Department of Human 
Communication Studies is accredited by the 
American Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association. 


COLLEGE OF COMMUNICATIONS 


COLLEGE OF 

Education 


ACTING DEAN 

Ashley Bishop 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Carmen Zuniga Dunlap 

ASSISTANT DEAN 

Nancee Wright 

DEAN'S OFFICE 

Education Classroom Building 190 
(714) 278- 3411 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

http://ed.fullenon.edu 

The mission of the College of 
Education is to prepare high quality 
educators and leaders who engage 
in research-based instruction and 
reflective practice, meet ethical and 
professional standards, participate in 
innovative collaborative endeavors, 
are committed to lifelong learning, are 
dedicated to making the world a better 
place through education, and whose 
actions reflect valuing diversity 
The College has an exceptional and 
diverse faculty and staff committed 
to excellence in teaching, scholar- 
ship, and service. Through rigorous 
inquiry, they look to expand the realm 
of knowledge about teaching, learning, 
and educational leadership. 



The College provides educators, leaders, and professionals in 
various learning environments with the ability to apply critical and 
informed thinking to professional practice and problem-solving and 
to use these skills and attributes to become change agents in their 
schools, communities, and other work places. The College prepares 
undergraduate students to become active and critical thinkers in 
order to meet academic requirements related to university learning. 

The College of Education is organized into the following depart- 
ments: Educational Leadership, Elementary and Bilingual Educa- 
tion, Reading, Secondary Education, and Special Education. In 
addition there is an Instructional Design and Technology program 
for graduate students and, offered jointly with the University of 
California, Irvine, a Doctor of Education program. 


Acting Dean Ashley Bishop 
College of Education 


COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



programs offered 


California Reading Certificate 

Certificate, Instructional Design and 
Technology 

Certificate, Postsecondary Reading and 
Learning 

Doctor of Education in Instructional 
Leadership (offered jointly with the 
University of California, Irvine) 

Education, Master of Science 

Bilingual/Bicultural Education 
(Spanish-English) 

Educational Administration 
Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 
Reading 

Secondary Education 
Special Education 

Teaching English to Speakers of Other 
Languages (For further information 
refer to the Department of Modem 
Languages and Literatures section 
of this catalog.) 

Master of Science in Instructional Design 
and Technology 

Teaching Credential (See Teaching 
Credential Programs section of this 
catalog) 

ACCREDITATION 

The College of Education offers high 
quality programs that meet state and national 
accreditation standards. The accreditation 
bodies for the college include: 

■ California Commission on Teacher 
Credentialing 

■ National Council for Accreditation of 
Teacher Education 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

The College of Education supports a variety 
of student organizations. These include: The 
Council of Educational Leadership Students; 
the Reading Educators Guild; Student 
California Teachers Association, and the 
Student Council for Exceptional Children. 


SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

The College of Education offers the follow- 
ing Scholarships: 

Alumni Association Scholarship for the College 
of Education Amount : $ 1 ,000 


The Bernhard J. and Vivian W Strand 

Scholarship Amount : Three $500 awards 

The California Retired Teachers Association 
Scholarship honoring Founder, Laura E. 
Settle Amount: $2000 


Emma Bauman Holmes Education Scholarship 
Endowment Amount. Two $1,000 awards 

Marilyn C. Brewer Scholarship 
Amount: $1,500 

Lewis and Deborah Hancock Scholarship in 
Reading Education Amount: $100 
(dependent upon funding) 

Miriam K. Herman Scholarship 

Amount: Two $500 awards (subject to 
funding) 

Dorothy C. Klausner Scholarship 

Amount: $100 (dependent upon funding) 

The Ernest G. Lake Endowed Scholarship 
Amount: $200 (subject to funding) 

Rainbow Scholarship - Educational Leadership 
Program Amount: $1,185 (may vary with 
funding) 

Rainbow Scholarship - Multiple Subject 
Credential Amount: $1,185 (may vary 
with funding) 

Mildred Ransdorf Donoghue Education 

Scholarship for the Master’s in Elementary 
Curriculum & Instruction 
Amount: $500 (subject to funding) 

Mildred Ransdorf Donoghue Education 

Scholarship for the Elementary Credential 
Amount: $500 (subject to funding) 

Scholarships for Future Educators 
Amount : Two $200 awards 

Fannie Shaftel Scholarship Amount: $500 
(subject to funding) 


Full details regarding scholarship require- 
ments and application deadlines can be found 
at the College of Education Office (EC 190). 

CREDENTIAL ADVISEMENT 

Students seeking a Multiple Subject, Single 
Subject or Special Education credential should 
attend an overview before submitting an 
application. Information on overview 
schedules is available in EC 190. 

Graduate Advisement 

Graduate students should consult the 
graduate adviser in their major department 
before registering the first semester. No more 
than nine units may be completed before an 
approved study plan is filed. 



33 


COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



COLLEGE OF 


Engineering and 

Computer Science 


DEAN 

Raman Unnikrishnan 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Dorota Huizinga (Acting) 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Lisa Jones 

DEAN S OFFICE 

Computer Science 502 
(714) 278-3362 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

http://www.fullerton.edu/ecs 


“Our mission is simple. We w ant 
to educate engineers and computer 
scientists who will graduate with 
state-of-the art knowledge in their 
chosen field and are ready to 
embark on careers in industry and 



The curricula of the College of Engineering and 
Computer Science are designed to prepare students for 
careers in engineering and computer science, and for 
further study and specialization in graduate work. The 
faculty of the college is actively involved not only in 
instruction and scholarship but also in the advisement 
of students on topics relating to the planning of career 
and program goals. Cooperative education and internship 
programs are available. 


government or proceed to acquire 
advanced degrees in their own or 
related fields. More and more of our 
graduates are also interested in being 
entrepreneurs, thanks to the success 
of so many young people on the 
west coast who have become successful 


in creating wealth via technology. ” 

Dean Raman Menon Unnikrishnan 
College of Engineering 
and Computer Science 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 


programs offered 

Computer Engineering, Bachelor of 
Science 

Computer Science, Bachelor of Science 
Computer Science, Minor 
Computer Science, Master of Science 
Civil Engineering, Bachelor of Science 
Emphasis in Architectural Engineering 
Civil Engineering, Master of Science 
Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 

Electrical Engineering, Bachelor of Science 
Electrical Engineering, Master of Science 
Option in Systems Engineering 
Engineering, Bachelor of Science 
Engineering, Master of Science 
Option in Engineering Science 
Mechanical Engineering, Bachelor of 
Science 

Emphasis in Manufacturing 
Engineering 

Mechanical Engineering, Master of Science 
Software Engineering, Master of Science 

ENGINEERING 

Engineering is the application of scientific 
principles to the solution of practical prob- 
lems. Engineers are professionals who 
employ the empirical art and techniques of 
engineering to the benefit of the society 
Throughout the ages, human progress has 
been able to flourish due to the brilliant 
minds of engineers. Historical works, such 
as the Egyptian pyramids, the Roman 
aqueducts, and the Greek and Persian 
monuments, are examples of engineering 
ingenuity. In the contemporary world, the 
technological breakthroughs, such as com- 
puters, lasers, and robots, have become 
reality due to the creativity and imagination 
of engineers. 

People-made wonders, such as the Hoover 
Dam, the Golden Gate Bridge, the Empire 
State Building, and the Gateway Arch on the 
Mississippi River, are examples of engineering 
ingenuity. Great inventors like Leonardo da 
Vinci, Galileo, James Watt, and Thomas 
Edison had exceptional engineering minds. 


Engineers need a firm knowledge of the 
sciences and mathematics and must be able 
to analyze complex situations involving 
people, money, machines and information 
in order to create workable and economical 
designs. Engineers often work with others 
in a team to develop systems and products. 
The increasing technological complexity 
of modem society offers both opportunities 
as well as challenges to the engineering 
graduates of the future. 

Engineers are employed in practically 
every field of human endeavor. This includes 
manufacturing, construction, education, 
government, health care, and business. As 
society becomes increasingly more techno- 
logical, an engineering education provides 
a background for careers which will extend 
well into the 21st century. There is a real 
need for more engineering professionals, and 
so there are tremendous opportunities for 
everyone, including women and underrepre- 
sented minorities, in this field. 

The College of Engineering and Computer 
Science has developed a reputation for excel- 
lence in its undergraduate and graduate 
engineering and computer science programs. 
The college is committed to providing the 
student with a solid preparation in the 
fundamental principles of engineering as an 
applied science, as well as the practical 
experience to use these principles in the 
solution of engineering problems. The 
bachelor’s degrees in civil, electrical, or 
mechanical engineering are accredited by 
the Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology (ABET). The new Computer 
Engineering degree program also has been 
designed to meet all ABET criteria for 
accreditation. Each engineering degree 
program incorporates the following three 
curricular areas: Mathematics and basic 
science courses such as physics and chemistry; 
Engineering topics courses such as thermo- 
dynamics, materials science, and electrical 
circuits, which provide a bridge between 
basic math/science and engineering practice 
and engineering design courses in which a 
system, component, process or structure is 
devised to meet a specific need; General 
education courses in the arts, humanities, 
and social sciences. Each undergraduate 
program prepares students for entry into the 
engineering profession or for further study 
and specialization in graduate study. 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Computer Science deals with all phases 
of information including its representation, 
storage, structure, display and the processes 
by which it is transformed and used. 

Computer science professionals create 
new systems such as an inventory control 
system for a large manufacturer, or a naviga- 
tional system for a new space vehicle, or 
a decision support system for the manage- 
ment of a bank. These people use their 



technical skills to convert specific needs 
into specialized programs, procedures, and 
systems that will actually do the job. 

Students who pursue the Bachelor of 
Science in Computer Science degree at Cal 
State Fullenon are prepared for careers in a 
variety of fields in business, government and 
industry. The curriculum, which is accredited 
by the Accreditation Board for Engineering 
and Technology, emphasizes fundamental 
concepts exemplified by various types of pro- 
gramming languages, computer architectures, 
operating systems and data structures. 

The computer science program focuses on 
several curricular objectives that are designed 
to provide the student with the foundations 
of the discipline and the opportunity for 
specialization. The department faculty are 


35 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 


highly versed in the discipline through 
education and work experience. 

The Computer Science Building houses 
five large computer science laboratories with 
an extensive range of computers and related 
equipment for student use. The building 
provides ample space for a full range of state- 
of-the-art systems and equipment. 

UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT 
ADVISEMENT 

Undergraduate students should call the 
department office of their major to arrange 
for advising and approval of their study 
plans. The College of Engineering and 
Computer Science has a policy of mandatory 
advising. Each undergraduate student must 
see an advisor at least once per year. 

Students interested in programs in the 
college, but without a declared major should 
contact either the Dean's Office, for an 
interest in engineering, or the Computer 
Science Department Office for advisement. 

GRADUATE STUDENT ADVISEMENT 

Graduate students should consult the 
graduate adviser in their major department 
before registering for the first semester. No 
more than nine units may be completed 
before an approved study plan is filed. 

PROGRAM IN GENERAL EDUCATION 

Because of high unit requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science degrees in Engineering, 
these programs have modified requirements 
for general education. Students should 
consult the department for requirements. 
Majors in the College of Engineering and 
Computer Science should take mathematics 
and other courses in related fields early. 
General education courses normally should 
be scheduled throughout the student^ 
program of study. 


MESA ENGINEERING PROGRAM (MEP) 

The MESA Engineering Program (MEP) 
is an academic support program designed to 
recruit, retain and graduate students. MESA 
serves educationally disadvantaged students, 
to the extent possible by law, and emphasizes 
participation by students from groups with 
low eligibility rates for four-year colleges. 

MESA 

The goal of the Mathematics, Engineering, 
Science Achievement (MESA) program is to 
create opportunities for educationally disad- 
vantaged students, especially those from 
groups with low college acceptance rates, 
to prepare for and enter colleges and univer- 
sities in majors such as engineering, com- 
puter science and other mathematics-based 
scientific fields. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

There are 1 5 active student organizations 
in the college. These are student branches of 
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers 
(ASME), Association for Computing 
Machinery (ACM), Institute of Electrical 
and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), Society of 
Mexican-American Engineers and Scientists 
(MAES), National Society of Black Engineers 
(NSBE), Society of Automotive Engineers 
(SAE), Computer Science Honor Society, 
Upsilon Pi Epsilon (UPE), California Chi 
Chapter of Tau Beta Pi, Society for the 
Advancement of Materials and Process 
Engineering (SAMPE), Society of Women 
Engineers (SWE), Society of Hispanic 
Professional Engineers (SHPE), Instruments 
Society of America (ISA), International 
Society for Pharmaceutical Engineering 
(1SPE) and Society of Manufacturing 
Engineers (SME). These 15 societies form 
the college’s Interclub Council. 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 








































































— 









COLLEGE OF 

Health and Human 
Development 


DEAN 

Roberta E. Rikli 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

Ellen Junn 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Nancee Wright 

DEAN’S OFFICE 

Education Classroom Building 324 
(714) 278-3311 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

http://hhd . fullerton .edu 


“Our college offers programs that 
focus on areas of broad human 
concern — the education of children 
and youth and the health, 
development, and well-being of 
people of all ages from infancy 
to older adult years. We welcome 
you to the College of Health and 
Human Development and the 
opportunity to learn the 
knowledge and skills needed 
to make a lasting contribution 



Through its teaching, scholarship, and service mission, the College of Health 
and Human Development provides students with an education that contributes to 
their intellectual, personal, and professional development. Emphasis is placed on 
both theory and practice, with special attention to the development of critical think- 
ing and humanistic skills needed to function in a widely diverse and ever-changing 
society Programs in the college lead to traditional academic degrees at the baccalau- 
reate and graduate levels, as well as to a variety of specific certificates, credentials 
and licenses. 

The College of Health and Human Development is organized into the following 
departments: Child and Adolescent Studies, Counseling, Health Science, Human 
Services, Kinesiology; Military Science and Nursing. 


tothe world in which we live.” 


Dean Roberta E. Rikli 

COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND 
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 


COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 



PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Child and Adolescent Development, 
Bachelor of Science 

Child and Adolescent Development, 
Minor 

Counseling, Master of Science 
Health Science, Bachelor of Science 
Health Science, Minor 
Human Services, Bachelor of Science 
Human Services, Minor 
Kinesiology, Bachelor of Science 


ACCREDITATIONS 

The College of Health and Human 
Development offers high quality programs 
that meet state and national accreditation 
standards. Major accrediting bodies for 
college programs include: 

■ American College of Nurse Mid wives 

■ Commission on Accreditation of Allied 
Health Education Programs 

■ Commission on Collegiate Nursing 
Education 

■ Council for Standards in Human Services 
Education 


STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

The College of Health and Human 
Development is proud of its active student 
organizations and honor societies. The fol- 
lowing department-based organizations 
combine to form the College of H&HD 
Inter-Club Council: 

■ Child and Adolescent Studies Student 
Association 

■ Eta Sigma Gamma Honorary Society, 
Health Science 

■ Graduate Counseling Student Association 

■ Human Services Student Association 


Kinesiology, Minor 

Kinesiology, Master of Science 

Military Science, Minor 

Second Lieutenant Commission, 
U.S. Army 

Nursing, Bachelor of Science 
Nursing, Master of Science 
Family Nurse Practitioner 
Nurse Anesthetist 
Nursing Administration 
Women’s Health Care 
Master of Public Health 


National League for Nursing 
Accreditation Commission 


Kappa Omega Honorary Society, 
Counseling 


RESEARCH CENTERS AND INSTITUTES 

In addition to its academic degree programs, 
the college also sponsors the following inter- 
disciplinary centers and institutes. For addi- 
tional information, see the Research Centers 
section of the catalogue. 

■ Center for Community Collaboration 

■ Center for the Prevention of Childhood 
Obesity 

■ Center for the Advancement of 
Responsible Youth Sports 

■ Center for Successful Aging 

■ Sports and Movement Institute 


■ Kappa Omicron Nu Honor Society, 
Kinesiology 

■ Kinesiology and Health Science Student 
Association 


■ Nursing Honor Society 



39 


COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 


COLLEGE OF 

Humanities and 
Social Sciences 


DEAN 

Thomas Klammer 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

(Vacant) 

ASSOCIATE DEAN, ACADEMIC 
PROGRAMS 

Angela Della Volpe 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Michael Paul Wong 

DEAN’S OFFICE 

Humanities 211 
(714) 278-3528 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullenon.edu 


"Students new to the College of 
Humanities and Social Sciences are 
often surprised at how friendly and 
helpful our faculty are. Classes are 
“ student friendly, " and students 
discover many opportunities for 
involvement with their teachers in 
research, in service learning, and 
in producing student-faculty research 
journals. Our faculty make a really 
positive difference in students’ lives." 

Dean Thomas Klammer 

COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES 
AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 



The College of Humanities and Social Sciences (H&rSS) offers students the breadth of a tra- 
ditional liberal arts education in the humanities and social sciences while preparing them for a 
wide range of professions, for graduate school and for advanced professional study in fields such 
as law, public administration, clinical psychology, and business. In fact, the College is home to 
20 different departments and programs, most offering both bachelor’s and master’s degrees. Our 
faculty and staff are student-centered and enjoy providing friendly, personal guidance and men- 
toring to our students. Thatls why the College of H&SS is the right place for so many Cal State 
Fullerton students. 

Many of our students intend to become teachers, and each of our programs includes a track 
that prepares students for entry into the elementary school teaching credential program. For 
those seeking to become high school teachers, we offer programs leading to secondary credentials 
in English/Language Arts, Foreign Languages, and History/Social Science. 

In the College of Humanities and Social Sciences, students know that “the name of your 
major does not have to be the same as the name of your career.” In fact, for most college students, it 
rarely is. All majors in H&rSS provide students with the broad education and core skills (reading, 
writing, critical thinking, working in teams, public speaking) that will be attractive to employers 
in whatever career or field a graduate may later choose. 

Majors in Humanities and Social Sciences not only prepare students for the profession of their 
choice, but also help them to excel in coursework throughout their time at the University. If 
you’re a student working on an assignment that involves complex analysis, critical thinking, or 
persuasive communication, your studies in one of the degree programs in Humanities and 
Social Sciences will provide you with what you need to succeed in your classes — in any field. 

Of course, learning takes place outside of the formal structure of classes, as well. We give a 
high priority to involving students directly in faculty research and professional internships. And 
each of our departments includes one or more student clubs and organizations that promote 
life-long friendships, social activities, and service projects. The H&SS Interclub Council (ICC) 
provides additional leadership opportunities for students in the College, as well as promoting 
communication among more that 50 clubs and organizations run by and for Humanities and 
Social Sciences students. 


COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 


Listed below are the many majors, minors, 
and graduate degrees offered within the 
College of Humanities and Social Sciences. 
Academic advisement is provided by each 
of the College’s departments and programs, 
as well as in our Student Access Center 
located in Humanities 112. 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Afro-Ethnic Studies (Option in B.A. 

Ethnic Studies) 

Afro-Ethnic Studies, Minor 
American Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
American Studies, Master of Arts 
American Studies, Minor 
Anthropology, Bachelor of Arts 
Anthropology, Master of Arts 
Anthropology, Minor 
Asian American Studies (Option in B.A. 
Ethnic Studies) 

Asian American Studies (Minor) 

Asian Studies, Minor 

Chicano Studies (Option in B.A. 

Ethnic Studies) 

Chicano Studies, Minor 
Christian Studies, Minor 
Comparative Literature, Bachelor of Arts 
Comparative Literature, Master of Arts 
Criminal Justice, Bachelor of Arts 
Criminal Justice, Minor 
English, Bachelor of Arts 
English, Master of Arts 
English, Minor 

Environmental Studies, Master of Science 
Environmental Sciences 
Environmental Policy and Planning 
Environmental Education and 
Communication 
Ethnic Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
European Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
European Studies, Minor 
French, Bachelor of Arts 
French, Master of Arts 
French, Minor 
Geography, Bachelor of Arts 
Urban Geography 
Environmental Analysis 
Geography, Master of Arts 
Geography, Minor 
German, Bachelor of Arts 


German, Master of Arts 
German, Minor 
Gerontology, Master of Science 
Gerontology, Minor 
Gerontology, Certificate 
History, Bachelor of Arts 
History, Master of Arts 
History, Minor 
International Politics, Minor 
Japanese, Bachelor of Arts 
Japanese, Minor 
Jewish Studies, Minor 
Latin American Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Latin American Studies, Minor 
Liberal Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Liberal Studies, Minor 
Linguistics, Bachelor of Arts 
Linguistics, Master of Arts 
Applied Linguistics 
Anthropological Linguistics 
Analysis of Special Language Structures 
Communication and Semantics 
Disorders of Communication 
Linguistics, Minor 
Philosophy, Bachelor of Arts 

Social, Moral and Legal Philosophy 
for the Professions 
Philosophy, Minor 
Political Science, Bachelor of Arts 
Political Science, Master of Arts 
Political Science, Minor 
Portuguese, Minor 
Psychology, Bachelor of Arts 
Psychology, Master of Arts 
Psychology, Master of Science Clinical 
Psychology, Minor 

Public Administration, Bachelor of Arts 
Public Administration (M.PA.) 

Criminal Justice 
Human Resources 
Public Finance 
Urban Management 
Public Administration, Minor 
Religious Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Religious Studies, Minor 
Sociology, Bachelor of Arts 

Deviance and Socio-Legal Studies 
Education 


Family 
Gerontology 
Social Work 

Sociology of Class, Race and Gender 
Sociology, Master of Arts 

Sociology, Minor 
Spanish, Bachelor of Arts 

Spanish, Master of Arts 
Spanish, Minor 

Teachers of English as a Second Language 
(Certificate) 

Teaching English to Speakers of Other 
Languages-TESOL (Concentration in 
M S. Education) 

Women’s Studies, Bachelor of Arts 
Women’s Studies, Minor 



HUMANITIES COURSES 

350 British Life and Culture (3) 

Interdisciplinary introduction to British 
culture and civilization. Takes a social, historical 
and cultural approach to contemporary 
British society. Examines traditions and 
institutions to help understand 20th Century 
British life. Related field trips. Team-taught. 
Offered only as part of the CSUF London 
semester. 

351 Life and Culture in Italy and Modern 
Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General 
Education Categories III.B.l, 2. An inter- 
disciplinary introduction to Italy and other 
contemporary European cultures and civiliza- 
tions. Students will be introduced to social, 
historical and cultural highlights of contem- 
porary Europe, to principles and methods 
useful for analyzing cultures and their own 
interactions with them. 


41 


COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 


A 


COLLEGE OF 

Natural Sciences 
and Mathematics 


DEAN 

Kolf O. Jayaweera 

ASSOCIATE DEAN 

David Fromson 

ASSISTANT DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Rochelle Woods 

DEAN S OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 166 
(714) 278-2638 

COLLEGE WEBSITE 

hitp://nsm. fullerton.edu 



“Wc provide a complete 
educational experience to all 
students through student centered, 
inquiry-based instruction 
in the classroom and the laboratory : 
We view research experience for 
students as an essential and 
necessary component in the 
learning of science.” 


The curricula of the College of Natural Sciences and 
Mathematics are designed to prepare students for careers in 
scientific, mathematical, and other technical fields; for further 
study and specialization in advanced graduate work; and for 
entry into professional schools of medicine and other health- 
related disciplines. The faculty of the college is actively involved 
not only in instruction and scholarship but also in the advise- 
ment of students in the college on topics relating to the planning 
of career and program goals. Cooperative education internship 
programs are available in each of the Colleges Departments. 

The College sponsors a variety of professional and educa- 
tional programs at which students and faculty have an 
opportunity to meet with their counterparts. 


Dean Kolf O. Jayaweera 
College of Natural Sciences 
and Mathematics 


42 


COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Biological Science, Bachelor of Science 
Biology, Master of Science 
Biochemistry, Bachelor of Science 
Biotechnology, Minor 
Chemistry, Bachelor of Arts 
Chemistry, Bachelor of Science 
Chemistry, Minor 
Chemistry, Master of Science 
Geology, Bachelor of Science 
Geology, Minor 
Geology, Master of Science 
Mathematics, Bachelor of Arts 
Mathematics, Minor 

Mathematics for Teacher Education, Minor 

Mathematics, Master of Arts 

Natural Sciences, Minor 

Physics, Bachelor of Science 

Physics, Minor 

Physics, Master of Science 

Science, M.A.T.S. 

Recommended Preparation 

For a career in mathematics or science, 
a sound foundation is essential. High school 
preparation should include: 

At least three, preferably four, years of 
mathematics, 

Chemistry and/or physics, preferably 
both; 

Two or three years of foreign language. 

Community college preparation should 
include at the minimum: 

College writing 
Calculus 

College chemistry 
First course in the major. 

Qualifying Examinations 

Enrollment in introductory courses is 
restricted to those who are adequately pre- 
pared, as shown by performance on qualifying 
examinations. In addition, the Entry Level 
Mathematics (ELM) examination is required 
of all students unless exempt. 


UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT 
ADVISEMENT 

Undergraduate students should call the 
department office of their major to arrange 
for advising and approval of their study plan. 
University policy requires students to see an 
adviser each of their first two semesters and 
every year thereafter. Most departments 
prefer to advise their majors more frequently. 
Students interested in programs in the 
College, but without a declared major should 
call the Office of the Dean for advisement. 


American Institute of Chemists Award: made 
to a graduating senior who has dem- 
onstrated outstanding scholarship and 
undergraduate research. 

The Lyle Wallace Award: for service to 
the Department of Chemistry and 
Biochemistry. 

The Hypercube Scholar Award recognizes a 
graduating senior for accomplishments 
in molecular modeling/computational 
chemistry. 


ADVISEMENT FOR HEALTH 
PROFESSIONS 

It is important for any student interested 
in a career in the health professions to seek 
advisement at the Health Professions Office 
prior to registering for the first semester. 

GRADUATE STUDENT ADVISEMENT 

Graduate students should consult the 
graduate adviser in their major department 
before registering for the first semester. No 
more than nine units may be completed 
before an approved study plan is filed. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 

General 

Diefenderfer Award: made annually to an 
outstanding woman or minority student. 

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics’ 

Scholarship for Scholastic Achievement 

Jewel Plummer Cobb Scholarship for 
Scholastic Achievement: awarded to an 
outstanding, under-represented science 
major. 

Health Professions 


Other awards made by the Department 
of Chemistry and Biochemistry are the 
Freshman Chemistry Award, and the 
Undergraduate Awards for Achievement 
in Organic Chemistry and in Analytical 
Chemistry. 



Biology 

Rachel Carson Award: a commemoration of 
the ideals of Rachel Carson. 

Friends of the Arboretum, David L. 
Walkington Scholarship: for an out- 
standing biology student who has chosen 
Botany for a career. 


Miles McCarthy Health Professions Award 
annual award to the outstanding graduate 
from the program for the health profes- 
sions. 

Kenneth Goodhue-Mc Williams Award: for 
outstanding contributions to community 
service by a health professions student. 

Chemistry and Biochemistry 

American Chemical Society Award: recog- 
nizes a graduating senior Chemistry- 
Biochemistry major for exemplary 
academic achievement. 


Dr. and Mrs. Donald B. Bright Environmental 
Scholarship: for students interested in 
careers in Environmental Biology. 

Geology 

Department of Geological Sciences: for out- 
standing graduating senior students for 
service and scholarship. 

Margaret Skillman Woyski Scholarship: for 
a woman Geology major for outstanding 
academic achievement and teaching. 


43 


COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 


Mathematics 

Department of Mathematics recognizes 
excellent academic achievement by both 
undergraduate and graduate students in a 
number of awards, including the Outstanding 
Teaching Award, the Outstanding Math 
Scholar, The Math Club Scholarship and 
the Lila B. Hromadka Award. 

Physics 

The Dan Black Scholarship provides 
support to a junior Physics major based on 
need and promise, and is renewable for the 
senior year. 

The Department of Physics honors the 
memory of Edward Lee Cooperman, and a 
scholarship in his name goes to an outstand- 
ing student. The Constance Beech Eiker- 
Raymond V. Adams Creativity Award is given 
to a student who developed an outstanding 
set of instructional laboratory experiments. 
The Dr. Robert W Kedzie Award recognizes 
the most improved Physics major. 

FUNDED RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES 

MARC (Minority Access to 
Research Careers) 

This NIH-supported program develops six 
exceptional scholars and prepares them for 
success in PhD programs. 

MSD (Minority Student 
Development) Program 

This NIH-funded program supports the 
research of 25 undergraduate and graduate 
students who work in labs of 14 faculty. 

REU (Research Experience for 
Undergraduates) Program 

Provides students interested in research, 
who might not otherwise have the opportu- 
nity because of economic constraints, to carry 
out the research during the summer months. 


M1RT (Minority International 
Research Training) Program 

NIH-sponsored program that provides 
minority students with the opportunity to 
carry out research during the summer at 
laboratories in England. 

Bridges-to-the-Doctorate Program 

NIH-funded program facilitates admission 
of our masters-level minority research stu- 
dents to PhD programs at UC Riverside, UC 
San Diego, USC and UCI. 

Individual Faculty Research Projects 

RECOMMENDED PROGRAM IN 
GENERAL EDUCATION 

Majors in the College of Natural Sciences 
and Mathematics should take mathematics 
and other courses in related fields early in 
their academic careers. General education 
courses normally should be scheduled 
throughout the study sequence. 

Because of high unit requirements for 
the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, this 
program has modified requirements for 
general education. Students should consult 
the department for particulars. 


COLLEGE NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 



45 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Betty Chavis 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Langsdorf Hall 630 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

www.business.fullerton.edu/accounting/ 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 

Concentration in Accounting 
Master of Science in Accountancy 
Master of Science in Taxation 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentration in Accounting 

FACULTY 

Betty Chavis, Mary Fleming, Paul Foote, 

C. Terry Grant, Gerry H. Grant, Clyde 
Hardman, Mahamood Hassan, A. Jay Hirsch, 
Gerald Hoth, Vijay Karan, K. J. Kim, Andrew 
Luzi, Vivek Mande, Robert McCabe, Robert 
Miller, Christopher Petruzzi, Shirish Seth, 
Mohsen Sharifi, Iris Stuart, Kim Tarantino 

ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf 
Hall 731, provides information on admissions, 
curriculum and graduation requirements; 
registration and grading procedures; residence 
and similar academic matters. In addition, the 
Accounting Department Chair provides 
advising on curriculum content and career 
opportunities in Accounting, the CPA 
Examination, and Taxation. 


MISSION STATEMENT 

To offer high-quality accounting programs that meet the requirements of the accounting 
profession and are relevant to a diverse group of undergraduate and graduate students; to 
advance accounting education and knowledge through basic, applied and pedagogical research, 
and to promote valuable associations with business and professional communities. 

DEPARTMENT OBJECTIVES 

Undergraduate Education 

To provide a competency-based education in accounting that qualifies accounting majors for 
entry-level accounting positions in private industry, government, public accounting or not-for- 
profit organizations. The undergraduate education also will provide a foundation for advance- 
ment through professional certification and success in graduate studies. 

Graduate Education 

To provide advanced professional education that strengthens the skills of graduate students 
in both general and technical competencies and enhances the student’s ability to enter or con- 
tinue in leadership roles and to develop increased professional responsibilities in private 
industry, government, public accounting or not-for-profit organizations. The fifth year of 
graduate education also fulfills the A1CPA 150-hour requirement. 

Educational Support 

To serve the educational needs of the College of Business and Economics as well as other 
colleges and departments of the University by teaching various accounting subjects as may be 
required or requested within the resource constraints of the Department. 

Enhanced Intellectual Capital 

To enhance the intellectual capacity of its faculty by encouraging and supporting fundamental 
and applied research as well as faculty development activities. This includes support of active 
participation and leadership in local, regional and national academic and professional accounting 
organizations. 

Community Outreach 

To support student and alumni activities and encourage outreach activities that address 
accounting needs of the local, regional and global communities. This includes developing 
strong ongoing relationships with local and regional employers and supporters of an enhanced 
academic environment. 

International Learning Opportunities in Accounting 

The Department of Accounting includes an integrated international perspective in all its 
introductory courses at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. In addition, a graduate 
class in international accounting is offered for all interested students. 

Ethics 

The Department recognizes that numerous ethical decisions must be made in todays business 
environment. Therefore, all accounting classes use cases and problems to help students develop 
an ability to evaluate ethical situations. 


46 


ACCOUNTING 


INTRODUCTION 

Accounting is often referred to as “the language of business.” 
Very generally, the accounting process is concerned with recording, 
classifying, reporting and interpreting the economic data of an organi- 
zation. These data are important to users, who may include managers, 
investors and other interested groups. Accounting helps in decision 
making processes by showing how resources have been used and 
where commitments have been made, by judging performance, by 
showing the implications of following different courses of action, by 
determining the effects of taxation, and by providing a level of assurance 
to investors. Reliable information in a dynamic business environment 
is necessary for sound decisions concerning the allocation of scarce 
resources. Thus accounting plays a very significant part in our social 
and economic systems. 

Programs in accounting are designed for students who are interested 
in careers in public accounting, corporate financial management, 
industry, government, or service organizations, and for students who 
intend to work for advanced degrees in accounting in preparation for 
teaching and research. 

Credential Information 

The Department of Accounting offers courses which may be 
included in the Single Subject Waiver Program in Business. Further 
information on the requirements for teaching credentials is contained 
in the Teacher Credential Programs section of this catalog. 

Awards in Accounting 

Accounting Advisory 
Association Awards: 
GPA Award 

Communications Award 
Community Service 
Award 

Outstanding Student 
Award 

Beta Alpha Psi Award 
Accounting Society 
Award 

Other Awards 

AICPA Minority Students Scholarship 

American Society of Women Accountants, Orange County Chapter 

Amy Vanasse Memorial Award 

California Society of CPAs 

Cynthia A. Brown Memorial Scholarship 

Financial Executive Award 

Institute of Internal Auditors Award 

Institute of Management Accountants Award 

Tax Executives Institute, Inc. Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration Degrees, Accounting Concentration.” 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTANCY 

The Master of Science in Accountancy program provides the 
conceptual understanding and technical competence for a career in 
professional accounting. Employment opportunities include public 
accounting, corporate financial management, industrial accounting, 
government reporting and education. The program encompasses both 
a theoretical foundation and technical skills. Emphasis is placed on the 
development of a professional attitude and the capacity to deal with 
accounting policy and ethics issues. Graduates should be prepared for 
entry-level positions, and for potential advancement in the profession. 

The M S. in Accountancy program is scheduled especially for 
students who are employed full-time. Courses are offered during the 
late afternoon and evening. Most students enroll on a part-time basis, 
taking two courses (6 units) per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students with an undergraduate 
degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting. 

In addition to six units of required accounting courses, there are 
1 2 units of accounting electives and nine units in an area other 
than accounting, and a terminal research-project course. Students 
not holding an undergraduate degree in accounting or business are 
welcome to apply; qualified candidates will be admitted to postbacca- 
laureate-unclassified standing or conditionally classified standing 
as explained in the Admissions section below. 

Cal State Fullerton has the only accounting program in Orange 
County accredited by the AACSB International at both the undergraduate 
and graduate level. This assures a rigorous program, a well-quali- 
fied faculty, high standards for students, and access to an extensive 
library system and computing facilities. The qualifications of the M S. 
in Accountancy faculty include advanced degrees in accounting, taxa- 
tion and law; practical experience; and professional standing as CPAs, 
CMAs, and attorneys. 

Most graduate courses in the College of Business and Economics 
require “classified CBE status” and are open only to students with 
classified standing in the M B A., M S. in Accountancy, M.S. in Taxation, 
M S. in Information Systems, or M.A. in Economics programs. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1 st for 
the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. 

Admission Requirements 

Admission is competitive. Applicants will be evaluated based on the 
following: 

1 Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an appropriately accredited 
institution. 

2 Minimum grade point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and in good standing at the last college attended. 

3. Satisfactory score on the Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT). Students must score in the top 50 percent on the verbal, 
quantitative and analytical writing areas. 



ACCOUNTING 


4. A bachelor’s degree with a major in business administration with 
a concentration in accounting equivalent to the degree as offered 
at CSUF with at least an overall cumulative grade point average of 
3.0 (B). The degree must include calculus and software applications 
equivalent to passing Mathematics 135, Business Calculus, and 
ISDS 265, Introduction to Computing and Application Software, 
with grades of at least “C" (2.0). Courses in the major are to be no 
more than seven years old, and courses in the accounting concen- 
tration no more than five years old. Courses in the major (includ- 
ing the accounting concentration) must have at least a 3.0 (B) grade 
point average, and courses with grades lower than “C” (2.0) must 
be repeated. 

Applicants with a bachelor’s degree in a field other than Business 
Administration may be considered but will be required to complete 
Mathematics 135, Business Calculus, and InfoSys/DecSci 265, 
Introduction to Computing and Application Software, with grades 
of at least “C” (2.0) and also the Foundation Courses within the cur- 
riculum of the Master of business Administration (30 units, including 
Accounting 510; Business Admin 590; Economics 515; Finance 517; 
Management 515, 516, 518; InfoSys/DecSci 513, 514; and Marketing 
519). The MBA Foundation Courses must be completed with at least a 
3.0 (B) grade point average; all Foundation Courses must be completed 
with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better. 

5. For international students, a score of 570 on the paper exam or 
230 on the computer-based TOEFL is required. A student scoring 
between 550 and 570 may be admitted conditionally depending 
upon an evaluation of the entire application file. The student may 
be required to complete a department-approved course(s). 

6. Recommendation from the Accountancy Admissions Committee 
based upon a review of the above requirements, the student’s 
“Statement of Purpose,” and prior work experience. 

M.S. ACCOUNTANCY CURRICULUM 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work beyond 
the baccalaureate degree. At least 24 of the 30 units required for the 
degree must be at the graduate level. A 3.0 (“B") GPA is required in 
study plan courses and overall applicable course work. Any study plan 
course with a grade lower than “C" (2.0) must be repeated with at least 
a “C" (2.0) grade. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Accounting 502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

OR Accounting 52 1 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Electives in Accounting (12 units) 

Four courses (12 units) to be selected in consultation with and 
approved by the student’s program adviser. At least one course but not 
more than two must be tax-related (denoted by an asterisk in the list 
below) for a maximum of six units in tax-related courses. 

Accounting 503 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems (3) 
Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Accounting 506 Seminar in Professional Accounting Communications (3) 
Accounting 507 Seminar in Accounting Information Systems (3) 


Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3)* 

Accounting 518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Accounting 52 1 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and 
Shareholders (3)* 

Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of Property Transactions (3)* 
Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of International Business 
Operations (3)* 

Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance Taxes and Estate 
Planning (3)* 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3)* 

Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee Compensation (3)* 
Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3)* 

Other Electives (9) 

Three courses (9 units) at the 400- or 500-level in business or 
related areas, to be selected in consultation with, and approved by the 
student’s adviser. Accounting courses may not be used to satisfy this 
requirement. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Project (3) 

*Tax Course 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration Degrees, Accounting Concentration.” 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TAXATION 

The Master of Science in Taxation program provides the conceptual 
understanding and technical competence for a career in taxation. 
Employment opportunities include the tax departments of CPA and 
law firms, as well as corporations and government tax agencies. For 
those already employed in this field, the M.S. in Taxation program 
should meet the continuing education requirements of professional 
associations and licensing boards. 

The M.S. in Taxation program is scheduled especially for students 
who are employed full time. Courses are offered during the late after- 
noon and evening. Most students enroll on a part-time basis, taking 
two courses (6 units) per semester. The curriculum is designed for 
students with an undeigraduate degree in business administration or 
accounting. In addition to six required courses in the field of taxation, 
there are three electives and a terminal, research-project course. 
Students not holding an undergraduate degree in accounting or 
business are welcome to apply; qualified candidates will be admitted 
to post-baccalaureate-unclassified standing or conditionally classified 
standing as explained in the Admissions section, below. 

Cal State Fullerton is the only university in Orange County accredited 
by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business at both 
the undergraduate and graduate level. This assures a rigorous program, 
a well-qualified faculty, high standards for students, and access to an 
extensive library system and computing facilities. The qualifications 
of the M.S. in Taxation faculty include advanced degrees in taxation, 
accounting, and law, practical tax experience; and professional standing 
as CPAs and attorneys. 


ACCOUNTING 


Most graduate courses in the College of Business and Economics 
require “classified CBE status” and are open only to students with 
classified standing in the M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in Taxation, 
M.S. in Information Systems, or M.A. in Economics programs. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1 st for 
the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring semester (see http J/ 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. 

Admission Requirements 

Admission is competitive. Applicants will be evaluated based on the 
following: 

1 . Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an appropriately accredited 
institution. 

2. Minimum grade point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and in good standing at the last college attended. 

3. Satisfactory score on the Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT). Students must score in the top 50 percent on the verbal, 
quantitative and analytical writing areas. 

4. A bachelor^ degree with a major in business administration equivalent 
to the degree as offered at CSUF with at least an overall cumulative 
grade point average of 3.0 (B) and Accounting 308, Concepts of 
Federal Income Tax Accounting (or an equivalent course or work 
experience). The degree must include calculus and software applica- 
tions equivalent to passing Mathematics 135, Business Calculus, and 
InfoSys/DecSci 265, Introduction to Computing and Application 
Software, with grades of at least “C” (2.0). Courses in the major are 
to be no more than seven years old. Courses in the major must have 
at least a 3.0 (B) grade point average, and courses with grades lower 
than “C" (2.0) must be repeated. 

Applicants with a bachelor’s degree in a field other than business 
administration may be considered but will be required to complete 
Mathematics 135, Business Calculus; InfoSys/DecSci 265, Introduction 
to Computing and Application Software; Accounting 308, Concepts 
of Federal Income Tax Accounting, with grades of at least “C" (2.0); 
and also the following Foundation Courses within the curriculum of 
the Master of Business Administration (12 units including Accounting 
510; Economics 515; Finance 517; and Management 515). The MBA 
Foundation Courses must be completed with at least a 3.0 (B) grade 
point average; all Foundation Courses must be completed with a grade 
of “C* (2.0) or better. 

5. For international students, a score of 570 on the paper exam or 
230 on the computer-based TOEFL is required. A student scoring 
between 550 and 570 may be admitted conditionally depending 
upon an evaluation of the entire application file. The student may 
be required to complete a department-approved course(s). 

6. Recommendation from the MS Taxation Admission Committee 
based upon a review of the above requirements, the students’ 
“Statement of Purpose," and prior work experience. 


M.S. TAXATION CURRICULUM 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work beyond 
the baccalaureate degree. At least 21 of the 30 units required for the 
degree must be at the graduate level. A 3.0 (“B”) GPA is required in 
study plan courses and over-all applicable course work. Any study 
plan course with a grade lower than “C” (2.0) must be repeated with 
at least a “C” (2.0) grade. 

Required Tax Course 

Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice and Procedures (3) 

Electives in Taxation and Related Fields 

Five courses (15 units) to be selected in consultation with, and 
approved by, the student’s program adviser. 

Available courses include but are not limited to: 

Accounting 408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and 
Shareholders (3) 

Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of Property Transactions (3) 
Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of International Business 
Operations (3) 

Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance Taxes and Estate 
Planning (3) 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3) 

Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee Compensation (3) 
Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 

Other Electives 

Courses are to be selected in consultation with, and approved by, 
the student’s adviser. 

One course (3 units) in either economics or political science and 
two courses (6 units) in either business or non-business fields. 

Note: recommended courses in economics and political science 
include Poli Sci 421, 519, 528. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Project (3) 

ACCOUNTING COURSES 

Courses are designated as ACCT in the class schedule. 

201A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the administration 
of a business enterprise: analyzing and recording financial transactions; 
accounting valuation and allocation practices; preparation, analysis 
and interpretation of financial statements; international accounting 
issues. 

201 B Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201A with a grade of at least “C” (2.0). 
Introduction to managerial accounting; product costing; budgetary 
control and responsibility accounting, analysis and techniques for 
aiding management planning and control decisions; basic income tax 
concepts for planning business transactions. (Not open to freshmen) 


ACCOUNTING 


301A Intermediate Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, and completion of all lower-division 
business administration core courses with grades of at least U C” (2.0) 
in each course. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Accounting theory; 
preparation of income statements, balance sheets and statements of 
changes in financial position; present value and amount concepts; 
assets, liabilities and stockholders equity; price-level accounting; 
pensions; leases; earnings per share; financial statement analysis; 
accounting changes and error analysis. 

301 B Intermediate Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: A grade of “C” (2.0) or better in Accounting 301 A and 
Business Admin 301. Accounting theory; preparation of income state- 
ments, balance sheets and statements of changes in financial position, 
present value and amount concepts; assets, liabilities and stockholders 
equity; price-level accounting; pensions; leases; earnings per share; 
financial statement analysis; accounting changes and error analysis. 

302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, and completion of all lower-division 
business administration core courses with grades of at least “C” (2.0) in 
each course. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Accounting information 
for management of manufacturing enterprises; cost records; cost 
behavior and allocation, product costing and inventory valuation; 
flexible budgeting; standard costs; responsibility accounting; cost 
planning and control; and operating decision analysis. 

307 Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB and completion of all lower-division 
business administration core courses with a grade of “C" (2.0) or better 
in each course. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. The organization and 
implementation of computer-bases for the collection, organization, and 
presentation of accounting information with an emphasis on enterprise 
resource planning systems. 

308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, and completion of all lower-division 
business administration core courses with grades of at least “C” (2.0) 
in each course. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Provisions, legislative 
history and implications 
of the federal income tax. 

358 Principles of Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201A or instructor permission. The federal 
tax system, federal income taxation relating to federal tax system, federal 
income taxation relating to individuals, corporations, partnerships, 
and fiduciaries. Federal estate and gift taxes. Not open to accounting 
majors. 

401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB with a grade of - C" (2.0) or better. 
Business Admin 301. Business combinations; meaning, usefulness and 
methodology of consolidated financial statements; investments in non- 
subsidiary affiliates and corporate joint ventures; consolidated financial 
statements for overseas units of U.S. -based multinational companies; 
translations of foreign currencies, derivatives. 


402 Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB, 302 and 307, with grades of “C” 
(2.0) or better, and Business Admin 301. The auditing standards and 
procedures used by financial and operational auditors. Management 
information and computer systems, internal control, audit evidence, 
professional responsibilities and legal liabilities, standards of reporting 
financial information. 

403 Accounting for Governmental & Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB with grade of “C" (2.0) or better 
and Business Admin 301. Fund accounting as applied to governmental 
and nonprofit entities; state and federal governments, municipalities, 
hospitals and universities. Budgets, tax levies, revenues and appropria- 
tions, expenditures and encumbrances, various types of funds, and 
accounting statements. 

405 Fraud Detection (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 307 and 30 IB with a grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better. Methods to prevent and detect fraud will be considered in 
the course. Students will be exposed to current cases dealing with 
accounting fraud and will consider appropriate methods to prevent or 
detect fraudulent behavior. 

408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better 
and Business Admin 301. Federal income tax as it applies to corpora- 
tions, partnerships, fiduciaries, and federal estate and gift taxes as they 
apply to taxable transfers. 

420 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 302 with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better. 
This course covers advanced topics in accounting: strategic profitability 
analysis; cost allocation and resources; quality and Just-ln 
Time Inventory; and investment decisions and management control. 

422 Internal Audit and Control (3) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing for accounting majors; the depart- 
mental permission for other undergraduates and all graduate students. 
The survey of internal auditing principles and concepts. The course is 
intended for students who are interested in internal auditing. 

460 Seminar in Financial Statement Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB. Analysis of demand and supply 
forces underlying the provision of financial statements; distributional, 
cross-sectional and time series properties of financial statement 
numbers; financial decision-making processes and the uses of financial 
statement information for decision making. 

463 Financial Controls for Entrepreneurs (3) 

Prerequisites: Entrepreneurship concentration only. Accounting 
20 IB and Finance 320. Accounting system design for new ventures, 
including budgeting, purchasing, collections, payroll taxes, safeguards 
against error and embezzlement, financial reports, cash management, 
and banking relationships. Casework, research and fieldwork with 
selected local businesses. Not applicable for graduate degree credit. 


ACCOUNTING 


470 Tax Research, Practice and Procedures (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better 
and Business Admin 301. The methodology of tax research including 
case studies; the management of a tax practice; administration proce- 
dures governing tax controversies; rights and obligations of taxpayers 
and tax practitioners. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 A, 302, and Business Admin 301, 
each with a grade of “C" (2.0) or better, a concentration in accounting, 
consent of the department internship adviser, 2.5 GPA and one semester 
in residence at the university. Planned and supervised work experience. 
May be repeated for credit up to a total of six units. Credit/No Credit 
only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, senior standing and approval of 
department chair. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to 
pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not 
open to students on academic probation. 

502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301B, classified CBE status. The effects of 
professional, governmental, business, and social forces on the evolution 
of accounting theory. 

503 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M.S. in Accounting status. Current issues 
in financial reporting including pronouncements by the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. Coverage of topics will change as new issues in accounting 
emerge. 

505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 402 and classified CBE status. Auditing 
theory and practices; professional ethics; auditing standards; Securities 
and Exchange Commission and stock exchange regulations; auditor’s 
legal liability; statement trends and techniques. 

506 Seminar in Professional Accounting Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M.S. in Accounting status. Compilation and 
composition of accounting reports and client presentations relating to 
accountants’ working papers, client engagement letters, management 
advisory reports and prospectuses. 

507 Seminar in Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 307 or equivalent. Case studies of com- 
puter based accounting systems used by organizations such as 
universities, banks, industrial corporations and CPA firms. Emphasis 
on accounting information, reports and internal controls. 

508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Substantive 
provisions of federal law; tax planning from a corporate viewpoint; case 
studies of the effect of federal tax law on business decisions. 


509 Accounting for Information Technology (3) 

Survey of information processing procedures to support financial 
and managerial accounting processes, concepts, and standards; prepa- 
ration of financial statements and management reports; use of financial 
information for management decision making. 

510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: classified CBE status. Accumulation, organization, and 
interpretation of financial and quantitative data relevant to the activities 
of corporate business enterprises; analysis of financial reports; current 
regulatory reporting requirements with attention to business ethics and 
an understanding of global reporting issues. 

511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B or 510, and classified CBE status. 
Design and development of cost accounting systems; contemporary 
cost management concepts; measurement, analysis, and use of account- 
ing information for management decisions, with attention to ethical, 
global and environmental issues in today’s corporate governance. 
Includes the measurement, analysis, and use of information contained 
in standard and various other cost systems for industry sectors such as 
manufacturing, distribution, service, and retail. 

518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB or 51 1 and classified CBE status. 
Comparative analysis of accounting principles and practices outside 
the United States; international financial accounting standards; current 
problems of international financial reporting, accounting planning and 
control for international operations; multinational companies. 

521 Seminar in Management Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 302 or 5 1 1 and classified CBE status. 
Integrative aspects of accounting, financial, and quantitative data for 
managerial decision-making; long-term, short-term profit planning; 
budgetary control; cost analysis; financial analysis and planning; 
taxation; and transfer pricing. 

572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and Shareholders (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Federal 
taxation relating to corporations, organizing, distributions, liquidations 
and reorganizations. 

573 Seminar in Taxation of Property Transactions (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Federal 
taxation relating to sales, exchanges and other transfers. 

574 Seminar in Taxation of International Business Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Federal 
taxation relating to U.S. citizens and corporations with foreign source 
income and of foreign persons with U.S. source income; planning for 
foreign operations. 

575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance Taxes and 
Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Federal 
and California death taxes and the planning of personal estates. 


ACCOUNTING 


576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Application 
of interstate income allocations; multi-state tax compact; separate 
apportionment accounting; foreign country sourced income. Also, 
California taxes as applied to businesses and individuals. 

577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee Compensation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Federal 
taxation relating to employee compensation including pensions and 
profit sharing, stock options, ESOPs, IRAs, Keoghs, maximum tax 
5-year averaging, death benefits, group term life, etc. 

578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified CBE status. Federal 
taxation relating to partnerships, estates, trusts and other special 
entities. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified CBE status. Directed independent inquiry. 

Not open to students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status, approval of department chair 
and Associate Dean May be repeated for credit. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 


ACCOUNTING 


m 




of Arts in 
Ethnic Studies 

Afro-Ethnic Studies 


College of Humanities and Social Sciences 


INTRODUCTION 

Afro-Ethnic Studies is a multidisciplinary approach to understanding the black experience 
as it relates to life in America as part of a world community. In addition to degree programs in 
Afro-Ethnic Studies, the department provides course work in Ethnic Studies in general (e.g., 
Intercultural Socialization) and other specific ethnic groups (e.g., American lndian).The B.A. in 
Ethnic Studies (Afro-Ethnic Studies) requires a minimum of 120 units, which includes courses for 
the option, General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. The option consists 
of 30 units: 101 or 107, 190 and a minimum of 24 units in upper-division courses. Students 
majoring in the Afro-Ethnic Studies program acquire a special preparation in, and sensitivity to, 
life in America and the world community. The program is multi-disciplinary in nature since 
aspects of Afro-Ethnic Studies affect and are affected by other programs. 

Graduates from the Afro-Ethnic Studies program go into careers in teaching, community 
development, community leadership, social work, urban research, law, civil service, industrial 
relations and a variety of comparable fields. Many go into graduate work in this field and some 
enter more traditional disciplines where a general knowledge of social sciences and humanities 
is a prerequisite. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Wacira Gethaiga 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 314 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/afro 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 
Option in Afro-Ethnic Studies 
Minor in Afro-Ethnic Studies 

FACULTY 

Stan Breckenridge, Wacira Gethaiga, 

J. Owens Smith, Julie Stokes, Jamie Wilson 

ADVISER 

All programs: Wacira Gethaiga 


INTERNATIONAL LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES IN AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 

The major in Afro-Ethnic Studies includes courses that examine broad African and non-African 
issues. Such courses include Introduction to Ethnic Studies, Intracultural Socialization Patterns, 
and History of Racism. Additionally, students are encouraged to participate in the California State 
University International Program (CSU1P). 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES (OPTION IN AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES) 

Lower-Division Courses (6 units required) 

Afro 101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) and/or 

Afro 107 Introduction to Afro-American Studies (3) and/or 

Afro 190 Survey of American History with Emphasis on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Upper-Division Courses (24 units minimum) 

Core Courses (15 units required) 

(To be selected from the following courses) 

Afro 304 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3) 

Afro 317 Black Politics (3) 

Afro 320 Black Political Thought (3) 

Afro 322 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) 

Afro 324 Afro-American Literature (3) 

Afro 335 History of Racism (3) 

Afro 346 African Experience (3) 

Afro 381 African Literature (3) 


53 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 


Upper-Division Electives (9 units minimum) 

Afro 301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

Afro 306 American Indian Women (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 

Afro 314 Pan-African Dance & Movement (3) 

Afro 32 1 Minority Community Development Planning (3) 

Afro 325 African-American Religions and Spirituality (3) 

Afro 337 American Indian Religions and Philosophy (3) 

Afro 356 Afro-American Music Appreciation (3) 

Afto 357 Blacks in the Performing Arts (3) 

Afro 385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 

Afro 430 A Social Psychological Study in Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 
Afro 496 Tutorial (1-3) 

Afro 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement (3 units) 

Afro 400 Research and Writing in Ethnic Studies (3) 

OR English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies, Afro-Ethnic 
Studies Option, who enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in 
Fall 2006, or who enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent 
to transfer to Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in 
a second language as a condition of graduation with a bachelors degree 
(see “Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree” elsewhere in 
this catalog.) 

MINOR IN AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 

Students interested in the Afro-Ethnic Studies minor are required to 
take a minimum of 2 1 units. This includes six units of lower-division 
courses and fifteen units of upper-division courses. 

Lower-Division Courses (6 units) 

Afro 101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) and/or 
Afro 107 Introduction to Afro-American Studies (3) and/or 
Afro 190 Survey of American History with Emphasis 
on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Upper-Division Courses (15 units) 

Afro 301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

Afro 304 The Black Family (3) 

Afro 306 American Indian Women (3) 

Afro 310 Black Women in America (3) 

Afro 311 Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3) 

Afro 314 Pan -African Dance and Movement (3) 

Afro 317 Black Politics (3) 

Afro 320 Black Political Thought (3) 

Afro 32 1 Minority Community Development Planning (3) 

Afro 322 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) 

Afro 324 Afro-American Literature (3) 

Afro 325 African-American Religion and Spirituality (3) 

Afro 335 History of Racism (3) 


Afro 346 The African Experience (3) 

Afro 381 African Literature (3) 

Afro 385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 

Afro 430 A Social Psychological Study in Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 
Afro 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as AFRO in the class schedule. 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category Ill.C.l. The 
perspective through which people of color have come to see themselves 
in terms of their own heroes, culture and contributions to societies in 
which they live and world society in general. (Same as Asian American 
Studies 101, Chicana/o Studies 101, Women’s Studies 101) 

107 Introduction to Afro-American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C1. 

The aims and objectives of Afro-American studies. The basic terms 
and references that give substance to Afro-American studies. 

1 08 Linguistics and Minority Dialects (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 108) 

190 Survey of American History with Emphasis on 
Ethnic Minorities (3) 

(Same as History 190 and Chicana/o Studies 190) 

301 Afro-American Culture (3) 

African cultural characteristics in the New World and contemporary 
events, including art, ideas, dance and literature 

304 The Black Family (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or completion of General Education 
Category Ill.C.l. The American social conditions that shaped the black 
family from the African cultural patterns to the family that exists today 
The roles of poverty, racism and discrimination. 

306 American Indian Women (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category Ill.C.l. The 
female role in American Indian tribal lifestyles. Labor divisions, leader- 
ship, political and social activities from a number of tnbes. Historical and 
contemporary issues, as they affect American Indian women. (Same as 
Women’s Studies 306) 

310 Black Women in America (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.1. 

Issues in the study of black women in America, including social, 
political, economic and intellectual development. Historical and 
contemporary issues as they affect black American women will be 
investigated (Same as Women’s Studies 310) 

311 Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category Ill.C.l. 
Patterns of role learning as they vary within subpopulations; changes 
over time in the values, attitudes, and goals of both the general culture 
and of subcultures; stereotypes and realities; understanding and dealing 
with cultural variation as well as cultural “norms.” (Same as Human 
Services 311) 


AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 


314 Pan-African Dance and Movement (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category Ill.B.l. 
or III.B.2. Theory and practice of movement of African and Haitian 
peoples. Movement (dance) as quasi-language in perpetuating the life 
style of African cultures and cultures of African descent. 

317 Black Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 100 or consent of instructor. Blacks’ 
struggle for political equality and relief from political oppression. Public 
policies concerning blacks’ freedoms, liberties and property rights. (Same 
as Political Science 317) 

320 Black Political Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education C ategory 11I.B 2 
A study of the black American intellectual from slavery to contemporary 
times, with special emphasis on black contnbutions to American politi- 
cal and social thought as well as their contributions in America’s social 
development. 

321 Minority 
Community 
Development 
Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: 

Afro- Ethnic Studies 
317 or permission of 
instructor. This course 
is an interdisciplin- 
ary approach to the 
study of political and 
economic development in minority communities. Emphasis is placed on 
conceptualizing problems and planning and designing problem-solving 
models to resolve them. 

322 Psychology of the Afro-American (3) 

Prerequisite: com-pletion of General Education Category lll.C.l. 

Black identity and the lifestyles that have risen from racism. The socio- 
economic, political, and cultural conditions which have fostered the 
blackness concept and the psychological devices used by blacks to 
survive. (Same as Psychology 322) 

324 Afro-American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. The 
literary contributions by major black Amencan authors. Contemporary 
black writers and the recumng themes of protest and quest for identity. 
Not available for graduate degree credit. (Same as English 324) 

325 African-American Religions and Spirituality (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category lll.C.l. 
African-American belief systems and denominations. A study of folk 
beliefs among Blacks, African-American religious groups, and the role of 
the Black Church in politics and social change in the Black community. 
(Same as Comparative Religion 325) 

335 History of Racism (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category lll.C.l. An 
investigation into the historical roots and current expressions of racism. 
Course focuses on how racism manifests itself through individual, social, 
political, economic and religious institutions and proposes methods of 
combating it. 


337 American Indian Religions and Philosophy (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category III.B.2. 
Examination of American Indian religious and philosophic perspectives. 
Survey of religious interpretations and thought in various facets of belief 
ranging from traditional Indian religion to Christianity. Contemporary 
religious activities will be highlighted. Not available for graduate degree 
credit. (Same as Comparative Religion 337) 

346 The African Experience (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category lll.C.l. 
Afncan history from the origin of the black man and traditional African 
civilization through the African diaspora to the institutional realities of 
Afnca today. Not available for credit to students who have completed 
History 355. 

356 Afro-American Music Appreciation (3) 

Prerequisite |unior/senior standing. Black music in America; the 
sociological conditions that help produce various forms of black music. 
(Same as Music 356) 

357 Blacks in the Performing Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of General Education Category Ill.B.l. 

The exploration of Afncan-American culture through the performing 
arts. The main goal of this course is to teach about Blacks in the enter- 
tainment industry as a means of understanding and revealing important 
aspects of Afncan-American culture. (Same as Music 357 and Theatre 357) 

381 African Literature (3) 

(Same as English 381 and Comparative Literature 381) 

385 Schools and Minority Groups (3) 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. Focuses on the ways in which 
the constraints of formal schooling affect the behaviors and attitudes of 
ethnic minonty group members. Emphasizes the role of the community 
and family in school readiness and the psycho-logical consequences of 
schooling. 

400 Research and Writing in Ethnic Studies (3) 

(Same as Asian Amencan 400 and Chicana/o 400) 

430 A Social Psychological Study in Ethnic Minority Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: junior/senior standing. The social psychological prob- 
lems that ethnic minonties face such as stress- related problems in mental 
health. Society’s reactions to these problems among these groups. 

450 African History Since 1935 (3) 

(Same as History 450) 

457 West African and the African Diaspora (3) 

(Same as History 457) 

458 Southern Africa in the 20th Century (3) 

(Same as History 458) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior/senior standing and acceptance of the subject 
by department chair and instructor directing the study. 



AFRO-ETHNIC STUDIES 


INTRODUCTION 




DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Jesse Battan 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 622 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/amsi 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in American Studies 
Minor in American Studies 
Master of Arts in American Studies 

FACULTY 

Allan Axelrad, Jesse Battan, Carrie Lane 
Chet, Wayne Hobson, John lbson, Elaine 
Lewinnek, Karen Lystra, TerriSnyder, Michael 
Steiner, Pamela Steinle, Leila Zenderland 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: All full-time faculty 
within the department 

Graduate: Pamela Steink 


American Studies gives students a thorough understanding of the past and present nature of 
American civilization. Three central features of our approach are: (1) an emphasis on the analy- 
sis of culture - that shared system of beliefs, behaviors, symbols and material objects through 
which Americans give meaning to their lives; (2) examination of dominant culture patterns as 
well as the diversity of cultures in America, and (3) an interdisciplinary perspective that uses 
both the social sciences and humanities. 

Besides providing a rich liberal ans education, training in the major develops skills in writing 
and analysis and strengthens the ability to recognize connections among complex materials and 
diverse phenomena American studies graduates enter careers in business, communications, 
government service, law, social services and teaching The major is also a fine background for 
graduate work in the field or in related fields 

Teaching Credential 

Because American Studies is interdisciplinary, the major may be effectively combined with 
subject matter studies necessary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or 
single subject credential (7-12) in social science. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with 
the Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers 
to plan efficient course selections for general education, the major and electives With careful 
planning, it may be possible to enter the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s 
degree Postgraduate students should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the 
School of Education (714-278-341 1) to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

Awards in American Studies 

The David Jon Vaca Memonal Scholarship of $500 is awarded every semester to an under- 
graduate major in American studies based on need and academic achievement. The Susan 
Flinkingshelt Memorial Award is given annually in recognition of outstanding services to the 
American Studies Department and student association. The Earl James Weaver Graduate Student 
Essay Prize of $250 is awarded annually for the best graduate paper in American Studies. The 
Margarete Liebe Sekhon Graduate Scholarship in American Studies annually provides an award 
in the fall semester to a new student enrolled in the graduate program at CSUE 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The American Studies degree requires a minimum of 120 units which includes courses for 
the major. General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. The major consists 
of 36 units: 12 units in the core program and 24 units of electives following either Plan A or B. 

Core Program (12 units required of all majors) 

201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 

301 American Character (3) 

350 Seminar in Theory and Method of American Studies (3) 

40 IT Proseminar in American Studies (3) 

Electives (24 upper-division units) 

Elective course work must be approved by the major adviser following either Plan A or B: 

A. Students may take all eight electives in American Studies courses or they may include up 
to four courses from other departments such as Afro-ethnic studies, anthropology, Chicano 
studies, communications, criminal justice, English, history, geography, political science, psy- 
chology or sociology. 


56 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


B. Course work pursuing a particular theme or subject, such as: law 
and society, sex roles, the visual arts, ethnicity, urbanization, region- 
alism, the child and the family, or popular culture. 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in American Studies program who 
enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who 
enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to Cal 
State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second language 
as a condition of graduation with a bachelor^ degree (see “Graduation 
Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree” elsewhere in this catalog.) 

MINOR IN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The minor in American Studies requires 21 units: American Studies 
201, 301 or 345, and 40 IT. plus 12 units of electives Six units may 
be lower-division and three units may be taken in a related department 
upon approval of an American Studies Department adviser. 

MASTER OF ARTS 
IN AMERICAN 
STUDIES 

The graduate 
program is grounded in 
a thorough under- 
standing of the concept 
of culture. It examines 
the creative tension 
between unity and 
diversity in the Ameri- 
can experience, seeking 
ultimately to provide 
a full vision of our 
complex pluralistic culture. The program is interdisciplinary, requir- 
ing graduate students to integrate knowledge from the humanities and 
social sciences. It stresses the process of cultural change, requiring 
students to trace the past sources of contemporary issues. It develops 
advanced research .writing and analytical skills Particular areas of 
faculty specialization within the department include: gender and sexu- 
ality; ethnicity; literature, film, art, and architecture as cultural expres- 
sion; American regions; popular culture, and cultural radicalism. 

Application Deadlines 

Applications are accepted only for the fall semester. Online applica- 
tions must be completed by March 1st for the following fall semester 
(see http://www.csumenior.edu); mailed applications must be post- 
marked by the same date. However, deadlines may be changed based 
upon enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies 
website for current information at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

A student must meet the all-university requirements for admission. 
(Please consult the appropriate section of this catalog for complete 
information.) In addition, a student must (1) hold a bachelors degree 
with a major, or its equivalent, in American studies or in an appropri- 
ate discipline of the humanities or social sciences; (2) have a grade- 
point average of at least 3.0 in upper-division major courses; and (3) 
submit two satisfactory letters of recommendation from instructors in 
upper-division major courses. 


Students whose undergraduate program indicates certain limited 
subject, grade, or breadth deficiencies may be considered for admis- 
sion, at the discretion of the graduate adviser, with approval of the 
department’s graduate committee. In such cases, a student must make 
up deficiencies, in consultation with the graduate adviser, and must 
complete all required courses with at least a “B” (3.0) average before 
classified graduate standing may be considered. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Students will be classified upon fulfillment of the above prerequisites 
and after development of an approved study plan. 

Study Plan 

The program requires 30 units of graduate study . 21 units in the 
discipline of American Studies, six units in other disciplines and three 
units in the development of an appropriate research skill 

American Studies (21 units) 

A. Required courses 

American Studies 501 Theory and Methods (3) 

American Studies 502T Seminar: Selected Topics (3) 

(May be repeated for credit with different topic) 

B Electives 

Additional upper-division or graduate level course work in 
American studies (12) 

Choose either Cor Das follows: 

C. American Studies 598 Thesis (3) should be taken in the semester 
immediately preceding graduation from the program 

D An additional American Studies graduate level elective, i.e., 
American Studies 599 or American Studies 502T, plus successful 
completion of a three-part take home comprehensive examination 
based on the department’s core reading list. 

Other Disciplines (6 units) 

Graduate-level seminars in anthropology, art, communications, 
comparative literature, English, geography, history, political science or 
sociology. Pedagogical and productions skill seminars are excluded. 
Students should select outside discipline seminars in consultation with 
the graduate advisor. 

Elective Skill (3 units) 

A student must demonstrate proficiency in a methodological skill 
appropnate to his or her scholarly interests. In consultation with an 
adviser, the student will select the skill to be developed. Proficiency 
in a foreign language, quantitative methods or linguistics would, for 
example, be appropriate. If prerequisite work is necessary before a 
student can develop proficiency through three units of course work, 
that preliminary work will not be counted toward the 30 units required 
for the M.A. degree. 

For further information, consult graduate program adviser. 

AMERICAN STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as AMST in the class schedule. 

101 Introduction to American Culture Studies (3) 

The concepts of interdisciplinary culture studies, focusing on analysis 
of cultural change in complex, literate society, American culture, includ- 
ing cross-cultural comparisons. Topics include popular culture, subcultures, 
regionalism, myths and symbols, and culture and personality. 



AMERICAN STUDIES 


201 Introduction to American Studies (3) 

With the concept of culture as a unifying principle, focus is on four 
separate time periods in order to provide the framework for an under- 
standing of American civilization. Several different kinds of documents 
will be used to illustrate the nature and advantages of an interdisciplinary 
approach. 

300 Introduction to American Popular Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category IIl.C.l. A 
historical exploration of popular culture in America as it both reflects 
and contributes to the search for meaning in everyday life. Themes 
include heroes, myths of success, symbols of power, images 
of romance, consumerism, race and sexual identity. 

301 American Character (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category IIl.C.l. 
Cultural environment and personality. The extent to which there have 
been and continue to be distinctly American patterns of beliel 
and behavior. Similarities, as well as class, ethnic, sex, and regional 
differences among Americans. 

312 Multicultural Identities and Women’s Experience (3) 

Examination of the diversity of women’s experiences, focusing on 
both historical and contemporary analysis of African American, Asian 
American, Latina, and white ethnic women. Course materials include 
autobiography, fiction, visual and popular arts, and feminist cultural 
criticism. (Same as Women’s Studies 312) 

318 Hollywood and America: Using Film as a Cultural Document (3) 

An examination of Hollywood as a cultural institution. Concentrating 
on the films of selected periods, the course analyzes Hollywood’s ability 
to create and transmit symbols and myths, and legitimize new values 
and patterns of behavior. 

345 The American Dream (3) 

An interdisciplinary analysis, in settings both historical and con- 
temporary, of the myth and reality surrounding the notion of America 
as a land of unparalleled and unlimited possibilities, especially in the 
achievement of personal material success. 

346 American Culture Through Spectator Sports (3) 

Study of the shifting meaning of organized sports in changing 
American society. Includes analysis of sports rituals, symbols and 
heroes. Focus is on the cultural significance of amateur and 
professional football, baseball, and basketball. 

350 Seminar in Theory & Method of American Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: American Studies 201 and 301; or consent of instructor. 
To provide an understanding and appreciation of methodology, theories 
of society, and images of humanity as they affect American studies con- 
tributions to scholarship. Fulfills the course requirement of the 
university upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement for 
American studies majors. 

377 Prejudice and American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Concepts and methods of 
American culture studies as tools for better understanding the origins 
and appeal of intolerance, past and present. Particular focus on racism, 
ethnic and religious bias, sexism, and homophobia. 


395 California Cultures (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category IIl.C.l. 
Examines how various cultures — Native American, European, Latino, 
Asian, African-American — have interacted in California’s past and 
present. Topics include: cultural diversity in frontiers and borderlands, 
shifting meanings of gender, function of regional and racial myths. 

401T Proseminar in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: American Studies 201 and 301; or consent of instructor. 
The relationship between theory and application. Analytic readings and 
research. Check the class schedule for topics being considered. May be 
repeated for credit. 

402 Religion and American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. An interdisciplinary analysis 
of the religious dimensions of American core culture from colonial 
settlement to the present. Topics include: Puritanism, rationalization, 
secularization, and feminization; the conversion experience, revivalism, 
and revitalization; fundamentalism and modernism; and civil religion. 

405 Images of Crime V'iolence in American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or completion of general edu- 
cation section on American history; institutions and values. Cultural 
analysis of meanings ascribed to law and order, authority, violence, and 
punishment in the American past and present. Examined in selected 
symbols, images, traditions, and realities. 

407 American Humor (3) 

Prerequisite American Studies 201 or completion of general educa- 
tion section on American history, institutions, and values. Analyzes the 
cultural significance of various types of American humor in past and 
present settings. How humor reinforces existing culture and also 
serves as an index and agent of cultural change. Humor’s relationship 
to ethnicity, region, social class, and sex. 

413 The Shifting Role & Image of the American Male (3) 

The effect of economic, social, political, and cultural changes 
on American males Emphasis on the 19th and 20th centuries. 

416 Southern California Culture: A Study of American 
Regionalism (3) 

Regionalism as a concept and as a fact of American life. Theories 
of regionalism measured against a study of Southern California and 
one other distinct American region. 

419 Love in America (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or consent of instructor. 
Examines changes in the emotional lives of American men and women 
from the 17th century to the present. Concentrates on endunng and 
innovative v iews on the nature of love and the cultural forces that 
shape its legitimate and illegitimate expression. 

420 Childhood and Family in American Culture (3) 

Historical and contemporary culture study of childhood and family 
in America. The idea of childhood, changing concepts of child-rearing, 
growing up in the American past, the impact of modernization, mother 
and home as dominant cultural symbols. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 


423 The Search for Community (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Examining the historical 
transformation and modem reformulation of community in America, 
the course emphasizes the relationship of the individual to the larger 
social group. Topics include: freedom, need to belong, alienation, and 
search for identity. 

433 Visual Arts in Contemporary America (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or completion of general education 
section on American history, institutions and values. Visual phenomena 
in America as they reveal changes in recent American culture. Areas 
covered include: the “high” arts (painting, sculpture) as contrasted with 
the “low” arts (advertising, television); the artist as innovator, alienation, 
the business world, and American values in art. 

438 American Minds: Images of Sickness and Health (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Historically explores cultural 
changes in American images of the healthy mind. Topics include: 
medical and legal views of insanity, Freuds impact on American 
thought, literary treatments of madness, and psychological themes in 
American popular culture. 

440 American Folk Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or consent of instructor. 
Considers American culture from the perspectives of particular folk 
groups and through the eyes of the “common” person, past and 
present. Topics include: interpretation of artifacts and oral traditions; 
relationships between regional, ethnic, and folk identity, modernization 
and folk consciousness. 

442 Television and American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the general education section of 
American history, institutions, and values. American television as an 
interactive form of cultural expression, both product and producer of 
cultural knowledge. Examines the structure and content of television 
genres, and social-historical context of television’s development and 
use, audience response, habits and environments of viewing. 

444 The Built Environment (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing or consent of instructor. 
Examines how Americans have shaped and structured space from 
the 17th century to the present Emphasizes the relationship between 
space, place, architecture, and material culture; the interpretation of 
cultural landscapes and architectural styles; the changing meanings 
of the American home 

449 The American West in Symbol and Myth (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or completion of general educa- 
tion section on American history, institutions, and values. The meaning 
of the West to American culture through analysis of cultural documents 
such as explorer and captivity narratives, fiction, art, and film. Topics 
include: perception of wilderness, Indians, frontiersmen, and role of 
the West in creating a sexist national mythology. 

450 Women in American Society (3) 

Socio-cultural history of women and womens movements in 
American society. Emphasis on 19th and 20th centuries. Examination 
of cultural models of American womanhood - maternal, domestic, 
sexual, social-their development and recent changes. Not available 
for graduate degree credit. 


460 Bohemians and Beats: Cultural Radicalism in America (3) 

Prerequisite: Amencan Studies 201 or completion of the general 
education section on American history, institutions, and values. 
Examines the ideas, activities, and legacies of the creators of a 
“countercultural” tradition in the 19th and 20th centuries. Explores 
their critique of modem civilization as well as their projects for 
self-transformation, social change and cultural renewal. 

465 The Culture of the American South (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or completion of the general 
education section on American history, institutions, and values. 
Examines distinctive cultural patterns in the American South, past and 
present. Topics include: Southern concepts of work and leisure, race 
and gender roles, political and religious controversies, literature and 
folklore, and the South as portrayed in the media. 

468 Culture in Turmoil: 1960s America (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Origins, manifestations, and 
continuing significance of the turbulence in American culture associ- 
ated with the 1960s. Accelerated changes which occurred (or seemed 
to occur) in cultural meanings of authority, achievement, patriotism, 
sexuality, technology, and consciousness. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in American studies to be taken with 
the consent of instructor and department chair. May be repeated for 
credit. 

501 Theory and Methods (3) 

The American Studies movement. Its conceptual and methodological 
development. The way this development was affected by and in turn 
reflected larger trends in the culture itself. 

502T Seminar: Selected Topics (3) 

A particular problem or topic as a case study in the use of inter- 
disciplinary methods in American studies. May be repeated for credit. 

596 American Studies Teaching Tutorial (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 501. Preparation for community 
college or university teaching. Small group discussion, lecture- 
discussion, examinations, teaching strategies. Enrollment requires 
approval of American Studies graduate coordinator. Course may be 
repeated for credit, but may only count once on a graduate study plan. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in American studies and consent of 
graduate coordinator. The writing of a thesis based on original research 
and its analysis and evaluation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in American studies and consent 
of graduate coordinator. May be repeated for credit. 


AMERICAN STUDIES 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Susan Parman 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 426 

ANTHROPOLOGY MUSEUM 

McCarthy Hall 424 

CSUF ARCHEOLOGICAL 
RESEARCH FACILITY 

McCarthy Hall 2 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL LABORATORY 

McCarthy Hall 420 

BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY 
LABORATORY 

McCarthy Hall 428 


INTRODUCTION 

Anthropology is the scientific and humanistic study of humankind from its beginnings, 
millions of years ago, to the present day. Nothing human is alien to anthropology. Of the many 
sciences that study certain aspects of our species, only anthropology attempts to understand the 
whole panorama, in time and space, of the human condition. While other academic disciplines 
may concentrate on one aspect of human experience, anthropology is an integrated study of the 
entire range of human activities, including communication and language, economics, political 
organization, religion, the arts, philosophy, education, medical and nutritional practices, social 
interaction, marriage, child rearing, science, and technology. Anthropology enables the study of 
people from all over the world as they live now, as they lived in the prehistoric and historic past, 
and as they may live in the future. Anthropology also studies people as biological -psychologi- 
cal-cultural-social wholes living in relationship with their environment; a major goal is to under- 
stand human beings from this overall perspective. 

The major in Anthropology is designed to prepare students for advanced degrees in 
Anthropology as well as for positions in the private and public sector. Social service occupations, 
work in urban centers, museum work, health professions, natural resources management, and 
overseas work are some of the areas that offer many opportunities for anthropology graduates. 


CENTER FOR ETHNOGRAPHIC 
CULTURAL ANALYSIS 

McCarthy Hall 422 

SOUTH CENTRAL COASTAL 
INFORMATION CENTER 

McCarthy Hall 477 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://anthro.fullerton.edu 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 


International Aspects of Anthropology 

Anthropology is inherently international in scope, drawing on world-wide cross-cultural 
comparisons for understanding culture and what it means to be human, and offers an inter-, 
multi-, and trans-disciplinary perspective to promote an understanding of global networks 
that occur in transnational cultural contexts such as ethnicity, business, religion and education. 
Anthropology studies the global flow of information and channels of communication that cross 
spatial, national-territorial boundaries; and it studies transnational actors who enter into the 
spaces opened up by the intersection of corporate capital, labor mobility and new information, 
communication, and transportation technologies. The department encourages study in differ- 
ent cultures and will provide, where appropriate, academic credit for educational experiences 
abroad. 


Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology 
Minor in Anthropology 
Master of Arts in Anthropology 

FACULTY 

John Bock, Barbra Erickson, Laura 
Greathouse, Steven James, Sara Johnson, 
Hilarie Kelly, Joseph Nevadomsky, Jacob 
Pandian, Susan Parman, John Patton, Carl 
Wendt 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Barbra Erickson 
Graduate: Jacob Pandian 
Internship Program Adviser: 

Susan Parman 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology requires a minimum of 120 units which includes 
courses for the major. General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. The 
major requires 45 units consisting of core courses, upper-division courses, and elective course 
work. A “C" (2.0) average and a grade of “C minus” (1.7) or better is required in all courses 
applied to the major. 

Core Courses ( 1 5 units) 

Anthro 101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 103 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Anthro 480 History of Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 

Upper-Division Requirements (9-30 units) 

Anthro 400 Cultural Analysis: Qualitative Methods in Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 


60 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


Anthro 402 Museum Studies (3) 

Anthro 403 Archaeological Fieldwork (3) 

Anthro 404 Analytical Methods in Archaeology (3) 
Anthro 403 Human Osteology (3) 

Anthro 406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

Anthro 407 Anthropological Video Production (3) 
Anthro 408 Ethnogerontology (3) 

Anthro 409 Applied Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 412 Culture Change (3) 

Anthro 414 Economic Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 415 Anthropology of Tourism (3) 

Anthro 416 Anthropological Linguistics (3) 

Anthro 417 Life Quests (3) 

Anthro 418 G1S and Archaeology (3) 

Anthro 420 Visual Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 423 The Ancient Maya (3) 



Anthro 424 The 
Aztecs and Their 
Predecessors (3) 

Anthro 425 Advanced 
Topics in Human 
Osteology (3) 

Anthro 441 Human 
Variation (3) 

Anthro 442 Medical 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 451 Advanced 
Human Evolution 
(3) 


Anthro 

Anthro 

Anthro 

Anthro 

Anthro 

Anthro 

Anthro 

Anthro 

Anthro 


460 Public Archaeology in California (3) 

470 Survey of Anthropological Films (3) 

475 Research Methods in Primatology (3) 

476 Archaeological Investigations (3) 

490T Undergraduate Seminar in Anthropology (3) 
49 1 Internship in Anthropology (3) 

497 Ethnographic Investigations (3) 

498 Museum Practicum (3) 

499 Independent Study (3) 


Electives (0-21 units) 

Anthro 100 Non-Western Cultures and The Western Tradition (3) 
Anthro 1 10 Ancient Peoples of the American Southwest (3) 
Anthro 300 Language and Culture (3) 

Anthro 301 Primate Behavior (3) 

Anthro 304 Traditional Cultures of the World (3) 

Anthro 305 Anthropology of Religion (3) 

Anthro 306 Comparative Aesthetics and Symbolism (3) 


Anthro 308 Culture and Aging: Anthropological Gerontology (3) 
Anthro 310 Urban Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 311 Culture and Communication (3) 

Anthro 313 Culture and Personality: Psychological Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 315 Culture and Nutrition (3) 

Anthro 316 Anthropology of Sex and Gender (3) 

Anthro 320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Anthro 321 The American Indian (3) 

Anthro 322 Human Behavioral Ecology (3) 

Anthro 325 Peoples of South America (3) 

Anthro 327 Origins of Civilization (3) 

Anthro 328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Anthro 329 Peoples of the Caribbean (3) 

Anthro 332 Women in Cross-Cultural Perspectives (3) 

Anthro 333 Anthropology of Childhood (3) 

Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Anthro 342 Anthropology and Health (3) 

Anthro 344 Human Evolution (3) 

Anthro 345 Peoples of the Middle East and North Africa (3) 

Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Anthro 350 Culture and Education (3) 

Anthro 360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 

Anthro 370 Anthropology of Non-Western Films (3) 

With the approval of the adviser or department chair, up to nine 
units may be accepted from related disciplines. 

Note: all courses under “Upper- Division Requirements” are 400- 
level courses. They are courses intended for junior, senior and graduate 
students. Courses under “Electives in Anthropology” are 100-level or 
300-level. They may be taken by all students except graduate students. 


Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology program who 
enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who 
enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to 
Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second 
language as a condition of graduation with a bachelor’s degree (see 
“Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree" elsewhere in this 
catalog.) 


Multiple and/or Single Subject Credential Information 

The Anthropology degree may be effectively combined with subject 
matter studies for either the multiple subject credential (K-8) or single 
subject credential (7-12) in Social Science. Undergraduates are encour- 
aged to work with the Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) 
as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course 
selections for general education, major and electives. With careful 
planning.it may be possible to enter the credential program in the 
senior year of the bachelor’s degree. Postgraduate students should 
contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the College of 
Education (714-278-3411) to obtain information on attending an over- 
view presentation. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

Twenty-one units must be taken to fulfill requirements for a minor. 
Core Courses (12 units) 

Anthro 101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 480 History of Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 

Additional Courses (9 units) 

Nine units of 300- or 400-level courses in anthropology. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The program offers advanced study of general anthropology, while 
simultaneously encouraging specialization in one (or more) of the 
traditional subdisciplines: archaeology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, 
and biological anthropology. Opportunities for field and laboratory 
research and for other related learning experiences permit students to 
enlarge upon formal classroom training and to work independently 
with original data. Students may pursue a thesis or project of either 
a traditional or more exploratory character. Efforts are made to assist 
individuals to plan programs that will meet their individual needs and 
interests. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1st for 
the fall semester and October 1st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. 

Prerequisites 

An applicant must meet the university requirements for conditionally 
classified graduate standing: a baccalaureate from an accredited institu- 
tion and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted (see section of this catalog on admission of graduates 
for complete statement and procedures). Admission is contingent upon 
evaluation and acceptance by the Graduate Study Committee. In addi- 
tion to the University Application, the applicant must submit a letter 
of intent and at least two letters of recommendation to the Graduate 
Program Adviser in the Department of Anthropology. Students with 
limited subject or grade deficiencies may be considered for admission 
to the program if they agree to complete additional courses selected 
by the Graduate Study Committee, with at least a “B” (3.0) average. 
Subject deficiencies must be met prior to candidacy. Students enter- 
ing from other colleges and universities and/or from fields other than 
Anthropology may discuss appropriate course substitutions with the 
graduate adviser. 

Classification 

A student who meets the requirements for conditionally classified 
graduate standing, as well as the following requirements, may be 
granted classified graduate standing upon the development of an 
approved study plan: 

1. A bachelor’s degree with a minimum of 27 units in anthropology, 
including the following courses or their equivalents. 


Lower-Division (9 units) 

Anthro 101, 102 and 103 

Upper-Division (12 units) 

Anthro 480 and 481 

Additional upper-division coursework in Anthropology (6 units) 
Reading courses and special examinations may be substituted for 
the additional upper-division coursework in Anthropology. 

2. A GPA of “B” (3.0) for all work taken in Anthropology. 

3. Classification review administered by the graduate adviser. 

Study Plan 

The 30-unit study plan for the degree must include the following: 
Anthro 5 1 1 Theory and Method in Biological Anthropology (3) 

Anthro 512 Theory and Method in Archeology (3) 

Anthro 513 Theory and Method in Cultural/Linguistic Anthropology (3) 
Anthro 597 Project (6) or Anthro 598 Thesis (6) 

Three additional graduate seminars (Anthro 504T) in Anthropology 
(9 units) 

400-level or graduate work in Anthropology or related fields (6 units) 

Up to six units of Anthropology 599 Independent Graduate Research 
may be used for the last requirement above. For continuation in 
the program an average of “B" (3.0) for all work in the study plan 
must be maintained. 

Students must remain continuously enrolled, either by enrolling 
in at least one Anthropology course each semester or by enrolling in 
Graduate Studies 700. Students may request a waiver of this require- 
ment for one or two semesters if professional purposes require absence 
from campus. A student who is not continuously enrolled will be 
required to apply for readmission to the program. 

A thesis or a project, including an oral examination, must be com- 
pleted for the degree. 

The progress of graduate students will be reviewed prior to clas- 
sification and again before advancement to candidacy. Students must 
demonstrate competence in a foreign language or quantitative methods. 

For further information, consult the graduate program adviser. See 
also the Department of Anthropology’s website (http://anthro.fullerton. 
edu). 

ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES 

Courses are designated as ANTH in the class schedule. 

100 Non- Western Cultures and the Western Tradition (3) 

An examination of the changing views of man, nature and culture 
in Western civilization as related to the impact of non-Westem influ- 
ences, including the use and interpretation of data on non-Westem 
peoples and cultures. 

101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) 

Humans as biological organisms from an evolutionary perspec- 
tive. Concepts, methods, findings and issues in the study of the Order 
primates, including the relationships among fossil monkeys, apes and 
humans, and the significance of genetic diversity in modem popula- 
tions. (CAN ANTH 2) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 

The nature of culture and its significance. Uniformities and varia- 
tions in human cultures. Cultural analyses of major institutional forms 
such as the family, economy, government, religion and art with an 
emphasis on preliterate peoples. Central problems of cultural compari- 
son and interpretation. (CAN ANTH 4) 

103 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
Relationship of archaeology, culture history and culture process, field 
methods and analysis of archaeological data; the uses and abuses of 
archaeology. World culture history from Pleistocene beginnings to the 
threshold of civilization. (CAN ANTH 6) 

110 Ancient Peoples of the American Southwest (3) 

Introductory-level exploration of the lifeways of prehistoric peoples 
of the American Southwest as evidenced through archaeological 
remains and through Native American perspectives. 

300 Language and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
Language as a factor in culture. Trends in the study of language and 
culture. 

301 Primate Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102 or Psychology 101 or completion 
of General Education Category I1I.A.2. The anthropological study of 
the behavior of primates including monkeys and apes with data collec- 
tion in the wild and the laboratory; review and discussion of behavioral 
characteristics that are part of the primate heritage of humankind. 

304 Traditional Cultures of the World (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. A 
comparative, worldwide survey of traditional, selected and well-studied 
ways of life using ethnographic writings, novels and films. Examines 
representative bands, tribes, chiefdoms, primitive states and folk societies. 

305 Anthropology of Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. 
Beliefs and practices in the full human variation of religious phenomena, 
with an emphasis on primitive religions. The forms, functions, struc- 
tures, symbolism, and history and evolution of religious systems. 

306 Comparative Aesthetics and Symbolism (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. The 
metaphysical and mystical systems underlying the “grammars” of the 
art, myths, and rituals of various nonliterate and literate peoples and 
their development into creative experiences. 

308 Culture and Aging: Anthropological Gerontology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 100 or 101 or 102 or 103. 
Anthropological discourse on diverse cultural conceptions of aging 
as they relate to gender, class, ethnic and religious categories. Cross- 
cultural comparison of culturally patterned time-table of life-cycle and 
age -grades for understanding the universal and variability in human 
aging. 


310 Urban Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. A cross-cultural investigation of similari- 
ties and differences in urbanism with an emphasis on current theoreti- 
cal and methodological perspectives in the study of urban social and 
cultural forms and processes. 

311 Culture and Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. 
How culture meaning and manipulation are constituted in both tradi- 
tional and modem cultures through language, mythology, ritual, archi- 
tecture, religion, and other communication systems. 

313 Culture & Personality: Psychological Anthropology (3) 
Prerequisite: Anthro 102. The relationship between the individual 
and the culture. Child training in non-western cultures. Survey of 
concepts, studies, and research techniques. 

315 Culture and Nutrition (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102. Interrelationships between human 
nutrition, basic food resources, individual development and socio- 
cultural organization, includes assessment of student’s nutritional 
status, beliefs, and practices relative to other cultures. 

316 Anthropology of Sex and Gender (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
This course examines human sex and gender roles in cross-cultural 
perspective and the role that gender plays in human social organiza- 
tion. Topics covered include cultural construction of gender; homo- 
sexuality, rights of women, evolution and gender. (Same as Women’s 
Studies 316) 

319 Environmental Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: General Education Category III.A.l or I1I.A.2. This 
course uses an integrated perspective based in human evolutionary 
ecology to stimulate student thinking regarding the complex inter- 
relationships between demography, conservation and economic 
development. There are case studies of conservation and populations 
in the developing world. 

320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or equivalent. A cultural survey of 
Europe, focusing on the peasant, national, and pan-European tradi- 
tions of Europe. Diverse anthropological approaches are used to 
examine changing boundaries of European identity from prehistory 
to the present “European Union.” 

321 The American Indian (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. North American Indians north of 
Mexico; origin, languages, culture areas, cultural history; the impact 
of European contacts. 

322 Human Behavioral Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.A.2.C. 
Using modem evolutionary theory, students will examine human 
biological and cultural diversity through an analysis of comparative 
socioecology. Topics covered include reproduction and marriage, the 
family, childhood, population growth, and conservation. Computer 
labs utilizing eHRAE (Same as Biology 322.) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


325 Peoples of South America (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. Central and South America. 

Representative cultural areas before and after contacts with Western 
countries. 

327 Origins of Civilizations (3) 

The development of civilization in both the Old and New Worlds in 
primary centers such as Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Indus Valley, China, 
Mesoamerica and Peru, and secondary centers such as the Aegean and 
Europe. 

328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. A cultural survey of Africa. Description of 
selected cultures and aspects of culture before and after contact with 
non-Africans. 

329 Peoples of the Caribbean (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or equivalent. A survey of the various 
ethnic groups of the Caribbean, focusing on the description and inter- 
pretation of African, European, Asian and Amerindian cultural elements. 

332 Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. The influence of biological determinants 
as they are shaped by cultural beliefs, values, expectations and socially 
defined roles for women. The changing role of women in industrial 
society. 

333 Anthropology of Childhood (3) 

Prerequisite: General Education Category II1.A.2 or 1U.C.1. Using a 
biocultural perspective, students examine the form and experiences of 
childhood using a comparative, evolutionary, cross-cultural approach. 
Topics: work and play, evolutionary and cultural influences on chil- 
dren’s development trajectories, the role of children. Computer 
labs with eHRAF 

340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. A survey of Asian civilizations and 
cultural traditions, emphasizing the study of the personality configura- 
tions in different culture areas, the analysis of the structure of Asian 
civilizations, and an examination of the peasant, tribal and ethnic 
groups of Asia. 

342 Anthropology and Health (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category 1II.A.2 
and III.C.l. In this course students use a comparative, cross-cultural 
perspective to understand the process and conception of health in dif- 
ferent societies. Topics covered include: health beliefs, health ecology, 
culture and health. Computer labs utilizing eHRAE 

344 Human Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or completion of General Education 
Category II I. A. 2. Advanced primate evolution; the origin of Homo 
sapiens as evidenced in the fossil record and through biochemical and 
molecular studies. Evolutionary theory and problems in human evolu- 
tion. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

345 Peoples of the Middle East and North Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. Interrelationship between culture, 
economy, political structure and belief system of selected cultures in 
the Middle East and North Africa. 


347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. The indigenous peoples and cultures of 
the Pacific Islands, including Tahiti, Hawaii and Australia. The forces 
and processes contributing to social change in island communities and 
current problems being faced by them. 

350 Culture and Education (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. The 
transmission of values, implicit cultural assumptions, and the pattern- 
ing of education in cross-cultural perspective. American culture and 
development problems. 

360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. Application of anthropological methods, 
categories of analysis, and types of interpretation to American culture. 
Survey and critique of selected community studies and other kinds of 
relevant research. 

370 Anthropology of Non- Western Films (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 100 or 102 or 304. Comparative analytical 
study of commercial and non-commercial films and videos made by 
non-western people. Films and videos considered as cultural artifacts 
that are particularly revealing of the ways people conceive of them- 
selves and their cultures. 

400 Cultural Analysis: Qualitative Methods in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. An examination of the qualitative 
methods that are used in the analysis of culture; review of recent 
methodologies developed in the framework of semiotic, phenomeno- 
logical, and interpretive anthropology. 

401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 

Prerequisites. Anthro 102 and six additional units of anthropology. 
Anthropological field research by students on various problems using 
participant observation techniques. 

402 Museum Science (3) 

Methods, principles and techniques used in natural history, and 
small scientific and historical museums. Subjects covered include scope 
of exhibit and research collections, care and repair of specimens, acqui- 
sitions, storage and preparation of presentations in anthropological, 
historical, biological and paleontological museums. 

403 Archaeological Fieldwork (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 102 or 103 and consent of instructor. 
Excavation of a local archaeological site. Archaeological mapping, 
photography and recording. Laboratory methods of cataloging, pres- 
ervation, description and interpretation of archaeological materials 
Saturday field sessions. May be repeated once for credit as an elective. 

(1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

404 Analytical Methods in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 103 and 403. The employment of physical 
data collecting techniques (e g., photographic, paleomagnetic) in the 
field and the analysis of artifact collections and data from previous field 
operations in the laboratory. May be repeated once for credit as an elec- 
tive. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


405 Human Osteology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Techniques in the basic identi- 
fication of human skeletal remains. Aging, sexing, racing and stature 
reconstruction. For those interested in archaeology, hominid evolution 
and/or forensic science. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 406) 

407 Anthropological Video Production (3) 

Prerequisite: six upper-division units of anthropology. Planning, 
shooting, and editing videotapes relating to all sub-disciplines of 
anthropology. (1 hour lecture; 6 hours laboratory activities, demonstra- 
tions, and fieldwork) 

408 Ethnogerontology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. Learning the methods of ethnoscience and 
interpretive semiotics for analyzing cultural knowledge and domains 
pertaining to aging. Training in ethnographic cultural analysis of aging 
i for the production of ethnographies that focus on the symbols, taxono- 
mies, paradigms, and themes of aging. 

409 Applied Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. The uses of anthropological skills and 
sensitivities in approaching contemporary human problems. Cultural 
change, organizational development, program planning and evaluation, 
the consultants role, and professional ethics. 

412 Culture Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. Interrelations between cultural, social 
• and psychological processes in the dynamics of culture growth and 
change. Impact of western technology on tribal and peasant societies. 
Anthropological contributions to the planning of directed sociocultural 
change in selected areas. 

414 Economic Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. The ethnology and ethnography of 
economic life, principally in non-Westem societies; the operation of 
systems of production and distribution within diverse cultural contexts. 

415 Anthropology of Tourism (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 102. Tourism and travel as cultural practices. 
Examines domestic and international tourism, perspective of both 
hosts and travelers; global economy and tourism; souvenirs, artifacts 
and symbolic landscapes, tourism as pilgrimage. 

416 Anthropological Linguistics (3) 

Nature and functions of language, language structure and change; 
classification of languages, use of linguistic evidence in anthropology. 
(Same as Linguistics 416) 

417 Life Quests (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthrol02. Contemporary ways to wisdom and 
humanness in cross-cultural and historical perspectives. New and com- 
parative approaches to understanding the life cycle, development and 
fulfillment of individual personalities. 


418 G1S and Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 103 or equivalent course and junior or senior 
standing. This course is an introduction to the use of Geographic 
Information Systems as they apply to the study of archaeology. The 
course focuses on the spatial analysis of past cultural remains from 
anthropological perspectives. 

420 Visual Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 100, 101, 102, 103, or equivalent. An exami- 
nation of the development of the field of visual anthropology and an 
analysis of the changing and diverse approaches to the use of visual 
media in representing and interpreting other cultures. 

423 The Ancient Maya (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102, 103. The archaeology and ethnohistory 
of the Maya area of Southern Mesoamerica. The problems of initial 
settlement of the area and the “rise” and dynamics of ancient Maya 
civilization. 

424 The Aztecs and Their Predecessors (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102, 103. Archaeological survey of principal 
Mesoamerica pre-Columbian cultures north and west of the Maya area. 
The Aztecs and their predecessors, religion, art, architecture, intellec- 
tual achievements and the Olmec heritage. 

425 Advanced Topics in Human Osteology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 405 and consent of instructor. Analytical 
methods stressing morphological examination of human bone in a 
laboratory setting (determination of human, prehistoric; analysis of 
fragmented and commingled remains; basic identification and report 
writing; pathological conditions). For those interested in archaeology, 
hominid evolution and/or forensic science. 

441 Human Variation (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101. The processes underlying and the theories 
for the existence of the present variation between and within human 
populations. The genetics of human populations and the significance 
of racial classifications. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

442 Medical Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 101 or 102 or Psychology 101. Human health 
and disease and their relationship to cultural practices, beliefs and 
environmental factors; histories of various diseases as factors of cultural 
change; health care delivery systems. 

451 Advanced Human Evolution (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthro 322 or 344 or Biology 274. This course uses 
life history theory to examine the evolutionary ecology of human 
behavior. Topics covered include the human life course, resource 
acquisition, parenting, and fertility. Computer labs utilizing eHRAF 
(Same as Biology 451) 

460 Public Archaeology in California (3) 

An archaeological survey of California, emphasizing the examina- 
tion of recent scientific excavations. Analysis of new archaeological 
methods, current research specializations, responsibilities of the 
modem archaeologist, and review of legislation affecting archaeology. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 


470 Survey of Anthropological Films (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 100 or 101 or 102 or 103. Survey and analysis 
of the uses of film and video in anthropological research, teaching, 
theory, methodology. Films are studied not only for their anthropological 
content, but also as artifacts of western culture which reveal significant 
aspects of that culture. 

475 Research Methods in Primatology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 301 or completion of General Education 
Category 111. A. 3. This course prepares students to conduct advanced 
behavioral research on non-human primates. It focuses on research 
design, data collection techniques, ethical and other situations unique 
to captive or to field settings, statistics, literature resources, permits, 
and disease transmission. 

476 Archaeological Investigations (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or 103. Methodology and practice of 
archaeological fieldwork May be repeated for credit (1 hour lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) 

480 History of Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102. The principal contributions of anthro- 
pologists 1850-1950, evolutionary, diffusionist, historical, particularist, 
configu rationalist, and culture and personality approaches in anthro- 
pology. 

481 Contemporary Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 or consent of instructor. Anthropologists 
from 1950 to the present; neoevolutionist, sociological, structuralist, 
psychological and symbolic approaches. 

490T Undergraduate Seminar in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Topics in anthropology. May be 
repeated for credit. 

491 Internship in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: 18 upper-division units in anthropology and/or 
related fields. Career opportunities. On-the-job training under faculty 
supervision in museum, industry or governmental service. May be 
repeated for credit for a total of six units. 

497 Ethnographic Investigations (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthro 102 and 401 or equivalent. Training in the 
methodologies of participant observation and interview techniques; 
investigation and description of cultural domains such as religion, 
health, economics, politics, and family and ethnic boundaries. May be 
repeated for credit for a maximum of six units. 

498 Museum Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: at least 15 units of anthropology and consent of 
instructor. Practical experience in museum operations, using the facili- 
ties of the Anthropology Museum. Topics covered include exhibit 
preparation, membership and funding operations, catalogue prepara- 
tion and outreach activities. May be repeated for credit for a maximum 
of six units. 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: at least 1 5 units of anthropology and consent of 
adviser. Individual research project involving either library or field- 
work. Conferences with the adviser as necessary. Results in one or 
more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

504T Seminar: Selected Topics in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of undergraduate major in anthropology 
and/or graduate standing or consent of instructor. The topic chosen 
and a general outline of the seminar are circulated prior to registra- 
tion. May be repeated. 

507 Grammatical Analysis (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 507) 

511 Theory and Method in Biological Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of undergraduate major in anthropology 
and/or graduate standing or consent of instructor. Basic theoretical 
positions and methodological spectrum in biological anthropology. 

512 Theory and Method in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of undergraduate major in anthropology 
and/or graduate standing or consent of instructor. Basic theoretical 
positions and methodological spectrum in archaeological anthropol- 
ogy 

513 Theory and Method in Cultural/Linguistic Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of undergraduate major in anthropology 
and/or graduate standing or consent of instructor. Basic theoretical 
positions and methodological spectrum in cultural and linguistic 
anthropology. 

597 Project (3,6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing and consent of instructor. The 
completion of a project derived from original field or laboratory 
research, and/or from library study. May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of 6 units. 

598 Thesis (3,6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing and consent of instructor. The 
writing of a thesis based on original field or laboratory research, and/ 
or on library study, and its analysis and evaluation. May be repeated 
for credit to a maximum of 6 units. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Individual research involving 
fieldwork, laboratory, or library study, and conferences with a project 
adviser as necessary, and resulting in one or more papers. May be 
repeated for credit. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 



department chair 

Larry Johnson 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Visual Arts 102 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

hup://www.art. fullerion.edu 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in An 
An History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art 
Ceramics 
Crafts 

Creative Photography 
Drawing and Painting 
Entertainment Art/Animation 
Graphic Design 
Illustration 
Printmaking 
Sculpture 
Minor in Art 
Master of Arts in Art 

Drawing and Painting (including 
Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, 
Wood, Jewelry/Metalsmithing) 
Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, Exhibition Design, 
Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Master of Fine Arts in Art 

Drawing, Painting, and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/ 
Metalsmithing, and Woodworking) 
Design (including Graphic Design, 
Illustration, and Exhibition Design) 
Creative Photography 
Certificate in Museum Studies 


FACULTY 

Ana-Victoria Aenlle, Joseph Biel, Bryan Cantley, Ruth Capelle, John Carter, Kyung Sun Cho, 
Dorte Christjansen, Eileen Cowin, Cliff Cramp, John T. Drew, Joe Forkan, Maurice Gray, Charles 
Grieb, Arnold Holland, Jim Jenkins, Jade Jewett, Larry Johnson, Linda Kroff, Donald Lagerberg, 
Dana Lamb, John Leighton, Sergio Lizarraga, Clinton Mackenzie, Mike McGee, Theron Moore, 
Zena Pearlstone, Joanna Roche, Jerry Samuelson, Christina Smith, Vincent Suez, Lawrence Yun 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Contact department office. 

Graduate: Mike McGee 

INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Art is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Art and 
Design 

The Department of Art offers programs which include the scholarly fields of art history, 
theory, analysis and criticism; the studio fields of drawing and painting, entertainment art/ 
animation, printmaking, sculpture, crafts (including jewelry, wood and metal), ceramics 
(including glass), graphic design, creative photography, illustration, and exhibition design; 
and the single subject teaching field of art education. 

Curricular plans for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Fine Arts have been developed 
to meet the individual needs and interests of students in art. 

The general objectives of the programs are to provide a comprehensive learning environment 
which contributes conceptually and technically to the development of the art historian, the 
visual artist and the art teacher. Specifically, the programs provide opportunities for students to: 
(1) develop a knowledge and understanding of fundamental visual experience and concepts 
basic to many forms and fields of art; (2) develop a critical appreciation of historical and con- 
temporary art forms as they relate to individual and social needs and values; (3) creatively 
express ones personal experience and thought with visual skill and clarity; (4) develop 
knowledge and skills necessary to pursue graduate studies in visual arts, or to teach art and 
(5) develop the understanding and expertise applicable to professional practice. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ART 

The 120-unit Bachelor of Arts degree offers concentrations in Art History, General Studio Art 
and Teaching. The program objectives are to provide correlative experiences, information and 
theory. 

The Art History concentration emphasizes the area of art history, theory, and appreciation 
and is particularly recommended for those students who wish to pursue graduate studies in art 
history or museum studies. 

The General Studio Art concentration is a varied curriculum that provides a broad education 
in the visual arts. 

The Teaching Concentration prepares students to meet the requirements for admission to the 
Credential Program teaching art, grades K-12. Students are encouraged to work with the depart- 
ment adviser and/or the Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in 
their academic careers to plan efficient course selections for general education, major and electives. 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Art program who enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time 
freshmen in Fall 2006, or who enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to 
Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second language as a condition of 


67 


ART 


graduation with a bachelor’s degree (see “Graduation Requirements for 
a Bachelor’s Degree” elsewhere in this catalog.) 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students 
must meet the other university requirements for a bachelor of arts 
degree. Students in the Teaching Concentration must also meet specific 
requirements for the desired teaching credential. 

All art majors must take Art 300, Writing in the Visual Arts, and 
pass the university’s Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP) after 
achieving junior standing (60 units). Testing dates for the EWP are 
available from the Testing Center or the Academic Advisement Center. 

To earn a Bachelor of Arts in Art students must achieve grades of 
“C” (2.0) or better in all art courses required for the degree. 

ART HISTORY CONCENTRATION 

Preparation for the major (lower-division - 21 units) 

Art 20 1 A, B An and Civilization (3,3) 

Lower-division studio courses (3,3) 

Approved electives in art, American studies, anthropology, history, 
literature, music, philosophy or theatre (3,3,3) 

The major (upper-division - 33 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art 480T Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Art 481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Approved upper-division elective (3) 

Upper-division art history (21) 

GENERAL STUDIO ART CONCENTRATION 

Lower- Division (27 units) 

Art 103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Art 117 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art Electives (3,3) 

Select at least two courses from two of the following areas: graphic 
design; entertainment art/animation; illustration; printmaking; creative 
photography; sculpture; ceramics; crafts; drawing and painting. 

Upper- Division (27 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Studio Area (12 units) 

Select one course from each of the following: (1) drawing and 
painting, (2) sculpture, creative photography, printmaking; (3) crafts 
and ceramics; (4) graphic design, illustration, entertainment art/ 
animation. 

Electives (3,3) 

Choose two courses from at least two different categories of the 
following: drawing and painting; printmaking; creative photography; 
sculpture; crafts (glass); ceramics; graphic design, illustration; exhibition 
design; art education, entertainment art/animation. 


TEACHING CONCENTRATION 

Single Subject Instruction 

(Qualifies for Teaching Art in Grades K- 12) 

Preparation for the major (lower-division-30 units) 

Art 103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Art 107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Art 1 17 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

Art 207A Drawing and Painting (3) 

Major requirements (upper-division - 24 units) 

Select Drawing and Painting, Crafts or Creative Photography or 
Computer Design Emphasis. 

Drawing and Painting Emphasis 
Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art 307A Drawing and Painting (3) 

Art 310A Watercolor (3) 

Art 312 Modem Art (3) 

Art 317A Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3) 

Art 347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

Art 363B Illustration (3) 

Art 44 1 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Crafts Emphasis 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art 305A Advanced Crafts (3) 

Art 306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Art 312 Modem Art (3) 

Art 3 15A Jewelry (3) 

Art 363B Illustration (3) 

Art 44 1 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Creative Photography and Computer Design Emphasis 
Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art 338A.B Creative Photography (3,3) 

Art 363B Illustration (3) 

Art 44 1 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Art 478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

Art History (3) 

Select one course from the following: 

Art 48 3E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

Art 483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Credential Requirements 

The B.A. in Art (Teaching Concentration) may be effectively com- 
bined with subject matter studies necessary' for either the multiple 
subject teaching credential (K-8) or single subject credential (7-12) in 


68 


ART 


art. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the faculty adviser 
in art and the Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early 
as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course selections 
for general education, the concentration and electives. With careful 
planning it may be possible to take certain education courses in the 
senior year of the bachelor’s degree. Postgraduate students should 
contact the Admission to Teaching Education office in the School of 
Education (717-278-3411) for information on attending an overview 
presentation. 

General Program Requirements 

1. Be advised by a faculty adviser in art education. 

2. Fulfill credential requirements listed in the credential program 

or “Credentials” 

Meet the require- 
ments listed under 
the Teaching 
Concentration. 

Apply and be admit- 
ted to a credential 
program prior to 
enrollment in Art 
Ed 442, professional 
education courses 
and student teach- 
ing. Contact the 

Admission to Teaching Education office in the School of Education. 

5. Be accepted for teacher education and student teaching based on 
candidate quotas, portfolio review, and evidence of success in 
completed university course work. 

6. Be recommended by the faculty adviser in art education. 

7. Complete Secondary Education prerequisites 310 and 320 or 
equivalents prior to applying to the teacher education program 
for the Single Subject credential. 

8. Pass C-BEST exam prior to admission to the credential program. 

9. Complete Secondary Education prerequisites 330, 340 and 
404/407 before extern semester. 

10. Have a G.PA. of 2.89 overall, 3.0 in major. 

Single Subject Credential Preparation 
First semester (extern): 15 units 
Second semester (intern): 15 units 

Upon completion of above program the student is eligible for a 
partial or preliminary credential. A clear credential requires nine 
additional units of state-mandated courses within a specified period 
of time. 

Multiple Subject Credential Preparation 

The following three courses are recommended for all students intend- 
ing to teach in the elementary schools in multiple subject classrooms. 

An 380 An and Child Development (3) 

Music 333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Theatre 402 Dramatic Activities for Children (3) 


The following additional list of courses would be strongly recom- 
mended for students who wish to expand their knowledge in any or 
all of the arts: 

Art 101, 103, 104, 106A, 107A, 201A,B, 310A,B, 330, 380, 441 
Dance 101, 112, 122, 132, 142, 323A,B, 422 
Music 111, 281B,P,S,W, 283 

Theatre 100, 263A,B, 276, 277, 370A,B, 402A.B, 403A,B 

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN ART 

The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is a professional program providing 
directed studies in nine studio concentrations within the visual arts. 

The program is designed for students seeking in-depth preparation for 
specialized goals selected from one of the following areas: ceramics, 
crafts, creative photography, drawing and painting, entertainment 
art/animation, graphic design, illustration, printmaking, and sculpture. 
The program develops the understanding and advanced specialized 
skills applicable to professional practice and to meet entrance require- 
ments to graduate school. 

Admission Requirements 

Upon admission to the University as an art major, students are 
placed in the Bachelor of Arts category, whether entering as a freshman 
or transferring from a community college. Upon proof of completion of 
the 12 lower-division studio units listed below with a “B” (3.0) or 
better gradepoint average, students may contact the Art Department for 
changing their academic objective to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art. 

Art 103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Art 107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Program Requirements 

The 132-unit Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program requires a 
minimum of 81 units in art: The 12 units of studio art “Admission 
Requirements” plus 12 units of Art History and 57 units of studio art. 
The major is divided into 2 1 units of lower-division preparation and 
48 upper-division units. In addition to the minimum 69-unit 
requirement for the B.F.A. degree, students must meet the other 
university requirements for a bachelor’s degree (see the University 
Catalog and Class Schedule). 

Since the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art is a high-unit program, 
majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation 
Requirement. 

To earn a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art, students must achieve grades 
of “C” (2.0) or better in all art courses required for the degree. 

In addition to Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts (*below), students 
must also take and pass the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP). 

CERAMICS CONCENTRATION 
Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

Art 106A.B Beginning Ceramics (3,3) 

Art 117 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 


section of the catalog (see “Teacher Education” 



69 


ART 


Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 306A.B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Art 326A.B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 

Art 424A,B Glass Blowing (3,3) 

Art 484A or 484B or Art 484C Special Studies in Ceramics and Glass 
(3,3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

CRAFTS CONCENTRATION 
Preparation dower-division - 21 units) 

Art 123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

Art 201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 205A.B Beginning Crafts (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 305A.B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Select 12 units from: 

Art 306A.B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Art 3 15A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

Art 330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

Art 364A Stained Glass (3) 

Art 364B Stained Glass/Kiln Working (3) 

Art 485A,B,C, or F Special Studies in Crafts (3,3) 

Art 495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

CREATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION 

Preparation dower-division - 21 units) 

Art 1 17 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

Art 247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut Prints (3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 338A.B Creative Photography (3,3) 

Art 348 Artists’ Books (3) 

Art 410 The Digital Studio (3) 

Art 418 Seminar in Creative Photography (3) 

Art 439 Creative Photo Studio Projects (3) 

Art 478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

Art 489 Special Studies, Creative Photo (3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3,3, 3) 


DRAWING AND PAINTING CONCENTRATION 
Preparation dower-division - 21 units) 

Art 1 17 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 207A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Art 317A.B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Art 487A Special Studies, Painting (3) 

Art 487B Life Studies, Drawing and/or Painting (3) 

Choose nine units from the following: 

Art 487A,B and/or C (3,3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

ENTERTAINMENT ART/ANIMATION CONCENTRATION 
Preparation dower-division - 21 units) 

Art 1 1 7 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A,B Art & Civilization (3,3) 

Art 217 Life Drawing for Animation (3) 

Art 253 Introduction to Traditional Animation (3) 

Art 255 Introduction to 3D Computer Animation (3) 
Lower-Division Studio Electives (3) 

Concentration (upper- division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Select two courses from: 

Art 317A Drawing and Painting (3) 

Art 317B Drawing and Painting (3) 

Art 317C Sculpting Life Forms (3) 

Art 355 3D Computer Animation (3) 

Art 337 Animal and Wildlife Drawing (3) 

Art 353A,B Animation (3,3) 

Art 367 Elements of Sequential Art (3) 

Art 373 Cartooning and Caricature (3) 

Art 487E Special Studies in Entertainment Art/Animation (3) 
Select 6 units from: 

Art 483B Pictorial Background lllustration(3) 

Art 483C Special Studies in Illustration (3) 

Art 487E Special Studies in Eniertainment/Art Animation (3) 
Art 487S Special Studies in Sequential Art (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Upper-division Art Studio Electives (3,3,3) 


70 


ART 


graphic design concentration 

Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

Art 1 17 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 223A,B Lettering and Typography (3,3) 

Art 22 3C typography Into Graphic Design (3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 323A,B Graphic Design (3,3) 

Art 338A Creative Photography (3) 

Art 363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

Art 483A Special Studies in Graphic Design (3,3) 

Art 483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

Art 483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Art 495 Internship (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3,3,3) 

ILLUSTRATION CONCENTRATION 
Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

Art 117 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

Art 201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 22 3A Lettering and Typography (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 317A.B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Art 318A Drawing and Painting the Head and Hands (3) 
Art 323A Graphic Design (3) 

Art 363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

Art 483C Special Studies in Illustration (3,3) 

Art 495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3,3, 3, 3) 
PRINTMAKING CONCENTRATION 
Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

Art 1 17 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 207A Drawing and Painting (3) 

Art 247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut Prints (3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 


Art 317A,B Life Studies (3,3) 

Art 338A Creative Photography (3) 

Art 347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

Art 347B Printmaking Lithography (3) 

Art 487D Special Studies in Printmaking (3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3,3) 

SCULPTURE CONCENTRATION 
Preparation (lower-division - 21 units) 

Art 117 Life Drawing (3) 

Art 201A.B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art 216A.B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper-division - 48 units) 

Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

Art 316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

Art 317A.B or C Life Studies, Drawing and Painting and 
Sculpting Life Forms (3,3) 

Art 326A Ceramic Sculpture (3) 

Art 336 Moldmaking and Cast Sculpture (3) 

Art 486A Modeling and Fabrication (3,3) 

An adviser-approved sculpture course (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

MINOR IN ART 

Twenty-four units with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better are required 
for a minor in art; a minimum of 12 units are to be in upper-division 
courses in residence. A basic course in each of the following areas is 
required: (1) art history, theory, analysis and criticism; (2) design; (3) 
drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 

Recommended courses to meet the “basic courses" requirement are: 

(1) Art 201A or B; (2) Art 103 or 104; (3) Art 107A or B; (4) Art 106A 
or 205A. Completion of these courses will provide a reasonable foun- 
dation for entry into upper-division courses. Students planning to 
qualify for a standard teaching credential specializing in elementary 

or secondary teaching with art as a minor must obtain approval 
from the Art Department. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ART 

This program provides a balance of study and practice for those 
who wish a career in the visual arts, or who want to prepare for further 
graduate work in the field. The program offers the following areas of 
concentration: (1) drawing and painting (including printmaking); 

(2) sculpture; (3) crafts (including ceramics, wood, glass, jewelry/ 
metalsmithing); (4) design (including graphic design, illustration, 
exhibition design, creative photography); and (5) art history. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications to the university 
are March 1 st for the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring 
semester (see http 7/www. csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need 


ART 


71 


to be postmarked by the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be 
changed based upon enrollment projections. 

Check the university graduate studies website for current informa- 
tion at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. The Art Department also has 
a supplemental application process. See http://www.art.fullerton.edu for 
further information. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Classified standing: 

a. A baccalaureate degree in art with the same concentration as 
the graduate degree objective from an accredited institution, or 
24 upper-division units in art of which 12 units must be in a 
concentration completed with grades of “B” (3.0) or better. 
Applicants are advised that most upper-division courses require 
lower-division prerequisites. A faculty adviser should be consulted 
with regard to recommended courses. 

b. GPA minimum of 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted. 

c. Pass comprehensive review: held semiannually, the comprehen- 
sive review is an evaluation of the candidate by a committee 
comprised of faculty teaching in the area of concentration. The 
committee reviews the student’s creative work, statement of 
purpose, academic and other relevant qualifications; assigned 
research papers are required of art history' applicants in lieu of 
a portfolio. Procedures, dates and appointment times are avail 
able through the art department graduate office. 

d. Form a graduate committee. 

e. Development of an approved study plan. 

f. Art history program: reading knowledge of a foreign language 
is required before advancement to candidacy. 

2. Conditionally classified standing: The same requirements as a. and 

b. above plus: 

c. 1) Studio program: Participation in comprehensive portfolio 

review with a recommendation by the committee of 
conditional acceptance. 

2) Art History program: Satisfactory review of research 
papers by art history faculty. 

d. Enrollment is allowed in graduate-level courses with the exception 
of Art 500A.B; 511; 512; 597; and 598. 

e. Passing the comprehensive review will be required for classified 
standing. 

Study Plan 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study approved 
by the student’s graduate committee of which 1 5 units must be 500- 
level courses. The 30 units are distributed as follows: 

1 . Core courses in art history, philosophy, analysis and criticism (9 units) 

a. Studio program: 

Art 500A Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 5 1 1 Seminar on the Content and Method of An History (3) 
(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED STANDING ONLY) 


b. Studio Program: 

Art 500B Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 512 Seminar on Selected Topics in Art History (3) 
(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED STANDING ONLY) 

c. 400-level course in art history, theory, analysis or criticism on 
the recommendation of the major adviser. 

2. Concentration (12 units) 500-and/or 400-level courses in an area 

of concentration (minimum of six units at 500-Level) 

3. Additional course work in the area of concentration or approved 

electives (3 or 6 units) 

4. Art 597 Project (for studio); or Art 598 Thesis (for art history) 

(3 or 6 units) The M.A. study plan must be completed with no 
grade below “C” (2.0), a “B” (3.0) average, and u B n (3.0) or better 
in all courses in the area of concentration. Every graduate student 
is required to demonstrate writing ability commensurate with the 
baccalaureate degree. Two graduate seminars are certified to fulfill 
this university requirement. The Department of An requires the 
studio candidate for the Master of Arts in An to exhibit the project 
in one of the department’s graduate galleries. The art history candi- 
date is required to submit a written thesis based on a specific topic 
of research. 

For further information consult the graduate program adviser and 
read the University Graduate Regulations section of this catalog. 

MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN ART 

The Master of Fine Arts in Art features a rigorous studio program 
for the serious, responsible and talented student. The curriculum and 
faculty challenge students to focus on the goal of becoming profes- 
sional artists. 

The M.F A. program provides in-depth study within a 60-unit 
approved study plan in the following areas of concentration: (1) design 
(including graphic design, illustration, and exhibition design); (2) 
ceramics (including glass); (3) crafts (including jewelry/metalsmithing, 
and woodworking); (4) sculpture; (5) drawing, painting, and print- 
making; and (6) creative photography. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Classified standing: 

a. Baccalaureate degree in art with the same concentration as the 
graduate degree objective from an accredited institution, or 24 
upper-division units in art, 18 of which must be in the concen- 
tration completed with grades of “B” (3.0) or better. Applicants 
are advised that most upper-division courses require lower- 
division prerequisites. 

b. Minimum grade-point average of 2.5 in the last 60 units 
attempted and have been in good standing at the last college 
attended. 

c. Pass the comprehensive portfolio review: Held semi-annually, 
the comprehensive portfolio review is an evaluation of the 
candidate by a committee comprised of faculty teaching in the 
area of concentration. The committee reviews the students 
creative work, statement of purpose, academic and other 


ART 


72 


relevant qualifications. Procedures, dates, and appointment 
times are available through the Art Department Graduate 
Office. If the student’s portfolio is not adequate, the applicant 
could still be recommended for conditionally classified standing 
by the faculty comprehensive review committee. However, the 
comprehensive portfolio review must be repeated. 

d. Form a graduate committee. 

e. Develop an approved study plan. 

2. Conditionally Classified standing: 

Conditionally classified students may enroll in graduate courses 
with the exception of Art 500A.B; 511, 512, 597; and 598. The 
comprehensive portfolio review must be repeated and passed to 
be recommended for classification. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications to the university 
are March 1 st for the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring 
semester (see http://www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need 
to be postmarked by the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be 
changed based upon enrollment projections. 

Check the university graduate studies website for current informa- 
tion at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. The Art Department also 
has a supplemental application process. See http://www.art. fullerton. 
edu for further information. 

Study Plan 

The M.F A. degree program requires 60 units of graduate study. 

The study plan must be completed with grades of “C" (2.0) or better, 
an overall “B" (3.0) average or better and grades of “B” (3.0) or better 
in the concentration. Every graduate student is required to demonstrate 
writing ability commensurate with the baccalaureate. Two graduate 
seminars are certified to fulfill this university requirement. The 60-unit 
study plan is distributed as follows: 

Areas (60 units total) 

Theory, Criticism. Art 500A, 500B (6) 

An History (9) 

Studio Area of Concentration (24) 

Studio Electives in Art (12) 

Capstone Experience: 

Independent Study: Research (3) 

Studio Project (6) 

Master of Fine Arts Project 

The M.F A. project exhibition constitutes a professional one-person 
art exhibit. It is installed in one of the department’s graduate galleries 
and announced for public view by the student as the final phase of the 
M.F A. program requirements. 

POSTBACCALAUREATE UNCLASSIFIED 

Students who do not have the prerequisites to qualify for the 
graduate program may apply to the university as a postbaccalaureate- 
unclassified student. Typically, students in this category have a bachelor’s 
degree in art but need to meet the prerequisites for a different concen- 
tration; or did not major in art and must complete courses for the 24 
upper-division art unit requirement. To qualify for admission, an appli- 
cant must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. 


have attained a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 units 
attempted and have been in good standing at the last college attended. 
Admission with postbaccalaureate standing does not constitute admis- 
sion to the art graduate program or graduate degree curricula. 

CERTIFICATE IN MUSEUM STUDIES 

Courses leading to the certificate are designed to educate students 
in museum practices in preparation for entry into the museum profes- 
sion. The curriculum includes instruction in the historical development 
and philosophical basis of collections, exhibitions and their design, and 
curatorship. A museum internship is required. The certificate in 
museum studies may be undertaken as a self-contained program or 
may be taken in conjunction with the Master of Arts in Art degree or 
the Master of Fine Arts in Art degree or, by special permission, with 
other graduate degrees in the university. (For an M. A. or M.F A. in Art 
degree with an exhibition design emphasis see M.A. and M.F A. 
emphases under the design concentration.) 

Prerequisites 

1. B.A. in Art or other major by special permission 

2. Specific course prerequisites: 

a. 12 units in upper-division art history 

b. 6 units in graphic design and exhibition design 

c. 3 units of advanced writing (Communications 435 Editorial 
and Critical Writing; or Communications 362 Public Relations 
Writing; or English 301 Advanced College Writing) 

d. 3 units of beginning accounting 

Study Plan 

The certificate program requires 24 units. The 24 units are distributed 
as follows: 

Art 464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Art 481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Art 483D Exhibition Design (3) 

Art 495 Internship in Art (3) 

Art 501 Curatorship (3) 

Art 503D Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Course in museum education (3) 

For further information, consult the Department of Art. 

ART COURSES 

Courses are designated as ART in the class schedule. 

101 Introduction to Art (3) 

Historical and contemporary art forms of painting, sculpture, archi- 
tecture and design. Field trips required. Not open to art majors for 
credit except by permission of Art Department. (3 hours lecture) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and materials of two-dimensional 
design and visual organization. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 14) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and materials of three-dimensional 
design and spatial organization. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 16) 


73 


ART 


106 A Beginning Ceramics ( 3) 

Form as related to ceramic materials, tools, processes. Kiln loading 
and firing, hand building, wheel throwing and raku. (9 hours laboratory) 
(CAN ART 6) 

106B Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 106A. Form as related to ceramics. Glaze batching 
and its application, and the presentation of ceramic technique. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of drawing materials integrated 
with visual experiences and an concepts. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 8) 

107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of painting materials integrated 
with visual experiences and art concepts. (6 hours activity) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

Drawing the live model. (3 hours activity) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

Descriptive drawing, tendering techniques and theories representing 
forms of nature. (6 hours activity) 

201 A, B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

The ideas, forms and styles of the visual arts as they developed in 
various cultures from prehistoric time to the present. (3 hours lecture) 
(201 A = CAN ART 2; 201B - CAN ART 4; 201A+201B « CAN ART 
SEQ A) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104. Art 104 may be taken concurrently 
with 205A. Traditional and contemporary concepts and processes with 
emphasis on design principles in the development of aesthetic forms 
based on function. (9 hours laboratory) 

205B Beginning Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 205A. The development of esthetic forms based on 
function, with emphasis on design principles and the creative use of 
hand tools and power equipment. (9 hours laboratory) 

207A, B Drawing and Painting (Experimental 
Methods and Materials) (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B, 117 or equivalents. Traditional and 
contemporary concepts, methods and materials. (6 hours activity) 

216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 104. The creative use of wood and metal, power 
equipment and hand tools. (9 hours laboratory) (216A*CAN ART 12) 

217 Life Drawing for Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 117. A continuing course of the human figure. 
Designed to develop animation and studente skills of drawing from 
observation. Course may be repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 

223A Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. The history, design and use of letter forms; the 
rendering and use of hand-lettered forms. (6 hours activity) 


223B Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 223A or equivalents. The history, design 
and use of letter forms; techniques for rough and comprehensive 
layouts and introduction to computer graphics. (6 hours activity) 

223C Typography into Graphic Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 223A. The study of technology and its 
application to typographic and graphic design solutions. This course 
provides a conceptual understanding of current technology as medium 
and tool in the creative process. (6 hours activity) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. An introductory photography course for art 
majors. Course content includes the study of photographic vision and 
design, visual conceptualization and examination of the qualities of 
light through the use of instant and automatic cameras. 

247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut Prints (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B. An exploration of woodcut, linocut and 
monoprint as a medium of personal expression. (9 hours laboratory) 

253 Introduction to Traditional Animation (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 117, 217. Principles and practices of 
traditional animation techniques ranging from the fundamentals of 
squash and kinetics and acting. 

255 Introduction to 3D Computer Animation (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, and 107A,B. An introduction to the art 
of creating three-dimensional digital character animation. 

263 Perspective Drawing (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A and 123 or equivalents. Introduction to 
linear perspective systems used to develop and place natural and fab- 
ricated forms in space on a two-dimensional surface. Integrated with 
methods and techniques of rendering light, shadow and reflection on 
varied subject matter including the human figure. 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Principles, practices and objectives of 
writing in the visual arts. Includes descriptive, analytical and expres- 
sive essays; project and grant proposals; artiste statements; resumes; 
and professional correspondence. Satisfies the classroom portion of the 
upper-division writing requirements for art majors. 

301 Ancient Art (3) 

The developments in art from the Paleolithic to late antiquity. 

302 Medieval Art (3) 

The developments in art from the late antiquity through the Gothic. 

305A,B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 205A,B. Advanced concepts and processes in the 
development of esthetic forms based on function, emphasizing indi- 
vidual growth and personal expression. (9 hours laboratory) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 106A,B. Forms and the creative use 
of ceramic concepts and materials; design, forming, glazing and firing. 
(9 hours laboratory) 


74 


ART 


307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, and 207A.B or equivalents. The 
concepts, materials and activities of drawing and painting, emphasizing 
individual growth, plan and craft. (6 hours activity) 

310A,B Watercolor (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. An exploration of water- 
color media related to varied subject matter and design applications. 
Includes field trip activity. Provides skills and concepts useful 
for school art programs. (6 hours activity) 

311 Foundations of Modern Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper-division standing. The history of painting and 
sculpture from the French Revolution to the end of the 19th century. 

312 Modem Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 101, 201A, or 201B, or upper-division standing 
and Art major. The history of painting, graphic arts and sculpture from 
late 19th century to World War II. (3 hours lecture) 

315A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 205A and 305A. Art 305A may be taken concur- 
rently. Design and creation of jewelry. (9 hours laboratory) 

316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 104 and 216A. Sculptural materials and pro- 
cesses. (9 hours laboratory) 

317A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Prerequisites, three units lower-division life drawing. Drawing and 
painting from the live model. (9 hours laboratory) 

31 7C Sculpting Life Forms (3) 

Prerequisites: ART 103, 104, 117, 217 and 317A or 318A. A 
three-dimensional investigation of any life form, its characteristics and 
expressive possibilities. 

318A Drawing and Painting the Head and Hands (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B and 117. Specialized problems in con- 
struction and anatomy of the human head and hands, and their 
principal use in drawing, painting and illustration. (9 hours laboratory) 

318B Portraiture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B. Comprehensive problems in composition, 
concept, content and execution of portraits. (9 hours laboratory) 

320 History of Architecture Before the Modern Era (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. A study of selected monu- 
ments from Stonehenge through the late Baroque. Interrelationship 
between patronage, style, function, structural principles and techno- 
logical developments. 

323A Graphic Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 223A,B or equivalents. Development and projec- 
tion of ideas in relation to the technical, aesthetic and psychological 
aspects of advertising art. Intermediate use of computer graphics. (6 
hours activity) 


323B Graphic Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 223A,B,C and 323A, or equivalents, or consent 
of instructor. Development and projection of ideas in relation to 
the technical, aesthetic and psychological aspects of advertising art. 
Intermediate use of computer graphics. (6 hours activity) 

324 Beginning Glass Casting (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104. Hot glass laboratory equipment 
and casting techniques. Introduction to hot pour, sand and kiln 
casting. (9 hours laboratory) 

326A,B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 117. Development of ceramic technol- 
ogy into individual sculptural forms and techniques. (9 hours labora- 
tory) 

330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104. The use of papers and fibers as an 
art form. (9 hours laboratory) 

336 Moldmaking and Cast Sculpture (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 216A. Theories and techniques of rigid and 
flexible moldmaking incorporated with both cold material and hot 
metal casting processes. Course is recommended for concentrations 
in Entertainment Art/Animation, Ceramics and Crafts; required for 
Sculpture majors. (9 hours laboratory) 

337 Animal and Wildlife Drawing (3) 

Prerequisites: An 107A,B, 117, and 317A. Principles and prac- 
tices of drawing animals, including construction, anatomy, texture, 
movement and expression. Fundamentals, historical information and 
critiques are covered in the classroom; field studies are conducted at 
various zoos and wildlife habitats. (6 hours activity) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: An 103 or its equivalent. The photographic media 
in personal expression. Historical attitudes and processes; new materials 
and contemporary aesthetic trends. Field trips required. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

338B Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 338A. The photographic medium as personal 
expression. Historical and contemporary aesthetic issues. Exploration 
of black and white, color and digital media. Field trips required. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

343A Architecture of Cyberspace (3) 

Prerequisites: An 104 or equivalent and knowledge of Macintosh 
Operating Systems. Introduction to the logic of digital form. Explores 
the creation and understanding of 3-dimensional and 4-dimensional 
virtual forms. Investigation of data manipulation as a form generator. 

The extension of 3-D design studio in the digital realm. May be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours activity) 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B, 117, and 247. Concept development, 
exploration and materials involved in printmaking techniques. Includes 
etching and aquatint. (9 hours laboratory) 


75 


ART 


347 B Printmaking Lithography (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, and 247. Concept development, 
exploration and materials involved in lithography. (9 hours laboratory) 

348 Artists’ Books (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A or 247. Personal vision and concepts 
applied to the book form as art; the history and aesthetics of artists’ 
books. (6 hours activity) 

353A Drawing for Animation (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 117 and 217. Corequisite: Art 317A. Principles 
and practices of drawing characters, backgrounds and objects for ani- 
mation. Construction, character design, movement and expression are 
taught in relation to current studio practice. May be repeated once for 
credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

353B Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 353A. Advanced principles and practices of 
construction, character design, cleanup, movement and expression. 
Content is taught in relation to current studio practice. May be 
repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

355 3D Computer Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 255. Intermediate and advanced instruction in the 
art of creating three-dimensional digital character animation. Course 
may be repeated once. 

357 Woodcuts and Monotypes (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. The exploration of the 
woodcut and monotype as a means of personal expression. Emphasis 
on traditional as well as contemporary materials and trends. Course 
may be repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

363A Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A.B and 117. Story, book, magazine, and 
film illustration. (6 hours activity) 

363B Illustration (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 363A. Computer aided illustration. (6 hours activ- 
ity) 

364A Stained Glass (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104. Architectural and autonomous 
stained glass design and craftsmanship. (6 hours activity) 

364B Stained Glass/Kiln Working (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 364A. Flat glass fusing and slumping. Designs are 
fused together in kilns and slumped over or into molds to create sculp- 
tural relief and low vessel forms. (6 hours activity) 

367 Elements of Sequential Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 317A. Theory and practice of pictorial narra- 
tive in film story-board and graphic novel. Includes character and 
scenic design; story sketch, “breakdown” and production design. 
Considerations: plot, scene, exposition, transition and continuity. 
Individual and team projects. Repeatable once for credit. (6 hours 
activity) 


373 Cartooning and Caricature (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117. Principles and practices of cartoon- 
ing and caricature construction, anatomy and expression. Study will 
also include an historical overview of the field with an emphasis on 
professional applications and the impact of computer graphics. (6 
hours activity) 

377 The Figure: Alternative Representations (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 117 (or equivalent) and 3 units of a lower-divi- 
sion studio course. An interdisciplinary course that explores alternative 
ways to create art that is based on the human figure. Students work in 
class with professional models or pursue individual projects. There are 
no media or style limitations. Experimentation is encouraged. Course 
may be repeated once for credit. 

380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Art concepts, materials and processes as they relate to child devel- 
opment. (6 hours activity) 

383 Packaging Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 223B, and 323A or their equivalent, 
working knowledge of the Macintosh computer. Principles and prac- 
tices of design in relation to packaging graphics. Focus on conceptual 
development. Mechanical skills and historic elements of the discipline. 
Includes two field trips to a printing facility and design studio that spe- 
cializes in packaging. Course may be repeated once for credit. 

401 History of Women Artists (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB. Study of art made by women in the context 
of major art historical developments from the 10th century to the 
present. Analysis of images of women and the evolution of gender ste- 
reotypes in art. (3 hours lecture) 

410 The Digital Studio (3) 

Prerequisite: any 300-level art studio class. This course is designed 
to give the student an understanding of digital imaging as a medium of 
visual expression. Computer applications for creating and manipulating 
images are fundamental for the contemporary visual artist. 

413 History of Contemporary Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 312 and 461. A historical perspective of con- 
temporary art beginning with major developments in Europe and the 
United States in the 1950’s. Emphasis on new matenals, new exhibition 
methods, and in particular the major conceptual issues raised by indi- 
vidual artists and groups. 

418 Seminar in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: any 300-level art course. This course introduces studio 
art majors to photographic and media criticism and theory. The goal 
is to provide studio artists with the necessary theoretical background 
and context for creating and understanding their work in our current 
media culture. 


ART 


424A,B Glass Blowing (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 324. Creating hand-blown glassware 
and sculpture from molten glass using traditional and contemporary 
tools and techniques. Each course may be repeated once for credit. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

431 Renaissance Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 201B (art majors) or Art 101 (non-art majors). 
Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 13th to 16th century 
in Italy. (3 hours lecture) 

439 Creative Photo Studio Projects (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 338A,B. This is an advanced technical class 
designed to perfect and refine photographic skills. Students will learn 
to integrate technical skills with creative options. Course may be 
repeated for credit to a maximum of nine units. 

441 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107A,B, 205A. Exploring the art media 
used in secondary school art programs today. Materials for secondary 
an curriculum. Two and three dimensional media in subject matter 
applications. (6 hours activity) 

448 Special Studies: Artists’ Books and Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A, or 347A or 348. A studio art course 
for advanced students who want to continue to explore the book form 
as it relates to their personal aesthetic goals. (6 hours activity) 

453A,B Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Technical and aesthetic experience in problem-solving exhibition 
design concepts, evaluation and design analysis. The production of 
exhibitions in the University Art Gallery, their selection, design, 
installation, lighting and supportive interpretive material. (More than 
9 hours laboratory) 

460 Pre-Columbian Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201A,B or consent of instructor. An introduc- 
tion to the art and architecture of Meso and South America from the 
early formative stage to the Spanish Conquest. Emphasis on aesthetic 
achievement with varying contexts of pre-Columbian culture. 

461 American Art: 20th Century (3) 

Painting and sculpture in America during the 20th century. The role 
of the visual arts in helping to define, reflect and challenge American 
values and institutions. 

462 Latin American Art from 1800 to the 1950s (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 31 1 or 312. History of painting, sculpture and the 
graphic arts in Latin America. Emphasis on the changing relationship 
to European Modernism and major principles of Latin American cul- 
tural and political identity as expressed in art. (3 hours lecture) 

463 Native North American Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 201 A. A survey of the art and architecture of 
the Native Peoples of North America from c. AD 1 to the present. 
Emphasis on the relation between art and culture. 


464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 453A and 6 units of art history or anthropology. 
The examination of the preservation of objects; the history, role and 
principles of conservation within a museum context. Three combined 
sessions at Conservation Center, LACMA; Huntington Library; J. Paul 
Getty Museum; and Museum of Cultural History, UCLA. 

465 Art of Sub-Saharan Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 201 A. A survey of the art and architecture of 
sub-Saharan Africa from c. 300 BC to present. Emphasis is on the 
relation between art and culture. 

466 Museum Education (3) 

Prerequisites: 6 units 300-400 Art History or equivalent. History of 
museum education, its philosophy and issues. Relationship with other 
museum departments, outreach programs, new technology. Events 
organization, writing interpretive materials, budgets and grants, con- 
ducting tours. Lectures, field trips and guest speakers. 

470 History and Aesthetics of Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: 201A,B. Photography from ancient optical observa- 
tions through 19th-century invention to 20th-century acceptance as 
an art form. Aesthetic movement and influential innovators. Lectures, 
slides and class discussion. 

472 Native Arts of California and the Southwest (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201 A and 463. A survey of the native arts and 
architecture of California and the Southwest from c. 500 BC to present. 
Emphasis is on the relation between art and culture. 

475 Professional Practices in the Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art major with junior or above standing. Practices 
unique to the visual arts, including an overview of changing concepts 
in the art market, traditional roles in cultural context, portfolio devel- 
opment, strategies for protecting ideas and avoiding abuses, and long- 
term professional development. 

478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level studio art course or permission of 
instructor. Exploration of various methods of expanding traditional 
studio approaches through the investigation of installation, perfor- 
mance and video art. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of 12 
units, but no more than 3 units in a single semester. (6 hours activity) 

479 Video: Aesthetics and Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: 6 units of upper-division studio art courses. This 
course is designed to advance the student’s understanding of video as 
a medium of visual expression. Students will examine all aspects of 
fine art video: history, aesthetics, camera work, non-linear editing and 
post-production techniques. Course may be repeated for credit for a 
maximum of 12 units. 

480T Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201 A or B and consent of instructor. Detailed 
study of the work of individual artists, patronage in particular places, 
specific pictorial, sculptural and architectural programs or art history 
periods. Topics will be listed in the class schedule. Repeatable if topic 
is different. 


77 


ART 


481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: 6 units upper-division art history or equivalent. Study 
and evaluation in one area of art history and appreciation. May be 
repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 

483A Special Studies in Graphic Design (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper-division units in area 
emphasis or equivalent. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 
3 units in a single semester without permission of instructors. 
Advanced use of computer graphics. (6 hours activity) 

483B Pictorial Background (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 363A plus 3 upper-division units in area emphasis 
or equivalent. Team collaboration and individual development through 
the exploration of story concepts, research, design and media for ren- 
dering and painting background environments. Exposure to historical 
precedents, color theory, perspective, theatrical composition, painting 
and drawing media, and stylization for dramatic impact Maximum of 
12 units, but no more than 3 units in any one area in a single semester 
without permission of instructors 

483C Special Studies in Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper-division units in area of 
emphasis or equivalent. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 
3 units in any one area in a single semester without permission of 
instructors. (6 hours activity) 

483D Special Studies in Exhibition Design (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper-division units in area 
emphasis or equivalent. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 
3 units in any one area in a single semester without permission of 
instructors. (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 323A or Art 363A and consent of instructor. 
Theory and practice of design using the computer. Students will 
explore the numerous applications of the computer through lecture 
demonstration, studio/laboratory experience, guest speakers and field 
trips. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 3 units in a single 
semester without permission of instructors. (9 hours laboratory) 

483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 323A, 323B, 483E or equivalents. Exploration of 
the creation of interactive art and design projects. A concentration in 
the advanced visual organization systems of art and design and how 
to apply those techniques to an interactive computer environment. 
Course may be repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

483G Entertainment Graphics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 323A, 323B, and 483E. An advanced course in 
entertainment graphics focusing on structure, procedure and standards 
of the entertainment design field. Students will work on projects from 
a major entertainment design group, developing concepts and designs 
for comparison with professional solutions. Course may be repeated for 
credit Maximum 6 units. 


483H Plein-air Painting and Location Drawing (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 363A and/or 307A. Advanced painting and 
drawing projects that explore the theory and practice of representa- 
tional art as applied to landscape as subject. Research of drawing and 
painting concepts and their historical precedents are stressed in this 
studio and on-location course. 

4831 Motion Graphics Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 483E (including completion of all 483E prerequi- 
sites) and instructor’s consent; knowledge of film production/ editing 
helpful. Translation of traditional graphic design into time and motion- 
based design. Exposure to historical precedents, film nomenclature, 
storyboarding, software/hardware for the creation of film titles, station/ 
program identification (logo/logotypes), promotion graphics. Course 
may be repeated once for credit. 

484 Special Studies in Ceramics and Glass (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper-division units in ceramics. 
Maximum of 12 units in each area, but no more than 3 units in any 
one area in a single semester without permission of instructors. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

484 A Ceramics (3) 

484B Glass Blowing (3) 

484C Glass Casting (3) 

485 Special Studies in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper-division units in designated 
area or consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units in each area, but 
no more than three units in any one area in a single semester. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

485A Jewelry (3) 

485B General Crafts (3) 

485C Metalsmithing (3) 

485F Papermaking (3) 

486 Special Studies in Sculpture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 316A.B and consent of instructor Maximum of 12 
units but no more than 3 units in a single semester. (9 hours labora- 
tory) 

486A Modeling and Fabrication (3) 

486B Casting (3) 

487 Special Studies in Drawing and Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisites, a minimum of six upper-division units in drawing 
and painting. Maximum of 12 units in each area, but no more than 
3 units in any one area in a single semester without permission of 
instructors. 

487A Special Studies in Painting (3) 

487B Life Studies: Drawing and/or Painting (3) 

487C Special Studies in Drawing (3) 

487D Special Studies in Printmaking (3) 


78 


ART 


487E Special Studies in Entertainment Art/Animation (3) 

Prerequisites: Twelve units of upper-division courses in the enter- 
tainment art/animation concentration. Planning, development and 
evaluation of individual projects. Maximum of 12 units, but no more 
than 3 units in any one area in a single semester without permission of 
instructors. (3 hours activity) 

487S Special Studies in Sequential Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 367. Individual investigation and development of a 
specialized p At folio in one or more of the following: character design; 
story sketch and/or production design; storyboard; or, graphic novel. 
Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 3 units in any one area in a 
single semester without permission of instructors. (6 hours activity) 

488T Selected Topics in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 388A. This theme-based studio course introduces 
students to photography and other optical image-making practices 
in relation to specific conceptual or technical topics. Each semester’s 
content is developed by the individual instructor and listed in the class 
schedule. 

489 Special Studies in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisites, a minimum of six upper-division units in photog- 
raphy courses or equivalent. Photography as personal expression. 
Maximum of 12 units but no more than 3 units in a single semester. 

(9 hours laboratory) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as a declared BFA in Art major. 

Work in a specific art field in business or industry. 

499 Independent Research (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in art with consent of department chair 
and wntten consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit to 
a maximum of 9 units but no more than 6 units in a single semester. 

500A Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: Classified Standing. Directed research in the area of 
major emphasis. Oral and wntten material on historical backgrounds 
and developments in art as they relate to individual intent as an artist 
and in support of the master’s project (with 500B meets graduate level 
writing requirement). 

500B Ciraduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: Classified standing and 500A recommended. Problems 
and issues in art. Intellectual clarification and verbal articulation of 
individual intent as an artist. Oral and written material in support of 
the master’s project (with 500A meets graduate level writing require- 
ment). 

501 Curatorship (3) 

Prerequisites: B.A. in art, anthropology or other major by special 
permission, and Art 466 and 481. The curator collects, cares for and 
studies objects. t 

503 Graduate Problems in Design Course Series (3) 

Prerequisite: Classified Standing. Planning, development and evalu- 
ation of individual projects listed below. Maximum of 12 units in each 
area, but no more than 3 units in any one area in a single semester 
without permission of instructors. 


503A Graphic Design (3) 

(6 hours activity) 

503C Illustration (3) 

(6 hours activity) 

503D Exhibition Design (3) 

(More than 9 hours laboratory) 

504 Graduate Problems in Ceramics Course Series (3) 

Prerequisite: Classified Standing. Planning, development and evalu- 
ation of individual projects in ceramics, glass blowing and glass casting. 
Maximum of 12 units in each area but no more than three units in a 
single semester without permission of instructors. (9 hours laboratory) 

504A Ceramics (3) 

504B Glass Blowing (3) 

504C Glass Casting (3) 

505 Graduate Problems in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: Classified Standing. Planning, development and evalu- 
ation of individual projects listed below. Maximum of 12 units in each 
area but no more than 3 units in a single semester. (9 hours labora- 
tory). 

505A Jewelry (3) 

505B General Crafts (3) 

506A,B Graduate Problems in Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Classified Standing. Planning, development and evalu- 
ation of individual projects in sculpture. Maximum of 12 units in 
each area but no more than 3 units in a single semester without 
permission of instructors. (9 hours laboratory). 

507 Graduate Problems in Drawing, Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisite: 12 units of upper-division drawing and painting. 
Planning, development and evaluation of individual projects listed 
below. Maximum of 12 units in each area but no more than 3 units 
in a single semester without permission of instructors. 

507A Painting (3) 

(6 hours activity) 

507B Life Drawing (3) 

(9 hours laboratory) 

507C Drawing (3) 

(6 hours activity) 

507D Printmaking (3) 

(9 hours laboratory) 

508A,B Graduate Problems in Creative Photography (3,3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and 
evaluation of individual projects in photography. Maximum of 12 units 
in each area, but no more than 3 units in a single semester without 
permission of instructors. (9 hours laboratory). 


ART 


510 Graduate Problems: The Digital Studio (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level studio art class. An advanced course 
designed to give the student technical proficiency and conceptual 
understanding of digital imaging techniques and applications. Graduate 
students develop their own projects integrating computer technology 
with their personal vision and practice. 

511 Seminar on the Content and Method of Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 481. Methods of research, analysis and theories of 
art historical scholarship. May be repeated up to a maximum of 
6 units. 

512 Seminar on Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: appropriate upper-division art course approved by 
instructor and Art 51 1. Analysis and evaluation of specific works and 
their historical significance including cultural, social and economic 
circumstances. May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 units 

518 Graduate Seminar in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level art course. This course expands and 
deepens student’s knowledge of photographic and media criticism and 
theory. Graduate studio artist’s will explore advanced theoretical topics 
and apply the tools of criticism to better understand their own creative 
process and artwork. 

548 Graduate Problems in Artists’ Books (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 448. Investigation and application of principles of 
the book form to visual art and design, illustration, photography 
and printmaking media. Development of original works of art, which 
demonstrate competency in design, construction, and fabrication 
of graduate quality visual books. (6 hours activity) Course may be 
repeated for a maximum of 12 units. 

577 The Figure: Advanced Alternatives (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 377 or graduate status and consent of instructor. 
Advanced exploration of the human figure and figurative arts, including 
representational and conceptual art forms. Students pursue individual 
projects and/or work in class with professional models. All media and 
styles are welcomed. Experimentation is encouraged. Course may be 
repeated once for credit. 

578 Graduate Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level studio art course. This graduate studio 
course examines all aspects of new genre work, including conceptual, 
historic and theoretical approaches. Studio disciplines that will be 
investigated are installation, performance art, video and public art 

579 Graduate Problems: Aesthetics and Advanced 
Techniques of Video (3) 

A graduate course designed to advance the student’s production 
of video as a medium of visual expression. Students will examine all 
aspects of fine art video; history aesthetics, camerawork, non-linear 
and assemble editing, post production techniques video installations 
and the role of video as a medium of contemporary fine art production. 
Course may be repeated for credit for a maximum of 12 units. 


580T Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: one 400-level course in art history and current gradu- 
ate level standing. Graduate-level course on specific concepts and/or 
periods in art history. Specific topics will vary from semester to semester 
and will be posted in the class schedule. May be repeated twice if topic 
is different. 

588T Graduate Topics in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level studio course. This graduate theme-based 
studio course explores photography and other optical imagemaking 
practices in relation to specific conceptual or technical topics. Students 
develop their own research and projects in relation to each semester’s 
specific topic and content. 

597 Project (3 or 6) 

Prerequisite: Art 500A.B, written consent of instructor and recom- 
mendation of the student’s graduate committee. Art 500B may be taken 
concurrently with Art 597 on approval of instructor. Development and 
presentation of a creative project in the concentration beyond regularly 
offered coursework. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 511, 512, written consent of instructor and 
recommendation of the student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students in art with consent of department chair 
and written consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

ART EDUCATION COURSES 

Art Education courses are designated as ARTE in the class schedule. 

442 Teaching Art in Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. Objectives, methods 
and practices for teaching art in secondary schools. Required before 
student teaching of majors in art for the Single Subject Teaching 
Credential. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

See description and prerequisites under Division of Teacher 
Education. Offered every fall semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

See description and prerequisites under Division of Teacher 
Education. Concurrent enrollment in Art Education 449S required. 
Offered every spring semester. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (3) 

Taken concurrently with Art Ed 4491. Seminar in teaching a single 
subject in secondary schools. Videotape analysis of teaching based on 
Teaching Performance Assessments. Taken Credit/No Credit. A “B" (3.0) 
or better is required to receive a grade of credit. 


80 


ART 


PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

Craig K. Ihara 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Humanities 314 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullenon.edu/asian-american/ 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Minor in Asian American Studies 
Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 
Option in Asian American Studies 

INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY 

Jeffrey Brody (Communications), Mary 
Kay Crouch (English), Thomas Fujita Rony 
(Asian American Studies), An Hansen 
(History), Mikyong Kim-Goh (Human 
Services), Dennis Lee (Asian American 
Studies), Eliza Noh (Asian American Studies), 
Michael Perez (Sociology), Eric Reyes (Asian 
American Studies), Yichin Shen (English 
and Comparative Literature), Son Kim Vo 
(Intercultural Development Center). 

ADVISER 

Thomas Fujita Rony 
Humanities 312 F 


PROGRAM COUNCIL 

The program council consists of faculty and non-faculty from on and off-campus groups 
who provide direction and support for the Asian American Studies Program: Gloria Bogdan 
(Anthropology, Orange Coast College), Jeffrey Brody (Communications), Juana Chen (Asian 
American Studies), Mary Kay Crouch (English), Thomas Fujita Rony (Asian American Studies), 
Angela Gee (Management), Art Hansen (History), Craig K. Ihara (Philosophy), Richard Jong 
(Asian American Studies), Ellen Junn (Child Development), Daniel Kee (Psychology), Mikyong 
Kim-Goh (Human Services), Trent Nguyen (Human Services), Eliza Noh (Asian American 
Studies), Michael Perez (Sociology), Eric Reyes (Asian American Studies), Sherri Sawicki 
(English), Yichen Shen (English), Susan Shoho (Gerontology), Sora Tanjasiri (Kinesiology), 

Jie Tian (Library), Son Kim Vo (Intercultural Development Center) 

INTRODUCTION 

The minor and the option in Asian American Studies are designed for students who have an 
interest in learning about the experiences, expression and social conditions of Americans of Asian 
ancestry, including those whose origins trace back to central, south and southeast, as well as east 
Asia and the Pacific Islands. Cross-disciplinary in nature, Asian American Studies draws on a 
wide variety of courses offered throughout the university which relate to Asian American history, 
art, literature, politics, socio-economics, psychology and relations to other ethnic and sociopolitical 
groups. In addition, the Asian American Studies Program currently offers twenty-one (21) of its 
own courses. 

The goals of both the option and the minor are to encourage more students to do work in the 
area and to prepare students in selected career paths where sensitivity to and knowledge of Asian 
American issues, history and artistic expression are important. These include careers in counseling, 
human services, nursing, public administration, law and the health professions; teaching careers 
in history, English, political science, psychology, sociology, as well as elementary school education. 

Two features of the Asian American programs are of special note. First, there is a conscious 
effort to inform and sensitize students to other ethnic groups and to their interrelationships and 
commonalities. Second, there is a definitive emphasis on contributing to Asian American com- 
munities and, thereby, the larger society. The requirement in experiential and community-based 
learning is one example of our effort to combine learning with service. 

The option in Asian American Studies may be effectively combined with subject matter 
studies necessary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or single subject 
credential (7-12) in Social Studies. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the Center 
for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan 
efficient course selections for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, 
it may be possible to enter the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s degree. 
Postgraduate students should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office (714-278-3411) 
to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES 
OPTION IN ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The B.A. in Ethnic Studies (Asian-American Studies) requires a minimum of 120 units, which 
include courses for the option, General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. 

The Option in Asian American Studies requires 36 units of course work in Asian American 
Studies. If a student chooses the B.A. in Ethnic Studies (Asian American Studies) as a second 
major, up to 9 units can double-count in general education. 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


Other Asian American Studies requirements can be double-counted 
in a student’s primary major. 

Core Courses (12 units) 

Asian American 101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies 
Asian American 201 History of Asian Pacific Americans 
Asian American 300 Introduction to Asian Pacific American Studies 
Asian American 400 Research and Writing in Ethnic Studies 

Topical Requirements (12 units) 

In consultation with an adviser, students may focus their studies on 
Asian American Ethnic Groups; topics in Asian American Studies such 
as literature, art, communication, families, psychology, or law, etc.; or 
Non-Asian Ethnic Groups and Inter-ethnic Relations in the U.S. 
Students must take two courses from the courses listed below: 

Specific Asian American Ethnic Groups (6 units) 

Asian American 220 Vietnamese Communities in the U.S. (3) 

Asian American 360 Mixed Heritage Asian Americans (3) 

Asian American 362 The Filipino/American Experience (3) 

Asian American 364 The South Asian American Experience (3) 

Asian American 366 The Korean American Experience (3) 

Asian American 370 The Chinese American Experience (3) 

History/Asian American 41 1 World War II Japanese American 
Evacuation (3) 

The remaining six units must be selected from the two categories 
listed below. 

1. Topics in Asian American Studies 

Asian American 308 Asian American Women (3) 

Asian American 320 Asian American Creative Expression (3) 

Asian American 327 Asian American Literature (3) 

Asian American 340 Asian American Communication (3) 

Asian American 342 Asian Pacific American Families (3) 

Asian American 344 Asian Pacific American Identities (3) 

Asian American 346 Asian American Psychology (3) 

Human Services 318 Human Services for Immigrants and Refugees (3) 

Communication 438T Specialized Reporting (Reporting in Minority 
Affairs) (3) 

English 323T Cultural Pluralism in American Literature (when topic 
covers Asian American author) (3) 

2. Non-Asian Ethnic Groups and Inter-ethnic Relations in the U.S. 

Afro-Ethnic 310 Black Women in America (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 311 Intracultural Socialization (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 320 Black Political Thought (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 322 Psychology of Afro-American (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 335 History of Racism (3) 

American Studies 301 The American Character (3) 

American Studies 377 Prejudice and American Culture (3) 

Chicana/o 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 

Chicana/o 303 Cultural Differences in Mexico and the Southwest (3) 


Chicana/o 337 Contemporary Chicano Literature (3) 

Chicana/o 340 Mexican/Chicano Intellectual Thought (3) 

Chicana/o 345 History of the Chicano (3) 

History 190 Survey of American History with Emphasis on 
Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Sociology 357 Minority Group Relations (3) 

Women’s Studies 302 Intro to Intercultural Women’s Studies (3) 

Asian Language or Asian Cultures and Social Institutions (6 units) 

Asian Languages 

Chinese 100 Introduction to Chinese Conversation (3 units) 

Chinese 101 Fundamental Chinese A (5 units) 

Chinese 102 Fundamental Chinese B (5 units) 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese A (5 units) 

Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese B (5 units) 

Vietnamese 20 1 Vietnamese for Vietnamese Speakers (3) 

Vietnamese 202 Vietnamese for Vietnamese Speakers (3) 

Any 200 or higher level course in Chinese or Japanese 
Asian Cultures and Institutions 

Topics include, but are not limited to the following courses: 
Anthropology 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Comparative Literature 382T Topics in Asian Literature (3) 

English /Asian Amer 327 Asian American Literature (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

History 464B History of Southeast Asia, 1800-present (3) 

History 465A,B History of India (3) 

Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 

Philosophy 352 Philosophy of Asian Martial Ans (3) 

Political Science 434 China and Japan: Friends or Foes? (3) 
Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to Asian Religions (3) 
Comparative Religion 354T Topics in Buddhism (3) 

Human Comm 492T Proseminar in Human Communication (when 
topic covers intercultural communication) (3) 

Community Research Requirement (6 units) 

Students may choose from one or two of the following courses. The 
courses may be repeated for credit. 

1 . Asian American 499 Independent Study. This course involves com- 
pleting a senior project requiring community research. Students are 
required to display knowledge, understanding, and application of 
research, methods and culturally-relevant skills to solve real world 
problems in an Asian Pacific American community setting. 

2. Oral history fieldwork. This course provides students with experi- 
ence in an Asian Pacific American community agency or organiza- 
tion. Please consult the department for information on the course 
number, title, and scheduled offerings. 

3. Asian American 495 Internship in Asian American Studies. This 
course combines work in a community organization with regular 
class meetings and written assignments. This can include the analysis 
of community based organizations along ethnic, class, and/or 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


gender lines; or interns of Asian American literature or art; or in 
terms of power politics, historical developments, or in minority 
group psychology. Please consult the department for information 
on the course number, title, and scheduled offerings. 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies, Option in Asian 
American Studies, who enter Gil State Fullerton as first-time fresh- 
men in Fall 2006, or who enter a community college in Fall 2006 
with intent to transfer to Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show 
proficiency in a second language as a condition of graduation with 
a bachelor’s degree (see “Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s 
Degree” elsewhere in this catalog.) 

MINOR IN ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 

The minor consists of 21-23 required units distributed among cat- 
egories listed below with at least six upper-division units. 

Core Courses (6 units) 

Asian American 201 History of Asian Pacific Americans (3) 

Asian American 300 Introduction to Asian Pacific American Studies (3) 

Comparative Cultures Breadth Requirement (3 units) 

A course on a different minority group in America should be 
selected from an approved listing in consultation with the program 
coordinator or a faculty adviser. Courses include, but are not limited 

to the following: 

Afro 304, 310,311, 
317, 320, 322, 335; 
American Studies 
301, 377; Chicano 
220, 303, 305, 331, 
332, 337, 340, 450; 
Comparative Religion 
305; History 190; 
Sociology 133, 357; 
Women’s Studies 302. 

Topical Requirements (6 units) 

Select two three-unit courses in Asian Pacific American Studies, 
chosen in consultation with a faculty adviser. Topics include, but 
are not limited to the following courses: Asian American 220, 308, 
320, 327, 340, 342, 344, 346, 360 362, 364, 366, 370; History 411; 
Human Services 318; English 323T; Communications 438T 

Asian Language or Asian Cultures and Social Institutions 
Requirement (3-5 units) 

One course in an Asian language (3-5 units), or one three-unit 
course on Asian cultures or Asian social institutions, chosen in consul- 
tation with the undergraduate adviser. 

Approved courses include, but are not limited to the following: 

Asian Languages 

Chinese 100 Introduction to Chinese Conversation (3) 

Chinese 101 Fundamental Chinese A (5 units) 

Chinese 102 Fundamental Chinese B (5 units) 

Japanese 101 Fundamental Japanese A (5 units) 

Japanese 102 Fundamental Japanese B (5 units) 


Vietnamese 201 Vietnamese for Vietnamese Speakers (3) 

Vietnamese 202 Vietnamese for Vietnamese Speakers (3) 

Any 200 or higher level course in Chinese or Japanese 

Asian Cultures and Social Institutions 

Anthro 347; Comp Lit 382T; Comparative Religion 280, 354T; 
Geography 340; History 464B, 465A; Philosophy 350, 352, 354T; Poli 
Sci 434; Human Comm 492C 

Community Research Requirement (3 units) 

Students choose one of the following: 

1. Asian American 499 Independent Study. This course involves com- 
pleting a senior project requiring community research. Students are 
required to display knowledge, understanding, and application of 
research, methods, and culturally-relevant skills to solve real world 
problems in an Asian Pacific American community setting. 

2. Oral history fieldwork. This course provides students with a service 
learning experience in an Asian Pacific American community 
agency or organization. Please check the department for informa- 
tion on the course number, title, and scheduled offerings. 

3. Asian American 495 Internship in Asian American Studies. This 
course combines work in a community organization with regular 
class meetings and written assignments. This can include the analy- 
sis of community based organizations along ethnic, class, and/or 
gender lines; or interns of Asian American literature or art; or in 
terms of power politics, historical developments, or in minority 
group psychology. Please consult the department for information 
on the course number, title, and scheduled offerings. 

ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as ASAM in the class schedule. 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 101) 

201 History of Asian Americans (3) 

(Same as History 201) 

220 Vietnamese Communities in the U.S. (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category ULC.1. 

A historical and cultural overview of Vietnamese communities in the 
U.S., especially Orange County. It covers the vital role of 
voluntary agencies, mutual assistance associations, and religious 
centers. Vietnamese business, entertainment, family, education and 
hobbies will also be examined. 

300 Introduction to Asian Pacific American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
Interdisciplinary exploration of the experiences of several Asian 
American groups. Addresses questions of cultural assimilation and 
cultural persistence, family and gender roles, and literary and popular 
culture representations. 

308 Asian American Women (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. An interdisciplinary exami- 
nation of Asian and Pacific Islander American women’s experience. It 
compares and contrasts the experience of women from various parts of 
Asia and explores the social, cultural and political issues they face both 
in the U.S. and abroad. (Same as Women’s Studies 308) 



ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 


320 Asian American Creative Expression (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Categories 1II.B.1 
and 2. This course explores Asian American life as portrayed through 
novels, short stories, plays, poetry, film, music, painting, dance, and 
other expressive forms. It examines both historical and contemporary 
works by a variety of Asian and Pacific Americans. 

327 Asian American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. 

This course introduces early literary expressions of the Asian American 
experience. Readings include poetry, short stories, novels, and auto- 
biographies. Students will gain a fundamental understanding of Asian 
American literary history and become increasingly aware of the cultural 
diversity in America. (Same as English 327) 

340 Asian American Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and completion of General 
Education Category III.C.l. An introduction to Asian American com- 
munication. The influences of Asian American cultural heritage, ethnic 
identity, generation, and language fluency on communication are 
examined. Similarities and differences in communication among the 
various Asian American ethnic groups are presented. (Same as Human 
Comm 340) 

342 Asian Pacific American Families (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
Asian Pacific American families have ranged from the seemingly solitary 
“bachelor" to the extended “clan.” We will explore these, and many 
other ways of being a “family," as it has been a basic part of Asian 
Pacific American history and culture. 

344 Asian Pacific American Identities (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
Interdisciplinary explorations of the ways in which those of Pacific 
Islander, Southeast, South and East Asian descent have met the chal- 
lenge of being American at the personal level. Covers social construc- 
tion of racial/ethnic identities, cultural conflict, self-determination and 
personal growth. 

346 Asian American Psychology (3) 

This course involves in-depth analysis of major issues in the Asian 
American community from a psychosocial perspective, including ethnic 
identity development, generational conflicts, the “model minority" 
myth, interracial relationships, attitudes toward mental health services 
and alternative healing'therapeutic approaches. (Same as Psychology 346) 

348 Asian Pacific American Perspectives on Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: satisfaction of General Education Category III.C.l- 
Intro to Social Sciences requirement. This course will cover aging from 
the point of view of a variety of Asian Pacific American perspectives. 

It includes view on family roles and obligations, community services, 
patient/doctor relationships, religion and cultural values. (Same as 
Gerontology 348) 

360 Mixed Heritage Asian Americans (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category’ 1II.C.1. 
Overview of the mixed heritage Asian American population in the 
USA. The course will survey the historical avenues that led to the 
United States and to inter-ethnic alliances. The many challenges this 
multi-ethnic population faces will be examined. 


362 Filipina/o American Experience (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. An 
introduction to Filipina/American Studies, covering point of origin, 
immigration, legal barriers, economic struggles, civil rights and other 
current issues. 

364 The South Asian American Experience (3) 

Interdisciplinary course that explores the experience of South Asian 
Americans originally from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh or Sn Lanka. It 
focuses on questions regarding influence of American culture on South 
Asian American identity, intergenerational concerns and cultural conti- 
nuity among others. 

366 The Korean American Experience (3) 

Prerequisite, completion of the General Education Category III.C.l. 
Examination of historical events and contemporary issues such as 
Korean American immigration, Korean identity, inter-ethnic relations, 
gender issues, and Korean American Entrepreneurship within the 
context of social, political, and economic conditions of Korea and the 
United States. 

370 The Chinese American Experience (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category IILC. 1 . 
An introduction to the experiences of Chinese in the United States. 

It will examine historical events and contemporary issues, including 
Chinese immigration, exclusion, Chinese Amencan identity, racial vio- 
lence, and gender. 

400 Research and Writing in Ethnic Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Afro-Ethnic 101 or Asian American 101 or Chicano 
101 and Afro-Ethnic 107 or Asian American 300. An introduction 
to research and writing in ethnic studies. Issues of research in ethnic 
studies (e g., quantitative v. qualitative analysis, reliability/validity) and 
specific methods of research (e.g., archives, interviews, oral history) 
will be examined. Extensive writing is required. A grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better is required to satisfy the upper-division writing requirement. 
(Same as Afro-Ethnic 400 and Chicano 400). 

411 World War 11 Japanese American Evacuation (3) 

(Same as History 411) 

495 Internship in Asian American Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: six upper-division units in Asian American Studies. 
One hundred twenty (120) hours practical experience in some organi- 
zation serving the Asian Pacific American community. Regular meetings 
with faculty advisor. May be repeated once for credit. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Consult “Student-to-Student Tutorials" in this catalog for a more 
complete course description. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research and/or service learning projects in Asian 
American Studies to be taken with consent of instructor and program 
coordinator. May be repeated for credit. 


ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES 



INTRODUCTION 

Asia, more than any other region in the world, has become the focus of extensive interna- 
tional business, political relationships, and cultural exchange. Millions of people of Asian descent 
have become an integral part of American society. Indeed, California, more than any other place 
in the United States, is the residence of immigrants from throughout Asia. In order to keep pace 
with current developments in this extremely important part of the world, students are encour- 
aged to take advantage of the opportunity to minor in Asian Studies. 

The faculty for the Asian Studies Minor is drawn from several departments. What they have 
in common is that they teach and do research on Asia. The interdisciplinary nature of the Minor 
allows students the unique opportunity to learn about Asia from broad and differing perspectives. 


PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

William W. Haddad (History) 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Humanities 815F 

PROGRAM OFFERED 

Minor in Asian Studies 

PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Ian Bailey (Kinesiology and Health 
Promotion), K. Chu (Economics), Craig 
Ihara (Philosophy), Irene Lange (Marketing), 
Keiji Matsumoto (Foreign Languages), Vera 
Simone (Political Science), Preston Stedman 
(Music), Barbara Weightman (Geography), 
Rich Wiseman (Speech Communication) and 
Heping Zhao (English). 


MINOR IN ASIAN STUDIES 

The minor consists of 21 units: 6 units chosen from the listed core courses and 15 units of 
electives chosen in consultation with an adviser as outlined below. 

Core Courses (6 units) 

Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

OR Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

One course each from three of the four following categories, plus 6 units of advisor-approved 
electives: 

Language, Culture, Geography, and Human Behavior 
Anthro 340 Peoples of Asia (3)* 

Anthro 347 Peoples of the Pacific (3)* 

Any Japanese Language Course 
Any Chinese Language Course 
Any Vietnamese Language Course 
Geography 330 California Landscapes (3) 

Geography 340 Asia (3) 

Kinesiology 151 Aikido (1) 

Kinesiology 152 Karate (1) 

Human Comm 320 Intercultural Communication (3) 

*One of these is applicable as an elective if not chosen as a core course. 

History and Politics 

History 360 Modem Asia: Nationalism and Revolutionary Change (3) 

History 461 Modem Vietnam (3) 

History 462A History of China (3) 

History 462B History of China (3) 


85 


ASIAN STUDIES 


History 462C China Since 1949 (3) 

History 463A History of Japan (3) 

History 463B History of Japan (3) 

History 464A History of Southeast Asia to 1800 (3) 

History 464B History of Contemporary Southeast Asia, 1800- 
present(3) 

History 465A History of India (3) 

History 465B History of India (3) 

History 490T Senior Research Seminar (3) (Where course topic 
focuses on area of Asia). 

Poli Sci 434 China and Japan: Friends or Foe (3) 

Poli Sci 45 IT Problems in International Politics (3) 

Poli Sci 457 Politics of International Economics (3) 

Poli Sci 476 International Law (3) 

Arts and Humanities 

(including Art, Literature, Philosophy and Comparative Religion) 
Comp Lit 380 Introduction to Asian Literature (3) 

Comp Lit 382T Topics in Asian Literature (3) 

Music 352 Symphonic Music in Western & Eastern Cultures (3) 
Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 

Philosophy 352 Philosophy of Asian Martial Arts (3) 

Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to the Asian Religions (3) 
International Business and Economics 
Economics 332 Economies of the Pacific Rim (3) 

Economics 333 Economic Development: Analysis & Case Studies (3) 
Economics 335 The International Economy (3) 

Economics 411 International Trade (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 


ASIAN STUDIES 



M Science 


mft 


College of Natural Sciences and MathenUtfcs 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Robert Koch 

DIRECTOR, GRADUATE PROGRAM 

Kathryn Dickson, Steven Murray 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 282 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http ://biology. fullerton.edu 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Biological Science 
with Concentrations in: 

Biodiversity, Ecology and 
Conservation Biology 

Cell and Developmental Biology 
Marine Biology 

Molecular Biology and Biotechnology 
Minor in Biotechnology 
Master of Science in Biology 

Subject Matter Preparation Program for 
Single Subject Teaching Credential 

FACULTY 

Oscar Aurelio, Sandra Banack, MerriLynn 
Casern, Amybeth Cohen, Kathryn Dickson, 
David Drath, Doug Eemisse, David Fromson, 
William Hoese, Michael Horn, Anne Houtman, 
C. Eugene Jones, Judy Kandel, Robert Koch, 
Rodrigo Lois, Steven Murray, Joyce Ono, 
Nancy Pelaez, William Presch, Darren 
Sandquist, Jochen Schenk, Roger Seapy, 

Paul Stapp, Barry Thomas, Marcelo Tolmasky, 
Sean Walker, Joel Weintraub, Fred Whipple, 
Danielle Zacherl 


INTRODUCTION 

Biology is the branch of science concerned with the study of life. The discipline is dynamic, 
diverse, and expanding with the integration of new molecular approaches, information technol- 
ogy and concerns for the environment. Through the study of biology students will: learn prin- 
ciples that govern the function of their own body and those of other organisms; explore how 
complex organisms develop from a single cell and how genes and the environment govern these 
events; and learn how plants capture the energy from the sun and, ultimately, sustain almost all 
life on Earth through intricate relationships with other organisms, including humans. In addi- 
tion, in Southern California, proximity to a variety of employers ranging from biotechnology and 
biomedical companies to environmental consulting firms provides biology majors with diverse 
employment opportunities. 

The department has designed a curriculum that builds on a core of biology and supporting 
courses for students who: (1) seek careers in industry and state or federal agencies, (2) wish to 
prepare for secondary school teaching, or (3) desire to enter graduate and professional schools. 
The curriculum beyond the basic core experience will be developed through individual advising. 
Students will be assigned a faculty adviser when they enter the University or they may choose a 
faculty member to serve as their adviser. Each semester, students are required to meet with their 
designated adviser in order to develop an appropriate program of study. After discussion with 
their adviser, students will elect upper-division courses in one of four concentrations that will 
satisfy their individual interests and professional goals. 

Special Programs 

In addition to the usual course offerings, the Department of Biological Science participates in 
the Center for Applied Biotechnology Studies, the Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition, 
and three consortial programs with other California State University campuses. These are 
CSUPERB (California State University Program for Education and Research in Biotechnology), 
the Ocean Studies Institute (through the Southern California Marine Institute) and the California 
Desert Studies Consortium at Soda Springs. Each of these centers is described in this catalog 
under “Research Centers.” 

Pre-professional Information 

The Health Professions Advising Office provides advising services to students wishing to enter 
the health professions. The services include counseling students to plan their academic programs, 
providing students with information about volunteer opportunities in the area of their interest, 
and providing assistance in the preparation of applications, including interviewing techniques. 

Teaching Credential Information 

The bachelor’s degree in biology may be effectively combined with requirements for the 
Subject Matter Preparation Program for the Single Subject Teaching Credential. Undergraduate 
students are encouraged to work with the Science Education Program in MH527 and/or the 
Center for Careers in Teaching as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient 
course selections for general education, the major, and electives. Before applying to the 
Credential Program, undergraduate and postgraduate students should contact the Admission 
to Teacher Education office in the College of Education to obtain information on attending 
a required overview presentation and orientation. 


87 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


Recommendations for Transfer Students 

Students planning to transfer from another college or university 
should take biology, chemistry, mathematics, and/or physics courses 
that are equivalent to those required for the B.S. in Biological Science 
(refer to www.assist.org). Prospective transfer students should contact 
the Biology Department as soon as possible prior to transfer to select 
appropriate courses 

Recommended Program in General Education 

Because of high unit requirements for the B.S. in Biological Science, 
students are urged to consult with their adviser to design their general 
education program. 

UPPER-DIVISION BACCALAUREATE WRITING REQUIREMENT 

To meet the upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement, stu- 
dents must (1) pass the English Writing Proficiency exam and (2) pass 
with a “C" (2.0) or better English 301 or Chemistry 340 or 6 units 
from Biology 411, 414, 417, 426, 445, 446, 468, 470 and 495. 

Internships 

Biology 495 Biological Internship provides students with the oppor- 
tunity to participate in a practical work experience that integrates their 
interests with classroom studies. 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science in Biological Science is a high-unit 
program, majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation 
Requirement. 

SCHOLARSHIPS IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

For additional information, please see the CSUF Financial Aid 
website: http://www.fullerton.edu/financialaid/ 

Dr. and Mrs. Donald B. Bright Environmental Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Dr. Donald B. Bright, one or more schol- 
arships per year are awarded to deserving undergraduate and graduate 
students of biology. 

Judith A. Presch Desert Studies Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Judith A. Presch, two scholarships per 
year are awarded (one undergraduate and one graduate student) by the 
Desert Studies Consortium for work in the Mojave Desert . 

Jerome Wilson Scholarship 

To preserve the memory of Dr. Jerome Wilson, scholarships are 
awarded to deserving undergraduate or graduate students of biology. 

Coppel Graduate Science Award 

Established by Lynn and Claude Coppel for biology graduate stu- 
dents for their unrestricted use. 

Rachel Carson Scholarship in Conservation Biology 

To preserve the memory of Rachel Carson, a scholarship was created 
to encourage biology majors to pursue a career in Conservation Biology. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

A total of 120 units, including general education, 43 units in biology 
courses (20 units in the core and 23 units of upper-division electives 
constituting one of the concentrations described below), and 30 units of 
supporting courses in physical sciences and mathematics is required for 
completion of the B.S. in Biological Science. In addition, as a graduation 
requirement, students pursing the B.S. in Biological Science must com- 
plete an exit exam on biology in the spring semester of their senior year. 


The supporting courses must include one year of general college 
chemistry including qualitative analysis with laboratory; one year of 
organic chemistry with laboratory; one semester of college calculus or 
introduction to experimental design and statistics for biologists; and 
one year of college physics with laboratory. Those students seeking 
careers in the health professions should speak to a health professions 
adviser about specific course recommendations. Students who wish to 
earn a doctoral degree should consider, in addition, a modem foreign 
language or advanced courses in computational sciences. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in Biological Science, stu- 
dents must have a 2.0 overall average in all biology courses and in 
all required supporting courses. No credit toward the major will be 
allowed for biology courses in which a grade of C-, D or F is obtained. 
Courses taken under the Credit/No Credit grade option may not be 
applied towards the major. 

Students with junior or senior standing will be permitted to enroll 
in Biology 480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate Biology, Biology 495 
Biological Internship, and Biology 499L Independent Laboratory Study; 
however, only a combined total 6 units of Biology 499L or 3 units from 
Biology 480 or 495 may be applied to the biology upper-division elec- 
tive requirement. All full-time upper-division students are expected to 
attend the departmental seminars. 

Core Requirements for the Major (20 units): 

The core program in Biology provides an introduction to basic 
principles of biology and to the investigative nature of science. The 
curriculum uses Themes and Perspectives to connect and integrate 
major concepts, principles and basic facts. Three Themes run through- 
out the core curriculum: 

Evolution: Inherited changes in organisms accumulate over time. Unity 
and Diversity: Organisms possess common characteristics while exhibit- 
ing a wide range of variability. 

Dynamics of Biological Systems: Living systems continually respond to 
their external and internal environments by making changes necessary 
to sustain life. 

Each theme will be presented from two perspectives. 

Human Impact: The interactions between the human and the biological 
world, and Scientific Process: The testing of new ideas, questions or 
hypotheses through observation and experimentation. 

Students should complete the following four core courses with a 
passing grade (“C” (2.0) or better) before they take most upper division 
biology courses. 

Biology 171 Evolution and Biodiversity (5) 

Biology 172 Cellular Basis of Life (5) 

Biology 273 Genetics and Molecular Biology (5) 

Biology 274 Principles of Physiology and Ecology (5) 

Upper-division courses (23 units): 

The upper-division program is designed to provide students with 
depth in a chosen concentration. With approval from his or her depart- 
mental adviser, each student selects a program leading to a concentra- 
tion in one of four areas (see below). The upper-division program 
requires 23 units of upper-division coursework, including at least 5 
units of laboratory- or field-based activities, at least 6 units of 400-level 
biology courses, and at least 2 units of a specified capstone course. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


Concentration in Biodiversity, Ecology, and Conservation Biology 

The concentration consists of 23 units of upper-division biology 
electives, of which at least 5 units must be laboratory- or field-based 
activities, at least 6 units must be 400-level biology courses, and at 
least 2 units must be a capstone course. The 23 units of upper-division 
biology electives must also meet the following requirements: 



Ecology Courses (6 units minimum) 

Biology 314 Evolutionary Ecology (3) 

AND at least one of the following: 

Biology 352 Plants and Life (3) 

Biology 419 Marine Ecology (3) 

Biology 443 Plant Ecology (4) 

Biology 466 Behavioral Ecology (3) 

Organismal/Systematics Courses 
(3 units minimum) 


Biology 301 Problems in 
Environmental Biology (3) 

Biology 340 Field Botany (3) 

Biology 344 Survey of the 
Land Plants (3) 

Biology 402 Computer Lab in 
Molecular Systematics (3) 

Biology 441 Plant Taxonomy (4) 
Biology 446 Marine Phycology (4) 

Biology 461 Marine Invertebrate 
Biology (4) 

Biology 467 Entomology (4) 

Biology 474 Natural History of the 
Vertebrates (4) 

Biology 475 Ichthyology (4) 

Biology 476 Herpetology (4) 
Biology 478 Mammalogy (4) 


Biology 479 Ornithology (4) 

Physiology/Development Courses (3 units minimum) 

Biology 362 Mammalian Physiology (4) 

Biology 405 Developmental Biology (3) 

Biology 417 Advances in Cell Biology (3) 

Biology 444 Plant Physiological Ecology (4) 

Biology 445 Plant Cell Physiology (3) 

Biology 468 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 

Free Upper- Division Biology Electives (0-9 units; number required to 
reach a total of 23 upper-division biology electives) 

Biology 304 Supervised Biology Lab Instruction (2) 

Biology 317 Field Marin? Biology (4) 

Biology 404 Evolution (3) 

Biology 436 Advanced Applied Statistics (4) 

Biology 480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate Biology (1-3) 

Any upper-division biology course from this or another concentration 


Capstone courses (2 units minimum) 

Biology 400 Seminar in Biology Education (2) 

Biology 401 Biogeography (3) 

Biology 450 Conservation Biology (3) 

Biology 495 Biological Internship (3) 

Biology 498 Senior Thesis (2) 

Biology 499L Independent Laboratory Study (1-3) 

Concentration in Cell and Developmental Biology 

The concentration consists of 23 units of upper-division biology 
electives, of which at least 5 units must be laboratory- or field-based 
activities, at least 6 units must be 400-level biology courses, and at 
least 2 units must be a capstone course. The 23 units of upper-division 
biology electives must also meet the following requirements 

Required Gateway Courses (7 units) 

Biology 302 General Microbiology (4) 

Biology 303 Intermediate Cell Biology (3) 

Cell Biology Courses (10 units minimum) 

Biology 362 Mammalian Physiology (3) 

Biology 405 Developmental Biology (3) 

Biology 417 Advances in Cell Biology (3) 

Biology 418L Advances in Cell Biology Lab (2) 

Biology 424 Immunology (4) 

Biology 426 Virology (3) 

Biology 428 Biology of Cancer (3) 

Biology 470 Cellular Neurobiology (3) 

No more than one of the following: 

Biology 309 Intermediate Molecular Biology (3) 

Biology 402 Computer Lab in Molecular Systematics (3) 

Biology 411 Medical Genetics and Systems Biology (3) 

Biology 412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 

Biology 413 Advances in Molecular Genetics (3) 

Biology 414 Microbial Genetics (3) 

Biology 445 Plant Cell Physiology (3) 

Biology 448 Plant Molecular Biology (3) 

Chemistry 421 Biological Chemistry (3) 

Free Upper Division Biology Electives (0 - 4 units; number required to 
reach a total of 23 upper-division biology electives.) 

Biology 304 Supervised Biology Lab Instruction (2) 

Biology 361 Human Anatomy (4) 

Biology 480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate Biology (1-3) 

Any upper-division biology course from this or another concentration 
Capstone courses (2 units minimum) 

Biology 400 Seminar in Biology Education (2) 

Biology 426 Virology (3) 

Biology 428 Biology of Cancer (3) 

Biology 470 Cellular Neurobiology (3) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


Biology 495 Biological Internship (3) 

Biology 498 Senior Thesis (2) 

Biology 499L Independent Laboratory Study (1-3) 

Concentration in Marine Biology 

The concentration consists of 23 units of upper-division biology 
electives, of which at least 5 units must be laboratory- or field-based 
activities, at least 6 units must be 400-level biology courses, and at 
least 2 units must be a capstone course. The 23 units of upper-division 
biology electives must also meet the following requirements: 

Ecology Courses (6 units) 

Biology 314 Evolutionary Ecology (3) 

Biology 419 Marine Ecology (3) 

Organismal/Systematics Courses (4 units minimum) 

Biology 446 Marine Phycology (4) 

Biology 461 Marine Invertebrate Biology (4) 

Biology 475 Ichthyology (4) 

Physiology/Development Courses (3 units minimum) 

Biology 362 Mammalian Physiology (4) 

Biology 405 Developmental Biology (3) 

Biology 417 Advances in Cell Biology (3) 

Biology 444 Plant Physiological Ecology (4) 

Biology 445 Plant Cell Physiology (3) 

Biology 468 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 

Free Upper-Division Biology Electives (0 - 8 units; number required to 
reach a total oj 23 upper-division biology electives.) 

Biology 304 Supervised Biology Lab Instruction (2) 

Biology 317 Field Marine Biology (4) 

Biology 404 Evolution (3) 

Biology 436 Advanced Applied Statistics (4) 

Biology 480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate Biology (1-3) 

Any upper-division biology course from this or another concentration 

Capstone Courses ( 2 units minimum) 

Biology 400 Seminar in Biology Education (2) 

Biology 401 Biogeography (3) 

Biology 450 Conservation Biology (3) 

Biology 495 Biological Internship (3) 

Biology 498 Senior Thesis (2) 

Biology 499L Independent Laboratory Study (1-3) 

Concentration in Molecular Biology and Biotechnology 

The concentration consists of 23 units of upper-division biology 
electives, of which at least 5 units must be laboratory- or field-based 
activities, at least 6 units must be 400-level biology courses, and at 
least 2 units must be a capstone course. The 23 units of upper-division 
biology electives must also meet the following requirements: 


Required Gateway Courses (6 or 7 units) 

Biology 309 Intermediate Molecular Biology (3) 

AND one or more of the following: 

Biology 302 General Microbiology (4) 

Chemistry 42 1 Biological Chemistry (3) 

OR Chemistry 42 3A General Biochemistry (3) 
Molecular Biology Courses (13 units minimum) 

Biology 402 Computer Lab in Molecular Systematics (3) 
Biology 405 Developmental Biology (3) 

Biology 41 1 Medical Genetics and Systems Biology (3) 
Biology 412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 

Biology 413 Advances in Molecular Genetics (3) 

Biology 414 Microbial Genetics (3) 

Biology 445 Plant Cell Physiology (3) 

Biology 448 Plant Molecular Biology (3) 

Biology 472A Advances in Biotechnology Lab (3) 
Biology 472B Advances in Biotechnology Lab (3) 
Biology 473 Bioinformatics (3) 

No more than 5 units of the following: 

Biology 362 Mammalian Physiology (4) 

Biology 417 Advances in Cell Biology (3) 

Biology 418L Advances in Cell Biology Lab (1) 

Biology 424 Immunology (4) 

Biology 426 Virology (3) 

Biology 428 Biology of Cancer (3) 

Biology 444 Plant Physiological Ecology (4) 

Biology 470 Cellular Neurobiology (3) 

Biology 477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

Biology 499L Independent Lab Study (1-3) 


Free Upper-Division Biology Electives (0-2 units; number required to 
reach a total of 23 upper-division biology electives) 

Biology 304 Supervised Biology Lab Instruction (2) 

Biology 480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate Biology (1-3) 

Any upper-division biology course from this or another concentration 
Capstone courses (2 units minimum) 

Biology 400 Seminar in Biology Education (2) 

Biology 47 2 A Advances in Biotechnology Lab (3) 

Biology 472B Advances in Biotechnology Lab (3) 

Biology 495 Biological Internship (3) 

Biology 498 Senior Thesis (2) 

Biology 499L Independent Laboratory Study (1-3) 


Supporting Course Requirements for the Major (29-30 units) 

Chem 120A,B General Chemistry (10) 

Chem 301A,B Organic Chemistry (6) 

Chem 302 or Chem 302A,B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


Physics 21 1, 21 1L Elementary Physics and Laboratory (4) 

Physics 212, 212L Elementary Physics and Laboratory (4) 

Math 130A Short Course in Calculus (4), 

OR Math 150A Calculus (4), 

OR Math 337 Intro to Experimental Design and Statistics 
in the Laboratory Sciences (3) 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE/PRE-MBA PROGRAM 

A student may combine a B.S. in Biological Science with a minor in 
Business Administration to qualify to enroll in an MBA degree at CSUE 
The student who completes this Biology/pre-MBA program and meets 
all other entrance requirements will be poised to apply to the MBA 
degree program and will then need to take only the second year (33 
units) of coursework to complete the MBA. See a department adviser 
for details. 

MINOR IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

The biotechnology minor is appropriate for students majoring in 
biological science or biochemistry and interested in gaining employ- 
ment in nearly any area of the growing medical and agricultural 
biotechnology industries, working in academic research laboratories, 
or pursuing postgraduate degrees in basic molecular biology or 
biochemistry. 

The biotechnology minor requires a minimum of 3 1 acceptable 
units of chemistry and biology. These courses must be completed with 
a minimal overall grade-point average of 2.0 and include 12 units 
unique to the minor that are not used to meet requirements for the 
biological science or biochemistry major. 

Required Core Courses (28 units) 

Biology 273 Genetics and Molecular Biology (5) 

Biology 309 Intermediate Molecular Biology (3) 

OR Chem 421 Biological Chemistry (3) 

Chem 301A,B Organic Chemistry (6) 

Chem 302 or Chem 302A,B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Biology 412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 

Biol/Chem 472A,B Advances in Biotechnology Laboratory (6) 
Chem/Biol 477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

Supporting Courses (3-4 units) 

Students must complete one of the following courses: 

Biology 309 Intermediate Molecular Biology (3) 

Biology 413 Advances in Molecular Genetics (3) 

Biology 424 Immunology (4) 

Chem 421 Biological Chemistry (3) 

Chem 423A General Biochemistry (3) 

Chem 42 3B General Biochemistry (3) 

master of science in biology 

The M.S. in Biology is a thesis-based degree for which the student 
completes original, independent research in one of the following areas: 
Biodiversity, Ecology & Conservation Biology, Cell & Developmental 
Biology, Marine Biology, Molecular Biology & Biotechnology, or Biology 


Pedagogy Research. The program offers specialized educational oppor- 
tunities and training in preparation for (a) advanced graduate work 
toward a doctoral degree in the biological sciences or science educa- 
tion, (b) teaching at the secondary and community college levels, 

(c) participation in research programs and employment as a research 
technician, (d) participation in various field service and conservation 
positions within local, state and national governments, (e) entering the 
field of public-health service, or (0 technological work in the health 
sciences. 

Admission Requirements 

An applicant must meet the university requirements for admission, 
which include a baccalaureate from an accredited institution and 
a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units 
attempted (see section of this catalog on Graduate Admissions for com- 
plete statement and procedures). Students must make two applications, 
one to the university and another to the department. In addition to the 
university requirements for admission, acceptance into this program is 
contingent upon the following: (1) a B.A. or B.S. in Biological Science 
or related area at an accredited institution with a grade-point average 
of 3.0 in biology courses and a GPA of 2.5 in the related courses in 
mathematics, chemistry and physics; (2) submission of scores on one 
of the following: (a) Graduate Record Examination General Test, (b) 
Medical College Admission Test, or (c) Dental Admission Test; (3) 
completion of the departmental application; (4) submission of two 
letters of recommendation; and (5) acceptance by a thesis adviser. 

Students with deficiencies may be considered for conditional 
acceptance into the program. For conditionally accepted students, the 
specific conditions and a deadline for their completion are determined 
at the time of admission, continuation in the M.S. program is depen- 
dent upon completion of the admission conditions by the specified 
deadline. 

• 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1st for 
the fall semester and October 1st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. 

Classified Standing 

Students should achieve classified graduate standing as soon as 
they are eligible, since no more than nine units of graduate work taken 
before classification can be included on the study plan (see below) 
for the degree. A student who meets the admission requirements may 
apply for classified standing, which requires the development of a 
study plan approved by the thesis adviser, thesis committee, director 
of the departmental graduate program and dean of graduate studies. 
Students admitted with conditional acceptance must meet conditions 
(see above) before being considered for classified standing. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy is attained by requesting a graduation 
check and receiving subsequent approval of the departmental graduate 
program director on the Grad Check Review Form, mailed by the 
Graduate Studies Office. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


Study Plan 

Students must meet the Graduate Level Writing Requirement, 
which is described in this catalog under “Graduate Regulations.” 
Biology M.S. candidates will meet this requirement by taking Biology 
500A,B Professional Aspects of Biology. 

A study plan includes 30 units of adviser-approved graduate work; 
at least one-half of the total units must be at the 500-level. All study 
plans must include Biology 599 Independent Graduate Research, 
Biology 500A,B Professional Aspects of Biology, Biology 598 Thesis, 
and at least two graduate seminars. 

A thesis acceptable to the adviser and committee, covering a 
research problem, as well as a final oral examination on the thesis 
research, are required to complete the degree program. 

Supervising the work of graduate students requires the personal 
attention of advisers. To insure that advisers are available for new grad- 
uate students, a graduate student is expected to complete the require- 
ments for graduation within three years after classification 

For more detailed information or advisement, students should 
contact the Biological Science Department, or the Graduate Program 
Director of the Biological Science Department. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES 

Courses are designated as BIOL in the class schedule. 

Unless otherwise designated, prerequisites may be waived by the 
instructor of the course if the instructor is satisfied that the student is 
qualified for the course. 

101 Elements of Biology (3) 

Underlying principles governing life forms, processes and interac- 
tions. Elements of biology and reasoning skills for understanding 
scientific issues on personal, societal, and global levels. For the 
non-science major. No credit toward biological science major. 

101H Elements of Biology (Honors) (3) 

Corequisite: Biology 101LH (Honors). Students must meet 
honors qualifications. Living organisms and characteristics of the 
natural environment. Emphasis on the scientific reasoning leading 
to our current understanding of living systems. For the non-science 
major. 

101L Elements of Biology Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Biology 101. Laboratory experiments 
demonstrating the principles presented in the lecture course. Scientific 
inquiry, cell structure and function, physiology, genetics, biodiversity, 
evolution and ecology. For the non-science major. (3 hours laboratory 
or fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required). 

101LH Elements of Biology Laboratory (Honors) (1) 

Corequisite: Biology 10 1H (Honors). Students must meet 
honors qualifications. Laboratory experiments and demonstrations 
which provide insight into scientific reasoning and the basis of our 
current understanding of living systems. For the non-science major. 

(3 hours laboratory or fieldwork; field trips may be required) 


102 Biology for Future Teachers (3) 

Designed especially for the prospective teacher, this activity-based 
course will examine biological concepts in real-world contexts such as 
the medical examination, genes and evolution, and the environment. 
Lecture and laboratory form a single unified learning experience. No 
credit toward biological science major. (6 hours activity) 

105 Survey of the Molecules of Life (3) 

An introduction to the biochemical processes of life, including 
metabolism, development, and disease. Recent scientific advances are 
discussed with emphasis place on AIDS, cancer, diabetes, and cloning. 
Scientific methods and ethical issues in scientific research are also 
examined. For the non-science major. (Same as Chemistry 105) 

171 Evolution and Biodiversity (5) 

Introduction to scientific processes and methods of biology. 
Explorations of unifying principles of evolution processes leading 
to biodiversity, and principles of conservation biology. (Primarily 
for majors in the Colleges of Natural Science/Mathematics and 
Engineering/Computer Science; 3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory/ 
fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required) 

172 Cellular Basis of Life (5) 

Prerequisite: Biology 171. Exploration of the structure and function 
of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells including: evolutionary relation- 
ships; cell membranes; compartmentation; signaling and metabolic 
pathways; cellular reproduction; cell differentiation, multicellular- 
ity and development. (For majors in Colleges of Natural Science/ 
Mathematics and Fngineering/Computer Science; 3 hours lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) 

210 Human Anatomy and Physiology (3) 

Introductory anatomy and physiological concepts for Kinesiology 
and Health Science majors. Gross and micro-level human anatomy as 
well as the structure and function of selected systems. Preparation for 
Kinesiology 260, 300, 348, 371, and the major in Health Science. No 
credit toward biological science major. (Same as Kinesiology 210) 

273 Genetics and Molecular Biology (5) 

Prerequisite: Biology 172. Corequisite: Completion or enrollment 
in Chemistry 120A. Explorations of the underlying principles of 
inheritance, structure and functions of nucleic acids, regulation of 
gene expression, the mechanisms by which populations evolve, and 
the impact of biotechnology on society. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

274 Principles of Physiology and Ecology (5) 

Prerequisites: Biology 273 and Chemistry 120A; Mathematics 130, 
150A, or 337 suggested. Principles of organisms’ interactions with their 
environments; physiological and evolutionary mechanisms of change in 
response to environmental factors; population and community ecology; 
energy and material flow through ecosystems. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory/fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


299L Directed Laboratory Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 171 and 172 and consent of instructor. 
Research in biology under the supervision of a biology faculty member. 
Intended for students (especially lower-division) who may not have 
completed sufficient course work to allow them to work independently, 
but who are eager for laboratory research experience. May be repeated 
for university credit, but units do not count toward major. (3 hours 
laboratory per unit) 

300 Environmental Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. Biological consequences of 
human intervention in ecosystems: Endangered and threatened species, 
pollution impact on organisms, pest control, population dynamics, 
genetic engineering of agricultural species, management of natural 
areas and urban ecosystem dynamics. No credit toward biological 
science major. 

301 Problems in Environmental Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: admission into the Southern California Ecosystems 
Research Program in environmental biology. Showcases environmen- 
tal problems in Southern California ecosystems. Students investigate 
effects 

of human activities on desert, foothill, and wetland ecosystems. 

Course offered as an intensive four- week summer field experience. 
(Equivalent to 1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory/fieldwork during 
a normal semester) 

302 General Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core and 
Chemistry 120B. Introduction to structure and function of bacteria 
and viruses including beneficial and detrimental activities and interac- 
tions with other organisms. Laboratory provides investigations with 
microscopy, culture, physiology and genetics of microbes. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

303 Intermediate Cell Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. 

Corequisite: Chemistry 301 A. Evidence -based examination of cells in 
action, roles of information, matter and energy flow as driving forces 
for compart mentation, protein sorting, metabolic and signaling path- 
ways, motility and adhesion; examples taken from developmental, 
neural and cancer processes. 

304 Supervised Biology Laboratory Instruction (2) 

Prerequisites: Biology 172, 273 or 274 and permission of instructor. 
For students interested in assisting in lower division biology lab that 
they have completed. Students will gain practical experience in 
laboratory teaching and will be introduced to major topics in biology 
education. 

305 Human Heredity and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. Principles of human 
heredity and embryology relating to human development. Mendelian 
genetics, single gene effects, genetics, prenatal diagnosis, and human 
embryology. No credit toward biological science major. 


306 Biology of Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. Biological changes in cells, 
tissues, organs and the whole body associated with aging. Theories of 
aging will be discussed with primary emphasis on mammals. No credit 
toward biological science major. 

309 Intermediate Molecular Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. 

Corequisite: Chemistry 301 A. Molecular and genetic basis of cellular 
functions. The role of gene expression and protein function in metabo- 
lism, physiology, growth, development. Introduction to recombinant 
DNA and its uses, and to critical analysis of primary literature. 

310 Human Physiology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. Human physiological 
systems and their relationship to human function for non-biology 
majors and students in Kinesiology and Health Sciences. No credit 
for biological science major. 

311 Nutrition and Disease (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 311) 

314 Evolutionary Ecology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. The 
integration of evolutionary and ecological principles. Includes the 
nature and causes of variation, population genetics, life histories, 
adaptation, evolution of behavior, ecology of interspecific interactions, 
paleoecology and life through time, and the interplay between ecology 
and phylogeny. (3 hours lecture) 

317 Field Marine Biology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Field 
biology and natural history of local marine plants and animals. 
Identification of common species and factors determining their 
distributions and abundance in marine habitats. Effects of human 
activities on marine organisms. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours lab or 
fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required) 

319 Marine Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. Survey of marine plants and 
animals in their habitats. No credit toward biological science major. 

322 Human Behavioral Ecology (3) 

(Same as Anthropology 322.) 

330 Ecology of American Indians ( 3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. Interrelationships of native 
peoples of the Americas with the local flora and fauna and the natural 
environment. Roles of American Indians in predator-prey interactions, 
ecological hierarchy, nutrient cycling, successional change and resource 
management. No credit toward biological science major. 

340 Field Botany (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. The native 
flora of southern California. Identification, natural history and factors 
that determine the distribution of species. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory or fieldwork; weekend field trips are required) 


93 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


344 Survey of the Land Plants (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. A survey 
of the anatomical and morphological characteristics of the land plants 
as they relate to the evolutionary development and ecological strategies 
of these plants. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

352 Plants and Life (3) 

Prerequisite: one semester of college biology. The importance of 
plants in our lives, including such things as plant domestication and 
the origin of agriculture. Why plants are fascinating organisms. No 
credit toward biological science major. 

360 Biology of Human Sexuality (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 101 or equivalent. The biology of the human 
reproductive system, sexual differentiation, anatomy and physiology, 
sexual behaviors, procreation, contraception and sexually transmitted 
disease. No credit toward biological science major. 

361 Human Anatomy (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. A systems 
approach to the structure and function of the human body. For biology 
majors and related health sciences. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

362 Mammalian Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core and 
Chemistry 120B. The fundamental mechanisms of mammalian and 
human physiology. Integration of cellular and organ system functions 
with emphasis on regulatory processes. For biology majors and related 
health sciences. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory). 

400 Seminar in Biology Education (2) 

Prerequisites: one of the following: Biology 302, 303, 309, 314 and 
permission of instructor. For students interested in biology education/ 
science education. Students discuss major topics in biology education 
and conduct research. (2 hours lecture/discussion) 

401 Biogeography (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. 
Evolutionary patterns and mechanisms of the distribution of plants 
and animals in the major habitats of the world. Current concepts and 
theories. 

402 Computer Lab in Molecular Systematics (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. To gain 
practical and theoretical experience with so ft ware -based methods in 
molecular systematics, with emphasis on Internet resources for molecular 
biologists, acquisition of gene protein sequences, multiple sequence 
alignment, PCR primer design, phylogenetic analysis, and controversies 
in the field. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

404 Evolution (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. The 
history of evolutionary thought; origin of universe, earth and life; geo- 
logical and paleontological history of the earth; evidence derived from 
comparative anatomy, embryology, genetics, zoogeography; mecha- 
nisms of evolution. 


405 Developmental Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 303 or 309. Molecular and cellular processes 
in embryonic development encompassing mechanisms of fertilization, 
cell and tissue interactions, morphogenesis, organogenesis, and the 
regulation of gene expression. 

409 Teaching Evolution: Online Course for Teachers (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of biology core, General Education 
Category III.A. and instructor permission. Introduces concepts of evo- 
lution, methods of teaching evolution, information competence and 
ethics. Technology employed for communication, collaboration, inves- 
tigation and organization. If both Biology 404 and 409 are taken, only 
Biology 404 counts for biological science major. 

41 1 Medical Genetics and Systems Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core and one 
of the following: Biology 302, 309, Chemistry 421 or 423A. Advances 
in genetics, genomics, proteomics, and systems biology. Implications 
for the pharmaceutical industry, the clinic, and for genetic counseling. 
Uses of biological arrays in diagnosing and treating diseases. 

412 Principles of Gene Manipulation (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 309 and Chemistry 30 IB. Current approaches 
to and applications of recombinant DNA technology. Principles behind 
construction of recombinant molecules including vectors and enzymes, 
introduction into organisms, selection, expression of cloned genes, and 
impact of research on society. 

413 Advances in Molecular Genetics (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 309 and Chemistry 301A,B. The function of 
genetic material and informational macromolecules. Extensive analysis 
of recent scientific articles in molecular genetics illustrating muta- 
genesis, protein synthesis, protein structure and function, biogenesis 
of RNA molecules, regulation of gene expression and their relationship 
to important biological processes. 

414 Microbial Genetics (3) 

Prerequisite: one of the following: Biology 302, 309, Chemistry' 

421, or 423A. A perspective of genetics of microbial systems including 
background information, experimental methods, data interpretation, 
genetic analysis and applications to biotechnology. 

417 Advances in Cell Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 303. Current topics in the cell biology of cell 
motility, cell multiplication and regulation, membranes and permeability, 
cell signaling, cell-to-cell contact and extracellular matrix, and cell 
differentiation using current journal articles. 

418L Advances in Cell Biology Lab (2) 

Prerequisite: Biology 303. Use of current techniques like fluores- 
cence microscopy, immunolabeling, ion-sensitive dye ratiometry, image 
processing, and 2-D and 3-D reconstruction to study problems in cell 
biology, cellular developmental biology, and cellular neurobiology. 

(6 hours laboratory) 

419 Marine Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 314. Ecology of planktonic, nektonic and 
benthic organisms; their communities and environments. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


419L Marine Ecology Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Biology 419. Field and laboratory studies of plank- 
tonic, nektonic and benthic communities. (3 hours laboratory or field 
work; weekend field trips may be required) 

424 Immunology (4) 

Prerequisites: Biology 302, and 303 or 309. The molecular, cellular 
and organismic nature of the immune process. Inflammation, phago- 
cytosis, antigens, immunoglobulins and cell-mediated immune 
phenomena. Modern immunology techniques. (2 hours lecture, 

6 hours laboratory) 

426 Virology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 303 or 309. Viral structure and replication and 
host-virus interactions in the viral replication process, with emphasis 
on animal and bacterial virus systems. 

428 Biology of Cancer (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 303 or 309 or 314. Biology 424 is recom- 
mended. The cancer problem as a dilemma of biology. Clinical and 
epidemiological aspects. Current research. 

433 Microbial Problems in Foods (2) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302 or equivalent. Food spoilage, food intoxi- 
cation and food-borne diseases caused by microbes in food processing. 
The microbes involved, sources of contamination, and methods used 
in detection and prevention of problems. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory or fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required) 

436 Advanced Applied Statistics (4) 

Prerequisites: Math 337 or 338; junior or senior standing. Linear 
models, including mixed models, applied to experimental and field 
data from current research projects. Poisson and logistic regression. 
Emphasis on model fitting and checking; use of permutation tests 
as needed. Presentation of results suitable for publication. (3 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory) (Same as Math 436) 

438 Public Health Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302. The control and epidemiology of 
infectious diseases of public health importance, water and sewage 
microbiology. Control of current problems. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

441 Plant Taxonomy (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. 
Classification and evolution of vascular plants; emphasis on the flower- 
ing plants. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required) 

442 Pollination Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Pollination 
in the plant kingdom. Floral cues, pollination syndromes, pollinator 
behavior, chemical and physical characteristics of pollination, energetics, 
gene flow, phenology, and ecological aspects of pollination. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory or fieldwork) 


443 Plant Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: Biology 314. Community and population ecology of 
terrestrial plants. Environmental factors and plant distribution with 
emphasis on California vegetation. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory 
or fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required) 

444 Plant Physiological Ecology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Biology 

445 is recommended. Fundamental mechanisms of plant physiological 
responses to the environment with primary emphasis on whole plants 
and ecosystems. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory; weekend field 
trips may be required) 

445 Plant Cell Physiology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core plus one 
of the following: Biology 302, 309, 314, Chemistry 421, or 423A. 
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of behavior, growth, transport 
processes, and environmental responses in vascular plants. Plant cell 
development, nutrition, respiration, photosynthesis, hormones, photo- 
periodism, and stress biology. 

446 Marine Phycology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Biological 
aspects of marine algae; comparative development, morphology, 
taxonomy, physiology, and ecology. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory or fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required) 

448 Plant Molecular Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 302 or 303 or 309 or Chemistry 421 or 423A. 
Genetic mechanisms in vascular plants controlling metabolism, growth, 
development, and responses to biotic/abiotic environmental stresses. 
Emphasis on molecular regulation of gene expression and transduction 
of internal and external signals. 

450 Conservation Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology 314 or consent of instructor. Current topics 
involving theory, concepts and techniques in the conservation of 
biological diversity. 

451 Advanced Human Evolution (3) 

(Same as Anthro 451) 

461 Marine Invertebrate Biology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology' lower-division core. Evolution, 
classification, phylogeny, morphological and physiological adaptations 
of marine invertebrate animals. Dissection, identification and observa- 
tion of extant animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field- 
work; weekend field trips may be required) 

462 General Parasitology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Survey of 
various animal parasites with an emphasis on the morphology, physiology, 
and genetics of human protozoans and helminthes. Other topics will 
include vectors and common parasites of domestic animals. (3 hours 
lecture, 3 hours lab per week) 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 


466 Behavioral Ecology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Current 
problems in the evolution of animal behavior; the origin and mainte- 
nance of social systems and behavioral interactions of animals. 

467 Entomology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Anatomy, 
physiology, evolution and biology of insects and other terrestrial arthro- 
pods. Dissection, collection, identification and observation of living 
arthropods. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend 
field trips may be required) 

468 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core and 
Chemistry 120B. Comparative study of physiological and biochemical 
processes among representative animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory, weekend field trips may be required) 

470 Cellular Neurobiology (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 303 or 309, and 362. Processes of cell 
communication, particularly in nervous systems. Molecular biology 
of neurons, model sensory and motor systems, and cellular basis for 
behavior. 

472A Advances in Biotechnology Laboratory (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 472 A) 

472B Advances in Biotechnology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: Biology/Chemistry 472 A. Second semester exploring 
biotechnology techniques for gene product analysis: DNA sequencing, 
site-directed mutagenesis, predicting amino acid changes, protein over- 
production, enzyme function assays, protein identification/preparation 
by gel techniques, immunoblotting. (1 hour discussion, 6 hours 
laboratory) (Same as Chemistry 472B) 

473 Bioinformatics (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB, 302 and Biology 309, Biology 314 
or Chemistry 421; or consent of instructor. Provides a research-based, 
problem-solving experience using the tools and algorithms of molecular 
and computational biology to analyze genetic and protein sequences 
retrieved from appropriate databases. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours 
computer laboratory) (Same as Chemistry 473) 

474 Natural History of the Vertebrates (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Natural 
history of the vertebrates. Observation, identification, behavior, ecology 
and distribution of the vertebrates. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory/ 
fieldwork; weekend field trips may be required) 

475 Ichthyology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. The sys- 
tematics, evolution, morphology, physiology, ecology and behavior of 
fishes. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory/fieldwork; weekend field 
trips may be required) 


476 Herpetology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. The 
biology, structure, physiology, ecology, distribution, identification, 
collection, evolution and behavior of amphibians and reptiles. 

(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork; weekend field 
trips may be required) 

477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

(Same as Chemistry 477) 

478 Mammalogy (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. The 
systematic s, evolution, morphology, physiology, ecology and behav- 
ior of mammals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or fieldwork, 
weekend field trips may be required) 

479 Ornithology (4) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Anatomy, 
physiology, evolution, behavior, and ecology of birds. Laboratory and 
fieldwork in identification, anatomy, observational techniques and 
community composition. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours lab or fieldwork; 
weekend field trips may be required) 

480 Advanced Topics in Undergraduate Biology (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division students majoring in biological science 
and consent of instructor. Current topics, updating of concepts, recent 
advances and unification of the principles of biology. May be repeated 
for credit. 

480E SCERP Proseminar (1) 

Prerequisites: selection as a Southern California Ecosystems 
Research Program (SCERP) Fellow. Increase the experience and skills 
of SCERP Fellows in working on problems in environmental biology. 
Discussion of publications, development and presentation of SCERP 
research. Offered Credit/No Credit only. May be repeated for credit. 

Not available for graduate degree credit. 

480M MARC Proseminar (1) 

Prerequisite: selection as MARC Fellow. Intended to increase the 
contact of MARC Fellows with minority scientists of national repute 
who will present seminars. Fellows will read and discuss relevant 
primary literature, attend the seminars, and meet with speakers before 
and after the seminars. May be repeated for credit. (Same as Chemistry 
480M) 

495 Biological Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of 90 units, including all 
core requirements, and consent of instructor. Biological, ecological, 
and health-related fields. Ninety (90) hours of practical experience 
in student’s chosen field of interest with public or private agencies or 
businesses. May not be repeated for credit. (1 hour lecture/discussion, 
6 hours laboratory work experience) 

496 Biology Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core and 
consent of instructor. Supervised experience in biological science 
teaching through tutoring or assisting in a laboratory or field class. 

No credit toward biological science major. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


498 Senior Thesis (2) 

Prerequisite: 6 units of Biology 499L (two units may be taken 
concurrently). Thesis committee must approve research plan at least 
two semesters prior to enrollment in this course. Requires preparation, 
presentation and defense of a formal thesis. 

499L Independent Laboratory Study (1-3) 

Junior or senior standing with consent of instructor with whom the 
student wishes to pursue independent laboratory study in biology. May 
be repeated for credit. 

500A Professional Aspects of Biology (1) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and concurrent enrollment in 
Biology 500B. Discussions concerning research protocol, scientific 
methodology and communication techniques. Ethics and social 
responsibilities of professional biologists. (1 hour discussion) 

500B Professional Aspects of Biology (1) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and concurrent enrollment in 
Biology 500A. Individualized project work and experiences in scien- 
tific writing. Required of all students upon admission to the graduate 
program. (3 hours project work) 

500C Professional Aspects of Biology: Teaching Effectiveness (2) 
Prerequisites/corequisites: graduate standing; must have received 
a Graduate Teaching Associate appointment. This course is designed 
to assist graduate students in becoming effective classroom teachers 
and understanding the scholarship of teaching in higher education. 
Graduate Teaching Associates will learn pedagogy and a variety of 
teaching alternatives while concurrently teaching in a laboratory/ 
discussion setting. 


505T Seminar in Molecular, Cellular, Immunological 
and Physiological Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected advanced topics. May be 
repeated for credit. 

517T Seminar in Ecological and Organismic Biology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected advanced topics. May be 
repeated for credit. 

520T Seminar in Microbiology (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. Selected advanced topics. May be 
repeated for credit. 

580 Advanced Topics in Graduate Biology (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in biology and consent of instructor. 
Current research topics, experimental design and problem solving in 
biological systems. May be repeated for credit. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Open to graduate students with consent of instructor with whom the 
student is conducting graduate thesis research. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 units of credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students with consent of instructor with whom the 
student wishes to pursue independent study in biology. May be repeated 
for credit. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 



ASSOCIATE DEAN 
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

Thomas Johnson 

ASSISTANT DEAN 
ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Robert Miyake 

ADVISING CENTER 

Langsdorf Hall 731 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

www.business.fullerton.edu 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 
Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Entertainment and Tourism 
Management 
Entrepreneurship 
Finance 

Information Systems 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 

Minor in Business Administration 
Minor in Information Systems 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
E-Commerce 
Entrepreneurship 
Finance 

Information Systems 
International Business 
Management 
Management Science 
Marketing 


INTRODUCTION 

This major prepares students for beginning professional level positions in business and 
administration in both the private and public sectors. Career opportunities range from accounting, 
cost analysis, marketing research and statistical forecasting to real estate, personnel, sales and 
information systems. This curriculum also provides a foundation for advanced study. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Admission to the Business Administration Major 

Admission to the Business Administration major involves two steps. Students who apply to 
the major are initially classified as Pre-business. After completing the lower-division core require- 
ments with grades of at least “C” (2.0), students may apply to the Business Administration major. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. Students must earn a grade of 
at least “C” (2.0) in each core course listed below. For assistance in interpreting these require- 
ments contact the Business Advising Center. 

The Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration requires a minimum of 120 units. Students 
must fulfill all requirements for the major, General Education, all other University requirements, 
and free electives. 

Required Lower-Division Core Courses 
Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 

Econ 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Econ 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 265 Introduction to Information Systems and Applications (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 

OR Math 130 Short Course in Calculus (4) 

OR Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Required Upper- Division Core Courses 

Business Admin 301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 

Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

OR Econ 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 

OR Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & Operations (3) 

Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability and Statistics (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 36 IB Quantitative Business Analysis: Statistics and Management Science (3) 
Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Required Capstone Core Course 

After completing all lower and upper-division core courses, take: 
Management 449 Seminar in Strategic Management (3) 

Required Concentration Courses 

A minimum of 18 units of course work is required in one concen- 
tration. See listing of concentration requirements below. 

Collateral Requirement 

Three-unit introductory social science course other than Economics, 
chosen from General Education Section II1.C.1. 

Other Requirements, Grades and Residence 

Global Business Requirement. Complete one course, of at least 3 units, 
in the area of Global Business. The course must be selected from the 
list of Approved Global Business Courses, which is available from the 
Business Advising Center. 

Grade-Point Average 
( GPA). Maintain at 
least a 2.0 grade 
point average in all 
college level units 
attempted, in all units 
attempted at CSUF, in 
all units attempted in 
the major, and in all 
units attempted in the 
concentration. Earn at 
least a “C” (2.0) grade 
in each core course 
and in each of the fol- 
lowing concentrations: 
accounting, informa- 
tion systems and 
management science. 

A grade of “C-minus” 
(1.7) or lower is not a 
passing grade. 

Grade option. Take all required core courses and all required concen- 
tration courses in the College of Business and Economics for a letter 
grade (A,B,C,D,F). The Credit/No Credit grading option may not be 
used for these courses, and a grade of CR (credit) will not satisfy the 
requirements for the degree. Exception: Courses in calculus may be 
taken under the Credit/No Credit grading option; however, if it is also 
taken to meet general education requirements then it must be taken for 
a letter grade. 

Residence. At least one-half of the units in the major and in the 
concentration (except accounting, which requires 1 5) must be taken 
in residence in the College of Business and Economics; at least 15 of 
the last 24 units before graduation must be taken in residence in the 
College of Business and Economics. 

Second Language Graduation Requirement. Since the Bachelor of Arts 
in Business Administration is a high-unit program, majors are exempt 
from the second language graduation requirement. 



Concentrations for the B.A. in Business Administration 

Business administration majors must complete the requirements 
of one concentration in addition to the degree requirements shown 
above. 


ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION (21 UNITS) 

All students with an accounting concentration are required to take 
the courses shown below. 

Accounting 301A,B Intermediate Accounting (3,3) 

Accounting 302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Accounting 307 Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Accounting 308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax Accounting (3) 


And two courses from the following (6 units): 

Accounting 401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Accounting 402 Auditing (3) 

Accounting 403 Accounting for Governmental and 
Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Accounting 405 Fraud Detection (3) 

Accounting 408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Accounting 420 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) 

Accounting 422 Internal Audit and Control (3) 

Accounting 460 Seminar in Financial Statement Analysis (3) 
Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice and Procedures (3) 


BUSINESS ECONOMICS CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

All students with an economics concentration are required to take 
Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) or Econ 315 
Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) as part of their business 
administration core requirements. In addition, the concentration 
requires Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) and 
Econ 340 Economic Research Methods (3) and 12 units of upper- 
division economics electives, 6 units of which must be at the 400 level. 

Students interested in economics also may wish to consider the 
Bachelor of Arts in Economics. 


ENTERTAINMENT & TOURISM MANAGEMENT 
CONCENTRATION (21 UNITS) 

Required courses (6 units) 

Business Admin 346 Introduction to Entertainment and Tourism 
Studies (3) 

Business Admin 449 Capstone in Entertainment and Tourism 
Studies (3) 

Interdisciplinary Electives (9 units from the following) 

Radio-TV-Film 100 Introduction to Radio, TV, and Film (3) 
Course in Entertainment and Public Relations (3) 

Radio-TV-Film 480 Management in Radio, TV, and Film (3) 
Theatre 350 Stage Management (3) 

Theatre 351 Theatre Management (3) 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Business Electives (6 units) 

Management 435 Service Operations and Operations (3) 
OR Management 446 Entertainment Business Law (3) 
Marketing 425 Retail Marketing Strategies (3) 

OR Marketing 465 Managing Services Marketing (3) 

ENTREPRENEURSHIP CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Management 461 Entrepreneurial Management (3) 
Marketing 462 Marketing for Entrepreneurs (3) 
Accounting 463 Financial Controls for Entrepreneurs (3) 
Management 464 Entrepreneurial Leadership (3) 
Management 465A New Venture Creation and Funding (3) 
Management 465B New Venture Launch (3) 


FINANCE CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

OR Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Electives (12 units) 

Students must complete 12 units of elective courses in finance. 
Students are encouraged to choose as many courses as possible from 
one of the following. Students are expected to consult with faculty 
advisers when selecting courses. 

Corporate/International Financial Management Track 

Finance 33 1 Working Capital Management and Computer 
Applications (3) 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors and Lenders (3) 
Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Finance 373 Asia-Pacific Financial & Security Markets (3) 

Finance 432 Financial Forecasting and Budgeting (3) 

Finance 433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

Financial Institutions Track 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors and Lenders (3) 
Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Finance 351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 

Finance 352 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Finance 425 Commercial Bank and Financial Institution 
Management (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3 


Insurance & Financial Service Track 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors and Lenders (3) 
Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 410 Theory and Practice of Personal Financial Planning (3) 
Finance 41 1 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Finance 461 Business Property and Liability Risk Management (3) 
Finance 462 Life and Health Insurance (3) 


Investments/Financial Planning Track 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors and Lenders (3) 
Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Finance 355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 410 Theory & Practice of Personal Financial Planning (3) 
Finance 41 1 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Finance 442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 


Note: To be eligible to sit for the Certified Financial Planner 
Examination, students must take all of the following: Finance 340, 
355, 360, 410, 41 1, and Accounting 358. 


Real Estate Professions Track 


Finance 351 
Finance 352 
Finance 353 
Finance 355 
Finance 454 
Finance 456 


Introduction to Real Estate (3) 

Real Estate Finance (3) 

Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Real Estate Market Analysis (3) 

Property Development and Management (3) 


Note: To be eligible to sit for the Real Estate Broker License 
Examination, students must have completed eight college-level courses, 
in addition to meeting the experience/educational requirements. Five of 
the courses are required, including: Real Estate Practice (not offered at 
CSUF); Legal Aspects of Real Estate (not offered at CSUF); Real Estate 
Finance (Finance 352); Real Estate Appraisal (Finance 353); and Real 
Estate Economics (Finance 454). In lieu of Real Estate Economics, the 
student may complete Econ 201, 202 or 361 or Accounting 201 A or 
20 IB. In addition to the five required courses, the student is required 
to complete three courses from a long list of electives including the fol- 
lowing courses offered at CSUF: Real Estate Principles (Finance 351); 
Advanced Real Estate Finance (Finance 355); Advanced Real Estate 
Appraisal (Finance 551); and Business Law (Management 246). For 
detailed information, please visit the California Department of Real 
Estate website. 


INFORMATION SYSTEMS CONCENTRATION (21 UNITS) 

All students with an Information Systems concentration are 
required to take: 

InfoSys/DecSci 309 Intro to Operating Systems and Programming (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 310 Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 408 Database Management Systems (3) 


100 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


InfoSys/DecSci 409 Business Telecommunications for Information 
Systems Design (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 454 Seminar in Information Systems Development (3) 
Select one of the following Programming Courses (3 units) 
InfoSys/DecSci 371 C++ for Business Applications (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 372 JAVA Programming for Business Applications (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 411 Micro-computer Business Application Design (3) 
Select one of the following elective courses (3 units) 

InfoSys/DecSci 371** C++ for Business Applications (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 372** JAVA Programming for Business Applications (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 411 Micro-computer Business Application Design (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 413 Business Programming Applications for Enterprise 
Resource Planning Systems (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 414 Internet Technologies and Applications (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 415 Decision Support and Expert Systems (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 418 Privacy and Security (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 431 Enterprise Systems Implementation, 

Configuration and Use (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 433 Enterprise Systems Administration (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 435 Integrated Enterprise Information Systems (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 437 Enterprise Networks for Information Systems (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 474 Introduction to SAS and Data Mining (3) 

**May not be used as an elective if selected as a programming course 

MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Students in the management concentration must choose one of the 
following emphases: 

General Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Human Resource Management (3) 

OR Management 443 Team Leadership Skills (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 
Management 440 Emerging Issues in Management (3) 

and nine units of elective course work to be chosen in consultation 
with a departmental adviser. 

Human Resources Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Human Resource Management (3) 

Management 432 Staffing (3) 

Management 434 Compensation (3) 

Management 441 Labor-Management Relations (3) 

and sue units of elective coursework to be chosen in consultation with 
a depanmental adviser. 

International Management (18 units) 

Management 346 International Law for Business (3) 

Management 350 International Management (3) 

Management 425 Productivity & Quality Management (3) 

and nine units of elective coursework to be chosen in consultation with 
a departmental adviser. 


Operations Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Human Resource Management (3) 

OR Management 443 Team Leadership Skills (3) 

Management 42 1 Operations Systems Design (3) 

Management 422 Production and Inventory Control (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 

and six units of elective course work to be chosen in consultation with 
a departmental adviser. 


MANAGEMENT SCIENCE CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 


Required Courses (9 units) 

InfoSys/DecSci 309 Introduction to Operating Systems 
and Programs (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 310 Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 440 Integrative Decision Tools for 
Business Operations (3) 

OR InfoSys/DecSci 442 Business Modeling Using Spreadsheets (3) 


One Course in Statistical Concepts (3 units) 

Electives in Statistics (Students must take at least one course from 
this category) 


InfoSys/DecSci 422 
InfoSys/DecSci 461 
InfoSys/DecSci 467 
InfoSys/DecSci 472 
InfoSys/DecSci 473 
InfoSys/DecSci 474 
InfoSys/DecSci 475 


Surveys and Sampling Design and Applications (3) 
Statistical Theory for Management Science (3) 
Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Design of Experiments (3) 

Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 

Data Mining (3) 

Multivariate Analysis (3) 


6 Units from: 

InfoSys/DecSci 408 
InfoSys/DecSci 411 
InfoSys/DecSci 415 
InfoSys/DecSci 465 

InfoSys/DecSci 490 
Science (3) 


Database Management Systems (3) 
Microcomputer Business Application Design (3) 
Decision Support and Expert Systems (3) 

Linear Programming in Management Science (3) 
Queuing and Stochastic Models in Management 


Econ 440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 

Management 422 Production and Inventory Control (3) 
Management 430 Integrated Logistics Management (3) 
Management 444 Project Management (3) 

An additional course in Statistical Concepts (3) 


MARKETING CONCENTRATION (18 UNITS) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Marketing 353 Marketing Information Technology (3) 
Marketing 370 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Marketing 379 Marketing Research Methods (3) 


101 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Electives (6 units) 

Choose two from the following: 

Marketing 401 Professional Selling (3) 

Marketing 405 Integrating Marketing Communications (3) 

Marketing 415 Managing the Sales Force (3) 

Marketing 425 Retail Marketing Strategy (3) 

Marketing 430 Sports Marketing (3) 

Marketing 445 International Marketing (3) 

Marketing 455 Strategic Internet Marketing (3) 

Marketing 462 Marketing for Entrepreneurs (3) 

Marketing 465 Managing Services Marketing (3) 

Marketing 475 Export Marketing Strategies (3) 

Marketing Concentration Capstone Course (3 units) 

Marketing 489 Developing Marketing Strategies (3) 

MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The minor provides a basic understanding of the role of business in 
society and the methods used by business. This curriculum also provides 
a basis for advanced study A working knowledge of algebra is neces- 
sary for several of the required courses. 

Business administration minors shall not enroll in any required 
upper-division course (in the minor) until they have completed all of 
the required lower-division courses (in the minor) with a grade of at 
least “C" (2.0) in each course. Students must earn a grade of at least 
“C” (2.0) in each course required for the minor. 

Required Lower- Division Courses 

Accounting 201A.B Financial and Managerial Accounting (3,3) 

Econ 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Econ 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 265 Introduction to Information Systems and 
Applications (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Special Notice: Enrollment in these courses requires the completion 
of all lower-division minor requirements with a grade of W C” (2.0) or 
better in each course. 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & Operations (3) 

OR Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Economics Majors minoring in Business Administration: Economics 
Majors can complete a minor in business administration by taking 
Accounting 20 IB, Management 246, Finance 320, Management 339 or 
340 and Marketing 351. All other required courses for the minor are 
required for the major in Economics. 


MINOR IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS* 

This minor surveys modem computer methods and the develop- 
ment of information-systems. Emphasis is placed on systems which aid 
management decision-making. Students must earn a grade of at least 
“C” (2.0) in each course listed below. 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 265 Introduction to Information Systems and 
Applications (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 309 Introduction to Operating Systems and 
Programming (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 310 Systems Analysis & Design (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 408 Database Management Systems (3) 

•Students with a major in business administration may not minor 
in information systems. Interested students may elect to complete a 
second concentration in information systems. 

One of the following: 

InfoSys/DecSci 371 C++ for Business Applications (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 372 Java Programming for Business Applications (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 411 Microcomputer Business Application Design (3) 

CREDENTIAL INFORMATION 

The bachelors degree in Business Administration may be effectively 
combined with subject matter studies necessary for the single subject 
teaching credential in business. Undergraduates are encouraged to 
work with the department adviser and/or the Center for Careers in 
Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers 
to plan efficient course selections for general education, the major 
and electives. Postgraduate students should contact the Admission to 
Teacher Education office in the College of Education (714-278-3411) 
to obtain information on attending an overview presentation and 
orientation and then contact the department credential adviser. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

The M.B.A. degree program is accredited by AACSB International. 
This assures a rigorous, in-depth program, covering the full spectrum 
of business administration. Accreditation also indicates a well-qualified 
faculty, high standards for students, access to computing and an exten- 
sive library system. 

Programs of Study 

The College of Business and Economics offers two plans for the 
M.B.A. degree. 

The M.B.A. Generalist Plan is designed for students with little or 
no course work in business administration. The curriculum surveys the 
entire field of business administration, preparing students for general 
management responsibilities. 

The M.B.A. Specialist Plan is designed for students with a recent 
undergraduate degree in business administration or for those who wish 
to include a specialized area of concentration in their curriculum. The 
areas of concentration are accounting, business economics, e-com- 
merce, entrepreneurship, finance, information systems, international 
business, management, management science and marketing. 


102 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


The M.B.A. program is scheduled especially for students who are 
employed full time. Courses are offered during the late afternoon and 
evening. Most students enroll on a part-time basis, taking two courses 
(6 units) per semester. 

Most graduate courses in the College of Business and Economics 
require “classified CBE status” and are open only to students with clas- 
sified standing in the M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in Information 
Systems, M.S. in Taxation or M.A. in Economics programs. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1 st for 
the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked 
by the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based on 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information at http://www.fullenon.edu/graduate/. 

Admission 

Admission is competitive. Applicants will be evaluated based on the 
following: 

1. Acceptable bachelors degree from an appropriately accredited 
institution. 

2. Minimum grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted and in good standing at last college attended. 

3. Satisfactory score on the Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT). Students must score in the top 50 percent on the verbal, 
quantitative and analytical writing areas. 

4. For international students, a score of 570 on the paper exam or 
230 on the computer based TOEFEL is required. A student scoring 
between 550 and 570 may be admitted conditionally depending 
upon an evaluation of the entire application file. The student may 
be required to complete a department approved course(s). 

5. Recommendation from the MBA Admissions Committee based 
upon a review of the above requirements, the students “Statement 
of Purpose,” and prior work experience. 

M.B.A. GENERALIST PLAN (51 UNITS) 

Foundation Courses (27 units) 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Econ 515 The Price System and Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Management 515 Management of Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and Management of 
Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

Proficiency in calculus and computer applications equivalent to 
passing Math 135 Business Calculus (3 units) and InfoSys/DecSci 265 
Introduction to Computing and Application Software (3 units), with 
grades of at least a “C” (2.0) are also required. These requirements must 
be satisfied within the first year of study. 


Up to nine units of foundation courses may be waived on the 
basis of equivalent undergraduate coursework providing the proposed 
courses are no more than seven years old and have at least a “C” (2.0) 
grade with an overall of 3.0 GPA (B). Courses waived beyond nine 
units must be replaced by an advanced course in the same discipline. 

Advanced Courses (21 units) 

All advanced courses must be at the graduate level. 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Econ 52 1 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 
InfoSys/DecSci 5 1 4 Decision Models for Business and Economics (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational Behavior and 
Administration (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

500-level elective chosen from any of the six CBE departments 

Capstone Course (3 units) 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 

M.B.A. /SPECIALIST PLAN (33-60 UNITS) 

The M.B.A./Specialist curriculum includes a concentration in a 
specialized area. Students with a bachelor’s degree in business adminis- 
tration may be able to complete the program with the minimum of 33 
units. Students with little or no recent course work in business admin- 
istration may require 60 units. Any deficiencies in calculus or com- 
puter applications must be removed within one year. Any study plan 
course with a grade lower than C must be repeated with at least a “C” 
(2.0) grade, regardless of the overall GPA of the student. A 3.0 GPA (B) 
is required in study plan courses and over all applicable course work. 

Foundation Courses (30 units) 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Econ 515 The Price System & Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 514 Decision Models for Business and Economics (3) 

Management 515 Management of Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and Management of 
Operations (3) 

Management 518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

Proficiency in calculus and computer applications equivalent to 
passing Math 135 Business Calculus (3 units) and InfoSys/DecSci 265 
Introduction to Computing and Application Software (3 units), with 
grades of at least a “C” (2.0) are also required. These requirements 
must be satisfied within the first year of study. 

Foundation courses may be waived on the basis of equivalent 
undergraduate course work, providing that the equivalent courses are 
no more than seven years old and have grades of at least “C” (2.0) with 
a GPA of at least “B” (3.0). 


103 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


A list of equivalent undergraduate courses is available from the 
graduate adviser. In many cases, students with a recent bachelor’s 
degree in business administration from an accredited university will 
be able to waive all foundation courses. 

Advanced Courses (18 units) 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Note: Students who have satisfactorily completed a course in cost 
accounting must substitute Accounting 52 1 Seminar in Administrative 
Accounting (3) for Accounting 511. 

Econ 521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Note: Econ 52 1 is not open to students with credit in intermediate 
macroeconomics. 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational Behavior and 
Administration (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 526 Forecasting, Decision Analysis and Experimental 
Design (3) 

OR InfoSys/DecSci 550 Business Data Communications (3) 

OR InfoSys/DecSci 560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 

OR InfoSys/DecSci 561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 
Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

All courses in this group must be taken at the graduate level. The 
InfoSys/DecSci seminar will be waived for students who have success- 
fully completed both InfoSys/DecSci 513 and 514 (but not for stu- 
dents who have taken InfoSys/DecSci 361 A and 36 IB). Students with 
a concentration in international business are required to take only five 
advanced courses. 

Concentration Courses (12 units except International Business) 

Students may choose a concentration in Accounting, Business 
Economics, E-Commerce, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Information 
Systems, Management, Marketing or Management Science. Students 
may also elect to take a combination of courses from each of these 
areas with no concentration. 

At least 6 units of the concentration courses must be taken at the 
500 level. Concentration courses are to be approved by the depart- 
ment chair concerned, or designee within the department, and the 
Associate Dean, College of Business Administration and Economics. If 
no concentration is desired, the combination must be approved by the 
Associate Dean. 

Note: The accounting concentration electives must cover the follow- 
ing areas: Financial Accounting and Theory, Accounting Information 
Systems, Auditing, and Taxation. At least nine of these units must be 
at the graduate level. 

International Business Concentration (15 units) 

Five of the following courses (15 units) are required, including 
at least 9 units at the graduate (500) level. (Note: students with an 
international business concentration take only five of the courses listed 
above under Advanced Courses.) 


Accounting 518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Econ 531 International Economics (3) 

Finance 570 Seminar in International Financial Management (3) 
Management 547 Comparative Management (3) 

Marketing 445 International Marketing (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Recommended electives must be approved by the international 
business adviser. Electives include courses in business and economics 
as well as selected courses in other areas. 

Capstone Course (3 units) 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 

In exceptional cases, a thesis (Business Administration 598, Thesis) 
may also serve as an option See the graduate adviser for details. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES 

Courses are designated as BUAD in the class schedule. 

201 Business Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent (with a grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better). Covers core communication practices: routing business 
correspondence, positive, informative, negative, persuasive messages. 
Introduction to research and job application process. 

301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 

Prerequisites English 101, Business Admin 201, and InfoSys/DecSci 
265 (or equivalent) with a “C” (2.0) or better. An advanced course in 
business communication focusing on case analysis, analytical reports, 
ethics, and business presentations. 

346 Introduction to Entertainment and Tourism Studies (3) 

(Same as Communications 346) 

449 Capstone in Fntertainment and Tourism Studies (3) 

(Same as Communications 449) 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing, major in Business Administration, 
consent of the instructor, 2.5 GPA and semester in residence at the 
university. Planned and supervised work experience. May be repeated 
to a total of six units of credit. Credit/No Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Open to qualified students desir- 
ing to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 
Not open to students on academic probation. 

501 Managerial Communications (3) 

This course investigates the entire process of case studies and 
formal reports. Students analyze management communication prob- 
lems, apply writing strategies, and deliver executive presentations. 

May be taken credit/no credit or for a letter grade. 


104 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


590 Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status and completion of all other 
Foundation courses. Focuses on importance of monitoring changes in 
environment(s) facing business and incorporating social, economic, 
and technological change into corporate decision-making process. 
Emphasizes use of analysis tools from other M B A. classes with focus 
on data sources and methods for effective environmental scanning; 
emphasis on business ethics and social responsibility, international 
competitiveness, and changes in legal environment. 

591 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status, within six units of completion 
of study plan and in final semester of program. Examines the tools of 
strategic management and their application in a business environment. 
Integrates business functional areas and tools by means of a business 
consulting project. Fulfills the terminal requirement for the MBA 
degree. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified CBE status and consent of the associate 
dean. Individual research under supervision. See “Theses and Projects” 
in this catalog for university requirements. 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Maria C. Linder 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

McCarthy Hall 580 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry 
Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry 
Minor in Chemistry 
Minor in Biotechnology 

Emphasis in Biotechnology 
Emphasis in Environmental Chemistry 
Master of Science in Chemistry 
Emphasis in Geochemistry 

SUBJECT MATTER 
PREPARATION PROGRAM 

Single Subject Teaching Credential in 
Science 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry plans its curriculum to provide thorough 
instruction in the basic principles and concepts of chemistry and biochemistry for students 
who will (1) advance to graduate work in chemistry or biochemistry; (2) teach in the science 
programs of secondary schools; (3) seek employment in industry or government; (4) advance to 
medical, dental, or pharmacy training or (5) pursue a degree or minor in support of a career in 
other areas such as physics, biology, geology; business or computer science. 

The department offers three bachelors degrees, the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) and the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Chemistry and the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Biochemistry. 

To qualify for any of these degrees, a student must earn a “C" (2.0) grade or better in all 
courses required for the major including prerequisites in related sciences or mathematics. 

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry is currently on the approved list of The 
American Chemical Society (ACS), and students have the opportunity to earn ACS certification 
of the B.S. degrees offered. 

The Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry, the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry' and the Bachelor of 
Science in Biochemistry require a minimum of 120 units. These total units include courses for 
the major, General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. 

Internships 

Internship in Chemistry' and Biochemistry' (Chemistry 490) provides practical work experience 
which integrates with the student’s classroom studies. 

Recommended Program in General Education 

Because of high unit requirements for chemistry' degree programs, a student majoring 
in chemistry is strongly urged to consult with a chemistry faculty adviser prior to designing 
his/her general education program. There is a six-unit exemption in general education for B.S. 
Chemistry' degree majors for which the undergraduate Chemistry' adviser must be consulted. 

Upper-Division Baccalaureate Writing Requirement 

Chemistry' and biochemistry majors meet the coursework portion of the university’s upper- 
division writing requirement by passing Chemistry 340. 


DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http ://chemsrvr2. fullerton.edu/ 

FACULTY 

Robert C. Belloli, Peter deLijser, Richard 
Deming, Mark Filowitz, Leslie Gillespie, 
Barbara Gonzalez, Christina Goode, A. Scott 
Hewitt, Gene Hiegel, Katherine Kantardjieff, 
Zhuangjie Li, Maria Linder, Christopher 
Meyer, Kereen Monteyne, Harold Rogers, 
Chandra Srinivasan, Jonathan Stoddard, 
Fu-Ming Tao, Joseph Thomas, Bruce Weber, 
Patrick Wegner, W. Van Willis 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Mark Filowitz 
Graduate: Peter de Lijser 


TEACHING CREDENTIALS 

A bachelors degree in Chemistry may be effectively combined with subject matter studies 
necessary' for the single subject teaching credential in science. Undergraduates are encouraged 
to work with the department adviser and/or the Center for Careers in Teaching (714-278-7130) 
as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course selections for general 
education, the major, and electives. Postbaccalaureate students need to contact the Admission 
to Teacher Education office in the School of Education (714-278-341 1) to obtain information 
on attending an overview presentation and orientation prior to meeting with the department 
adviser. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOCHEMISTRY 

The B.S. degree in Biochemistry is recommended for students planning to go directly into 
professional biochemistry and for students planning to attend graduate school in biochemistry 
or molecular biology. It is also excellent preparation for medical, dental and pharmacy school. 
Students who complete this program and include Chemistry 325 (3 units) and Chemistry 411 
(3 units) may qualify for certification by the American Chemical Society. The major in bio- 
chemistry requires the following course work: 


106 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


Basic Requirements (44 or 46 units) 

Courses Normally Taken During the First Two Years (Courses are 
prerequisite to additional required courses.): 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) (10) 

Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 301A,B) (6) 

Organic Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 302) (2) 

Elementary Physics (Physics 21 1, 212) (6) 

Elementary Physics: Laboratory (Physics 211L, 212L) (2) 

Calculus (Math 150A,B) (8) 

Biology 172, 273 (10) or appropriate transfer classes. 

Note: Chemistry 306A and B may be substituted for 302. 


Additional Required Courses (30 or 32 units) 

Theory of Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 315) (3) 
Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 316) (1) 
Writing for the Chemical Sciences (Chemistry 340) (3) 
Introduction to Physical Chemistry (Chemistry 361A,B) (6) 
Careers in Chemistry and Biochemistry (Chemistry 390) (1) 
General Biochemistry Laboratory' (Chemistry 422) (2) 


General Biochemistry (Chemistry 423A,B) (6) 


Advances in Biotechnology (Chemistry 477) (3) 



p 

T 

r-3 





Senior Research 

(Chemistry 495) (3) 

Chemical and Biochemical 
Computation 
Courses (2) 

OR Multivariate 
Calculus (Math 
250A) (4) 

Note: Chemistry 371A,B 
may be substituted for 
Chemistry 361A.B 


Upper-division electives are encouraged. See department handbook 
or advisor for approved list of courses. 


Second Language Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry is a high-unit program, 
majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation Requirement. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry is recommended for 
students planning to go directly into professional chemistry and for 
those who wish to do graduate work in chemistry. Students who com- 
plete this program and include an advanced course in instrumental 
analysis (such as 3 units of Chemistry 411) and advanced inorganic 
chemistry (Chemistry’ 425) may qualify for certification by the 
American Chemical Society. The B.S. in Chemistry requires 48 units 
of Chemistry courses, 25 units of support courses, and 9 units of 
adviser-approved career-breadth courses. 

Basic Requirements (41 units) 

Courses Normally Taken During the First Two Years (These courses 
are prerequisite to the additional required chemistry courses): 


General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) (10) 

Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 301A,B, 306A,B) (10) 

Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 315) (3) 

Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 316) (1) 

Fundamental Physics (Physics 225, 226, 227 (1 unit), 225L, 226L) (9) 
Calculus (Math 150A,B) (8) 

Note: For students planning to pursue a graduate degree, both 
Physics 227 (3 units) and 227L (1 unit) are highly recommended. 

Additional Required Chemistry Courses (19 units) 

Inorganic Chemistry (Chemistry 325) (3) 

Physical Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 355) (3) 

Writing for the Chemical Sciences (Chemistry 340) (3) 

Physical Chemistry (Chemistry 371A,B) (6) 

Careers in Chemistry and Biochemistry (Chemistry 390) (1) 

Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (3) 

Upper-division elective (3 units) 

The following upper-division chemistry courses do not apply 
toward the upper-division elective requirement: Chemistry 480A, 

490, 495, 496 and 499. 

Other Requirements (10 units) 

Multivariate Calculus (Math 250A) (4) 

Introduction to Linear Algebra and Differential Equations 
(Math 250B) (4) 

Chemical and Biochemical Computation Courses (2) 

Career Breadth Requirements (9 units) 

The career breadth requirement is satisfied by taking nine units 
of upper-division course work directly related to the student’s career 
plans and approved in advance by the undergraduate adviser. 

Second Language Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is a high-unit program, 
majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation Requirement. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry is offered for students who are 
planning careers that require a sound background in fundamental 
chemistry, but not at the depth of the B.S. degree. The B.A. is particu- 
larly suited for those who plan to go into areas such as secondary 
education, technical sales, food processing, chemical patent law 
and forensic sciences. The B.A. in Chemistry requires 45 units of 
Chemistry courses, and 16 units of support courses. 

Basic Requirements (40 units) 

Courses Normally Taken During the First Two Years (These courses 
are prerequisite to the additional required chemistry courses): 

General Chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) (10) 

Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 301A.B, 306 A,B) (10) 

Quantitative Chemistry (Chemistry 315) (3) 

Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory (Chemistry 316) (1) 

Elementary Physics (Physics 211, 212, 211 L, 212L) (8) 

Calculus (Math 150A,B) (8) 


107 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


Additional Required Chemistry Courses (21 units) 

Chemical and Biochemical Computation Courses (2) 

Inorganic Chemistry (Chemistry 325) (3) 

Writing for the Chemical Sciences (Chemistry 340) (3) 

Introduction to Physical Chemistry (Chemistry 361 A, B) (6) 

Career Options in Chemistry (Chemistry 390) (1) 

Instrumental Analysis (Chemistry 411A-G) 

OR other one unit adviser approved course (1) 

Biological Chemistry (Chemistry 421) (3) 

Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (2) 

Second Language Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry is a high-unit program, 
majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation Requirement. 

Chemistry/Pre MBA Program 

A student may combine a B.A. in chemistry with a minor in 
Business Administration to qualify to enroll in and complete an MBA 
degree at CSUF in one additional year (33 units), provided all entrance 
requirements for the MBA program have been met. See your depart- 
ment adviser for details. 

MINOR IN CHEMISTRY 

A minor in chemistry requires a minimum of 24 acceptable units 
of chemistry, including general chemistry (Chemistry 120A,B) plus 14 
units of upper-division chemistry courses. These courses must be com- 
pleted with an overall grade-point average of 2.0. A list of approved 
upper-division chemistry classes is available from the department office. 

The chemistry minor is appropriate for students majoring in 
Biological Science, Geological Science, or Physics. It is also appropriate 
for students who have an interest in Art Restoration, Environmental 
Science, Forensic Science, Industrial Administration, Medical Technology, 
Patent or Environmental Law, or Science Writing. Students with an 
interest in these or other areas should consult the chemistry department 
about courses for the minor which are most appropriate for the interests. 

EMPHASIS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 

This emphasis is appropriate for students majoring in biochemistry 
and interested in gaining employment in nearly any area of the medical 
and agricultural biotechnology industries, working in academic research 
laboratories, or pursuing postgraduate degrees in molecular biology or 
biochemistry. 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Advances in Biotechnology Lab (Chemistry 472A,B) (6) 

Advances in Biotechnology (Chemistry 477) (3) 

Principles of Gene Manipulation (Biology 412) (3) 

EMPHASIS IN ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 

This emphasis provides a concentration in chemistry with respect 
to the environment. The course work addresses issues of concern such 
as EPA analysis protocols and other analytical methods, the interactions 
of chemicals with the air, water, and soil environments, how chemicals 
interact with living systems, chemical hazards, safe handling and dis- 
posal of chemicals, and an introduction to the regulatory framework. 


Interested students should consult their academic adviser for specific 
course requirements. The emphasis provides training for individuals 
interested in becoming environmental scientists and for those inter- 
ested in graduate programs in this area. 

Requirements (18-19 units) 

Three of the following (9 units): 

Chemistry of Hazardous Materials (Chemistry 435) (3) 

Atmospheric Chemistry (Chemistry 436) (3) 

Environmental Water Chemistry (Chemistry 437) (3) 

Environmental Biochemistry (Chemistry 438) (3) 

Three of the following one-unit mini-courses (3 units): 

Optical Spectroscopy (Chemistry 41 1A) (1) 

Separations (Chemistry 41 1C) (1) 

Radiochemistry (Chemistry 41 IE) (1) 

Mass Spectrometry (Chemistry 41 1G) (1) 

Statistics Applied to the Natural Sciences (Math 338) (4 units) 

(This course can be substituted for chemical and biochemical computation 
courses in meeting requirements for the major.) 

Senior Research (Chemistry 495) (2-3 units). 

Topic must be environmentally related. 

The Environmental Chemistry Emphasis may be integrated with the 
B.S. in Chemistry with no additional required units by using the above 
courses to meet career breadth and elective requirements. The environ- 
mental chemistry courses also can be used to satisfy requirements for 
the minor in chemistry. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR CHEMISTRY MAJORS 
SEEKING A TEACHING CREDENTIAL 

To qualify for the Subject Matter Preparation Program for the 
Single Subject Teaching Credential in Science with a concentration in 
Chemistry, students must earn a bachelor’s degree and complete the 
following: 

1. Science Ed 412 

2. Biology 171 

3. Geological Sciences 101, 101L and 420 and/or 

4. Pass California Subject Examinations: (CSET) exams Science 
Subtest I (astronomy, geology, Earth sciences, and physics). 

Science Subtest II (biology and chemistry), and Science Subtest III 
(chemistry). Consult the Secondary Science Education Credential 
adviser at (714) 278-5637 for more information. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

The degree is designed to qualify students for more advanced work 
in chemistry, to provide preparation that will lead to responsible posi- 
tions in industrial or government research and development laboratories, 
and to provide preparation for the effective teaching of chemistry in 
high schools and community colleges. 

The program provides fundamental courses at a level and depth 
commensurate with those taken during the first year of a doctoral 
program and provides an introduction to research and research 
methods. 


108 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


Admission 

Students must meet the university requirements for admittance to 
the university. This normally requires a baccalaureate degree from an 
accredited institution and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the 
last 60 semester units attempted. (See the section of this catalog on 
Graduate Admissions for a complete statement and procedures.) In 
addition to university requirements, in order to achieve conditionally 
classified standing in the chemistry program, a student must meet the 
following requirements: 

1. An undergraduate degree in chemistry or a selection of science 
courses deemed as adequate preparation for further study in chem- 
istry by the Department Graduate Committee; and 

2. At least a 2.5 GPA in upper division chemistry courses. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1st for 
the fall semester and October 1st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate. 

Placement Examinations 

Each student is required to take and pass placement examinations 
or take and pass with a grade of U B” (3.0) or better in the appropriate 
courses. Graduate students in one of the chemistry options must dem- 
onstrate competency by passing four placement examinations in the 
following five areas of chemistry: analytical, inorganic, organic, physical, 
and/or biochemistry. Graduate students in the biochemistry option must 
demonstrate competency in the following areas of chemistry: analytical, 
biochemistry, and organic, as well as either biology or physical chemistry. 

A student may take each placement examination three times within 
the first 13 months of enrolling in the graduate program. A student who 
does not pass the placement examinations within the 13 months must 
demonstrate competency by passing with a grade of “B” (3.0) or better 
the appropriate courses within two years after first enrolling. 

The appropriate courses for analytical, inorganic, and organic chem- 
istry are Chemistry 315, 325, and 30 IB, respectively. For biochemistry, 
Chemistry 42 1 is the appropriate course except for graduate students 
who elect a specialization in analytical, inorganic, organic, and physical 
chemistry. Chemistry 423A and B are the appropriate courses for bio- 
chemistry graduate students who elect a specialization in biochemistry. 
Chemistry 361 A and B or Chemistry 371 A and B are the appropriate 
courses for graduate students who elect a specialization in physical 
chemistry. 

Classified Standing 

In order to proceed from conditionally classified to classified stand- 
ing, a student must meet the following requirements: 

1 Demonstration of competency in any three of the areas, as described 
above. 

2. Approved selection of a research director. 

3. An approved study plin. 

4 The university graduate-level writing requirement. 


Study Plan 

Three alternatives are available for the study plan. The student 
can complete either a laboratory thesis (preferred) a library thesis, or 
project. 

The degree program consists of 30 units of graduate committee - 
approved course work completed with a minimum grade of “B” in all 
course work exclusive of Chemistry 505A,B and 599. Each student 
prepares a study plan in consultation with the graduate program 
adviser. The study plan must be approved by the student’s research 
director, the department, and the Office of Graduate Studies. All 
chemistry courses on the study plan must be 400 level or above. 

Study plans may contain no more than 2 units of Chemistry 505A,B, 
and no more than 6 units of Chemistry 599 (3 units for students electing 
the library thesis alternative). 

1. Basic requirements 

Courses required of all students: 

Chemistry 505A,B Seminar (2) 

Chemistry 599 Independent Graduate Research (3-6) 

Chemistry 598 Thesis (2-4) 

OR Chemistry 597 Project (2-4) 

2. Core and Elective Requirements 

A minimum of 18 units of adviser-approved coursework are required, 
at least nine units of which must be the 500 level. Nine of these units 
must be core courses in the student’s area of specialization, as follows: 

Analytical: Chemistry 511, 512, and 552 
Biochemistry: Chemistry 541, 542, and 546 
Inorganic: Chemistry 425, 431, and 552 
Organic: Chemistry 431, 535, and 539 
Physical: Chemistry 512, 551, and 552 

A specialization in geochemistry is also available. Consult the 
chemistry graduate adviser for more information. For further details or 
advisement concerning the M S. program, contact the graduate adviser. 

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY COURSES 

Courses are designated as CHEM in the class schedule. 

100 Survey of Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. The fundamental 
principles of chemistry; atomic and molecular structure and the 
application of these principles to contemporary problems. For the 
nonscience major. 

100L Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: concurrent or prior enrollment in Chemistry 100 or 
Chemistry 115. Experiments chosen to develop laboratory techniques; 
chemical principles and their application to environmental and societal 
problems. (3 hours laboratory) 

102 Physical Science for Future Elementary Teachers (3) 

(Same as Physics 102) 

105 Survey of the Molecules of Life (3) 

(Same as Biology 105) 


109 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


Ill Nutrition and Health (3) 

The basics of nutrition; diet, food additives, vitamins, hormones, 
drugs, disease and related biochemical topics. Current controversies, 
popular practices, fads and fallacies. For the non-science major. 

115 Introductory General Chemistry (4) 

Basic chemistry principles. For students with limited background 
in chemistry who plan to take additional chemistry or other science 
courses. Does not fulfill chemistry requirements for majors or minors. 

120A General Chemistry (5) 

Prerequisites: passage of the chemistry placement examination and 
exemption from or passage of the ELM examination or completion of 
Chemistry 115 with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better. For majors and 
minors in the physical and biological sciences The principles of chem- 
istry: stoichiometry, acids, bases, redox reactions, gas laws, solid and 
liquid states, changes of state, modem atomic concepts, periodicity and 
chemical bonding. Laboratory: elementary syntheses, spectroscopy and 
volumetric quantitative analysis. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory, 

2 hours activity) (CAN CHEM 2) (CAN CHEM SEQ A = Chemistry 120A 
and B) 

120B General Chemistry (5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 120A or equivalent. For majors and minors 
in the physical and biological sciences, chemical thermodynamics, 
chemical equilibrium (gaseous, aqueous, acid-base, solubility and 
complexation), elementary electrochemistry and chemical kinetics. 
Laboratory: quantitative and qualitative analysis and elementary physical 
chemistry; some qualitative analysis. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours labora- 
tory). (CAN CHEM 4) (CAN CHEM SEQ A = Chemistry 120A and B) 

125 General Chemistry for Engineers (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 120A. The topics are the same as Chemistry 
120B but without laboratory. Not open to students with credit in 
Chemistry 120B. 

196 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Supervised experience in chemistry teaching through tutoring or 
assisting in lower-division laboratory or field classes. Consult “Student- 
to-Student Tutorials” in this catalog for prerequisites and a more 
complete course description. 

210 Introductory Chemical Computation (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A,B and a major in chemistry or bio- 
chemistry. Introduction to the use of spreadsheets and higher level 
programming languages and molecular modeling for chemical problem 
solving and data management. Chemical algorithms; data analysis and 
interpretation; graphical preparation and analysis; search/retrieval of 
chemical data and literature; file transfers between programs and 
operating systems. 

295 Directed Study (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Research in chemistry under 
the supervision of a chemistry department faculty member. Credit/no 
credit only. May be repeated for credit. Does not count towards major. 
(3 hours laboratory per unit) 


301 A Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A,B. Properties and reactions of ali- 
phatic and aromatic compounds, theories of structure, and reaction 
mechanisms. For the nonchemistry major or for a B.A. in Chemistry 
or B.S. in Biochemistry major. 

30 IB Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120A,B and 301 A. Properties and reactions 
of aliphatic and aromatic compounds, theories of structure, and 
reaction mechanisms. For the nonchemistry major or for a B.A. in 
Chemistry or B.S. in Biochemistry major. 

302 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A. Corequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. 
Techniques for the synthesis, characterization and isolation of typical 
aliphatic and aromatic compounds. (6 hours laboratory). 

302 A Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Chemistry 302 A must be taken concurrently with Chemistry 301 A. 
Techniques for the synthesis, isolation and characterization of typical 
aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Students wishing to fulfill all of 
their organic chemistry laboratory requirements in a single semester 
should enroll in Chemistry 302. 

302 B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Chemistry 302B must be taken concurrently with Chemistry 30 IB. 
Techniques for the synthesis, isolation and characterization of typical 
aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Students wishing to fulfill all of 
their organic chemistry laboratory requirements in a single semester 
should enroll in Chemistry 302. 

303 A Biotechnology: Business and Society (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of General Education Categories I, II, 
and III.A.l and 2. Major applications of modem biotechnology will be 
explored in a lecture/discussion/presentation format that includes guest 
speakers from industry. (3 hours lecture/discussion for 5 weeks) 

303B Biotechnology: Medical Biotechnology (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of General Education Categories I, II, III. 
A.l, and 2 and Chemistry 303A. Major applications of modem bio- 
technology will be explored in a lecture/discussion/presentation format 
that includes guest speakers from industry. (3 hours lecture/discussion 
for 5 weeks) 

303C Biotechnology: Agricultural and Environmental 
Biotechnology (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of General Education Categories I, II, III. 
A. 1 , and 2 and Chemistry 303A. Major applications of modem bio- 
technology will be explored in a lecture/discussion/presentation format 
that includes guest speakers from industry. (3 hours lecture/discussion 
for 5 weeks) 

306A Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 120 A,B. Corequisite: Chemistry 301 A. 
Techniques for synthesis, isolation and characterization of typical ali- 
phatic and aromatic compounds, with applications of instrumental and 
spectroscopic methods for the B.A. and B.S. in Chemistry major. 


110 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


306B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301 A, 306A. Corequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. 
Continuation of Chemistry 306A for the BA. and B.S. in Chemistry major. 

311 Nutrition and Disease (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 111 or Biology 101. Relationship between 
nutrients and disease, with an emphasis on cancer, atherosclerosis and 
infectious illness. Dietary factors that modify and/or contribute to the 
disease process from the viewpoints of physiology, biochemistry and 
immunology. Not applicable to the major or minor. (Same as Biology 311) 

313A Environmental Pollution and Its Solutions: Air Pollution (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of General Education Categories I, II, 
and III. A. Human pollution of the Earth’s atmosphere and means to 
ameliorate this pollution. Historical examples, current cases, and future 
prospects. (3 hours lecture/discussion for 5 weeks) 

313B Environmental Pollution and Its Solutions: Water Pollution (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of General Education Categories I, II, and 
II I. A. Human pollution of the Earth’s aqueous environment and means 
to ameliorate this pollution. Historical examples, current cases, and 
future prospects. (3 hours lecture/discussion for 5 weeks) 

313C Environmental Pollution and Its Solutions: Land Pollution (1) 

Prerequisites: completion of General Education Categories I, II, 
and III.A. Human pollution of the Earth’s terrestrial environment and 
means to ameliorate this pollution. Historical examples, current cases, 
and future prospects. (3 hours lecture/discussion for 5 weeks) 

315 Theory of Quantitative Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 120B. Physics 211, 212 or Physics 225. 
Physics 226 strongly recommended. Modem analytical chemistry; 
aqueous and non-aqueous equilibrium calculations, electrochemistry, 
spectrometry, and contemporary separation methods with emphasis 
on chromatography. 

315W Quantitative Chemistry Workshop (1) 

Corequisite: Chemistry 315. Designed to enhance knowledge and 
skills needed for success in Chemistry 315. Emphasis on review of 
general chemistry, problem-solving skills, study and exam skills, and 
their application to quantitative chemistry. Credit/No Credit only. 

316 Quantitative Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 315. Corequisite: Chemistry 210. Modem 
analytical chemistry laboratory: polyprotic acids, liquid chromatog- 
raphy, electrochemistry, absorption spectroscopy (ultraviolet/visible, 
infrared, atomic). (3 hours laboratory) 

325 Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. The chemistry of the main group 
elements and an introduction to transition metal chemistry. 

340 Writing for the Chemical Sciences (3) 

Prerequisites: Upper-division standing, English 101 and two semesters 
of chemistry beyond general chemistry. Design and preparation of 
scientific manuscripts and presentations. Emphasizes practice in 
writing, American Chemical Society writing guidelines, peer-review 
and. critical analysis of scientific literature. 


355 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 316, Chemistry 361 A or Chemistry 37 1A. 
Corequisite: Chemistry 361B or 37 IB. Experiments in chemical 
synthesis, instrumental analysis and physical chemistry. Laboratory 
training and written presentation of theory, data and results are 
emphasized. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory). 

361 A Introduction to Physical Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150A,B and Physics 211, 212 or 225, 226, 
Chemistry 301A,B. Corequisite: Chemistry 315. Thermodynamics and 
kinetics; properties of gases and solutions; molecular structure and 
energies and application to spectroscopic techniques; liquids, phase 
equilibria, thermodynamics of multicomponent systems with applica- 
tion to the life sciences. 

36 IB Introduction to Physical Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150A,B and Physics 211, 212 or 225, 226, 
Chemistry 301A,B. Corequisite: Chemistry 315. Thermodynamics and 
kinetics; properties of gases and solutions; molecular structure and 
energies and application to spectroscopic techniques; liquids, phase 
equilibria, thermodynamics of multicomponent systems with 
application to the life sciences. 

371 A Physical Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250A, Physics 225, 226 and Chemistry 301A.B. 
Corequisite: Mathematics 250B and Chemistry 315. Thermodynamics, 
solutions, chemical and phase equilibria, electrochemistry, transport 
phenomena, introduction to atomic and molecular structure, rotation 
and vibration spectroscopy, statistical mechanics, and kinetics. 

37 IB Physical Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250A, Physics 225, 226 and Chemistry 301A,B. 
Corequisite: Mathematics 250B and Chemistry 315. Thermodynamics, 
solutions, chemical and phase equilibria, electrochemistry, transport 
phenomena, introduction to atomic and molecular structure, rotation 
and vibration spectroscopy, statistical mechanics, and kinetics. 

390 Careers in Chemistry and Biochemistry (1) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 120B. Career options in chemistry. Credit/ 
No Credit only. 

395 Undergraduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of one upper-division course in chemistry, 
one semester of experience working in a research laboratory, and 
consent of instructor. Independent research in chemistry or bio- 
chemistry under the guidance of a department faculty member. May 
be repeated for credit. Does not count towards major. (3 hours per 
week per unit). (4 units maximum) 

41 1A Instrumental Analysis - Optical Spectroscopy (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 315 and 3 16. Corequisite: Chemistry 
361B or 37 IB. (UV/visible, infrared, atomic absorption, flame 
emission)Students wishing an ACS certified degree must take three 
units. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory for 5 weeks) 

41 IB Instrumental Analysis - Magnetic Resonance (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 315 and 316. (nuclear magnetic 
resonance, electron spin resonance)Students wishing an ACS certified 
degree must take three units. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory for 
5 weeks) 


111 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


41 1C Instrumental Analysis - Separations (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 315 and 316. (high performance liquid 
chromatography, gas chromatography) Students wishing an ACS certi- 
fied degree must take three units. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory 
for 5 weeks) 

41 IE Instrumental Analysis - Radiochemistry (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 315 and 316. Students wishing an ACS 
certified degree must take three units. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours labora- 
tory for 5 weeks) 

41 1G Instrumental Analysis - Mass spectrometry (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 315 and 316. (conventional magnetic 
sector, quadruple, Fourier transform, tandem, and time-of-flight; 
hyphenated techniques including gas chromatography (GC-MS), liquid 
chromatography (LC-MS). Students wishing an ACS certified degree 
must take three units. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory for 5 weeks) 

421 Biological Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 A. Survey of biochemistry designed 
for biology majors and pre-health profession careers. This course will 
cover major areas of biochemistry, including intermediary metabolism 
and compounds of biochemical interest. The focus of this one-semester 
course will be on the application of biochemistry and the biochemical 
foundation of health science. 

422 General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 302 or 306A and 316. Corequisite: 
Chemistry 42 1 or 423A. The chemistry and metabolism of carbohy- 
drates, nucleic acids, lipids and proteins; techniques of enzyme 
chemistry and isolation; research methods. (6 hours laboratory) 

423A General Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. Corequisite: Chemistry 315. Survey 
of biochemistry designed for Biochemistry majors; structural chemistry 
and function of biomolecules, bioenergetics and intermediary metabolism. 

423B General Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 423A. Corequisite: Chemistry 315. Survey 
of biochemistry designed for Biochemistry majors; structural chemis- 
try and function of biomolecules, central metabolism; replication and 
expression of the genetic material. 

425 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 325 and 361 A, B or 371A,B. The bonding, 
structure and reactivity of transition and lanthanide elements. Molecular 
orbital and ligand field theory, classical metal complexes and organo- 
metallic chemistry of the transition elements. 

431 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 30 IB and 361A,B or 371 A. Theoretical 
and physical aspects of organic chemistry. The modem concepts of 
structure, and reaction mechanisms. 

435 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. An in-depth examination of 
hazardous chemicals; organic and inorganic air- and moisture-sensitive 
compounds, reactive metals; chemical reactivity patterns; chemical 
compatibilities; storage and handling; methods of disposal and waste 
containment, Federal and local regulations; case histories. 


436 Atmospheric Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 315 or consent of instructor. Chemistry 
and photochemistry of the troposphere and stratosphere, both natural 
and polluted. Includes fundamental reaction kinetics and mechanisms, 
monitoring techniques, smog chamber, field and modeling studies. 

437 Environmental Water Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 315. Chemical characteristics of fresh and 
oceanic water; major water pollutant classes, origins, environmental 
chemical transformations, effects, abatement, and fates; chemical 
methods for determining water quality, large scale processes for water 
treatment. 

438 Environmental Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. Effects of current agricultural, industrial 
and mechanical practices on the composition, metabolism and health 
of soil, plants, animals and man, from a biochemical perspective; 
mechanism of action and degradation of common agricultural chemicals 
and industrial pollutants. 

445 Nutritional Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 423A or 421. Nutrition, metabolism and 
excretion of carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins, major minerals and 
trace elements from a biochemical perspective. Relevant variations in 
dietary practices related to life stages and specihc illnesses. 

472A Advances in Biotechnology Lab (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core or 
Chemistry 477. Corequisite: Biology 412. First semester explores 
biotechnology techniques for DNA cloning and analysis: restriction 
enzyme action, DNA sequencing, sequence analysis by computer, 
plasmid cloning, genomic library production and screening, DNA 
probe hybridization. (1 hour lecture/discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 
(Same as Biology 472A) 

472B Advances in Biotechnology Laboratory (3) 

(Same as Biology 472B) 

473 Introduction to Bioinformatics (3) 

(Same as Biology 473) 

477 Advances in Biotechnology (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of Biology lower-division core. Corequisite: 
Biology 412 or Chemistry 421 or 423B. Current topics in biotechnology 
centering on techniques for molecular cloning and DNA sequencing 
of genes. Medical breakthroughs for diagnosis of mutations and gene 
therapy. Role of biotechnology in agriculture, energy and environment. 
Bioethical issues. (Same as Biology 477) 

480A Topics in Contemporary Chemistry (1) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in chemistry. Research 
seminar dealing with topics of current interest in chemistry such as 
photochemistry, biochemistry, analytical chemistry and organometallic 
chemistry. Credit/no credit only. Not applicable toward master’s degree. 
May be repeated for credit. 

480M MARC Proseminar (1) 

(Same as Biology 480M) 


112 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 


480T Topics in Contemporary Chemistry (2-3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in chemistry. Special lecture 
topics of current interest in chemistry. May be repeated for credit. (1 
hour lecture per unit) 

490 Internship in Chemistry and Biochemistry (1-2) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing in chemistry and consent 
of instructor. Internship in chemistry. Work on projects in industrial, 
governmental or medical laboratories. May count as career breadth 
requirement units for chemistry majors. May be repeated once. Does 
not count toward M.S. degree. 

495 Senior Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: three one-year courses in chemistry, Chemistry 390, 
t and consent of instructor. Corequisite: Chemistry 340. The methods of 
chemical research through a research project under the supervision of 
one of the Department faculty. May be repeated for credit. Only 6 units 
may apply toward B.A. or B.S. degree (3 hours per week per unit) 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Supervised experience in chemistry teaching through tutoring or 
assisting in laboratory or field classes. Consult “Student-to-Student 
Tutorials” in this catalog for prerequisites and a more complete course 
description. 

498 Senior Thesis (2) 

(Same as Biology 498) 

499 Independent Study ( 1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and completion of two 
one-year courses in chemistry. Special topics in chemistry selected in 
consultation with the instructor and approval of department chair. May 
be repeated for credit. Only six units may apply toward B.A. or B.S. 
degree. In some cases, 499 can be substituted for 495, Senior Research, 
to meet degree requirements. 

505 A Seminar (Participation) (1) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of department. Student 
attendance at presentations by invited scientists on topics of current 
interest in chemistry. May not be repeated for credit. (1 hour seminar) 

505B Seminar (Presentation) (1) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 505A, graduate standing and consent of the 
department. Student presentation of recent contributions to the chemi- 
cal literature. May not be repeated for credit. (1 hour seminar) 

511 Theory of Separations (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 355 and 361A,B or 371A.B. The theory, 
application and limitations of physical and chemical separation 
techniques; chromatography. 

512 Advanced Instrumentation (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 315. Spectroscopic instrumentation com- 
ponents and systems. Includes laser spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, 
chemical sensor, process control, surface science, and microscopy 
methods; vacuum technology, optics, electro-optics, and electronics 
components; design and repair of instrumentation. 


535 Organic Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 361A,B or 371A,B and 30 IB. Methods of 
synthetic organic chemistry and their application to construction of 
organic molecules. 

537 Organic Spectroscopy (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301B/302 or 301B/306B, Chemistry 
361A,B. Chemistry 431 recommended. Theory and use of infrared 
spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy and 
nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy as methods for the identifi- 
cation of organic compounds. 

539 Chemistry of Natural Products (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 IB. The biosynthesis of the alkaloids, 
terpenes, steroids and other natural products of plant and animal origin. 

541 Protein Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 423A,B or equivalent. Protein isolation 
strategies and techniques; chemical/physical characterization and 
modeling; functional characterization (kinetics, binding, chemical 
modification); molecular biology, including cloning, expression, 
sequencing and engineering. 

543 Physical Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 361A,B or 371A.B, 421 or 423A,B. 
Methods for measuring physical properties of proteins and nucleic 
acids. Thermodynamic and hydrodynamic aspects. 

546 Metabolism and Catalysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 421 or 423A.B. Regulation of bio-synthetic 
and degradative reactions in living systems. The control of enzyme 
activity and concentration. Mechanisms of hormone action. 

551 Quantum Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 371A,B. Postulates and theories of approx- 
imation methods in quantum chemistry, the electronic structure of 
atoms and molecules, chemical bonds, group theory and applications. 

552 Kinetics and Spectroscopy (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 36 IB or 37 IB. Kinetics and spectroscopy 
of chemical and biochemical systems in the gas phase, in the liquid 
phase, and on surfaces. 

580T Topics in Advanced Chemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in chemistry. Current research 
topics in chemistry in the area of analytical, organic, inorganic, physical 
chemistry and biochemistry. May be repeated for credit. (1 hour seminar) 

597 Project (1-6) 

Prerequisites: an officially appointed project committee and consent 
of the department chair. Guidance in the preparation for a project for 
the master’s degree. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: an officially appointed thesis committee. Guidance in 
the preparation of a thesis for the master’s degree. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in chemistry. May be repeated for 
credit. 


113 


CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 



INTRODUCTION 

Chicana and Chicano Studies is an interdisciplinary field, drawing from and contributing to 
the humanities, social sciences and the arts. The department offers a unique opportunity for 
students to gain an understanding and awareness of the vital presence and increasing signifi- 
cance of the Chicano population in the United States. Studies of the Chicana/o experience 
include history, culture, art, literature, music and contemporary issues, such as education, 
family identity, immigration and citizenship, ethnicity and gender. Particular emphasis is also 
given to other Latino cultures in the United States. Community service learning and research 
is an important aspect of the curriculum. 

Because of its interdisciplinary scope, Chicana/o Studies offers a broad liberal arts education 
with theoretical perspectives and critical thinking skills to prepare students for rewarding careers 
in the public and private sector. Chicana/o Studies graduates enter careers in business, com- 
munications, counseling, government science, law, social services and teaching. The major also 
provides a strong foundation for graduate studies. 

The Chicano Studies option consists of 36 units, of which a minimum of 24 units must be 
upper-division. Students must consult with their advisers for an approved study plan. In addi- 
tion, a minor consisting of 24 units is offered in Chicano Studies. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Isaac Cardenas 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 314 


INTERNATIONAL EMPHASIS 

The Department of Chicana and Chicano Studies offers courses relevant to Mexico and Latin 
America that incorporate humanities and social sciences perspectives. Issues of culture and 
ethnicity are integrated in all of the coursework. This ensures that students understand their own 
culture in relationship to other cultures and therefore develop a global perspective. Chicana/o 
Studies majors are encouraged to explore international educational opportunities, either through 
the CSU international programs, or through any one of the numerous other international 
programs offered by academic institutions throughout the United States. The Department of 
Chicana/o and Chicano Studies will cooperate fully in providing academic credit in Chicano 
Studies for such experiences where appropriate. 


DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/Chicano 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies 
Option in Chicano Studies 
Minor in Chicano Studies 

FACULTY 

Isaac Cardenas, Robert Castro, Dagoberto 
Fuentes, Alexandra Gradilla, Nancy Porras- 
Hein, Javier Rangel 

ADVISERS 

Consult the department chair. 


TEACHING CREDENTIAL 

Because Chicana/o Studies is interdisciplinary; the major provides a particularly fine back- 
ground for elementary school teaching (K-8) and for secondary school teaching (7-12) in the 
social sciences. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the Center for Careers in Teaching 
(714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course selections 
for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, it may be possible to enter 
the credential program in the senior year of the bachelors degree. Postgraduate students should 
contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the School of Education (714-278-3411) 
to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ETHNIC STUDIES 
OPTION IN CHICANO STUDIES 

The Bachelor^ of Arts in Ethnic Studies (Chicana/o Studies) requires a minimum of 120 units 
which includes courses for the option. General Education, all University requirements, and free 
electives. 

A total of 36 units from the following courses are required for the option. 


114 


CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES 


Lower Division (6 units minimum) 

Chicana/o 106 Intro to Chicano Studies (3) 

Chicana/o 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 

Upper Division (24 units minimum) 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Selected from the following courses: 

Chicana/o 330 The Evolution of Mexican Literature (3) 
Chicana/o 331 The Chicano Child (3) 

Chicana/o 340 Mexican/Chicano Intellectual Thought (3) 
Chicana/o 345 History of the Chicano (3) 

Chicana/o 353 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement (3 units) 

Chicana/o 400 Research and Writing in Ethic Studies (3) 
OR English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 



Electives (12 units 

minimum) 

Chicana/o 101 
Introduction to 
Ethnic Studies (3) 

Chicana/o 102 
Communication 
Skills (3) 

Chicana/o 190 Survey 
of American History 
with Emphasis on 
Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Chicana/o 302 Ancient 
Mexican Culture (3) 

Chicana/o 303 Cultural 
Differences in Mexico 
and the Southwest (3) 

Chicana/o 304 Music 
of Mexico (3) (same 
as Music 304) 

Chicana/o 305 The 
Chicano Family (3) 


Chicana/o 306 
Chicana/o 313 
Chicana/o 315 
Chicana/o 316 
Chicana/o 330 
Chicana/o 33 1 
Chicana/o 332 
Chicana/o 333 
Chicana/o 336 
Chicana/o 337 
Chicana/o 340 
Chicana/o 345 


Barrio Studies (3) 

La Chicana (3) 

Chicano/Latino Theater (3) 

The Chicano Music Experience (3) 

Evolution of Mexican Literature (3) 

The Chicano Child (3) 

The Chicano Adolescent (3) 

Mexican Literature Since 1940 (3) 

Main Trends in Spanish-American Literature (3) 
Contemporary Chicano Literature (3) 
Mexican/Chicano Intellectual Thought (3) 
History of the Chicano (3) 


Chicana/o 353 
Chicana/o 360 
Chicana/o 450 
Chicana/o 460 
Chicana/o 480 
Chicana/o 499 


Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Chicanos and the Law (3) 

The Chicano and Contemporary Issues (3) 
The Chicano and Politics (3) 

The Immigrant and the Chicano (3) 
Independent Study (1-3) 


Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Ethnic Studies, Option in 
Chicago Studies, who enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen 
in Fall 2006, or who enter a community college in Fall 2006 with 
intent to transfer to Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show 
proficiency in a second language as a condition of graduation with 
a bachelor’s degree (see “Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s 
Degree" elsewhere in this catalog.) 


MINOR IN CHICANO STUDIES 

The minor in Chicano Studies consists of 24 units in the following 
areas: 


Required lower-division courses (6 units) 

Chicana/o 106 Intro to Chicano Studies (3) 
Chicana/o 220 Mexican Heritage (3) 


Required upper-division courses (9 units) 

(to be selected from the following) 

Chicana/o 330 The Evolution of Mexican Literature (3) 
Chicana/o 331 The Chicano Child (3) 

Chicana/o 340 Mexican/Chicano Intellectual Thought (3) 
Chicana/o 345 History of the Chicano (3) 

Chicana/o 353 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 


Approved Electives 

Nine units of approved course work in lower- and upper-division 
classes that are selected by the adviser. 


GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Chicana and Chicano Studies offers courses for 
advanced study in the following graduate degree programs: 

Master of Science in Education: Bilingual/Bicultural Concentration 
Master of Arts in Spanish: Bilingual Concentration 


CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as CHIC in the class schedule. 

101 Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 101) 

102 Communication Skills (3) 

The basic communication skills including oral and written expres- 
sion. A unit on the mechanics of writing and reporting on a term 
paper. 

106 Introduction to Chicano Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of General Education Category IlI.C.l. 
The role of the Chicano in the United States. The Chicano’s cultural 
values, social organization, urbanization patterns, and the problems in 
the area of education, politics and legislation. 


115 


CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES 


108 Linguistics and Minority Dialects (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 108) 

190 Survey of American History with Emphasis 
on Ethnic Minorities (3) 

(Same as History 190 and Afro-Ethnic Studies 190. This course ful- 
fills Title V, Statutory Requirements.) 

220 Mexican Heritage (3) 

The basic characteristics of the Mexican, especially the Chicano 
society and culture. From 1519 to the present. Emphasis on the arts, 
literature and history of Mexico and the Chicano in the United States. 

302 Ancient Mexican Culture (3) 

An historical and cultural survey of the principal pre-Columbian 
cultures of Mexico and their significance for Mexican society. 

303 Cultural Differences in Mexico & the Southwest (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. The 
cultural conflicts in Mexico as seen by the contemporary thinkers of 
Mexico and the United States. Urban and rural problems. 

304 Music of Mexico (3) 

(Same as Music 304) 

305 The Chicano Family (3) 

The Chicano family development as an American social institution. 
Historical and cross-cultural perspectives. The socio- and psycho- 
dynamics of the Chicano family. 

306 Barrio Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Chicana/o Studies 220 or consent of instructor. The 
major characteristics of the barrio. Supervised fieldwork in the barrio is 
required. Analysis of the barrio or agency will be made after fieldwork 
is completed. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours fieldwork) 

313 La Chicana (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 

The cultural influences that the family, religion, economic status and 
community play upon the lifestyles, the values and the roles held by 
Chicanas. (Same as Women’s Studies 313) 

315 Chicano/Latino Theater (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.l. or 
III.B.2. Analysis of contemporary Chicano/Latino theater in relation 
to its historical evolution. Emphasis on plays, playwrights and theater 
groups expressing the Chicano/Latino experience. Extensive play 
reading. (Same as Theater 315) 

316 The Chicano Music Experience (3) 

Mexican folk and popular music and its relationship to the culture 
which produced it. The pre-Cortesian period to the present in Mexico 
and in the Southwestern United States. 

330 The Evolution of Mexican Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category III. 

B.2. Survey and analysis of the Nahautl, Mexican and Chicano litera- 
ture from the pre-Columbian period to the present. Not applicable for 
graduate degree credit. 


331 The Chicano Child (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 

The Chicano child from preschool through grade six. Motor, physical, 
social, intellectual and emotional growth and development and their 
effect on school adjustment and achievement. Observation of preschool 
and grade school children. 

332 The Chicano Adolescent (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category III.C.l 
The Chicano adolescent’s social, intellectual and emotional growth and 
development. The bicultural pressures from the barrio, family struc- 
ture, school and achievement values. 

333 Mexican Literature Since 1940 (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. The 
literature of Mexico since 1940: Carlos Fuentes, Luis Spota, Rodolfo 
Usigli, Xavier Villarrutia, Juan Jose Arreola, Octavio Paz, Roberto 
Blanco Moheno and Luis G. Basurto. Not applicable for graduate 
degree credit. 

336 Main Trends in Spanish-American Literature (3) 

The main currents of Spanish-American literature emphasizing con- 
temporary works. The relation between the artistic expression and the 
ideological values of the period. 

337 Contemporary Chicano Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Chicana/o Studies 106 or 220, or consent of instruc- 
tor. The modem Chicano writers in the United States: Allurista, Corky 
Gonzales, Octavio Romano, El Teatro Campesino and the major 
Chicano magazines and newspapers. 

340 Mexican/Chicano Intellectual Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. The 
emergence of the Chicano movement dealing with political, economic 
and sociological facets. The writing of Nahautl, Spanish, Spanish- 
American, Chicano, and contemporary writers. Not applicable for 
graduate degree credit. 

345 History of the Chicano (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category III.C.l. 
History of the Chicano from the pre-Columbian period to the present. 
The Chicanos’ changing role in the United States, their cultural identity 
crisis and their achievements. 

350 Mexican Life and Culture (3) 

(Same as Latin American Studies 350) 

353 Mexico Since 1906 (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 

The Mexican Revolution of 1910 stressing the political, economic and 
social aspects as well as its contributions in the fields of art, literature 
and social reforms. 

360 Chicanos and the Law (3) 

The relationship between Chicanos and the legal and judicial 
system, including the administration of justice, Chicano-police 
relations, and Chicanos and the prison system. Guest speakers will 
be a regular feature. 


116 


CHICANA AND CHICANO STUDIES 


367 Latino/a Spirituality and Religion (3) 

(Same as Comparative Religion 367) 

400 Research and Writing in Ethnic Studies (3) 

(Same as Asian American 400) 

450 The Chicano and Contemporary Issues (3) 

The socioeconomic and political problems confronting the Chicano 
including proposed solutions. The effect that social institutions have 
had on the Chicano community. 

460 The Chicano and Politics (3) 

Theory of urban politics and evaluation of issues that affect the 
Chicanos and American society. Evaluations and surveys will be made 
on political organizations in Hispanic-sumamed communities. (Same 
as Political Science 460) 

480 The Immigrant and the Chicano (3) 

Mexican immigration to the United States and its social, economic 
and political impacts on the Chicano and non-Chicano communities 
and other immigrant groups. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by the department chair 
and instructor(s) in charge of directing the study. An opportunity to do 
independent study, under the guidance of the faculty, on a subject of 
special interest to the student. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor and classified status. Individual 
research for Chicana and Chicano Studies components in Master of 
Arts in Bilingual Studies (Spanish), Master of Science in Bilingual 
Education (Education) and related programs. Maximum of 3 hours 
credit. 


Child and Adolescent 
, . Studies 

Wa l " 

College of Health and Human Development 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Patricia A. Szeszulski 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 105 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hdcs.fullerton.edu/CAS 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Child and 
Adolescent Development 

Minor in Child and Adolescent 
Development 

FACULTY 

Sylvia Alva, Jacqueline Coffman, Jessica 
Gomel, Leslie Grier, Enid Gruber, Diana 
Wright Guerin, Ellen Junn, Leigh Hobson, 
Kari Knutson Miller, Sharon Seidman, 
Pamella Oliver, Mark Runco, Susan 
Shipstead, Patricia A. Szeszulski, Sharon 
Willmer, Shelli Wynants, Shu-Chen Yen 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Child and Adolescent Studies takes an interdisciplinary approach to the 
study of development from conception through adolescence that emphasizes interrelationships 
between the developing person, family, and community. The curriculum examines empirically 
derived biological-physical, socio-emotional, and cognitive developmental milestones, as well as 
individual differences and common variations in development. This applied program addresses 
developmentally appropriate educational, socialization, and parenting practices within the 
context of key theoretical paradigms. Course topics focus on observation skills, knowledge of 
research methodology and assessment, and the interaction of contextual and individual factors as 
they shape development, including the influences of biology, gender, families, peers, institutional 
practices, societal change, social class, communities, culture, and public policies. 

The Child and Adolescent Development major is designed to provide students with the 
knowledge and skills to interact effectively with children, adolescents, and families in a variety 
of educational and service settings. Effective work with and/or on behalf of children, adolescents, 
and families in diverse environments is informed by research, relevant professional and ethical 
standards, and legal mandates. Because such settings change dramatically with time, the cur- 
riculum provides students with a variety of tools to acquire, communicate, and disseminate 
information so that they may develop a lifelong pursuit of developmental inquiry. Course work 
emphasizes critical thinking, proficiency with field relevant technology resources, communication 
skills, and the intellectual framework and methods necessary for in-depth interdisciplinary study. 

The Bachelor of Science in Child and Adolescent Development provides broad undergraduate 
preparation for careers in child and adolescent-related professions, including elementary educa- 
tion, special education, early care and education, child/adolescent guidance, and a variety 
of youth-related social service careers, as well as graduate study in disciplines such as child 
development, counseling, developmental psychology, and social work. 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement is provided at both the Fullerton and El Toro campuses through 
regularly scheduled Overview of the Major sessions and individual student advising appoint- 
ments. During their first semester as a major, students are required to attend an Overview 
of the Major session and are expected to consult with a department adviser to develop an 
academic plan. Consult the department website or contact the department office for a schedule 
of Overview of the Major sessions and available individual advisement appointments. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT 

The Bachelor of Science in Child and Adolescent Development requires the successful com- 
pletion of a minimum of 5 1 units in the major consisting of required core classes, advisement 
track courses, practicum courses, developmental electives, and breadth electives. A grade 
of M C” (2.0) or better is required to satisfy prerequisites to CAS courses; all prerequisites are 
strictly enforced. A grade of “C” (2.0) or better is required in all courses applied to the major. 

Required Core Classes (21 units) 


Child/Adolescent Studies 101 
Child/Adolescent Studies 300 
Child/Adolescent Studies 301 
Child/Adolescent Studies 310 


Introduction to Child and Adolescent Development (3) 
Elements of Effective Professional Communication (3) 
Inquiry and Methodology in Development (3) 

Assessing and Observing Development (3) 


118 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 


Child/Adolescent Studies 32 5 A Conception through Adolescence (3) 
Child/Adolescent Studies 32 5B Age 9 through Adolescence (3) 
Child/Adolescent Studies 490T Senior Seminar (3) 

Advisement Track (15 units) 

Each student, in consultation with a department adviser, selects a 
15-unit advisement track in an area of specialization. Standard advise- 
ment tracks include elementary education, special education, early care 
and education, adolescent/youth services, preparation for master’s/doc- 
toral degrees or other specialized training, and general studies in child 
and adolescent development. 

Practicum Courses (6 units) 

Students take the core practicum course (3 units) and one 
advanced, advisement track-specific practicum course (3). Students 
must complete a minimum of 60 hours of supervised fieldwork while 
enrolled in each of the two required fieldwork courses. 


Core Practicum Course 
(3 units) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 
394 Seminar (2) 

and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 
394L Practicum in 
Child Development (1) 

One of the following 
advanced, advisement 
track-specific practicums 
(3 units) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 
464 Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 464L Practicum in Early Care 
and Education (1) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 474 Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 474L Practicum in Development in 
School Settings (1) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 484 Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 484L Practicum in Adolescent/Youth 
Services (1) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 494 Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 494L Practicum in Youth and Families 
in Community Settings (1) 

Developmental Electives (3 units) 

CAS 340 Parenting in the 21st Century (3) 

CAS 365 Media and Adolescence (3) 

CAS 365 Adolescent Pregnancy and Parenting (3) 

* CAS 490T Senior Seminar 

*Must select different seminar topic than taken for required core (3) 


Breadth Electives (6 units) 

* Biology 305 Human Heredity and Development (3) 

•Approved Cultural Diversity Class (3) (see CAS adviser for approved 
list) 

•Sociology 351 Sociology of Families (3) 

OR Sociology 353 Sociology of Childhood (3) 

Special Ed 371 Exceptional Individual (3) 

OR Special Ed 400 Early Childhood Special Education (3) 

•May satisfy a General Education requirement. Consult current 
Class Schedule. 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

With the exception of students in the Streamlined Teacher 
Education Program, Child and Adolescent Development majors who 
enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who 
enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to 
Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second 
language as a condition of graduation with a bachelor’s degree (see 
“Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree” elsewhere in this 
catalog). Students in the Streamlined Teacher Education Program are 
exempt from the Second Language Graduation Requirement. 

MINOR IN CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT 

For a minor in Child and Adolescent Development, 21 units are 
required. A minimum of 12 units of coursework for the minor must 
be distinct from coursework that is applied to the major. No more than 
6 units of lower-division coursework may be applied to the minor. 

Core Courses (9 units) 

Child/Adolescent Studies 301 Inquiry and Methodology in 
Development (3) 

OR approved alternate 

Child/Adolescent Studies 325A Conception to Age 8 (3) 
Child/Adolescent Studies 32 5B Age 9 through Adolescence (3) 
Practicum (3 units) 

Take one of the following: 

Child/Adolescent Studies 394 Seminar (2) and 
Child/Adolescent Studies 394L Practicum in Child Development (1) 
OR Child/Adolescent Studies 464 Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 464L Practicum in Early Care 
and Education (1) 

OR Child/Adolescent Studies 484 Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 484L Practicum in Adolescent/Youth 
Services (1) 

OR Child/Adolescent Studies 494 Seminar (2) and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 494L Practicum in Youth and Families in 
Community Settings (1) 

OR Ed El 315A Lecture (2) and 
Ed El 315B Introduction to Elementary School Teaching: 

Fieldwork (1) 



119 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 


Electives (9 units) 

Nine units selected in consultation with department adviser. 

MULTIPLE SUBJECTS TEACHING CREDENTIAL PREPARATION 

A Multiple Subjects Teaching Credential is required to teach 
in California public elementary schools. Completion of both the 
California Basic Educational Skills Test (CBEST) and the California 
Subject Examinations for Teachers (CSET) is an entrance requirement 
for Multiple Subjects Teaching Credential programs. Further informa- 
tion is available from the Center for Careers in Teaching. 

STREAMLINED TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Designed for freshmen planning to be teachers, students in the 
Streamlined Teacher Education Program (STEP) combine their 
bachelor’s degree requirements with credential program courses to 
earn both the degree and the preliminary credential in an efficient, 
well-planned program. Students in STEP-CHAD complete the require- 
ments for the bachelor’s degree in Child and Adolescent Development 
and the requirements for a Professional (preliminary) Multiple Subject 
Credential (for teaching elementary school) and/or an Education 
Specialist Credential (for teaching special education). 

Students in STEP benefit from early field experience in K-12 class- 
rooms, regular contact with faculty members from their major depart- 
ments and from the education departments, and regular advisement 
and support throughout the program. Students in STEP also have 
multiple opportunities to meet and work with other students in the 
program, facilitating their social connections with other students with 
similar career aspirations. 

Transfer students may also participate in STEP To be well-positioned 
to participate in the program, they must seek advisement from their 
community college counselors as early in their academic careers as 
possible. Students in this program must take a particular pattern of 
courses to satisfy General Education Program requirements. Transfer 
students should check the Center for Careers in Teaching website for 
more information. 

For further information about STEP, please visit the Center for 
Careers in Teaching (CCT) website at www.fullerton.edu/cct or visit the 
CCT directly in H 113. 

CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as CAS in the Class Schedule. 

101 Introduction to Child and Adolescent Development (3) 

Overview of major concepts and related professional opportunities. 
Practical applications will be considered within different biological, 
familial, social, and cultural contexts to facilitate understanding of 
influences on developmental outcomes. 

210 Orientation to the Field of Child Development (3) 

Introduction to the field of child development. Survey of programs 
and services for children, adolescents, and young adults, and explora- 
tion of professional opportunities, organizations, and publications. 


300 Elements of Effective Professional Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Styles of written communication 
common to child development programs and services. Reporting on 
theories and research to multiple audiences (e.g., other professionals, 
parents, community groups) in written and oral formats. Meets 
upper-division baccalaureate writing course requirement for Child 
and Adolescent Development majors. 

301 Inquiry and Methodology in Development (3) 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Framework and methods nec- 
essary for interdisciplinary study of child development. Conducting 
library research, reading and writing scientific reports, using descrip- 
tive and inferential statistics, developing computer literacy, and 
exploring developmental methodology and theory. (2 hours lecture, 

2.5 hours laboratory) 

310 Assessing and Observing Development (3) 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301. Purposes 
and methods associated with assessing and observing child and 
adolescent development. Topics include selection of appropriate 
methods, survey of standardized measures, ethics, and interpretation 
and implications of data. 

312 Human Growth and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101 or consent of instructor. Biological/ 
physical, socio-emotional, cognitive development across the lifespan. 

315 Child Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of the General Education Category III.C.l. 
Examines major concepts, principles, theories, and research related to 
cognitive, linguistic, social, emotional, and physical development from 
birth through adolescence; emphasizes developmentally appropriate 
practices. 

32 5 A Conception through Age 8 (3) 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301. Research, 
theories and their application to biological/physical, socio-emotional, 
and cognitive development from conception through age 8. 

32 5B Age 9 through Adolescence (3) 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301, 325A. 
Research, theories and their application to biological/physical, socio- 
emotional, and cognitive development from age 9 through adolescence. 

330 Adolescence and Early Adulthood (3) 

Prerequisite: Psychology 101 or consent of instructor. Examination 
of human development during and following adolescence. Community 
resources and services for adolescents and their families. Consequences 
of adolescent experiences for later development. 

340 Parenting in the 21st Century (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of a General Education Category III.C.l 
course. Examines goals and patterns of parenting in context of 
contemporary, multicultural society; identifies changing demands 
of parenting infants, children and adolescents; summarizes current 
scholarly research on relation of parenting practices to child 
development outcomes. 


120 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 


360 Adolescents and the Media (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of General Education Category IlI.C.l. 
Summarizes current social, cultural, and behavioral research on ado- 
lescents and mass media. Examines how teens use, learn, are depicted 
in, and shape cultural meaning from exposure to television and other 
electronic media. 

365 Adolescent Pregnancy and Parenting (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of course in General Education Category 
IlI.C.l. Reviews current knowledge base on adolescent pregnancy 
and the developmental implications for parent and child. Examines 
the social, educational, and health implications of early parenting and 
articulates the resources, skills, and supports needed to foster success 
in parenting. 

394 Practicum Seminar in Child and Adolescent Development (2) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 101. Corequisite: Child/ 
Adolescent Studies 394L. Classroom analysis of field experience focus- 
ing on linkages between theory and practice and skills and techniques 
of child development professionals. 

394L Practicum in Child and Adolescent Development (1) 

Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 394. Supervised field experi- 
ence in agencies, institutions and organizations serving children and 
families. Minimum of 4 hours per week for a total of 60 hours required 
for the semester. Credit/No Credit grade option only. May be repeated 
once for credit. 

464 Practicum Seminar in Early Care and Education (2) 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301, 310, 325A, 
394, 394L. Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 464L. Classroom 
analysis of field experience focusing on linkages between theory and 
practice and skills and techniques of early childhood development 
professionals. 

464L Practicum in Early Care and Education (1) 

Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 464. Supervised field experi- 
ence in agencies, institutions, and organizations serving young children 
and families. Minimum of 4 hours per week for a total of 60 hours 
required for the semester. Credit/No Credit grade option only. 

474 Practicum Seminar in Development in School Settings (2) 

Prerequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301, 310, 325A, 
394, 394L. Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 474L. Positive 
developmental outcomes associated with programs/materials used in 
elementary school contexts are examined. Developmental theory and 
research findings are linked to these practice alternatives. 

474L Practicum in Development in School Settings (1) 

Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 474. Supervised field experi- 
ences in educational setting serving elementary school-aged children. 
Minimum of 4 hours per week for a total of 60 hours for credit. Credit/ 
No Credit grade option only. 


484 Practicum Seminar in Adolescent and Youth Services (2) 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301, 310, 325A, 
394, 394L. Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 484L. Classroom 
analysis of field experience focusing on linkages between theory and 
practice and skills and techniques of adolescent development/youth 
services professionals. 

484L Practicum in Adolescent and Youth Services (1) 

Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 484. Supervised field experi- 
ence in agencies, institutions, and organizations serving adolescents 
and families. Minimum of 4 hours per week for a total of 60 hours 
required for the semester. Credit/No Credit grade option only. 

490T Senior Seminar in Child and Adolescent Development (3) 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301, 310, 325A, 
32 5B. Systematic study of theory, methods, and findings concerning 
a specific developmental topic. Variable topics include Children and 
Adolescents at Risk, Cognition and Motivation, Controversial Issues 
in Development, Culture and Ethnicity in Development, Life Span 
Creativity, Life Span Perspective, Families and Development, Gender 
and Development, Gifted Intelligence, Working for Change: Legislative 
Advocacy, Moral Development, Self Concept, and Temperament and 
Development. May be repeated for credit under different topic. 

494 Practicum Seminar in Youth and Families in 
Community Settings (2) 

Prerequisites: Child/Adolescent Studies 101, 300, 301, 310, 325A, 
394, 394L. Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 494L. Classroom 
analysis of field experience focusing on linkages between theory and 
practice and skills and techniques of professionals working with 
parents and families in school and community settings. 

494L Practicum in Youth and Families in Community Settings (1) 

Corequisite: Child/Adolescent Studies 494. Supervised field experi- 
ence in agencies, institutions, and organizations serving parents and 
families. Minimum of 4 hours per week for a total of 60 hours required 
for the semester. Credit/No Credit grade option only. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: a 3.0 or higher grade-point average and simultaneous 
enrollment in the course being tutored or previous enrollment in a 
similar course or its equivalent. Consult “University Curricula” section 
of this catalog for more complete course description. May be repeated 
for a maximum of 3 total units of credit. Only 3 units may be taken in 
a single semester. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Individual research project, either library or field, under the 
direction of a Child and Adolescent Studies faculty member. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 9 total units of credit. Only 6 units may be 
taken in a single semester. 


121 


CHILD AND ADOLESCENT STUDIES 



The Mission, Vision, Objectives, and Outcomes of the Civil and Environmental 
Engineering Department are: 


MISSION 

■ To provide the best engineering program based on a foundation of mathematics, basic and 
applied science, engineering science, and civil engineering fundamentals 

■ To produce graduates who have the technical skills required for immediate entry into 
industry or graduate school 

■ To facilitate active student participation in research 

■ To provide service to the profession, the state of California, the country and to the world 
wide development of engineering 

■ To prepare students for higher engineering education. 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Pinaki R. Chakrabarti 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Engineering 100 


VISION 

■ To excel in Civil and Environmental engineering education 

■ To systematically upgrade curricula that emphasize breadth and depth of education, which 
reflect the current developments in Civil and Environmental engineering 

■ To engage in research and scholarly activity that enhance student learning while being of 
benefit to the state, region, and nation 


DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://www.fullerton.edu/ecs 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 

Emphasis in Architectural 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Civil Engineering 

Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 

FACULTY 

Pinaki Chakrabarti, Jeff Kuo, George 
Lin, Mallela Prasada Rao, Chandrasekhar 
Putcha, Dindial Ramsamooj, Mufid Samara, 
Mahadeva Venkatesan 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate advisers: 

Pinaki R. Chakrabarti, Jeff Kuo, 

M. P Prasada Rao and Mufid Samara 

Graduate adviser: 

Pinaki R. Chakrabarti 


OBJECTIVES 

■ To provide a practice oriented curriculum that prepares students to apply theory to real 
world problems 

■ To develop the skills of the students which are pertinent to the design process, including the 
students ability to formulate problems, to think creatively, to communicate effectively, to 
synthesize information and to work collaboratively 

■ To develop the skills of the students aimed at designing civil engineering systems through 
design courses 

■ To instill in the students an understanding of their professional, social and ethical responsi- 
bilities and prepare them for life long learning 

OUTCOMES 

After completing one of the Civil and Environmental engineering programs, graduates should 

have the following attributes: 

■ An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering to design and 
conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data 

■ An ability to design a multidisciplinary system, component or process to meet the desired 
needs 

■ An ability to use the techniques, skills and modem engineering tools necessary for engineer- 
ing practice 

■ An ability to communicate effectively, have knowledge of contemporary issues and be able to 
recognize the need for engaging in life long learning 


122 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 




INTRODUCTION 

The civil engineering program at CSUF includes the fields of engi- 
neering mechanics and structural, geotechnical, hydraulic, environ- 
mental, construction, transportation, and architectural engineering. 
Modern civil engineering practices rely heavily upon computer-aided 
analysis and design. Students at CSUF use both microcomputers and 
the mainframe computer. 

“Structural” engineers are designers of buildings, bridges, dams, 
power plants, offshore structures and many other kinds of systems. 
These engineers determine, usually by computer analysis, the forces 
that a structure must resist, the appropriate materials, and the possible 
structural types. Structural engineers usually work with a team that 
includes architects, mechanical and electrical engineers, contractors, 
and the owner of the project. 

“Engineering Mechanics” courses offered in this department provide 
strong support for research, consulting and teaching in many fields of 
civil engineering. 

“Geotechnical” engineers analyze the properties of soils and rocks 
that affect the behavior of structures. They evaluate the potential settle- 
ments of buildings, 
the stability of slopes 
and fills, and the 
effects of earthquakes. 
They take part in the 
design and construc- 
tion of foundations, 
including those of 
offshore platforms, 
tunnels and dams. 






“Hydraulic” engi- 
neers deal with all 
aspects of the physi- 
cal control of water. 
They work to prevent 
floods, develop irriga- 
tion projects, design 
hydroelectric power 
systems, manage 
water resources, and 
predict water runoff. 

“Architectural” engineering is a combination of the art of architecture 
and the science of engineering. The architect conceives of structures 
as an art form, and relies upon the structural engineer to translate his 
concepts of beauty into structural reality. The architectural engineer has 
the training to interact with both architects and engineers or to work 
on his own in designing structures that combine both strength and 
beauty. 

“Construction engineering and management” is a wide ranging 
specialization that uses both technical and management skills to plan 
and build public and private projects and commercial developments. 

“Environmental” engineers apply science and engineering principles 
to minimize the adverse effects of human activity on the environment. 
They typically deal with water and waste water treatment, air pollution 
control, solid and hazardous waste management, and groundwater/soil 
remediation. They also help draft regulations and enforce many federal 
and state laws to control damage to the environment. 


“Transportation” engineers are concerned with the planning, design, 
and control of projects related to transportation of people and goods. 
They also help draft regulations and enforce many federal and state 
laws related to transportation. 

The undergraduate engineering program is designed to impart 
knowledge of mathematics and natural sciences to students so that 
they learn to use the forces of nature and materials economically while 
maintaining engineering ethics and high professional standards. 

One of the major objectives of this program is to provide design 
experience to the students gradually from the very beginning years 
until they graduate, through a variety of courses. During this time, they 
also learn about safety, reliability, ethics and socially sensitive problems. 

The graduate engineering program is designed for specialization in 
the areas of structures, engineering mechanics, geotechnology, hydrau- 
lics, construction management, and environmental engineering. 

High School Preparation 

The entering high school student should have a preparation which 
includes two years of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, and one year 
of physics or chemistry. Students deficient in mathematics or chem- 
istry must take special preparatory courses, i.e., Mathematics 125 
and Chemistry 115, which will not carry credit for the major. (See 
Mathematics Section for Entry Level Mathematics test and Math- 
Science Qualifying Examination requirements.) 

Transfer Students 

A transfer student shall complete a minimum of 30 units in residence 
of which at least 15 units shall be taken in upper-division engineering 
courses. Work taken at another college or university on which a grade 
of “D” (1.0) was earned may not be substituted for upper-division 
courses. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

The current Civil Engineering curriculum is under revision; jor current 
degree requirement, refer to the department’s website. The undergraduate 
program requirements for the bachelor of science in civil engineering 
are comprised of four major segments: foundation courses in math- 
ematics and the physical sciences; basic engineering courses; general 
education courses in the arts, humanities, social sciences, biological 
sciences and other related areas; and a sequence of courses to fulfill 
the requirements of the Civil Engineering degree or the Architectural 
Engineering Emphasis. 

Undergraduate students are required to meet with their academic 
adviser every semester during the first year and at least once a year 
thereafter. Students are strongly encouraged to see their academic 
advisers frequently. All courses taken in fulfillment of the requirements 
for the bachelor’s degree must be taken for a letter grade, i.e., under 
grade Option 1. All mathematics and physical science courses required 
for the degree must be completed with at least a “C minus” (1.7) grade 
to count as prerequisite courses to engineering courses or as credit 
towards the degree. Graduate courses are not open to undergraduate 
students without approval of the program coordinator. 

Note: The current Civil Engineering Curriculum is under revision. For the 
most recent degree requirements, please refer to the department’s web site. 

Mathematics and Science Courses (32) 

Mathematics 150A Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 150B Calculus (4) 


123 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


Mathematics 250A Multivariate Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250B Introduction to Linear Algebra and Differential 
Equations (4) 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 

Chemistry 125 General Chemistry for Engineers (3) 

OR Geological Sciences 376 Applied Geology (3) 

Physics 225, 225L Fundamental Physics: Mechanics and Lab (4) 

Physics 226, 226L Fundamental Physics: Electricity and Magnetism 
and Lab (4) 

Engineering Core Courses (24) 

EGME 102 Graphical Communications (3) 

EGCE 201 Statics (3) 

EGEE 203 Electric Circuits (3) 

EGGN 205 Digital Computation (3) 

EGCE 302 Dynamics (3) 

EGME 304 Thermodynamics (3) 

EGME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EGGN 308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

EGGN 314 Engineering Economy (2) 

General Education Courses 

I. Core Competencies (9) 

A. Oral Communication (3) 

Honors 101B, Human Comm 100, or Human Comm 102 

B. Written Communication (3) 

English 101 

C. Critical Thinking (3) 

Honors 101 A; Philosophy 105, 106; Psychology 110; Reading 
290; or Human Comm 235 

II. Historical and Cultural Foundations (9) 

A. Development of World Civilization (3) 

History llOAor 110B 

B. American History, Institutions and Values (6) 

1 . American History (3) 

Afro Ethnic Studies 190, American Studies 201, Chicano 
190, History 180, 190, or Honors 201A 

2. Government (3) 

Poli Sci 100 

III. Disciplinary Learning (31) 

A. Mathematics and Natural Sciences (16) 

1. Mathematics 

Mathematics 1 50A (4) 

2. Natural Sciences 

a. Physical Science 

Chemistry 120A and Physics 225, 225L 

b. Earth and Astronomical Sciences 
Not applicable for engineering majors 

c. Life Science 
Biology 101 (3) 

3. Implications and Explorations in Mathematics and Natural 
Sciences 


Not applicable for engineering majors 

B. Arts and Humanities (9) 

1. Introduction to the Arts (3) 

Art 101, 201A, 20 IB, 311, 312, Dance 101, Music 100, 
Theater 100 

2. Introduction to the Humanities (3) 

Any lower-division course in this category listed in the 
current class schedule 

3. Implications, Explorations and Participatory Experience in 
the Arts and Humanities (3) 

Any upper-division course in this category in the current 
class schedule 

C. Social Sciences (6) 

1 . Introduction to the Social Sciences (3) 

EGGN 314 and one of EGCE 490, EGEE 490 or EGME 490 

2. Implications, Explorations and Participatory Experience in 
the Social Sciences (3) 

Any upper-division course in this category listed in the 
current class schedule 

IV. Lifelong Learning 

This category is not applicable to engineering majors 
V Cultural Diversity 

Take at least one star (*) course in Sections I1I.B.3 or III.C.2 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

In addition to the Examination in Writing Proficiency which is to 
be taken as soon as 60 units are completed, six units from the follow- 
ing courses are required and must be passed with a grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better. The laboratory reports are graded on English composition as 
well as content. 

EGME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 325L Structural Analysis Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 377 Civil Engineering Materials Lab (1) 

EGCE 428L Engineering Hydraulics Lab (1) 

EGCE 43 1L Advanced Structural Lab (1) 

EGCE 463L Precast and Prestressed Concrete Design Lab (1) 

EGCE 465 Planning and Control of Engineering Construction 
Projects (3) 

EGCE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

EGCE 490 Civil Engineering Professional Practice (1) 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering is a high-unit 
program, majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation 
Requirement. 

Required Courses in Civil Engineering (37 units) 

EGEE 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 

OR EGCE 206 Computer-Aided Architectural and Civil 
Engineering Drafting (1) 

EGCE 214 Engineering Surveying (2) 

EGCE 214L Engineering Surveying Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 


124 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


EGCE 324 Soil Mechanics (3) 

EGCE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 325 Structural Analysis (3) 

EGCE 325L Structural Analysis Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 330 Computer Applications in Civil Engineering (3) 

EGCE 377 Civil Engineering Materials Lab (1) 

EGCE 408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

EGCE 418 Foundation Design (3) 

EGCE 428 Engineering Hydraulics (3) 

EGCE 428L Engineering Hydraulics Lab (1) 

EGCE 430 Structural Steel Design (3) 

EGCE 494 Design of Civil Engineering Structures (3)* 

EGCE 494L Civil Engineering Structural Laboratory (1)* 

EGCE 495 Civil Engineering Professional Practice (1) 

*EGCE 494 and 494L must be taken together. 

Technical Electives in Civil Engineering (9 units minimum) 

Before enrolling in any elective course, approval of the adviser must 
be obtained. Technical electives must include EGCE 441 or 465 or 466 
or 468. 

EGCE 411 Structural Dynamics (3) 

EGCE 43 1L Advanced Structural Laboratory (1) 

OR EGCE 463L Precast and Prestressed Concrete Design Lab (1) 
EGCE 432 Computer-Aided Design & Analysis in Civil Engineering (3) 
EGCE 435 Design of Hydraulic Structures (3) 

EGCE 436 Engineering Hydrology (3) 

EGCE 441 Environmental Engineering (3) 

EGCE 463 Precast and Prestressed Concrete Design (3) 

EGCE 465 Planning and Control of Engineering Construction 
Projects (3) 

EGCE 466 Public Transit Systems Planning and Operations (3) 

EGCE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

EGCE 493 Structural Systems for Buildings (3) 

EGCE 497 Senior Projects (1-3) 

EGCE 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS 

Mathematics and Science Courses (32 units) 

Engineering Core Courses (24 units) 

Required Civil Engineering Core (30 units) 

EGEE 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 

OR EGCE 206 Computer-Aided Architectural and Civil 
Engineering Drafting (1) 

EGCE 214 Engineering Surveying (2) 

EGCE 214L Engineering Surveying Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 

EGCE 324 Soil Mechanics (3) 


EGCE 324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 325 Structural Analysis (3) 

EGCE 325L Structural Analysis Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 377 Civil Engineering Materials Laboratory (1) 

EGCE 408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

EGCE 418 Foundation Design (3) 

EGCE 430 Structural Steel Design (3) 

EGCE 494 Design of Civil Engineering Structures (3)* 

EGCE 494L Civil Engineering Structural Laboratory (1)* 

EGCE 495 Civil Engineering Professional Practice (1) 

*EGCE 494 and 494L must be taken together. 

Core Courses for the Emphasis in Architectural 
Engineering (13 units) 

EGCE 428 Engineering Hydraulics (3) 

EGCE 43 1L Advanced Structural Laboratory (1) 

OR EGCE 463L Precast and Prestressed Concrete Design Lab (1) 
EGCE 432 Computer-Aided Design in Structural Engineering (3) 

EGCE 493 Structural Systems for Buildings (3) 

OR EGCE 463 Precast and Prestressed Concrete Design (3) 

EGCE 496 Architectural Design (3) 

Technical Electives for the Emphasis in Architectural 
Engineering (3 units) 

EGCE 465 Planning and Control of Engineering Construction 
Projects (3) 

EGCE 468 Engineering Construction (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

The Master of Science degree in Civil Engineering is intended to 
meet the needs of students who wish to prepare for careers in areas 
such as construction and project management, design and analysis 
of complex systems (including structures such as tall buildings and 
bridges), environmental engineering, consulting, and research. This 
program also provides excellent preparation for doctoral studies. 

The program provides advanced study within the area of civil engi- 
neering and allows students to elect coursework, with adviser approval, 
in the areas of structural engineering, hydraulics/ hydrology, geotechni- 
cal engineering, engineering mechanics, engineering management or 
environmental engineering. 

Graduates from the M.S. program have obtained employment in 
various fields including manufacturing, construction, business, educa- 
tion, and government. 

Admission Requirements 

To qualify for admission to conditionally classified standing, applicants 
must meet the following university and departmental requirements: 

1. Bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution. 

2. Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering from an institution accred- 
ited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology 
(ABET). 

3. Minimum grade-point-average of 2.5 in the last 60 semester units. 


125 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


4. Good standing at the last institution attended. 

Students meeting the above requirements will be admitted to the 
graduate program in Civil Engineering and will be advanced to classi- 
fied standing immediately after filing an adviser-approved study plan in 
the Civil and Environmental Engineering Department office. 

Students not meeting the above requirements may be admitted at 
the discretion of the department head and will be required to take an 
additional six or more units of adviser-approved prerequisite course- 
work. The student must demonstrate potential for graduate study by 
earning a GPA of 3.0 or higher in these prerequisite courses. 

Any student entering the Master of Science degree program without 
a B.S. in Civil Engineering will also be required to complete deficiency 
courses prior to beginning course work for the master’s degree. 

Graduate and postbaccalaureate students who do not possess a 
bachelor’s degree from a postsecondary institution where English is the 
principal language of instruction must receive a minimum score of 550 
on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 

The Civil and Environmental Engineering Department does not 
require the Graduate Record Exam (GRE). 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1 st for 
the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate. 

Classified Standing 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be 
advanced to classified standing and are eligible to take graduate courses 
for which they are qualified. 

1 . Completion of all deficiency work specified by the graduate adviser 
with a grade of “B minus” (2.7) or better. 

2. Development of an approved study plan. Before completing nine 
units at CSUF toward the M.S. degree, the student must meet with 
an adviser for preparation of a study plan which must be approved 
by the department head and Office of Graduate Studies. 

3. Fulfillment of the university writing requirement prior to complet- 
ing nine units at CSUF toward the M S. degree. Students must 
demonstrate writing ability commensurate with the baccalaureate 
degree by successfully completing one of the following: 

A. An upper-division writing requirement at any CSU campus. 

B. An upper-division writing course from another university 
which is equivalent to a course satisfying the CSUF Upper- 
Division Writing Requirement. Equivalency must be certified 
by the department head. 

C. Cal State Fullerton Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP). 

D. A CSUF upper-division or graduate-level course that is 
certified as meeting the writing requirement and is approved 
by the department head. The grade received must be a “C” 
(2.0) or better. 


Study Plan 

The study plan consists of a minimum of 30 units of adviser- 
approved upper-division or graduate-level coursework which must be 
completed with an overall grade-point average of at least 3.0. At least 
half the units required for the degree must be in approved graduate 
(500-level) courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

EGGN 403 Computer Methods in Numerical Analysis (3) and an 
additional adviser-approved math-oriented course (3) OR six units 
adviser-approved electives (for those focusing on environmental and 
construction areas). 

Concentration Courses (15 units) 

A student is required to select a minimum of 1 5 units in Civil 
Engineering. These units may be 400-level (subject to approval by the 
department head) and 500-level courses and are selected according to 
the student’s areas of interest. Coursework may focus on the following 
areas: Engineering Mechanics, Geo-technical Engineering, Hydraulics/ 
Hydrology, Structural Engineering, and Construction Engineering and 
Management. Students interested in Environmental Engineering should 
refer to the text following this section. 

Other Courses (9 units) 

Elective units should be taken in Civil Engineering or a related 
engineering field and are subject to adviser approval. 

Exam/Thesis/Project Option 

Subject to approval by the department head, students may select 
one of the following three options for final review by a department 
committee: 

1 . Oral comprehensive examination OR 

2. EGCE 598 Thesis OR 

3. EGCE 597 Project 

Students enrolling in less than six units of Independent Study/ 
Thesis/ Project will be required to take an oral comprehensive exam. 
Students enrolling in six units of thesis or project may defend their 
thesis or project instead of taking an oral comprehensive exam. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy and completion of requirements for the 
degree include: 

1 . Filing a graduation check prior to the beginning of the final semester 
(deadlines are listed in the class schedule). 

2. Completion of study plan coursework with a minimum overall GPA 
of 3.0. 

3. Successful completion of a comprehensive examination or oral 
defense of a thesis or project. 

4. Recommendation by the Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Department faculty and Office of Graduate Studies. 

CONCENTRATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 

Required Concentration Courses (15 units) 

EGCE 481 Solid Waste Technology & Management (3) 

EGCE 482 Liquid Waste Technology & Management (3) 

Adviser-approved Environmental Engineering courses which may 
include Thesis, Project or Independent Study (9) 


126 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


Electives (15 units) 

Adviser-approved electives must include a minimum of six units in 
non-Environmental Engineering courses. 

Students enrolling in less than six units of Independent Study/ 
Thesis/Project will be required to take an oral comprehensive exam. 
Students enrolling in six units of thesis or project may defend their 
thesis or project instead of taking an oral comprehensive exam. 

CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

Courses are designated as EGCE in the class schedule 

201 Statics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150B and Physics 225. Vectorial treatment of 
statics of particles and rigid bodies. Free body diagrams. Applications 
to problems of equilibrium (two and three dimensions) of structural 
and mechanical force systems. Trusses, frames and machines. Friction 
problems. Centroids and moments of inertia. (CAN ENGR 8) 

206 Computer-Aided Architectural and Civil 
Engineering Drafting (1) 

Prerequisite: EGME 102. Architectural and civil engineering 
drawing with the aid of computer-aided drafting techniques; grading 
plans, engineering drawings (including standard structural, electrical 
and hydraulic details) of buildings, bridges, dams and civil engineering 
structures. Bill of Materials. (3 hours laboratory) 

214 Engineering Surveying (2) 

Coiequisite: EGCE 214L. Basis of plane surveying. Distance measure- 
ment using tapes and EDM. Leveling. Measurement of angles and 
directions. Traverse and topographic survey and computations. 
Applications in highway curves, construction surveys and land surveys. 
Principles of stadia. 

214L Engineering Surveying Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: EGCE 214. Field practice of measurement of distance, 
difference of elevation, and horizontal and vertical angles using tapes, 
EDM, automatic levels, theodolites and total stations. (3 hours laboratory) 

301 Mechanics of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250A and EGCE 201. Stress and deformation 
analysis for axial load, torsion, flexure, and combined forces. Analysis 
of simple statically indeterminate structures. Deflection and stress 
analysis of beams. Stability of columns. Strain energy and ultimate 
resistance. Interactive relationships between analysis and design. 

302 Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250A and EGCE 201. Kinematics and kinetics 
of particles and rigid bodies, kinetics of rigid bodies in three dimen- 
sion, Newton’s laws, work and energy, impulse and momentum. 
Solution of problems using vector approach. 

305 Failure of Building and Structure due to 

Earthquakes and After Effects (3) 

Prerequisites: Students must have completed one course from 
General Education Category I1I.A. 1 Math, or III.A.2 Natural Science. 
Geological aspects of earthquakes as they apply to building safety, 
introduction to earthquake-related problems and building damages 
cause by historic earthquakes. Discussion on destruction aspects of 
earthquakes, preparedness for large earthquakes and ho to protect 
structural and non-structural parts of buildings. (Same as Geology 305) 


324 Soil Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 301. Soil properties and soil action as related to 
problems encountered in engineering structures; consolidation, shear 
strength, stability and lateral earth pressures. 

324L Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: English 101 and EGCE 324. Behavior and properties 
of soils. Application to foundation design, liquefaction and seepage. 

325 Structural Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 301. Analysis of forces and displacements in 
statically determinate and indeterminate elastic structures by force and 
displacement methods. Approximate methods of analysis. Matrix for- 
mulation of structural analysis and computer applications. Introduction 
to structural design. 

325L Structural Analysis Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: English 101 and EGCE 325. Principles of model 
analysis and similitude. Influence lines for reactive and internal forces; 
generalized displacements of statically indeterminate structures. 
Nonprismatic members. (3 hours laboratory) 

377 Civil Engineering Materials Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 324 and 325. Behavior and properties of most 
common materials, e.g. steel, concrete, wood, masonry and asphalt. 

Mix design of asphalt and concrete. Determination of strain and stress 
using strain gages. Specimen testing according to ASTM. Material 
properties determination. Safety, reliability, and design considerations. 
(3 hours laboratory) 

408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 32 5. Corequisite: EGCE 377 or equivalent. 
Design for bending, shear, axial force, torsion and combined loading. 
Beam, columns, slab and foundation design for ultimate strength and 
serviceability requirements. Prestressed concrete design. Safety, reli- 
ability and cost considerations. Design project conforming to latest ACI 
code. Professional computer program. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 

411 Structural Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 325 and EGGN 308 or equivalent. Free and 
forced vibrations of discrete and continuous systems. Matrix formu- 
lation and normal coordinates analysis. Response of structures to 
impulse and earthquake loads. Application to structural design prob- 
lems and comparison with code prescribed forces. 

418 Foundation Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 324 and 408. Design of footings and retain- 
ing walls. Mat and piled foundations for structures. Design project to 
standards of professional practice using latest codes and standards. 
Consideration for safety, reliability and cost. 

428 Engineering Hydraulics (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 302. Incompressible fluid flow in closed con- 
duits and open channels. Hydrostatics, energy, and hydraulic grade 
lines. Momentum, friction formulas, pipelines, uniform flow, and 
water surface profiles. Design of pipes and open channels. Computer 
solutions. 


127 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


428L Engineering Hydraulics Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: English 101 and EGCE 428. Introduction to experi- 
mental hydraulics in open channel and pipe flows including measure- 
ments of discharge, depth, velocity, force and friction coefficients. 
Hydraulic model laws and report writing. (3 hours laboratory) 

430 Structural Steel Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 325. Corequisite: EGCE 377 or equivalent. 
Design for bending, torsion, shear, axial forces, combined loadings. 
Design of built-up girders, composite construction. Design of shear 
and moment connections. Design project using professional practice 
standards. LRFD method. Safety, reliability and cost considerations. 
Professional computer program. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours lab) 

43 1L Advanced Structural Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 325L and either EGCE 408 or EGCE 430. 
Fundamentals of earthquake engineering and soil structure interaction; 
design of lateral bracing for model buildings. (3 hours laboratory) 

432 Computer-Aided Design & Analysis in Civil Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EGGN 205, EGCE 324 and 325. Computer- 
aided analysis and design in various branches of civil engineering. 
Introduction of finite element methods with computer techniques. 
Application of professional computer programs.. (2 hours lecture, 

3 hours laboratory) 

435 Design of Hydraulic Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 428. Applications of hydraulic principles to 
design of various structures including spillways, energy dissipators, 
outlet works, storm drains, culverts and water distribution systems. 

Use of computers in design process. 

436 Engineering Hydrology (3) 

Corequisite: EGCE 428. Hydrologic cycle with applications to 
hydrologic design of engineering structures. Rainfall, stream flow, 
ground water, surface runoff, hydrographs, flood routing, frequency 
distributions and design hydrographs. 

441 Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 101 or Chem 120A and junior standing. 
Planning and control of the environment; wastewater treatment and 
disposal; solid waste management; air pollution; radiation protection; 
housing and residential environment. 

463 Precast and Prestressed Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ECCE 408. Prestressed concrete design and analysis 
for conventional and lateral loading. Design of reinforced and pre- 
stressed structural and architectural elements. Safety and economy. 
Connection design for earthquake and wind loadings. Design projects 
using professional practice standards including latest codes. 

463L Precast and Prestressed Concrete Design Lab (1) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 408 and EGCE 463 or equivalent. Behavior of 
prestressed and reinforced concrete beams subjected to the different 
types of loadings. Observation of elastic and ultimate strength behavior, 
deflection crack propagation and collapse. Observation of prestressing 
operation and camber. (3 hours laboratory) 


465 Planning and Control of Engineering 
Construction Projects (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. Overview of construction project 
management, construction scheduling fundamentals: bar charts, CPM, 
PERT; schedule control: manual vs. computer systems, reports, sched- 
ule maintenance; cost control: code of accounts, control base, budgets, 
forecasting, reports, computer systems, applications in construction 
projects. 

466 Public Transit Systems Planning and Operations (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in Civil Engineering. Urban passenger 
transportation modes, paratransit, special modes, vehicles characteristics 
and motion, highway transit mode, rail transit mode new concepts, 
transit system performance (capacity, productivity, efficiency and utili- 
zation, organization and financing). 

468 Engineering Construction (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 408 or equivalent. Corequisite: EGCE 
418. Engineering construction planning equipment and methods. 
Construction management. Critical path method. Construction of 
buildings, bridges, highways, foundations and dams. Consideration for 
safety and reliability. 

481 Solid Waste Technology and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 441 or equivalent. Process dynamics and 
kinetics; thermal, physical, chemical and biological treatment opera- 
tions; immobilization process; residual management and treatment 
process train selection. 

482 Liquid Waste Technology and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 441 or equivalent. Process dynamics; reactions 
and kinetics; reactor engineering and process design; pretreatment 
operations and physical, chemical and biological treatment operations; 
residual management and treatment process train selection. 

490 Civil Engineering Professional Practice (1) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. Discussion of civil engineering as 
a profession and the civil engineer as a professional. Career oppor- 
tunities in private sectors and government. Office and field practice. 
Professional growth and development. Project management. Business 
management and opportunities. Ethics and aesthetics. Case studies. 

493 Structural Systems for Buildings (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 408 or 430. Corequisite: EGCE 418. Building 
structural concepts and systems and their behavior under loads. 
Foundation systems. Roof, floor, wall systems. Construction safety and 
cost considerations. Design project to standards of professional practice. 
Use of latest building codes and standards and computer application. 

(2 hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

494 Design of Civil Engineering Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 408 and 430. Corequisites: EGCE 418 
and 494L. Timber, reinforced masonry, reinforced concrete and steel 
design. Use of Uniform Building Code and standards. Design of build- 
ings and bridges. Design projects to standards of professional practice. 
Reliability, safety and cost consideration. Computer application. 

(2 hours lecture; 3 hours laboratory) 


128 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


494L Civil Engineering Structural Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: EGCE 494. Design of bridges according to AASHTO 
code. Design project to the standards of professional practice. (3 hours 
laboratory) 

496 Architectural Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 408 or 430 or senior standing or consent 
of instructor and department head. History of architectural design. 
Systems based design process: aesthetic, functional, environmental, 
and behavioral aspects. Urban planning and design. Case studies. 
Architectural design project to the standards of professional practice. 

497 Senior Projects (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing in engineering and formal approval 
by adviser and department head. Independent design projects. Formal 
report to be submitted after completion of project work. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing in engineering and formal approval 
by adviser and department head. Special topics in civil engineering. 
Formal report to be submitted after completion of independent study. 

501 Analytical Methods for the Design of 
Civil Engineering Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing or equivalent. Application of linear 
and dynamic programming principles to the design of pipelines, 
irrigation systems, water-resources and traffic-flow control problems. 
Probabilistic network analysis. First order and advanced first order 
second moment reliability methods. Probabilistic design. 

509 Theory of Plates and Shells (3) 

Prerequisite: EGME 438 or equivalent. Theory of thin plates sub- 
jected to transverse loads. Analysis of plates of circular, rectangular 
and other shapes. Theory of thin shells. Shells of revolution. Shells of 
translation. 

510 The Finite Element Method (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 517 and 533 or equivalent. Formulation of 
finite elements for analysis of plane stress and strain problems, axisym- 
metric bodies, plates and shells. Conforming and non-conforming 
shape functions. Computer applications to complex structural systems 
under static and dynamic loads. 

515 Geo-Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 436 or equivalent. Geo-environmental properties 
and soil action related to problems encountered in waste management 
engineering; physico-chemical soil properties, shear strength as applied 
to landfill design and lateral earth pressures on braced excavation; con- 
taminant migration and partitioning in unsaturated soils. 

517 Theory of Elasticity (3) 

Prerequisite: EGME 438 or equivalent. Analysis of stress and 
strain. Equations of elasticity. Extension, torsion and flexure of beams. 
Two-dimensional elastostatic problems. Variational methods and 
energy theorems. Elementary three-dimensional elastostatic problems. 
Introduction to thermoelasticity and wave propagation. 


532 Earthquake Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 411 and 533 or equivalent. Earthquake 
motions; response spectra; computational methods and computer 
applications for response of structural systems. Energy absorption 
capacity of materials and structural components. Soil structure 
interaction. Seismic design and evaluation of current building codes. 

533 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 325 and EGGN 403. Matrix formulation of 
structural analysis using the direct stiffness approach. Comparison 
of flexibility and stiffness approaches. Computer aided analysis of 
complex structural systems under static and dynamic loads. Stability 
analysis. Introduction to the finite element method. 

534 Construction Methods and Equipment for Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 408 and 430. Methods and equipment for 
construction of high-rise buildings, space structures, folded plates, 
shells, and suspension systems. Modularization. Quality control and 
construction failures. 

537 Groundwater and Seepage (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 436 or equivalent. Equations governing flow 
of liquid in porous media. Seepage through dams and under struc- 
tures, flow in confined and unconfined aquifers, steady and unsteady 
flow, well fields, flow nets, computer solutions, sea water intrusion, 
recharge, groundwater pollution. 

538 Construction Methods and Equipment for Heavy 
Construction Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 408 and 418. Methods and equipment for 
construction of foundations, highways, airfields, bridges, ports, 
harbors, dams, nuclear power plants and industrial facilities. Quality 
control and construction failures. 

539 Preconstruction Design Evaluation (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 534 or equivalent. Cost benefit, preconstruc- 
tion scheduling, and constructibility modifications in design, specifica- 
tions and construction methods. Value Engineering. 

546 Coastal Pollution Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 436 or equivalent. Storm water runoff, best 
management practices for storm water runoff, waste water discharge 
to lakes, rivers, and oceans, wetland construction and management, 
remediation of contaminated sediments. 

549 Theory of Elastic Stability (3) 

Prerequisites: EGCE 509 and 517 or equivalent. Critical buckling 
loads of columns, beam-columns, frames, plates, and shells. Lateral sta- 
bility of beams. Torsional buckling of open wall sections. 

550 Major Commercial Project Development and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Any 400-level Management course approved by the 
department head. Process of major commercial project development; 
macroeconomics aspects; project initiation and implementation, con- 
struction management systems, schedule, cost and quality control, 
control of long-lead equipment and materials, construction disputes 
and claims, case studies. 


129 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 


556 Construction Cost Control, Scheduling and Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 465 or 468 or equivalent. Systems approach for 
estimating, scheduling, cost comparison, risk analysis and cost control. 
Project feasibility studies and alternative approaches. Project control, 
baseline establishment, cost and claim management. 

557 Total Cost Managemeift of Capital Projects (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 465 or equivalent. Management and cost control 
of large capital projects. Capital cost estimation, value prediction and 
control, cost and schedule control and management of mega projects. 

559 Environmental and Public Transportation Regulations (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 441 or equivalent. Environmental regulations, 
clean air act, intermodal surface transportation efficiency act of 1991, 
Federal Transit Administration project planning guidelines, planning 
for public transit and environmental requirement, development of 
required environ-mental documents; procedure for major investment 
studies; future of public transportation. Project. 

563 Advanced Prestressed and Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 408 or 463. Prestressed concrete theory. 
Continuous prestressed concrete members, flat plate systems, virendeel 
systems, application of unbounded postensioning-theory and design. 
Yield line theory, limit analysis and cracking of concrete. Design of 
prestressed dome roof, barrel shell and hyperbolic paraboloid shell. 
Design project to standards of professional practice. Computer applica- 
tion. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours lab). 


566 Design of Tall Buildings (4) 

Prerequisite: EGCE 408 or 430; EGCE 533 or equivalent. 
Characteristics, design criteria and safety provisions of tall buildings. 
Selection, optimization and analysis of framing systems. Design standards, 
constructability, wind and seismic considerations. Design project to the 
standards of professional practice. Computer application. 

575 Expert Systems in Construction Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: any 400-level Management course approved by the 
department head. Expert systems and artificial intelligence techniques 
in construction engineering; expert systems for: safety evaluation of 
structures during construction, site selection, construction decision 
making, and construction schedule analysis; project monitoring; claims 
and disputes. 

597 Project (1-6) 

Prerequisites: Classified graduate status and formal approval of Civil 
Engineering Graduate Committee, graduate adviser and department 
head. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisites: Classified graduate status and formal approval of Civil 
Engineering Graduate Committee, graduate adviser, and department 
head. (Maximum of 3 units per semester) 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Classified graduate status and formal approval of Civil 
Engineering Graduate Committee, graduate adviser, and department 
head. 


130 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Wendell C. Crow 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

College Park 400 


INTRODUCTION 

Effective ethical communications are essential for the well being of a democratic society. Thus, 
there is a need for persons trained in the theory and practice of informing, instructing, and per- 
suading through communications media. The educational goals of the programs leading to the 
Bachelor of Arts in Communications are to: 

■ Ensure that all majors are exposed to a broad liberal education; 

■ Provide majors with a clear understanding and a global perspective of the role of 
communications media in society; and 

■ Prepare majors desiring communications-related careers in the mass media, business, 

government and education by educating them in depth in one of the specialized concentra- 
tions within the department. 


DAILY TITAN NEWSROOM 

College Park 670 

DAILY TITAN BUSINESS MANAGER 

College Park 660 


ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: All faculty serve as undergraduate advisers. Students may find their assigned 
concentration adviser in the Communications Department Office, College Park 400. 

Graduate: Shay Sayre, College Park 400 or College Park 650-29. Additional advising services 
are available in the College of Communications Advising Center, CP-425. 


DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://communications.fullerton.edu 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Communications 
Concentrations: 

Advertising 
Entertainment Studies 
Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Minors 

Advertising 
Journalism 
Public Relations 

Master of Arts in Communications 

FACULTY 

Genelle Belmas, Jeff Brody, Pamela 
Caldwell, Thomas Clanin, Wendell Crow, 
David DeVries, Beth Evans, Olan Famall, 
Tony Fellow, Dennis Gaschen, Carolyn 
Johnson, Kuen-Hee Ju-Pak, Cynthia King, 
Paul Lester, Gail Love, Joseph Massey, Coral 
Ohl, Rick Pullen, Tony Rimmer, Shay Sayre, 
Nancy Snow, Andi Stein, Edgar Trotter, Hazel 
Warlaumont, Diane Witmer, Gerald Wright, 
Fred Zandpour 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 

A communications major is required to take 12 units of core requirements in addition to 24 
units in a chosen concentration. The department offers five concentrations: advertising, enter- 
tainment studies, journalism (print and broadcast), photocommunications, and public relations. 
The major totals 36 units. All prerequisite courses must be completed with a grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better. 

Collateral requirements: Twelve units of upper-division course work in other departments 
approved by the student’s concentration adviser are also required. Collateral courses are listed on 
advising materials available in College Park 400. 

Every major must take a minimum of 80 units outside Communications, out of the 120 units 
required for graduation. Of this 80 units, 65 must be in the traditional liberal arts, humanities 
and sciences. Any courses from the following departments meet the liberal arts requirement: Afro 
Ethnic, American Studies, Anthro, Asian Amer, Biology, Chemistry, Chicana/o, Comp Lit, Econ, 
English, Comparative Religion, Geography, Geological Science, Human Comm, History, Liberal 
Studies, Linguistics, Math, Philosophy, Physics, Poli Sci, Psychology, Sociology, Women’s Studies 
and all foreign languages. See advisers for additional qualifying courses. Students should consult 
the College of Communications Advisement center and their concentration adviser early in their 
course work to be sure they meet these requirements. 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Communications program who enter Cal State Fullerton 
as first-time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent 
to transfer to Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second language as a 
condition of graduation with a bachelor’s degree (see “Graduation Requirements for a Bachelor’s 
Degree” elsewhere in this catalog.) 

Grade-Point Average Requirements 

Three grade-point averages, each 2.0 or higher, are required for graduation: 

A. An average based on all units attempted, including those attempted at other institutions. 

B. An average based on all units attempted at CSUE 

C. An average based on all units attempted in the major. 


131 


COMMUNICATIONS 


Communications Core 

The communications core provides background and perspective 
appropriate to all the departmental concentrations and an understanding 
of the role of communicators and their contributions to the develop- 
ment of high standards of professionalism. 

Nine units of required course work: 

Communications 233 Mass Communications in Modem Society (3) 
Communications 407 Communications Law (3) 

Communications 425 History and Philosophy of American Mass 
Communication (3) 


Plus three units selected from: 

Communications 300 Visual Communication (3) 
Communications 310 Mass Media Ethics (3) 

Communications 333 Mass Media Effects (3) 

Communications 410 Principles of Communications Research (3) 
Communications 422 Communications Technologies (3) 
Communications 426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Communications 480 Persuasive Communications (3) 


Minor or Collateral Requirement 

All Communications majors must complete 
either a minor (double major also counts) OR 12 
collateral units (4 classes) 

of upper-division (UD) coursework outside of Communications. 

For minors or double major requirements, consult the “Academic 
Programs” section of this catalog. For collaterals, consult a concentra- 
tion checklist for a list of approved courses. 

Communications Concentrations 

Every communications major must select and complete 24 units of 
course work in a major concentration. 


ADVERTISING CONCENTRATION 

The objective of the advertising concentration is to prepare students 
for entry-level positions in one or more of the four basic advertising 
activities: creative (copy, layout design), media planning and buying, 
research, and management. Students are provided with knowledge and 
skills needed for work with an advertiser, advertising agency, the print 
and broadcast media, or support service industry. 

Communications 350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

Communications 351 Writing for the Advertising Industry (3) 
Communications 352 Advertising Media (3) 

Communications 353 Advertising Creative Strategy and Execution I (3) 
Communications 451 A, B or C Advertising Campaigns (3) 
Communications 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus six units from: Communications 317, 358, 361, 380, 410, 415T, 
446, 450, 452, 453, 454, 455 or 456. At least three of the six units 
must be 450 or higher. 


ENTERTAINMENT STUDIES CONCENTRATION 

Courses in this concentration introduce students to theory, trends 
and practices emerging in entertainment and tourism. The concentration 
is designed to prepare students for career opportunities in entertain- 
ment communication and management in a growing range 
of sectors including business, industries, agencies, and nonprofit 
organizations. 


Communications 101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 

Communications 346 Introduction to Entertainment Studies (3) 
Communications 446 Entertainment and Society (3) 

Communications 449 Capstone in Entertainment and Tourism 
Studies (3) 

Communications 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus one of the following: Communications 301, 334, 338, 351, or 362 

Plus six units from: Communications 317, 333, 350, 361, 380, 410*, 
422*, 426*, 447, 448T, 465, or 497. 

* Course may count either as a core elective or as a concentration 
elective, but not as both. 


JOURNALISM CONCENTRATION 

The principal objective of the journalism concentration is to provide 
the skills and practice necessary for careers in the print media. 
Specifically, the concentration objectives are: (1) to provide experience 
in writing various types of news stories, and to develop skills in reponing 
and news gathering techniques; (2) to develop critical acumen necessary 
to check news stories for accuracy and correctness; (3) to develop skills 
in graphics or photography that complement the journalistic writing 
skills; (4) to provide actual on-the-job experience by working on the 
campus newspaper and through an internship, and (5) to add breadth 
and depth to the professional’s specialized skills through collateral 
courses. 

The concentration includes three emphases: print, broadcast jour- 
nalism, and visual journalism. 

Journalism Concentration Core: 

Communications 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Communications 203 Introduction to Visual Journalism Production (3) 
Communications 338 News Media Production (3) 

Communications 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Print Journalism Emphasis 

Communications 201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 
Communications 332 Editing and Design (3) 

Plus six units from: Communications 334, 335, 380, 434, 435, 436, 
437, or 438T. 

Broadcast Journalism Emphasis 

Communications 202 Writing Broadcast News (3) 

Communications 372 TV News Production (3) 

Plus six units from: Communications 335, 371, 380, 435, 436, 438T. 
Visual Journalism Emphasis 
Communications 319 Photojournalism (3) 

Communications 409 Advanced Photojournalism (3) 

Plus six units from: Communications 332, 380, 436, 438T. 


PHOTOCOMMUNICATIONS CONCENTRATION 

The photocommunications concentration provides a comprehensive 
study of the aesthetics, theories, and practices of contemporary photog- 
raphy for professional careers in magazine and newspaper photojournal- 
ism, and advertising/commercial photography. 


132 


COMMUNICATIONS 


ft V: 


Communications 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Communications 217 Introduction to Photography (3) 
Communications 319 Photojournalism (3) 
Communications 321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 

Communications 495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Plus six units selected from: 

Communications 326, 338, 340, 358, 380, or 409. 

Plus one of the following: 

Communications 301, 334 or 362. 


PUBLIC RELATIONS CONCENTRATION 

This concentration provides preparation in both theory and practice 
of two-way communication and management counsel for prospective 
professional public relations careers in business, industry, agency, gov- 
ernment, and nonprofit sectors of society. 

Communications 101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 

Communications 361 
Principles of Public 
Relations (3) 

Communications 362 
Public Relations 
Writing (3) 

Communications 464 
Public Relations 
Management (3) 

Communications 495 
Mass Media 
Internship (3) 

Plus one writing course from: 

Communications 301, 334, or 338. 

Plus six units selected from: 

Communications 317, 346*, 350, 358, 363, 380, 410, 434, 437, 446*, 
465, 467, 468, or 497. 

* Course may count either as a core elective or as a concentration 
elective, but not as both. 



WRITING REQUIREMENTS 

All communications majors must satisfy both departmental 
and university writing requirements. For the department Writing 
Requirement, each concentration requires one or more writing courses. 
Consult an adviser or concentration checklist. 

University Writing Requirement: The course work portion of the 
university’s upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement for com- 
munications majors may be met by satisfactory completion of any one 
of Communications 301, 334, 335, 338, 351, 362, 371, and 435. 
Students must earn a “C” (2.0) or better in the course which is used to 
fulfill the university’s upper-division writing requirement. 


INTERNSHIP REQUIREMENTS 

The Department of Communications has always recognized the 
beneficial attributes of an internship. Students intern at sites in 
Orange and Los Angeles Counties, as well as at national and inter- 
national sites. Examples of internship sites include newspapers, 
magazines, television and radio stations, public relations and adver- 
tising agencies, health-related institutions, nonprofit organizations, 
film production companies, publishers, education offices, high-tech 
industries, and cities and businesses with communications needs. 

Students can view course syllabus on the website at httpS:// 
commsec.fullerton.edu/intemship for a full understanding 
of the internship program. Applications are approved by the 
Communications Faculty Internship Coordinator (located at College 
Park 460-24) through the online site before a student registers with 
Titan. Deadlines for applications are March 15 (summer); May 15 
(fall); October 15 (spring). Internship coursework must be com- 
pleted within the term it is taken. Incompletes are discouraged. 
Students are encouraged to seek advice from the Communications 
Faculty Internship Coordinator (located at College Park 460-24) 
early in their academic career to gain the highest level of professional 
growth from their internship experience. 

Students must meet the following prerequisites: 

■ Communications major 

■ Senior standing 2.25 GPA overall and in major 

■ Specific prerequisites for each area of concentration - which 
are NOT TO BE TAKEN CONCURRENTLY WITH THE 
INTERNSHIP They include: 

Advertising 

Required: Communications 350, 351, 352, and 353. 

Recommended: Communications 358. 

Entertainment Studies 

Required: Communications 346, 446. 

Journalism 

Required: Communications 203 and 338. 

Recommended: Communications 334 and 335. 

Photocommunications 

Required: Communications 217, 319, and 321. 

Recommended: Communications 326 or 409. 

Public Relations 

Required: Communications 361 and 362. 

Recommended: Communications 358, 363, and 464. 

Students with the equivalent of one year of full-time employment 
in the area of their concentration may petition out of the Internship 
by taking a different 400-level class approved by their faculty adviser. 
International students must obtain approval of the International 
Education and Exchange Office. 

Students who do not meet the 2.25 GPA may be asked to petition 
out of the Communications 495 class and take a different 400 level 
class approved by their faculty adviser. 


133 


COMMUNICATIONS 


Applications and information can be obtained at the Department of 
Communications Internship Office in College Park 460-24. 

COMMUNICATIONS MINORS 

The department offers three options for a communications minor for 
students NOT majoring in communications. Students majoring in com- 
munications cannot minor in communications. 

MINOR IN ADVERTISING 

The minor in Advertising requires 21 units as follows: 

Lower-Division (3 units) 

Communications 233 Mass Communications in Modem Society (3) 
Advertising courses (12 units) 

Communications 350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

Communications 352 Advertising Media (3) 

Communications 353 Creative Strategy and Execution I (3) 
Communications 451 A, B or C Advertising Campaigns (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Two adviser-approved courses from Communications 380, 407, 415T, 
425, 450, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456 or 480. 

MINOR IN JOURNALISM 

The Minor in Journalism requires 2 1 units. Required Journalism 
courses for a Minor in Journalism, unlike the Minor in Advertising, must 
be taken in sequence. Each course builds upon the other. The three 
required journalism courses provide a core of information for beginning 
journalism students. Students can then specialize in print, broadcast or 
visual journalism. A stint on the Daily Titan , Communications 338 News 
Media Production, takes the place of an internship. However, students 
who will plan to purse a career in professional print journalism are 
encouraged - but not required - to obtain an internship before applying 
for a job. 

Communications Core Requirements (6 units) 

Communications 233 Mass Media in Modem Society (3) 

Plus three units selected from: Communications 310, 407, or 425 (3) 
Journalism Concentration Requirements (9 units) 

Communications 101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 

Communications 203 Introduction to Visual Journalism Production (3) 
Communications 338 News Media Production (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Choose six units from one of the following specializations: 

Print Journalism Track 

Communications 201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 

Plus three units selected from: Communications 332, 334, 335, 380, 

434, 435, 436, 437, or 438T. 

Broadcast Journalism Track 

Communications 202 Writing Broadcast News (3) 

Plus three units selected from: Communications 335, 371, 372, 380, 

435, 436, or 438T. 


Visual Journalism Track 
Communications 319 Photojournalism (3) 

Plus three units selected from: Communications 300, 332, 380, or 409. 


MINOR IN PUBLIC RELATIONS 

The minor in Public Relations offers students the opportunity to 
engage in a systematic program of study in the field of public relations, 
to complement their major field of study. The program requires 2 1 units. 


Required Courses (15 units) 

Communications 101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 

Communications 233 Mass Communications in Modem Society (3) 
Communications 361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 
Communications 362 Public Relations Writing (3) 

Communications 464 Public Relations Management (3) 


Electives (6 units) 

Two courses chosen from Communications 407, 410, 425, 465, 467, 
468, 480 or 497. 


MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 

The degree is designed to provide advanced study in communications 
theory and research by integrating courses from these areas of study: 
advertising, entertainment, journalism and public relations. 

The program prepares the graduate to apply advanced communica- 
tions concepts, research and development skills, and relevant theories 
of communications media for a wide variety of purposes. These studies 
serve those whose careers involve the use of mediated messages to 
inform, instruct, and persuade as well as those seeking doctoral degrees. 
Course-work is highly applicable to a wide range of careers in business, 
industry, government, education, mass media, and entertainment. 

Students completing the Master of Arts in Communications are 
eligible for journalism and communications teaching positions in 
community colleges. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

Normally, an applicant must meet grade-point average requirements 
of 3.0 in the undergraduate major and 2.75 in the last 60 semester units 
of undergraduate course work, meet the university requirements, and 
satisfactorily complete the Graduate Record Examination General Test 
prior to admission. Students must also submit three letters of 
recommendation and an essay (approximately 1000 words) outlining 
reasons. for pursuing the master’s degree. Consult the department gradu- 
ate program adviser or the department Web site for details regarding 
additional admission requirements. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadline for completing online applications is March 1 st for the 
following fall semester. Likewise, mailed applications need to be post- 
marked by March 1 st . However, the deadlines may be changed based 
upon enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies 
website for current information httpyAvww.fullerton.edu/graduate/ 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student admitted in conditionally classified standing may be 
granted classified standing upon the development of an approved study 
plan and satisfactory completion of prerequisite course work. Satisfactory 


134 


COMMUNICATIONS 


coursework or its equivalent in the following may be taken concur- 
rently with degree requirements if not completed prior to classification: 

(a) communications writing (Communications 201, 301, 351, 362) 

(b) an introductory course in communications (Communications 233, 
332, 350, 361) 

(c) Communications 410 Principles of Communication Research (3) 

Study Plan 

The student is required to complete 30 units of approved studies 
with a minimum grade-point average of 3.0 including 21 units in 500- 
level communications courses. Six of the 21 units of 500-level courses 
may be a thesis; three units may be a project. The remaining units may 
be comprised of 400-level courses appropriate to the student’s area of 
interest. 

The candidate must develop a program of study in consultation 
with the graduate adviser of the Department of Communications. The 
candidate must plan the thesis or project topic with a committee. The 
committee includes at least two faculty members from the Department 
of Communications. 

Study plan requirements include the following: 

Core Courses (9 units) 

Communications 500 Theory and Literature of Communications (3) 

Communications 507 Communications Research Design and 
Analysis (3) 

Communications 508 Humanistic Research in Communications (3) 

OR Communications 509 Social Science Research in 
Communications (3) 

400-500 Level Courses (21 units) 

In consultation with the graduate adviser, students design a program 
of study that is tailored to their educational and career goals and 
integrates courses in advertising, journalism, pubic relations, and 
entertainment. Maximum 9 units of 400-level courses allowed. 

Project/Thesis/Exam (0-6 units) 

Communications 597 Project (3) 

OR Communications 598 Thesis (6) 

OR Comprehensive Exam 

For further information and advisement, please consult the graduate 
program adviser or the department website. 

COMMUNICATIONS COURSES 

Courses are designated as COMM in the class schedule. 

101 Writing for Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of “C” (2.0) or 
better; typing ability. Principles and practices of writing for major types 
of mass communications media. Content, organization, conciseness, 
and clarity (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory). 

201 Reporting for Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 101. Development of expertise in 
the use of news reporting techniques combined with development of 
ability to compose complex journalistic writing forms for possible pub- 
lication. Students will be introduced to computer-assisted reporting. 
They will also write stories for the Daily Titan. 


202 Writing Broadcast News (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better; Communications 101 or equivalent; typing ability. Intensive 
journalistic writing and reporting for radio and television. Emphasis on 
writing assignments for both audio and video tape media. Lecture/dis- 
cussion of issues and responsibilities facing broadcast journalists. 

203 Introduction to Visual Journalism Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 101. Photojournalism assignments 
(news, sports and features) will be completed with still and video 
cameras for print and World Wide Web presentations. Camera opera- 
tion, shooting techniques, photo software, cut-line writing, video and 
audio production and editing, and Web homepage production. 

217 Introduction to Photography (3) 

Cameras, accessories, materials, exposure, image processing, print- 
ing, finishing, composition, filters, flash, studio techniques, and special 
subject treatments and applications. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

233 Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
Newspapers, magazines, films, radio, and television; their significance 
as social instruments and economic entities in modem society. (CAN 
JOUR 4) 

300 Visual Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Categories III.B.l or 
III.B.2. A social and cultural analysis of the meaning, production, and 
consumption of visual information in a modem media society. Still, 
moving, television, graphic design, cartoon, and computer images 
will be analyzed in terms of technical, commercial, and cultural 
considerations. 

301 Writing for Broadcasting and Film (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better; typing ability. Theory and principles of writing in the broad- 
cast and film media. 

310 Mass Media Ethics (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The study of moral and professional 
conduct within various communications contexts. Examines cases 
involved with advertising, broadcast journalism, film, photojournalism, 
print journalism, public relations, television and the World Wide Web. 

317 Multimedia Production (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.l or 
I1I.B.2. A convergence in film/digital photography, communication 
design, streaming media, and web-page production for creative visual 
problem solving. Students apply new media techniques to real world 
problems through service learning or client-based projects. 

319 Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 203 or 217. Photography for pub- 
lication in print media. News, advertising, feature, sports, lifestyle, 
photo essay, and documentary applications. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 


135 


COMMUNICATIONS 


321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Communications 319. Positive 
and negative color film processing, sensitometry, and color priming. 
Creative and effective use of color in publications photography. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

326 Communications Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Communications 321. 
Photographs and photographic communications produced with the 
large format camera for the mass media, business, education, govern- 
ment, industry, and science. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

332 Editing and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 201. Principles and practice of 
newspaper editing: copy improvement, headline writing, news photos 
and cutlines, wire services, typography, copy schedules and control, 
page design and layout, law, and ethics. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

333 Mass Media Effects (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category IIl.C.l. 

The course is intended to help students discover the role mass media 
communications play in all human activity with heavy emphasis on the 
effects of mass media on the political, social, and economic fabric of 
America. 

334 Feature Article Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of U C" (2.0) 
or better; and Communications 101 or equivalent. Nonfiction writing 
for newspapers and magazines; sources, methods and markets. 

335 Public Affairs Reporting (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of W C” (2.0) 
or better; Communications 101 and either 201or 202; and junior 
standing. Communications 407 recommended. Reporting public inter- 
est news such as courts, education, finance, government, police, and 
urban problems. 

338 News Media Production (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 201, 202. Members of the class 
constitute the editorial staff of the university newspaper and receive 
training in print, online, and magazine-style journalism. Meets four 
hours per week for critiques in news reporting, writing, editing, and 
makeup, followed by production. May be repeated for a maximum of 
six units of credit. (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

340 Photography in Advertising and Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Communications 326. 

Advertising and public relations photography. Materials and techniques 
for producing photographs with visual impact suitable for photo repro- 
duction. Students will prepare a portfolio of photographs. (2 hours 
lecture, 3 hours activity) 

346 Introduction to Entertainment and Tourism Studies (3) 

Introduces students to the entertainment industry. Applies enter- 
tainment and persuasion theory. Offers learning about career 
opportunities in entertainment-related fields. Explores the tasks, 
skill sets, demands, and rewards associated with different entertainment 
professions. (Same as Theatre 346 and Business Administration 346) 


350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

This course explores the functions, strategies, ethics, technology, 
and media relevant to the advertising industry, as well as concepts in 
international, intercultural, and integrated marketing communication. 

351 Writing for the Advertising Industry (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. This course develops written communi- 
cations and critical thinking skills essential for success in all advertising 
related careers. Students learn to compose persuasive letters, reports, 
proposals, and news releases. Emphasis is placed on grammar and 
language skills. Students must achieve a “C” (2.0) or better to continue 
taking advertising courses. 

352 Advertising Media (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 350 and junior standing. Planning, 
execution and control of advertising media programs. Basic data and 
characteristics of the media. Buying and selling process, techniques, 
and methods in media planning process. Audience measurement and 
media analysis. 

353 Advertising Creative Strategy and Execution I (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101, Communications 350, and junior standing. 
Writing of copy and layout of advertisements, based on study of sales 
appeals, attention factors, and illustrations. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

358 Graphics Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Printing processes, publication 
formats, copy preparation, copy-fitting techniques, layout principles, 
paper selection, and distribution methods. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The social, behavioral, psychological, 
ethical, economic and political foundations of public relations, and the 
theories of public relations as a communications discipline. 

362 Public Relations Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of “C” (2.0) 
or better; Communications 101 or consent of instructor; typing ability; 
junior standing. Communications analysis, writing for business, industry 
and nonprofit organizations. Creating effective forms of public relations 
communication. 

363 Desktop Publishing (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of any one of Communications upper- 
division writing courses. Editing functions and techniques involved in 
creative development of publications for business, industry and non- 
profit organizations and institutions, including magazines, newspapers, 
newsletters, and brochures. 

371 Radio News Production (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 202 and 203. Writing, producing, 
planning, taping, editing, and evaluating radio news. 

372 TV News Production (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 202 and 203. Writing, production, 
and evaluation of television news. Discussion of TV reporting techniques 
and problems. Students cover events and produce TV news in lab. 


136 


COMMUNICATIONS 


380 Web Design and Production (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Underlying design concepts and 
production techniques for creating World Wide Web multimedia pre- 
sentations for educational lessons, commercial applications, and online 
publications. 

407 Communications Law (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 233 and junior standing. The 
Anglo-American concept of freedom of speech and press; statutes and 
administrative regulations affecting freedom of information and pub- 
lishing, advertising, and telecommunication. Libel and slander, rights 
in news and advertising, contempt, copyright, and invasion of privacy. 

409 Advanced Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 321. Advanced press photography. 
Extensive use of cameras for photographic reporting; evaluation and 
preparation of pictures for publication. Field/laboratory experience in 
black and white and color. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

410 Principles of Communication Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 233 and junior standing. Research 
methods used to assess the effects of print, broadcast, and film com- 
munications on audience attitudes, opinions, knowledge, and behavior. 
Research design and data analysis in communications research. 

415T Current Issues in Advertising (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 233, 350, or 361; permission of 
instructor. This course presents a variety of current advertising topics 
in all fields of communications. Professional problems, global issues, 
critical analysis, and special skills are presented to supplement the 
curriculum, and to enhance the understanding of, and appreciation 
for, advertising concepts. Not available for graduate degree credit. 

422 Communications Technologies (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 233. Issues surrounding commu- 
nications technologies. Covered are recent developments in technology, 
impact of government, industry and economic factors, historical over- 
view, and implications for social change. Exposure to technological 
developments. Applications to all areas of mass communications. 

425 History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 233 and junior standing. American 
mass communication; newspapers and periodicals through radio and 
television; ideological, political, social, and economic aspects. Not 
available for graduate degree credit. 

426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 233 and junior standing. Major 
mass communication systems, both democratic and totalitarian, and 
the means by which news and propaganda are conveyed internationally. 

434 Magazine Industry and Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 203. Students in this class will 
produce Tusk, the magazine .of Cal State Fullerton, and leam about the 
dynamics of magazine production and the magazine industry. Students 
will work together in a professional setting to produce a high quality 
magazine. 


435 Opinion Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of “C” 

(2.0) or better, upper-division writing course, and junior standing. 
Techniques of editorial writing and opinion writing, including personal 
essays, for print, broadcast, and the Internet. The role of punditry in 
television news and on TV and radio talks shows, and how this might 
affect public perceptions of the media. 

436 Reporting on the Entertainment Industry (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 201, 202. Development of expertise 
in reporting and writing on the entertainment industry. An understand- 
ing of the economics, business models, legal aspects, and culture of the 
industry. 

437 Advanced Magazine Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 334. Designed to give students 
practical experience in reporting and writing long, in-depth feature 
articles for professional magazines. Will cover the peculiarities of 
researching writing for specialized audiences and the business of free- 
lancing. Includes techniques for improving clarity, cohesion, emphasis, 
and concision. 

438T Specialized Reporting (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 201, 202. This varied topic course is 
designed to teach advanced reporting and writing skills in specialized 
areas. It will combine an awareness of techniques and resources with 
an abundance of writing models and field experiences. 

446 Entertainment and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 233; Communications 346 or 
Business Admin 346 or Theatre 346. In-depth exploration of the role 
of entertainment in modem society. Examines audience uses, motiva- 
tions, and individual preferences for entertainment. Reviews theories 
and research regarding the form and function of entertainment and 
entertainment media. 

447 Tourism and Travel (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 346, 350, or 361 or Management 
339 or Marketing 351 or Theatre 200. This course examines the con- 
cepts, tools, and techniques necessary for understanding the tourism 
and travel industry and its promotional communications. Students 
explore the trends and issues of tourism and travel and the unique 
problems and opportunities of this field. 

448T Entertainment Industry Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 233; Communications 346 or 
Business Admin 346 or Theatre 346. Variable topics course that focuses 
on specific entertainment industries, issues, organizations, trends, and/ 
or functions. May be repeated twice with a different topic. 

449 Capstone in Entertainment and Tourism Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 346 or equivalent. Prepares students 
for careers in the entertainment industry by combining theory with 
applied principles and analytical skills in examining and developing 
case studies. Students plan and execute their own campaigns and proj- 
ects. (Same as Theatre 449 and Business Administration 449) 


137 


COMMUNICATIONS 


450 Advertising and Brand Communication Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 352 and 353. Theory and techniques 
for planning, directing and evaluating advertising and brand communi- 
cation programs with emphasis on media-message strategies. Managerial 
approach with case studies to the solution of brand communications 
problems. 

451 A Advertising Campaigns — AAF Competition (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 352, 353, and consent of instructor. 
Advertising campaigns, including applied research, writing, and utiliza- 
tion of print and electronic mass media. Design of complete campaigns 
from idea to prediction readiness. 

45 IB Advertising Campaigns — Local Focus (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 350, 352, 353. Advertising cam- 
paigns, including applied research, writing, and utilization of print and 
electronic mass media. Design of complete campaigns from idea to 
prediction readiness. 

45 1C Advertising Campaigns — TitanCom Agency (3) 

Prerequisites for Advertising majors - Communications 350, 

352, 353; for Public Relations majors - Communications 361, 362. 
Advertising campaigns, including applied research, writing and utiliza- 
tion of print and electronic mass media. Design of complete campaigns 
from idea to prediction readiness. 

452 Advanced Media Strategy and Tactics (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 352. This course is designed to offer 
students further education in advertising media. It integrates theories 
from related disciplines, such as communications, marketing, and 
psychology, to illustrate better ways to use media as a competitive tool 
in business. 

453 Advertising Creative Strategy and Execution 11 (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 353. Advanced advertising projects 
involving application and execution of creative advertising strategies for 
mass media, including theory and practice of writing copy, and prepar- 
ing comprehensive layouts and completed scripts. Group discussions, 
labs, and individual conferences. 

454 Advertising Media Sales (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 350 and 353; or Communications 
332 and either 217 or 358; or Marketing 351 and any 300-level graph- 
ics, layout or design course. Prepares students for careers in advertising 
media sales, including radio, television, newspaper, magazine, new 
media, and the Internet. Personal sales techniques and media sales 
strategies are presented for each medium. 

455 Internet Advertising & Promotional Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 350, 352 and 353. This course 
examines Internet advertising and marketing issues and ideas. Students 
learn to evaluate, develop, and execute Internet-based advertising and 
promotional campaigns. 

456 Advertising Account Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 353 and 410. Students learn to 
apply principles of research, consumer behavior and creative concept 
development to advertising and brand communication campaigns. Field 
study and case application facilitate the process of the planners con- 
sumer advocacy function. 


464 Public Relations Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 361, 362 and junior standing. 
Analysis of systems and strategies for planning public relations cam- 
paigns and solving/preventing problems. Individual, team case studies, 
in corporate development of proposals; actual use of tools in addition 
to role playing presentations to management. 

465 Entertainment Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 361; Communications 346 or 
Business Admin 346 or Theatre 346. This seminar focuses on public 
relations strategies and tactics as they are used in the entertainment 
industry including media relations, talent relations, special events, high 
visibility techniques, presentation, and dealing with adverse situations. 

467 Public Relations Agency Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 101, 361 and junior standing. 
Seminar focuses on psychology and functions of client counseling, 
proposal writing, new business development, agency management, 
servicing clients, evaluation of methods, reporting results, and legal 
and ethical concerns. 

468 Corporate and Nonprofit Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 101 and 361. This seminar focuses 
on the public relations strategies and tactics used in today’s increasingly 
sophisticated and maturing corporate and nonprofit marketplaces. This 
advanced course, which relies heavily on professional guest speakers and 
in-class simulations/exercises, encompasses a host of specific topics, 
such as fund raising, corporate and social responsibility, media 
relations, and technology and ethical issues. 

472 Advanced Electronic News Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 372. Advanced news writing and 
production for television, radio and the web. Students will develop 
their electronic news production skills by working on “On the Edge,” 
daily television, radio and web newscasts. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
lab.) May be repeated once for credit. 

480 Persuasive Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 233 and junior standing. Persuasive 
communications applied to mass communication. The communicator, 
audience, message content and structure, and social context in 
influencing attitudes, beliefs, and opinions. 

495 Mass Media Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing, communications major, 2.25 GPA 
overall and in major, and specific prerequisites for each concentra- 
tion. Visit the website at: https://commsec.fullerton.edu/intemship 
for further details. Supervised internship according to concentration. 
Selected from a wide variety of communications media, industries, 
agencies, and nonprofit organizations. Applications must be made 
through the department coordinator one semester prior to entering the 
program. See the department section titled “Internship Requirements” 
in this catalog or the internship website. (Credit/No Credit Only) 


138 


COMMUNICATIONS 


496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor and previous superior perfor- 
mance in a similar or equivalent course. Under faculty supervision, 
student provides tutorial assistance in a communications course. May 
involve small group demonstrations and discussions, individual tutoring 
and evaluation of student performance as appropriate. May be repeated 
to a maximum of four units either separately or in combination with 
Communications 499. 

497T Event Planning and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: one of Communications 346, 350, or 361 or Business 
Admin 301 or 346. Students learn to plan, produce and promote 
public events to meet communication objectives. Hands-on applica- 
tions to COMM Week, film festivals or other events. May be repeated 
once for extra elective units only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. Individually supervised 
mass media projects and research on campus and in the community 
May involve newspaper and magazine publishers, radio and television 
stations, and public relations agencies. May be repeated up to a 
maximum of four units either separately or in combination with 
Communications 496. 

500 Theory and Literature of Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: conditional classified status. Theories and research on 
communication processes and effects; source, media, message, audience, 
and content variables; types, sources and uses of communication 
literature. Graduate seminar. 

507 Communications Research Design and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: Communications 500. This course 
develops a working knowledge of data collection and analysis tech- 
niques in both quantitative and qualitative research methods. The 
material and presentation are developed for practical application to 
all professional fields of communication. 

508 Humanistic Research in Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 410, 507 (may be taken concurrently) 
and classified status. Humanistic methods of study in communications: 
historical research and critical analysis applied to problems, issues, and 
creative works in communication. Graduate seminar. 

509 Social Science Research in Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 410, 507 (may be taken concurrently) 
and classified status. Social-scientific research design and analysis and 
the study of communication processes and effects. Graduate seminar. 

51 5T Professional Problems in Specialized Fields (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. Selected topics and issues in 
the field of mass communications. Subjects vary each semester. May be 
repeated with a different topic. 

516 Media Audience Behavior (3) 

Communications 500. This course provides in-depth analysis of 
the types, attitudes, and behaviors of media audiences. Theories from 
psychology, marketing, anthropology, and communications are integrated 
for comprehensive understanding of why people consume media and 
performance. Appropriate for all communications disciplines. 


517 Ethical Problems of the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. This course will study criticisms 
of specific functions of the mass media and public relations. The course 
will consist of three sections: the history of criticism; problem areas of 
the media; and practitioner response to criticism. 

518 Public Relations Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. This graduate seminar explores 
cutting edge communication and organizational theories and vital 
emerging issues influencing the field of public relations. Special focus 
will be on contemporary public relations models and practitioner roles. 

519 Communications and Governance in America (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. The course will study relationships 
between systems of communications, particularly new communication 
technologies, and governmental institutions and processes within the 
American setting. It will explore how technological change relates to 
patterns of decision-making, management, and the content and flow 
of information among public officials. 

520A News-Editorial (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 500 and six units of study-plan 
courses in area of specialization; Communications 518 is an additional 
prerequisite for C. Under supervision of a faculty member, students 
plan, design, conduct, and evaluate a team project in their field of 
specialization. 

520B TV/Film (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 500 and six units of study-plan 
courses in area of specialization; Communications 518 is an additional 
prerequisite for C. Under supervision of a faculty member, students 
plan, design, conduct, and evaluate a team project in their field of 
specialization. 

520C Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 500 and six units of study-plan 
courses in area of specialization; Communications 518 is an additional 
prerequisite for C. Under supervision of a faculty member, students 
plan, design, conduct, and evaluate a team project in their field of 
specialization. 

525 Advanced Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. The course is designed to 
provide the student with an up-to-date assessment of general man- 
agement and communications management techniques, and to help 
equip the student for management positions in advertising, journalism, 
public relations, and broadcasting. 

527 Politics and Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. Study of the nature of the 
relationship between the mass media and politics. Particular attention 
to the role and impact of the mass media in political election campaigns 
and policy making. 


139 


COMMUNICATIONS 


530 Communications Technologies (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. Seminar in emerging commu- 
nications technologies which are transforming professional practices 
associated with various communications industries. Course deals with 
recent technological developments, corporate and government policies 
affecting their use, and social consequences of current and projected 
applications. 

534 American Media History (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. This seminar will focus on the 
history of the American Mass Media from McCarthy to the present. It 
is a period which marked the birth of television and the maturation 
of investigative journalism in shaping American attitudes about govern- 
ment and society. 

536 International Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. Comparative examination of 
communications policies and practices in different national settings. 

The course provides future practitioners with an understanding of 
cross-national variations in communication policies and how they 
shape communication industries and practices. 

541 Film Criticism (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. This graduate foundation 
course in screenwriting examines methods of evaluating and critiquing 
motion picture screenplays and films for a variety of Hollywood genres. 


550 Advertising in Modern Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 500. Assessing the impact of adver- 
tising on society, the culture and economy. Philosophical rather than 
technical examinations of critical issues and problems such as eco- 
nomic and social effects of advertising, effects of value and life styles, 
ethics and regulation. 

595 Graduate Mass Media Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 500 and Communications 508 or 
509, and consent of graduate adviser. Supervised practical work expe- 
rience with media outlets, advertising and promotion agencies, public 
relations firms, film companies, etc. Involves cooperative efforts of both 
the departmental faculty and employers. Exposure to current and inno- 
vative techniques in research, management and creative activities while 
offering practical experience. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate coordinator. Completion of 
creative project in a sequence beyond regularly offered course work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate coordinator. Completion of a 
thesis in a sequence beyond regularly offered course work 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of graduate coordinator. Individually super- 
vised mass media projects or research for graduate students. May be 
repeated. 


COMMUNICATIONS 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Benjamin Hubbard 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 622 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/comparative 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies 
Minor in Religious Studies 
Minor in Christian Studies 
Minor in Jewish Studies 

FACULTY 

Benjamin Hubbard, Paul Levesque, James 
Santucci, Jeanette Reedy Solano, Bradley Starr 


INTRODUCTION 

Comparative Religion examines the spiritual quest of humankind, especially as it has 
manifested itself in the world’s living religions. These include Hinduism, Buddhism, Sikhism, 
Judaism, Christianity, Islam, and other less familiar traditions. No other academic field looks at 
the origins, sacred writings, rituals, beliefs and world views of the various religions for their own 
sake rather than as an aspect of another field of study. 

Within a public university, religion must be approached with academic objectivity and 
without favoritism for any one tradition. Yet, religion must also be studied with sensitivity and 
empathy for the millions of believers whose lives are shaped by their faith. Comparative Religion 
is also an interdisciplinary field which draws on the work of social scientists, historians, phi- 
losophers, and literary scholars in attempting to understand the religious quest. Hence, studying 
religious traditions develops habits of mind that are very important for life in our multicultural 
society. Furthermore, a familiarity with the world’s religions is necessary for an understanding of 
church-state issues in America and of geo-political conflicts in South Asia, the Middle East, and 
elsewhere. 

The Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies is designed for those who (1) want a humanities 
undergraduate background focusing on religion as a preparation for further study in such fields 
as education, law, social work, counseling and government service; (2) wish to pursue graduate 
studies in religion with the aim of teaching and/or doing research in the subject; (3) are consid- 
ering a career in various religious ministries or in religious education. 

Because the major consists of 36 units of course work (less than some other fields), it may be 
possible to add a second major in, for example, Communications, History, Human Services or 
Philosophy. Such double majors may strengthen a student’s job preparation or background for 
graduate studies. 

Minors in religion are offered in three areas depending on a student’s particular interest: 
Religious Studies (comparative emphasis), Christian Studies (an emphasis on Christianity in its 
many forms), and Jewish Studies (an emphasis on the Judaic tradition). 

Awards in Comparative Religion 

Two graduating seniors are recognized each year with the James O’Shea/Joseph Kalir Award 
for Outstanding Scholarship by a graduating senior and the James Parkes/Morton Fierman 
Award for Student Achievement (for service to the department and university and/or for inter- 
faith work within and outside the university). The Donald Gard Award is given annually to a 
non-graduating Religious Studies major for academic achievement. In addition, the Althea and 
Robert McLaren Award recognizes the student (majoring or minoring in religious studies) judged 
to have written the outstanding essay in a Comparative Religion class in a particular year. 

International Learning Opportunities in Comparative Religion 

The Religious Studies major within the Department of Comparative Religion requires the 
study of the world’s religions, thereby necessitating an examination of religion in other cultural 
and national settings. This is particularly true of courses dealing with Asian religions such as 
Hinduism and Buddhism, and a predominantly Middle Eastern faith — Islam. Moreover, the 
Department encourages students to study abroad. See the department chair or undergraduate 
adviser if interested. 


ADVISERS 

All programs: James Santucci and Paul 
Levesque 


Graduate Study 

The department works cooperatively with the Department of Religion in the Claremont 
Graduate School. Please contact the chair or undergraduate adviser about specific cooperative 
arrangements. 


141 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

The Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies requires a minimum of 
120 units which includes courses for the major, General Education, all 
University requirements, and free electives. The religious studies major 
consists of 36 units. Courses from other colleges and departments may 
be acceptable for the major upon consultation with the departmental 
adviser. Each course counted toward the major must be completed 
with a grade of “C” (2.0) or higher. 

Lower-Division Requirements (9 units) 

Introduction to the Study of Religion (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 105 Religion and the Quest for Meaning (3) 
Comparative Religion 1 10 Religions of the World (3) 

Introduction to Western Religious Traditions (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the New Testament (3) 
Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 250 The Religion of Islam (3) 

Introduction to Non-Western Religious Traditions (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to the Asian Religions (3) 
Comparative Religion 280 Introduction to Buddhism (3) 
Upper-Division Requirements (27 units) 

Core Requirements (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 300 Methods of Studying Religion (3) 
Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 
The Development of Western Religious Thought (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 345A History and Development of Early 
Christian Thought (3) 

Comparative Religion 345B History and Development of Modem 
Christian Thought (3) 

Comparative Religion 346A History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Biblical and Rabbinical Eras (3) 

Comparative Religion 346B History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Medieval and Modem Eras (3) 

Comparative Religion 349A History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: The Beginning to 1258 (3) 

Comparative Religion 349B History and Development of Islamic 
Thought: 1259 to Modem Times (3) 

Comparative Religion 350T Major Christian Traditions (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 405 History of the Jews (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 406 The Holocaust (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 417B Roman Empire (3) 

History 420 The Byzantine Empire (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 421 A History of the Christian Church to 
the Reformation (1517) (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 IB History of the Christian Church 
from the Reformation to the Present (3) 


*May be taken only after completion of 15 units in Comparative 
Religion, including Comparative Religion 105 or 110 and 300, and 
junior standing. 


History/Comparative Religion 425B The Reformation (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 466A Islamic Civilization: Arab Era (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 466B Islamic Civilization: 

Imperial Age (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 483 American Religious History (3) 

The Development of Non-Western Religious Thought (6 units) 

Afro-Ethnic/Comparative Religion 325 African American Religions 
and Spirituality (3) 

Comparative Religion 337 American Indian Religions 
and Philosophy (3) 

Comparative Religion 347A Hindu Tradition to 400 B.C.E. (3) 
Comparative Religion 347B Hindu Tradition from 400 B C.E. (3) 
Philosophy 350 Asian Philosophy (3) 

Comparative Religion 354T Topics in Buddhism (3) 

Comparative Religion 370 New Religious Movements in the U.S.A. (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 465A History of India (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 465B History of India (3) 

The Experience of Religion (6 units) 

Comparative Religion 305 Contemporary Practices of the 
World’s Religions (3) 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, Christianity, and 
Islam Compared (3) 

Philosophy/Comparative Religion 348 Philosophy of Religion (3) 
Comparative Religion 358 Comparative Mysticism (3) 

Comparative Religion 367 Latino/a Spirituality and Religion (3) 
Comparative Religion 380 The Religious Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Comparative Religion 381 Religion and Politics in the 
United States (3) 

Comparative Religion 397 Religion and Science (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the Media, and Contemporary 
Culture (3) 

Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 Sociology of 
Religious Behavior (3) 

Textual Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew Scriptural Studies (3) 
Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 40 IT Studies in Religious Texts (3) 

Writing Requirement 

The course requirement of the university upper-division bacca- 
laureate writing course is met through Comparative Religion 485T. It 
is highly recommended that students majoring in Religious Studies 
pursue the study of classical languages such as Arabic, Greek, Hebrew, 
Latin, and Sanskrit when such languages are offered. 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies program who 
enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who 
enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to 
Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second 


142 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


language as a condition of graduation with a bachelor’s degree (see 
“Graduation Requirements for the Bachelors Degree” elsewhere in this 
catalog.) 


MINOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

Students minoring in Religious Studies are required to take 2 1 units 
in Comparative Religion, distributed as follows: 

Lower-Division Requirements (9 units) 

Introduction to the Study of Religion (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 105 Religion and the Quest for Meaning (3) 
Comparative Religion 110 Religions of the World (3) 

Introduction to Western Religious Traditions (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to Christianity (3) 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the New Testament (3) 
Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 250 The Religion of Islam (3) 



Introduction to Non-western Religious Traditions (3 units 
Comparative Religion 270T Introduction to the Asian Religions (3) 
Comparative Religion 280 Introduction to Buddhism (3) 

Upper Division (12 units) 

Core Requirements (3 units) 

Comparative Religion 300 Methods of Studying Religion (3) 

Elective Courses (9 units) 

Any nine units of upper-division courses in Comparative Religion. 
It is highly recommended that students minoring in Religious Studies 
pursue the study of classical languages such as Arabic, Greek, Hebrew, 
Latin, and Sanskrit when such courses are offered. 

MINOR IN CHRISTIAN STUDIES 

Students minoring in Christian Studies are required to take 21 
units, distributed as follows: 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to Christianity (3) 
Comparative Religion 300 .Methods of Studying Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 345A History and Development of Early 
Christian Thought (3) 

Comparative Religion 345B History' and Development of Modem 
Christian Thought (3) 


Elective Courses (9 units) 

Comparative Religion 201 Origins of the New Testament (3) 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

Afro Ethnic/Comparative Religion 325 African-American Religions and 
Spirituality (3) 

Comparative Religion 33 IT New Testament Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, Christianity, and 
Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 350T Major Christian Traditions (3) 

Comparative Religion 358 Comparative Mysticism (3) 

Comparative Religion 367 Latino/a Spirituality and Religion (3) 
Comparative Religion 380 The Religious Roots of Nonviolence (3) 
Comparative Religion 381 Religion and Politics in the United States (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the Media, and Contemporary 
Culture (3) 

Comparative Religion 40 IT Studies in Religious Texts* (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 417B Roman Empire (3) 

History 420 The Byzantine Empire (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 421 A History of the Christian Church to 
the Reformation (1517) (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 IB History of the Christian Church 
from the Reformation to the Present (3) 

History/Comparative Religion 42 5B The Reformation (3) 
Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 483 American Religious History (3) 
Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 
Comparative Religion 499 Independent Study (3)* 


It is highly recommended that students minoring in Christian 
Studies pursue the study of classical languages such as Greek, Hebrew, 
and Latin when such courses are offered. 

*When content pertains to the Christian tradition. 


MINOR IN JEWISH STUDIES 

Students minoring in Jewish Studies are required to take 21 units, 
distributed as follows: 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to Judaism (3) 

Comparative Religion 300 Methods of Studying Religion (3) 

Comparative Religion 346A History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Biblical and Rabbinical Eras (3) 

Comparative Religion 346B History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Medieval and Modem Eras (3) 

Elective Courses (9 units) 

Comp Lit/Comparative Religion 312 The Bible as Literature (3) 
Comparative Religion 330T Hebrew Scriptural Studies (3) 

Comparative Religion 335 Judaism, Christianity, and 
Islam Compared (3) 

Comparative Religion 358 Comparative Mysticism (3) 


143 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


Comparative Religion 380 The Religious Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Comparative Religion 381 Religion and Politics in the 
United States (3) 

Comparative Religion 400 Religion, the Media, and Contemporary 
Culture (3) 

Comparative Religion 40 IT Studies in Religious Texts* (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 405 History of the Jews (3) 
History/Comparative Religion 406 The Holocaust (3) 
Sociology/Comparative Religion 458 Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 
History 467 The Middle East in the 19th Century (3) 

History 468 The Middle East in the 20th Century (3) 

Comparative Religion 485T Major Religious Thinkers and Concepts (3)* 
Comparative Religion 499 Independent Study (1-3)* 

*When content pertains to the Jewish tradition. 

COMPARATIVE RELIGION COURSES 

Courses are designated as CPRL in the class schedule. 

105 Religion and the Quest for Meaning (3) 

Inquiry into the nature of religious experience as the human pursuit 
of meaning and transcendence, exploring its central themes, phenom- 
ena, and questions; its principal types of figures and communities; and 
its major categories of sacred rituals, objects, seasons, and places. 

110 Religions of the World (3) 

An introduction to at least five religious world views from an his- 
torical and comparative perspective, with descriptive analysis of their 
belief system, moral code, and symbolic rituals: Judaism, Christianity, 
Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism. (Same as Philosophy 1 10) 

200 Introduction to Christianity (3) 

An overview of the Christian tradition including Orthodox, Roman 
Catholic and Protestant expressions. Foundational councils, creeds, 
scriptures, ideas, and worship styles are profiled. 

201 Origins of the New Testament (3) 

The sources and content of the New Testament writings which 
reflect the life and beliefs of the Christians in the first century of the 
Common Era, including literary and historical criticism. 

210 Introduction to Judaism (3) 

The Jewish tradition — its scriptures, laws, customs, holidays and 
world view in their historical setting. 

246A Basic Hatha Yoga (2) 

(Same as Kinesiology 246A) 

246B Intermediate Hatha Yoga (2) 

(Same as Kinesiology 246B.) 

250 The Religion of Islam (3) 

The religion of Islam, its background and main teachings: the rise 
of Islam; the caliphate, Islamic theology, teachings, mysticism and 
philosophy. 


270T Introduction to the Asian Religions (3) 

The main teachings of a major South Asian, Far Eastern, or 
“Oriental” religion per semester. Such religions as Jainism, Hinduism, 
Taoism, Shintoism, and Zoroastrianism will be discussed. May be 
repeated for credit with different subject matter. 

280 Introduction to Buddhism (3) 

Introduction to the origins and development of Buddhism. Included 
in the course will be a discussion of the major teachings found in all 
traditions of Buddhism, the three major traditions of Buddhism, and 
the position of Buddhism in the U.S. 

300 Methods of Studying Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 110 or consent of instructor. 

The academic study of religion to include the definition, functions and 
varieties of religion; the methods used to study it; and key figures who 
have shaped the development of this discipline. 

301 Sanskrit (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 301) 

305 Contemporary Practices of the World’s Religions (3) 

Prerequisite: any one of the following: Anthropology 100, History 
110A, Comparative Religion 105, or Comparative Religion 110. A 
comparative study of how the beliefs, practices and moral codes of 
the world’s major religions influence the way nations and individuals 
behave in the spheres of daily life, culture, ethics, business and politics. 

312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

(Same as Comp Lit 312) 

325 African-American Religions and Spirituality (3) 

(Same as Afro Ethnic Studies 325) 

330T Hebrew Scriptural Studies (3) 

Specific areas of Hebrew Scriptures such as major and minor proph- 
ets, Psalms, values of wisdom writers, books of the Old Testament. 

May be repeated for credit with different subject content. 

33 IT New Testament Studies (3) 

Specific areas of the New Testament such as the Synoptic Gospels, 
the Pauline Corpus, the Johannine Corpus, etc. May be repeated for 
credit with different subject matter. 

335 Judaism, Christianity and Islam Compared (3) 

A comparative study of the three great monotheistic traditions, 
Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, their beliefs, practices, and structures. 

337 American Indian Religions and Philosophy (3) 

(Same as Afro Ethnic Studies 337) 

345A History and Development of Early Christian Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Categories 
III.B.l and III.B.2. A historical study of the diversity of Christian 
beliefs, movements, and key Figures from New Testament times to 
the late Middle Ages, including such topics as important creeds and 
councils, spiritual movements, and central figures such as Augustine 
and Aquinas. 


144 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


345B History and Development of Modern Christian Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Categories 
II1.B.1 and III B.2. A historical study of the diversity of Christian 
beliefs, movements, and key figures from the late Middle Ages to 
the present, including such topics as the context and thinkers of the 
Reformation era, post-Reformation controversies, and recent debates 
and trends. 

346A History and Development of Jewish Thought: 

Biblical and Rabbinical Eras (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Categories 11I.B.1 
and III.B.2. A study of the Hebrew Scriptures in their historical 
context, of the development of rabbinical Judaism and the Talmud, 
and of Judaism in the Christian and Muslim worlds down to the 
close of the Spanish “Golden Age” (1150). 

346B History and Development of Jewish Thought: 

Medieval and Modem Eras (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Categories 11I.B.1 
and III.B.2. A study of Maimonides’ legacy, the impact of mysticism, 
the rise of anti-Semitism, the emancipation of European Jews, the 
Holocaust, Israel’s founding and history, and the contributions of Jews 
to American culture. 

347A Hindu Tradition to 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Prerequisites: Comparative Religion/Philosophy 110 or completion 
of General Education Category III.B.2. Hindu thought in its earliest 
period. Subjects will include an overview of Vedic literature, especially 
its religious content and the major rituals of the early Veda; philosophi- 
cal developments in the Upanisads or later Veda; and related sacred 
writings. 

347B Hindu Tradition from 400 B.C.E. (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 105 or 1 10 or completion of 
General Education Category III.B.2. Hindu thought after the Vedic 
period. Subjects will include the beginnings of Hindu philosophies, 
classical Hindu practice, devotionalism, modem or neo-Hindu groups 
appearing in the nineteenth century, and the contributions of thinkers 
such as Ramakrishna and Gandhi. 

348 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

(Same as Philosophy 348) 

349A History and Development of Islamic Thought: 

The Beginning to 1258 (3) 

Prerequisites: Comparative Religion 105, 110 or 250 or equivalent. 
Islamic theology, law, culture, and spirituality up to the close of the 
classical period in 1258. Interpretation of the Qur’an, formation of 
Hadith literature, development of Islamic law, divisions within Islam, 
rise of mysticism, contributions to science and art. 

349B History and Development of Islamic Thought: 

1259 to Modern Times (3) 

Prerequisites: Comparative Religion 105, 1 10 or 250 or equivalent. 
Islamic thought from the close of the classical period to the present, 
with emphasis on twentieth century developments. Emergence of 
modem Middle East, reform movements, Islamic response to national- 
ism and modernity, recent Islamic resurgence. 


350T Major Christian Traditions (3) 

Catholicism, Protestantism, Eastern Christianity, or Post- 
Reformation Communities; historical development and self-under- 
standing, liturgy, creeds, moral norms, canon laws and outstanding 
figures. May be repeated for credit with different content. 

354T Topics in Buddhism (3) 

Prerequisites: Comparative Religion 105, 110 or 280. A historical 
survey of Buddhist doctrines, schools, and practices in a particular 
region or regions which are: South Asia, Tibet, China, Japan, Korea, 
and Southeast Asia. May be repeated for credit with different content. 
(Same as Philosophy 354T) 

358 Comparative Mysticism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comparative Religion 105, 110 or equivalent. A com- 
parative survey of mysticism as a recurring phenomenon within major 
religious traditions. Included are selected writings and representative 
male and female figures, analyzed from philosophical and psychological 
viewpoints. Definitions, terms, metaphors, techniques, and stages of 
the mystical experience. 

367 Latino/a Spirituality and Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III B.2. 

Both national and international expressions of Latino/a religios- 
ity — from popular religion to Marian devotion to curanderismo — are 
explored through film, historical documents, poetry, theology, art, soci- 
ology and ethnic studies. (Same as Chicana/o 367) 

370 New Religious Movements in the U.S.A. (3) 

Beliefs, history, ritual and organizational make-up of non-traditional 
modem religions in America, such as Scientology, the Unification 
Church, Hare Krishna (ISKCON) and Rajneeshism as presented by 
guest speakers. Discussion of “cult,” “sect” and the occult will comprise 
portion of course. 

380 The Religious Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Prerequisites: Comparative Religion 105, 1 10 or consent of instructor. 
An investigation of the foundations of nonviolence as taught within the 
major religious traditions: Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, and 
Buddhism. 

381 Religion and Politics in the United States (Formerly 481) (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category lll.0. 1 . An 
examination of the relationship of politics and religion, especially in 
the U.S. The colonial and constitutional experience, Supreme Court 
decisions on religious issues, the principal theorists of moral discourse 
in the public forum, contemporary issues of concern. (Same as Political 
Science 381) 

397 Religion and Science (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of the General Education Category III.A.2 
and III.B.2 or instructor’s consent. An examination of the historical 
and contemporary interaction of religion and science through a study 
of religious thought and scientific method. Topics will include the sci- 
entific revolution, evolutionary theory and Quantum physics as these 
relate to religious faith. 


145 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 


400 Religion, the Media, and Contemporary Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: American Studies 201 or Communications 233 or 
History 180 or Comparative Religion 105, 1 10 or consent of instructor. 
Religion reporting in the secular media; the religious press in America; 
the influence of the media, both secular and religious, on the shaping 
of society’s values; ethical dilemmas faced by reporters. 

40 IT Studies in Religious Texts (3) 

Prerequisites: Comparative Religion 105, 1 10 or consent of instructor. 
The study and interpretation of a selected portion of the scriptures of a 
particular religion, for example, the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament, the 
New Testament, the Qur’an, the Veda, the Pali Canon. 

405 History of the Jews (3) 

(Same as History 405) 

406 The Holocaust (3) 

(Same as History 406) 

417B Roman Empire (3) 

(Same as History 417B) 

421 A History of the Christian Church to 
the Reformation (1517) (3) 

(Same as History 421 A) 

42 IB History of the Christian Church From the 
Reformation to the Present (3) 

(Same as History 42 IB) 

425B The Reformation (3) 

(Same as History 42 5B) 


458 Sociology of Religious Behavior (3) 

(Same as Sociology 458) 

465A History of India ( 3) 

(Same as History 46 5 A) 

465B History of India (3) 

(Same as History 465B) 

466A Islamic Civilization: Arab Era (3) 

(Same as History 466A) 

466B Islamic Civilization: Imperial Age (3) 

(Same as History 466B) 

483 American Religious History (3) 

(Same as History 483) 

485T Major Religious Thinkers and Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: fifteen units in Comparative Religion, including 
Comparative Religion 105 or 110 and 300, and junior standing or 
approval of undergraduate adviser. Religious thinkers and concepts 
dealing with Western, Eastern and non-traditional religious ideas from 
ancient to modem times. Fulfills university upper-division baccalaure- 
ate writing requirement. May be repeated with different content. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in Comparative Religion to be taken 
with consent of instructor and the department chair. May be repeated 
for credit. 


146 


COMPARATIVE RELIGION 



PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

Susamma Barua 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Computer Science 106 

PROGRAM WEBSITE 

http://www.fullerton.edu/ecs 

PROGRAM OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Computer 
Engineering 

PROGRAM FACULTY 

Susamma Barua, Bin Cong, Mohinder 
Grewal, Jesus Tuazon, and Raman 
Unnikrishnan 


INTRODUCTION 

The undergraduate program in Computer Engineering at CSUF provides students with a 
strong theoretical and practical background in computer hardware and the software aspects of 
computer-based systems, along with the engineering analysis, design, and implementation skills 
necessary to work between the two. The curriculum is based on an engineering philosophy, with 
emphasis on hardware more than software. The topics integrated into the curriculum include 
digital systems, computer organization and architecture, processor interfacing techniques, VHDL 
design, advanced electronics, and embedded system design. The 12 units of elective courses 
required by the program allow students to specialize in key engineering technology and com- 
puter science areas. The program also requires two semesters of multidisciplinary senior design 
project. The computer engineering program is designed to develop an ability to apply design 
and analysis knowledge to the practice of computer engineering in an effective and professional 
manner. 

The proliferation of embedded systems in an increasing array of industrial products assures 
a ready market for graduates in the computer engineering discipline. Computer engineers are 
employed in a wide range of industries including VLSI chip design and manufacturing, autono- 
mous systems, consumer electronics, expert systems, smart devices, digital signal processing 
(DSP) systems, computer manufacturing from PDAs to super computers, and automatic controls. 
A majority of products such as airplanes, automobiles, home appliances, consumer electronics, 
robots etc. use computers and employ computer engineers in their designs. Computer engineers 
are also needed in the design and implementation of computer networks for business, industrial, 
and governmental institutions. 

The Computer Engineering program at CSUF meets current accreditation requirements of the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). 

COMPUTER ENGINEERING PROGRAM MISSION STATEMENT 

The undergraduate program in Computer Engineering is committed to providing students 
with a strong theoretical and practical understanding in both the hardware and software aspects 
of computer-based systems, along with the engineering analysis, design, and implementation 
skills necessary to solve problems using computer engineering principles and techniques. The 
program prepares students for productive, dynamic, and rewarding careers in computer 
engineering and for entry into graduate programs. 

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES 

The Computer Engineering program has established the following educational objectives: 

1 . To provide students with a strong theoretical and practical background in computer hard- 
ware and the software aspects of computer-based systems, along with the engineering analysis, 
design, and implementation skills necessary to work between the two. 

2. To develop in our students an ability to apply design and analysis knowledge to the practice 
of computer engineering in an effective and professional manner. 

3. To prepare students for the modem engineering work environment by developing skills for 
effective communication and an ability to function successfully on interdisciplinary teams. 

4. To impart in students an understanding of the need for and an ability to engage in life-long 
learning 

5. To instill in our students an understanding of their professional, social, and ethical responsi- 
bilities. 


147 


COMPUTER ENGINEERING 




PROGRAM OUTCOMES 

The learning outcomes for the Computer Engineering program are: 

1. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engi- 
neering to the analysis of computer engineering problems. 

2. An ability to design and conduct scientific and engineering experi- 
ments, as well as to analyze and interpret data 

3. An ability to design a digital hardware system (including computers, 
communication systems, and embedded systems), component, or 
process to meet design requirements. 

4. An ability to function as a member of a multidisciplinary team 

5. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve computer engineering 
problems. 

6. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibilities of 
computer engineers. 

7. An ability to communicate effectively through written reports and 
oral presentations. 

8. A broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineer- 
ing solutions in a global and societal context. 

9. A recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in life-long 
learning. 

10. A knowledge of contemporary technical issues. 

1 1. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modem engineering 
tools necessary for engineering practice. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING 

Entering freshmen should have a preparation which includes two 
years of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, and one year of physics. 
Students deficient in mathematics or physics must take special pre- 
paratory courses, i.e.. Mathematics 125 or Physics 115, which will 
not carry credit for the degree. (See also the Undergraduate Students 
Section of the University Catalog for Statewide Placement Tests and 
requirements.) 

The degree program assumes that the student has already obtained 
a working knowledge of at least one high-level programming language 
such as C++ and a working knowledge of personal computing funda- 
mentals and applications, including word processing, spreadsheets, 
database systems, e-mail systems, the World Wide Web, and presenta- 
tion graphics. Students without this knowledge may be required to 
take up to seven additional units of course work beyond those nor- 
mally required. These additional seven units will not carry credit for 
the degree 

1 29 units are required for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Computer Engineering. These 129 units include 53 units of required 
courses in computer engineering/computer science/electrical engineer- 
ing/general engineering, 12 units of elective courses in computer engi- 
neenng/computer science/electrical engineering, 34 units of foundation 
courses in mathematics and science, and 49 units of courses (30 undu- 
plicated units) in General Education. 

Courses taken toward the major or toward the requirements in 
related fields must be taken on a traditional (letter grade) basis, unless 
the course is offered only on a non-traditional (credit/no credit) basis, 
or if the course is passed by a challenge examination. Students must 
maintain at least a 2.0 grade point average, in all college-level units 
attempted, in all units attempted at CSUF, and in all units attempted 


in the major. All mathematics and physical science courses required 
for the degree must be completed with at least a “C minus” (1.7) grade 
to count as prerequisite courses to engineering courses or as credit 
towards the degree. All courses in the major must be passed with a “C 
minus 4 (1.7) or better. 

Placement Examination 

Before entry into the courses, EGCP 180 and Comp Sci 131, 
required by the major, the student is required to take the Computer 
Science placement examination or complete the required prerequisite 
courses. 


Computer Engineering Core (53 units) 

Comp Sci 131 Data Structures Concepts (3) 

Comp Set 231 File System Concepts (3) 

Comp Sci 253U Workshop in UNIX (1) 

Comp Sci 351 Operating Systems Concepts (3) 

EGCP 180 Digital Logic and Computer Structures (3) 

EGCP 280 Microcontrollers (3) 

EGCP 281 Designing with VHDL (2) 

EGCP 371 Modeling and Simulation of Signals and Systems (3) 

EGCP 381 Computer Design and Organization (4) 

EGCP 441 Advanced Electronics for Computer Engineers (4) 

EGCP 450 Embedded Processor Interfacing (4) 

EGCP 470 Multidisciplinary Projects in Computer Engineering - I (1) 
EGCP 471 Multidisciplinary Projects in Computer Engineering - II (2) 
EGEE 203 Electric Circuits (3) 

EGEE 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 

EGEE 303 Electronics (3) 

EGEE 303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 

EGEE 323 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) 

EGEE 490 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 

EGEE 406 Design Applications with Microcontrollers and FPGA (3) 
EGGN 314 Engineering Economy (2) 

Technical Electives (12 units) 

Each Computer Engineering major must take 12 units of technical 
electives, which must be approved in advance by the program adviser. 
The electives shall constitute a coherent body of study consistent with 
the students professional and educational objectives. 


Wireless Communication 

EGEE 420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 

EGEE 442 Electronic Communications Circuits (3) 

EGEE 443 Electronic Communication Systems (3) 

EGEE 460 Introduction to Cellular Mobile Communications 
Systems (3) 

Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) and Optics 
EGEE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EGEE 455 Solid State Electronics (3) 

EGEE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 

EGEE 480 Engineering Optics (3) 


148 


COMPUTER ENGINEERING 


I Control Systems and Systems Engineering 
I EGEE 416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 

I EGEE 424 Computer Simulation of Continuous Systems (3) 

I EGEE 425 Introduction to Systems Engineering (3) 

I Microprocessors and Microcomputer Systems 

I EGEE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputers (3) 
I EGEE 412 Digital Computer Architecture and Design 11(3) 

I EGEE 414 Introduction to Parallel Processing (3) 

I EGEE 448 Digital Systems Design (3) 

I Comp Sci 459 Micro-Computer Software Systems (3) 

I Computer Networks 

I Comp Sci 433 Data Security and Encryption Techniques (3) 

I Comp Sci 457 Computer Communications (3) 



Global Positioning Systems (GPS) 

EGEE 483 Introduction to Global Positioning Systems (3) 
EGEE 483L Global Positioning Systems Laboratory (2) 

Software Engineering 

Comp Sci 331 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (3) 
Comp Sci 423 Language Processor Techniques (3) 

Comp Sci 461 Software Engineering Techniques (3) 
Database System Design 

Comp Sci 331 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (3) 
Comp Sci 431 Database Systems (3) 

Comp Sci 437 Web Database Development (3) 

Intelligent Systems 

EGEE 430 Fuzzy Logic and Control (3) 

Comp Sci 477 Cybernetics and Information Theory (3) 
Comp Sci 481 Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Comp Sci 483 Pattern Recognition Techniques (3) 


Current Topics 

EGCP 463 Current Topics in Computer Engineering (3) 

Free Elective 

Advisor-approved upper division course (3) 

Requirements in Related Fields (34 Units) 

Mathematics Requirement (19 Units) 

MATH 150A Calculus (4) 

MATH 150B Calculus (4) 

MATH 250A Multivariate Calculus (4) 

MATH 250B Introduction to Linear Algebra and Differential 
Equations (4) 

MATH 270A Mathematical Structures I (3) 

Science Requirement (15 Units) 

Physics 225 Fundamental Physics: Mechanics (3) 

Physics 226 Fundamental Physics: Electricity and Magnetism (3) 

Physics 227 Fundamental Physics: Waves, Optics, and Modem 
Physics (3) 

Physics 225L, 226L, 227L Fundamental Physics: Laboratory (1, 1, 1) 
Biology 101 Elements of Biology (3) 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement (3 Units) 

In addition to the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP), the 
following two courses are required to fulfill the upper-division English 
writing requirement: 

EGCP 441 1 unit toward upper-division writing requirement 
EGCP 471 2 units toward upper-division writing requirement 

Written work for the two courses must meet professional standards. 
Both the courses must be passed with a grade of W C” (2.0) or better to 
satisfy the writing requirement. 

General Education Courses 

I. Core Competencies (9) 

A. Oral Communication (3) 

Honors 101 B, Human Comm 100, or Human Comm 102 

B. Written Communication (3) 

English 101 

C. Critical Thinking (3) 

Honors 101 A; Human Comm 235; Philosophy 105, 106; 
Psychology 110; or Reading 290 

II. Historical and Cultural Foundations (9) 

A. Development of World Civilization (3) 

History 110A, 110B, Honors 210A, or Honors 210B 

B. American History, Institutions and Values (6) 

1 . American History (3) 

Afro Ethnic 190, American Studies 201, Chicana/o 190, 
History 180, 190, or Honors 201 A 

2. Government (3) 

Honors 20 IB or Poli Sci 100 


149 


COMPUTER ENGINEERING 


III. Disciplinary Learning (33) 

A. Mathematics and Natural Sciences (18 units) 

1. Mathematics 

Mathematics 150A (4) and 270A (3) 

2. Natural Sciences 

a. Physical Science 

Physics 225, 225L, 226 and 226L 

b. Earth and Astronomical Sciences 
Not applicable for engineering majors 

c. Life Science 
Biology 101 

3. Implications and Explorations in Mathematics and Natural 
Sciences 

Not applicable for engineering majors 

B. Arts and Humanities (9) 

1 . Introduction to the Arts (3) 

Art 101, 201A, 20 IB, 311, 312, Dance 101, Music 100, 
Theater 100 

2. Introduction to the Humanities (3) 

Any lower-division course in this category listed in the 
current class schedule 

3. Implications, Explorations and Participatory Experience in 
the Arts and Humanities (3) 

Any upper-division course in this category in the current 
class schedule 

C. Social Sciences (6) 

1 . Introduction to the Social Sciences (3) 

EGGN 314 and EGEE 490 

2. Implications, Explorations and Participatory Experience in 
the Social Sciences (3) 

Any upper-division course in this category listed in the 
current class schedule 

/V Lifelong Learning 

This category is not applicable to engineering majors 
V Cultural Diversity 

Take at least one star (*) course in Sections III.B.3 or III.C.2 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering is a 
high-unit program, majors are exempt from the Second Language 
Graduation Requirement. 

COMPUTER ENGINEERING COURSES 

Computer Engineering Courses are designated as EGCP in the class 
schedule. 

180 Digital Logic and Computer Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: Comp Sci 121, Corequisite: Math 270A. Binary 
number system and arithmetic, computer codes. Boolean algebra, logic 
gates, K-map minimization, sequential circuits, memory devices, state 
diagram and table, computer architecture, memory, Arithmetic Logic 
Unit, and control unit. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


280 Microcontrollers (3) 

Prerequisite: EGCP 180. Microcontrollers, microcontroller program- 
ming model and instruction set, assembler directives, writing and 
debugging microcontroller assembly language routines, microcontroller 
memory system, microcontroller communication systems. (1 hour 
lecture, 4 hours laboratory) 

281 Designing with VHDL (2) 

Prerequisites: Comp Sci 121 and EGCP 180. Introduction to 
various modeling methods, timings, events, propagation delays and 
concurrency, the language constructs, data representations and formats, 
and physical attributes. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

371 Modeling and Simulation of Signals and Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 303 and Math 250B. Modeling and simulation 
of physical systems, mathematical description of systems, transfer functions, 
poles and zeros, frequency response, continuous and discrete-time 
convolution, continuous and discrete Fourier transforms, Laplace and 
Z transforms, Fast Fourier Transforms, simulation using Matlab. 

381 Computer Design and Organization (4) 

Prerequisites: EGCP 281 and EGEE 303. Computer system, central 
processing unit (CPU)organization and design, instruction set and 
addressing modes, microprogrammed control unit design, cache 
memory, internal memory, virtual memory, input/output interfacing, 
parallel processors, superscalar processors (2 hours lecture, 4 hours 
laboratory). 

441 Advanced Electronics for Computer Engineers (4) 

Prerequisites: EGCP 281 and EGEE 303. High speed CMOS, 
biCMOS, CPLDs, FPGAs, A/D, D/A, transducers and optics; integra- 
tion of these devices into complete systems. (2 hours lecture, 4 hours 
laboratory) 

450 Embedded Processor Interfacing (4) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 323, EGCP 381 and 441, and Comp Sc 351. 
Techniques of interfacing based on speed, timings, synchronization, 
noise, cross-talk, hazards, and race conditions. Interfacing specifica- 
tions of the processor data, address, and control buses. (2 hours 
lecture, 4 hours laboratory) 

463 Current Topics in Computer Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: Junior/Senior standing in computer engineering and 
consent of the instructor. Exploration of topics of contemporary 
interest from the perspective of current research and development in 
computer engineering. Lectures by guest professionals. 

470 Multidisciplinary Projects in Computer Engineering - 1 (l) 

Corequisite: EGCP 450. First course in the two-course senior design 
sequence. Students in teams will do a hardware/software project, from 
conception through implementation and testing, under an instructors 
supervision. Teams first explore technology' issues related to the proj- 
ects and then prepare complete design proposals. (1 hour lecture) 

471 Multidisciplinary Projects in Computer Engineering - 11 (2) 

Prerequisite: EGCP 450 and 470. Second course in the two-course 
senior design course in which students in teams of two or more will 
do a hardware/software project under the supervision of the instruc- 
tor. The development of design skill, based upon previous and current 
courses and laboratory experience, is emphasized. (4 hours laboratory) 


150 


COMPUTER ENGINEERING 



INTRODUCTION 

The undergraduate computer science program at Cal State Fullerton offers students a com- 
prehensive foundation that will permit them to adapt to new technologies and new ideas. The 
program spans a wide range, from its theoretical and algorithmic foundations to cutting-edge 
developments in bioinformatics, communications systems, databases, robotics, intelligent 
systems, software engineering, and other exciting areas. 

The program provides students with a comprehensive background to lake on varied categories 
of work. They are offered the necessary theories, principles, and practices to design and imple- 
ment software which permits them to take on challenging programming jobs. They have the 
opportunity to become well-equipped to devise new ways to use computers. The computer 
science areas of networking, database design, and human-computer-interfacing have enabled 
the development of the Word Wide Web. Now, computer scientists working in research and 
development are striving to make robots practical aides which demonstrate some aspects of 
intelligence, are using databases to discover new knowledge, and are using computers to help 
map human DNA as well as the DNA of other animals. The theoretical background available 
in the program provides the background to help develop effective ways to solve computing 
problems. This background allows students to determine the best possible ways to store 
information in databases, send data over networks, and display complex images. 

The bachelors program is accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission (CAC) 
DEPARTMENT CHAIR of the Accreditation Boards for Engineering and Technology (ABET). 

Demetrios Michalopoulos 

MISSION 

VICE CHAIR The mission of the Computer Science Department is to provide students with a strong funda- 

David Falconer mental knowledge of Computer Science and the practical skills to adapt as technology changes. 


DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Computer Science 522 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://www.fullerton.edu/ecs 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Computer Science 
Master of Science in Computer Science 
Minor in Computer Science 
Master of Science in Software Engineering 

FACULTY 

Susamma Barua, Ning Chen, James Choi, 
Hwang Chung, Bin Cong, Spiros Courellis, 
David Falconer, Allen Holliday, Floyd 
Holliday, Chang-Hyun Jo, Donna Kastner, 
Barbara Laguna, Demetrios Michalopoulos, 
Mariko Molodowitch, Tae Ryu, and Xiong 
Wang 


EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES 

The Computer Science program is designed to provide the student with the foundations of 
the discipline as well as the opportunity for specialization. Six objectives are addressed: 

■ development of the ability to work effectively as an individual or as a team member to 
produce correct, efficient, well-organized and documented programs in a reasonable time 

■ development of the ability to recognize problems that are amenable to computer solutions, 
and knowledge of the tools necessary for solving such problems 

■ development of the ability to assess the implications of work performed 

■ development of an understanding of basic computer architecture and operations 

■ preparation to pursue in-depth training in one or more application areas, or further educa- 
tion in computer science 

■ development of the ability to communicate effectively 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

The Computer Science curriculum is under revision; for current requirements, refer to the 
department website. 

Each Computer Science major is required to complete a minimum of 130 units including 
general education. The degree program assumes that the student has already obtained a working 
knowledge of at least one high-level programming language such as C++ and a working knowl- 
edge of personal computing fundamentals and applications, including word processing, spread- 


151 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 



sheets, database systems, e-mail systems, and presentation graphics. 
Students without this knowledge may be required to take up to seven 
additional units of course work beyond those normally required by the 
major. 

Courses taken toward the major or toward the requirements in 
related fields must be taken on a traditional (letter grade) basis, unless 
the course is offered only on a non-traditional (credit/no credit) basis, 
or if the course is passed by a challenge examination. Students must 
maintain at least a 2.0 grade point average in all college-level units 
attempted, in all units attempted at CSUF, and in all units attempted in 
the major. A maximum of 6 units in the range “D minus" (0.7) through 
“D plus” (1.3) can be counted towards the major, provided the courses 
are Technical Electives or Requirements in Related Fields, excluding 
the Mathematics requirement. A “C” average (2.0) and a grade of “C 
minus” (1.7) or better is required in all courses applied to the major. 

Computer Science Placement Examination 

Before entry into the first course required by the major (Computer 
Science 131), the student is required to take a placement examination 
or complete the required prerequisite courses offered by the department. 

Computer Science Core (49 units) 

Students must take and pass a Computer Science Department 
Programming Exam before taking upper-division Computer Science 
courses. The exam will be included in Computer Sci 301 Programming 
Lab Practicum (2 units). 


Requirements in Related Fields (39 units) 

Mathematics Requirement (18 units) 

Mathematics 150A,B Calculus (4,4) 

Mathematics 270A,B Mathematical Structures (3,3) 

Mathematics 338 Statistics Applied to Natural Sciences (4) 

Science Requirements (12 units) 

Physical Science (8 units) 

One of the following combinations: 

Physics 225 Fundamental Physics: Mechanics (3) 

Physics 22 5L Fundamental Physics: Laboratory (1) 

Physics 226 Fundamental Physics: Electricity and Magnetism (3) 
Physics 226L Fundamental Physics: Laboratory (1) 

OR Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 

Chemistry 125 General Chemistry for Engineers (3) 

OR Geological Sci 101 Physical Geology (3) 

Geological Sci 101 L Physical Geology Laboratory (1) 
Geological Sci 201 and 20 1L Earth History and Laboratory (4) 
Biological Science (4 units) 

Biology 101 Elements of Biology (3) 

Biology 101 L Elements of Biology Laboratory (1) 


Lower-Division Core (13 units) 

Computer Sci 131 Data Structures Concepts (3) 
Computer Sci 231 File System Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 240 Computer System Architecture 1 (3) 
Computer Sci 241 Low-level Language Systems (3) 
Computer Sci 253U Workshop in UNIX (1) 


Upper-Division Core (24 units) 

Computer Sci 301 Programming Lab Practicum (2) 

Computer Sci 315 Social and Ethical Issues in Computing (1) 
Computer Sci 321 High-Level Language Concepts (3) 
Computer Sci 331 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (3) 
Computer Sci 351 Operating Systems Concepts (3) 

Computer Sci 375 Problem Solving Strategies (3) 

Computer Sci 423 Language Processor Techniques (3) 
Computer Sci 440 Computer System Architecture II (3) 
Computer Sci 461 Software Engineering Techniques (3) 


Technical Electives (12 units) 

Each Computer Science major must take 12 units of technical elec- 
tives which must be approved in advance by a departmental adviser. 
These electives must be selected from upper-division courses offered 
by the department or upper-division courses in numerical analysis. 

The electives shall constitute a coherent body of study consistent with 
the student’s professional and educational objectives. No more than 
three (3) units of course work may be selected from Computer Science 
courses numbered 490 through 499. 


Undesignated Units (9 units) 

These are to be taken in related fields and/or career support fields, 
with prior adviser approval. 

Upper- Division Writing Requirement (3 units) 

Computer Science 311, which meets the university requirements for 
an upper-division writing course, must be completed before the senior 
year. This course must be passed with a “C” (2.0) or better. 

General Education (39 units) 

Computer Science students must complete the university’s 51 -unit 
general education requirements. Twelve of these 51 units will be 
completed in the major’s “Requirements in Related Fields.” For the 
remaining 39 units see the “General Education” section of this catalog. 

Second Language Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science in Computer Science is a high-unit 
program, majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation 
Requirement. 

MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

A Computer Science minor shall consist of 20 units of adviser- 
approved courses including Computer Science 121, 131, 253U, and 
313. It shall include at least six units of upper-division courses (which 
may include 313) taken in residence. At least 12 units must be distinct 
and different from the units used to complete the requirements for 
the major; at least six of these 12 units must be upper-division. 

All prerequisites must be observed. 


152 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


master of science in computer science 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

A bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution with a grade- 
point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted 
is required. Any deficiencies must be made up and will require six or 
more units of adviser-approved course work with at least a 3.0 average 
in addition to those required for the degree. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1 st for 
the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check out the university graduate studies 
website for current information at http://www. fullerton.edu/graduate. 

Classified Graduate Standing 

Achievement of this status requires the following: 

1. Approval of a formal study plan (see description below) by the 
Computer Science Graduate Committee and the Associate Vice 
President, Academic Programs (or designee). 

2. Satisfactory completion of no more than nine units on the study 
plan 

3. Satisfactory completion of the following courses or equivalents 
including prerequisites: Computer Science 231, 240, 241, 321, 

331, 351, 375,423, 431, and Mathematics 270A,B 

4. Competency in written communication in English must be dem- 
onstrated by a passing score on the California State University 
Examination in Writing Proficiency. The requirement must be 
satisfied before the student can be classified and before 500- 

level courses may 
be attempted. The 
student who fails to 
pass the EWP test may 
complete Computer 
Science 311 (Technical 
Writing for Computer 
Science) with a grade 
of “B minus” (2.7) or 
better as an alternative 
to the EWP require- 
ment. 

Talented professional computer scientists have traditionally come 
from a diversity of undergraduate preparations. The listed courses have 
been carefully selected to provide an adequate basis for graduate work 
while not unfairly precluding admission of persons without a bachelor’s 
degree in computer science. It should be noted, however, that each of 
these courses has prerequisites and the student without preparation 
in a closely related degree may have considerable work to complete 
beyond the courses listed here. Reference should be made to the 
catalog descriptions for prerequisites of each course deficiency. 

If you have not taken many of the undergraduate prerequisites, 
you can follow an accelerated path of preparation for your graduate 
courses. The following prerequisite courses are the “fast track” and do 
not grant units toward the degree. 



Comp Sci 901 
Structures 

Comp Sci 902 
Comp Sci 903 


Programming Concepts and Fundamental Data 

Computer Architectures and Low-Level Languages 
File Structures and Database Systems 


Comp Sci 904 Advanced Algorithms and Data Structures 
Comp Sci 905 Programming Languages and Compilers 

Comp Sci 906 Operating Systems 

These courses and their prerequisites constitute program prerequi- 
sites. Students are not allowed to enroll in courses for which they have 
prerequisite deficiencies. Students with knowledge equivalent to any 
or all of these prerequisite courses are encouraged to satisfy such pre- 
requisites by advanced placement examinations. Consult a Computer 
Science graduate adviser for further information. 


Study Plan 

Prior to admission to classified graduate standing in Computer 
Science, the student with the aid of a Computer Science graduate 
adviser shall prepare and submit for approval by the Computer Science 
Department graduate committee a formal study plan consisting of a 
minimum of 30 units of 400 level and graduate course work. 

This shall include Computer Science 440, 461, 589, 597 or 598; 
one of 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546, 547 or 548; and 15 units of elec- 
tives (9 units must be at the 500 level). At least 15 units shall represent 
courses offered by the Department of Computer Science. Courses 
offered by other disciplines, not listed here, and related to the student’s 
objectives in Computer Science may be approved by petition to the 
Department of Computer Science. 

All course work in the study plan must be completed with a GPA 
of at least 3.0. 


Graduate Student Advisement 

The graduate program adviser provides overall supervision of the 
graduate program. The individual student chooses an adviser from the 
full-time faculty of the Computer Science Department on the basis of 
the student’s particular interests and objectives. 


COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES 

Courses are designated as CPSC in the class schedule. 

Prerequisites for Computer Science courses may be waived only by 
department petition. 

102 Introduction to Information and Multimedia Technology (2) 

(Same as InfoSys/DecSci 102) 

103 Introduction to Personal Computer Applications (3) 

Introduction to use and application of personal computers: word 
processing, spreadsheets, database systems, e-mail systems and World 
Wide Web. Evaluation of personal computers and software. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

121 Programming Concepts (4) 

Prerequisite: three years high school mathematics including 
trigonometry. Introduction to programming of digital computers; 
subroutines, functions, and structure of algorithms; elementary input/ 
output; arrays; strings, and data types; documentation. 

(3 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 


153 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


131 Data Structures Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 121 or sufficient score on the 
Computer Science Placement Exam, high school computer applications, 
and three years high school mathematics including trigonometry. Data 
structures: linked lists, stacks, queues, arrays, sequential text files, text 
formatting. 

203 Advanced Personal Computing (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 103. Computer networks. Work- 
group computing: electronic mail, scheduling, work-flow automation, 
central repositories. Desktop publishing. Vertical and horizontal soft- 
ware suites. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

223A Ada Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 241. Ada control statements, types, 
subprograms, array and record types, packages, exceptions, access vari- 
ables, dynamic objects, files, generics, compilation units, tasking, and 
low-level programming. laboratory programming assignments. 

(2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

223C COBOL Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. COBOL identification, 
environment, data and procedure divisions; moving data; printing 
information; arithmetic verbs; control statements; arrays and tables; 
sequential, relative, and indexed files; subprograms; report writer 
module. Laboratory programming assignments. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) 

223H Visual BASIC Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 231. Elements of Visual BASIC, 
forms and controls, properties, mouse events, multiple-document 
interface, processing files, accessing databases, dynamic data exchange, 
object linking and embedding. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

223J Java Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 223V or Computer Science 131 and 
proficiency in C++ language. Characteristics of Java: portable, robust, 
secure, object-oriented, high performance; using the Java environment; 
server administration; types, expressions, and control flow; classes, 
interfaces, and packages; threads; exceptions; class libraries; Java for 
the Internet; tools, the Java Virtual machine. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
lab per week) 

223V C++ Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: programming concepts course using a language other 
than C++. C++ types, arithmetic, operators, control structures, assign- 
ment operators, functions, scope, recursion, logical operators, arrays, 
pointers, characters, strings, structures, unions, enumerations, classes, 
operator overloading, inheritance, virtual functions, polymorphism, 
stream input/output, templates, exception handling, file processing. 
Laboratory programming assignments. Credit earned not applicable 
toward a bachelor’s degree in computer science, except with adviser 
approval. 

231 File System Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 131 and proficiency in the C++ 
language. Characteristics and utilization of bulk storage devices. B- 
trees, sequential and random access methods. Introduction to relational 
data model. 


240 Computer System Architecture I (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 131 and either Mathematics 270A 
or Mathematics 280. Digital logic and architecture of a computer system, 
machine level representation of data, memory system organization, and 
techniques for interrupt handling. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

241 Low-level Language Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 131. Corequisite: Computer Science 
240. The structure of low-level computer languages. Machine, assem- 
bly, and macro language programming. Principles of assembler opera- 
tion. Laboratory programming assignments. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) (Same as Electrical Engineering 241) 

253U Workshop in UNIX (1) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 121 or General Engineering 205. 
Workshop in the use of the UNIX operating system. Offered Credit/ 

No Credit only. (2 hours activity) 

301 Programming Lab Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231, 240, 241 and 253U. Intensive 
programming covering concepts learned in lower-division courses. 
Includes procedural and object oriented design, documentation, arrays, 
classes, file input/output, recursion, pointers, dynamic variables, data 
and file structures. 

303 Multimedia Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 103, 121 and completion of the 
General Education critical thinking requirements. Components and 
issues associated with multimedia technology, applications of multi- 
media and its evolution. Laboratory activities will include developing 
a multimedia application using a PC-based authoring tool. (2 hours 
lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

311 Technical Writing for Computer Science (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. Corequisite: Computer Science 301. 
Practice in developing documentation skills as used in the com- 
puter field. Topics include proposals, feasibility studies, user guides 
and manuals, business communication and technical presentation. 

Case studies in professional ethics. Both w'ritten and oral reports are 
required. 

313 The Computer Impact (3) 

Prerequisites: upper-division standing and one course from General 
Education Category II1.A.1. Effect of computer use on individuals and 
organizations. Side effects of innovative technology and the resulting 
changes to organizations, social institutions, and human perceptions 
of events. Emphasis on personal responsibility, legal ramifications, and 
educational implications. Hands-on use of e-mail and the World Wide 
Web. 

315 Social and Ethical Issues in Computing (1) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 311. The course will cover relevant 
issues that responsible professionals will face in a complex technological 
society. Issues covered are professional ethics, computer control, piracy, 
encryption, benefits and downside of computers, privacy and computer 
crimes. Both written and oral reports required. 


154 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


321 High-Level Language Concepts (3) 

Corequisite: Computer Science 301. Language definition concepts. 
Data types and structures. Control structures and data flow. Run-time 
considerations. Interpretive languages. Introduction to lexical analysis 
and parsing. 

322L Introduction to Computer Aided Design (3) 

(Same as Mechanical Engineering 32 2 L) 

331 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 301; Mathematics 150B and 270B. 
Corequisite: Mathematics 338. Advanced data structures: recursion, 
stack, trees, hashing, queues, sorting and searching, disjointed sets 
and graph algorithms. Emphasis on algorithm efficiency analysis. 
Quantitative experiments and written laboratory reports are required. 

341 Client Server Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231. A study of the client/server 
environment including platforms, operating systems, networks, 
middle- ware, distributed processing, data communication, optimiza- 
tion, client/ server model, and trends. Programming exercises in a 
language suitable for the client/server environment. (2 hours lecture, 

2 hours laboratory) 

351 Operating Systems Concepts (3) 

Corequisite: Computer Science 301. Resource management, 
memory organization, input/output, control process synchronization 
and other concepts as related to the objectives of multi-user operating 
systems. 

361 Software Design Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 223A, 223J or 223N; and 241. 
Concepts and methodologies of the object-oriented paradigm. Object- 
oriented analysis and object-oriented design. Implementation of 
moderate size object-oriented systems. Topics in embedded systems. 

(2 hours lecture, 2 hours laboratory) 

375 Problem Solving Strategies (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 321, 331 and Mathematics 338. 
Complexity classes, including undecidable and NP-complete prob- 
lems. Problem solving strategies applied to parallel and distributed 
processing, numerical computation, and artificial intelligence. Greedy 
methods, divide -and-conquer, dynamic programming, approximation, 
and search methods. 

423 Language Processor Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 321 and 331. Concepts behind the 
design and implementation of programming language processors such 
as compilers and interpreters. The design of a small compiler from a 
software engineering perspective. 

431 Database Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 231 and 331. Database design and 
applications, database programming using SQL and other languages, 
query optimization, transaction management. 


433 Data Security and Encryption Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 311, 351 and Mathematics 270B. 
System security and encryption. Current issues in security, encryption 
and privacy of computer based systems. 

437 Web Programming and Data Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 431. Various techniques for devel- 
oping Web-based database applications using software engineering 
methodology. Introduce concept and architecture of Web servers, Web 
database design techniques, client/server side programming, and Web 
applications tools and techniques. 

440 Computer System Architecture 11 (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 240 and 241. Computer per- 
formance, price/performance, instruction set design and examples. 
Processor design, pipelining, memory hierarchy design, and input/ 
output subsystems. 

451 Advanced Operating Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. The course covers internal 
structures of a modern operating system. The specific topics include 
processes, process communication, file systems, networking, and the 
I/O system. There will be several programming assignments which 
will utilize calls and other low-level interfaces. 

457 Computer Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. An introduction to digital 
data communications. Terminology, networks and their components, 
common-carrier services, telecommunication facilities, terminals, error 
control, multiplexing and concentration techniques. 

459 Micro-Computer Software Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. The design and implementation 
of software. Analysis of a micro-computer operating system and work 
on a team to implement a significant programming assignment. 

461 Software Engineering Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 31 1, 321, 331 and passing score 
on the Examination in Writing Proficiency. Analysis, design and imple- 
mentation of large scale software using classical and object oriented 
technologies. Students will work in team projects. Oral presentation 
and written project documentation are required. 

465 Principles of Computer Graphics (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 331. Examination and analysis of 
computer graphics; software structures, display processor organiza- 
tion, graphical input/output devices, display files. Algorithmic tech- 
niques for clipping, windowing, character generation and viewpoint 
transformation. 

481 Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 375. Use of computers to simulate 
human intelligence. Topics include production systems, pattern 
recognition, problem solving, searching game trees, knowledge repre- 
sentation, and logical reasoning. Programming in AI environments. 


155 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


483 Data Mining and Pattern Recognition (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 331. Classification techniques, 
discriminant functions, training algorithms, potential function theory, 
supervised and unsupervised learning, feature selection, clustering 
techniques, multidimensional rotations and rank ordering relations. 

49 IT Variable Topics in Computer Science (1) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and consent of instructor. 
Lectures and/or workshop covering various current Computer Science 
topics. Course may be repeated for up to 3 units. Course topics may be 
taken only once. 

495 Internship in Computer Science (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science or related major and consent of 
instructor. Practical experience relevant to computer science in govern- 
ment or private agencies. Written and oral reports are required. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval by the computer science chair. Special topic 
in Computer Science, selected in consultation with and completed 
under the supervision of instructor. 

531 Advanced Database Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 431. Implementation techniques for 
query analysis, data allocation, concurrency control, data structures, 
and distributed databases. New database models and recent develop- 
ments in database technology. Student projects directed to specific 
design problems. 

541 Systems and Software Standards and Requirements (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
This course introduces students to the SESC framework and the IEEE 
Software Engineering Standards. The course will cover establishing of 
the following standards: Software Life Cycle Processes, Work Product 
Standards, Process Standards, Requirement Analysis and Management, 
and System Integration. Additionally, the framework of CMMI will be 
introduced, and a number of practical lessons discussed. 

542 Software Verification and Validation (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
Theory and practice needed to ensure that a high quality software 
product is developed. Topics covered include a quality assessment, 
proof of correctness, testing, and limitations of current verification and 
validation methods. 

543 Software Maintenance (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
Software creation, reuse, enhancement, adaptation and correction. 
Alternatives to coding, language concepts, role of standards, style, 
management, tools, performance analysis, regression analysis, and 
productivity issues. 

544 Software Process Definition (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
This course provides practical guidance for improving the software 
development and maintenance process with a focus on understanding 
and managing the software process. Students will leam how to estab- 
lish an effective software process for an organization, and how to make 
existing process better. 


545 Software Design and Architecture (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
Development of software systems at the highest level. Systems view of 
software development, trade-offs between software and hardware. User 
interfaces, requirements analysis, techniques for development from 
requirements, system integration, and transition into use. Includes case 
studies and project. 

546 Software Project Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
Process considerations in software systems development. Materials and 
tools in software project planning. Mechanisms for monitoring and 
controlling software projects. 

547 Software Measurement (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
Introduction to current industry software measurement practices and 
systematic measurement process models. Outline major paradigms for 
selecting measures. Stress practitioner-based measurement: software 
specifications and designs, code and implementation, and test and 
evaluation. 

548 Professional, Ethical and Legal Issues for 
Software Engineers (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 461 or equivalent work experience. 
This course explores professional, legal and ethical issues pertaining 
to software engineering. Topics include professional codes of ethics, 
intellectual property laws, computer privacy, and human-computer 
interaction. Relevant regulatory documents and their applications are 
studied. 

551 Operating Systems Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 351. Design and evaluation tech- 
niques for controlling automatic resource allocation, providing efficient 
programming environments and appropriate user access to the system, 
and sharing the problem solving facilities. 

558 Advanced Computer Networking (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 457. System-oriented view of 
computer network design, protocol implementation, networking, 
high-speed networking, network management, computer network 
performance issues. 

566 Advanced Computer Graphics (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 465. Three dimensional: reflection 
models, shading techniques, rendering process, parametic represen- 
tation, ray tracing, radiosity, texture, anti-aliasing, animation, color 
science. 

583 Expert Systems Design Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 481. Knowledge representation and 
search strategies for expert systems; logic programming; expert system 
tools. Project. 

585 Artificial Neural Networks (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 481. Principles of neural networks; 
neural networks paradigms, software implementations, applications, 
comparison with statistical methods, use of fuzzy logic; project. 


156 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 


589 Seminar in Computer Science (3) 

Prerequisites: one 400-level course in Computer Science and 
passing score on the Examination in Writing Proficiency. Research 
methods in computer science. Student presentations covering current 
topics, research advances, updating of concepts and verifications of 
pnnciples of computer science. (Examples: large-scale parallelism, 
Internet security, design for user interfaces, computers in instruction). 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, approval of the computer 
science graduate adviser and Computer Science 589. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, approval of the computer 
science graduate adviser and Computer Science 589. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate standing, approval of the computer 
science department chair and Computer Science 589. Special topic in 
computer science, selected in consultation with and completed under 
supervision of a full-time faculty member. 

901 Programming Concepts and Fundamental Data Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: three years high school math including trigonometry. 
Using C++, Abstract Data Type (ADT) including linked lists, stacks, 
queues, tables; Object Oriented Programming (OOP) including classes, 
operator overloading, inheritance, virtual functions, polymorphism, 
stream input/output, templates; basic file structures and file processing. 
Not applicable for graduate degree credit. 

902 Computer Architectures and Low-Level Languages (3) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 270A. Digital logic and computer system 
architecture, machine level representation of data, memory system 
organization, Input/Output (I/O) Subsystem, and techniques for inter- 
rupt handling; Low-level computer language programming; Machine, 
assembly, and macro languages including principles of assembler 
operations. Not applicable for graduate degree credit. 


903 File Structure and Database Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 901 and 902. Fundamental con- 
cepts of file structures. Characteristics and utilization of bulk storage 
devices. Various indexing techniques (e g., B-tree, Hashing, etc.) and 
search methods using C++. Fundamental concepts of database man- 
agement systems. Database design and application development. SQL 
programming. Not applicable for graduate degree credit. 

904 Advanced Algorithms and Data Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Computer Science 903, Mathematics 150B, 270B and 
338. Concepts of theoretical computer science at a more advanced 
level. Topics covered are efficiency, data structures, and algorithms. 

In particular, Strassen’s algorithm for matrix multiplication, various 
sorting algorithms, NP-completeness, and other topics important to 
algorithmic efficiency are discussed A strong mathematical background 
is recommended. Not applicable for graduate degree credit. 

905 Programming Languages and Compliers (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 904. Language definitions, bindings, 
type checking, scopes, data types, control structures, subprograms. 
Design and implementation of programming language processors 
such as compliers and interpreters. Not applicable for graduate degree 
credit. 

906 Operating Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Computer Science 903. Intensive Training course cov- 
ering concepts learned in Computer Science 253U and 351. Includes 
the principles of process management, memory management, file man- 
agement, and I/O device management. Also includes Unix basic user 
commands, editors, Shell scripts, and programming environment. Not 
applicable for graduate degree credit. 


157 


COMPUTER SCIENCE 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Jeffrey Kottler 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom 105 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http:hdcs.fullerton.edu/Counsel/ 

counseling.htm 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Counseling 
Marriage and Family Therapy 
MFT Licensure Preparation 

FACULTY 

Leah Brew, Joseph M. Cervantes, Sapna 
Batra Chopra, Matt Englar-Carlson, Jeffrey 
Kottler, Olga Mejia, Thuy Nguyen, Mary 
Read, David S. Shepard, and Rebekah Smart 


INTRODUCTION 

The Department of Counseling offers a program leading to the Master of Science in 
Counseling, with a concentration in Marriage and Family Therapy. The program is designed to 
prepare students to meet California State Board of Behavioral Sciences (BBS) licensure require- 
ments as a Marriage and Family Therapist (MFT). 

Our emphasis is on the training of clinicians who can serve the needs of individuals and fam- 
ilies in their communities. We train students to brief and long-term counseling while maintaining 
professional identities as counselors and marriage and family therapists. 

The program strongly emphasizes a multicultural perspective. We prepare counselors who 
will be sensitive to the diverse heritages, lifestyles, and special needs of individuals and families. 
Both our student body and our faculty encompass a wide range of backgrounds and values. 

Our theoretical orientation is grounded in humanistic and integrative principles. This means 
that we are respectful of different counseling philosophies, flexible in our approaches depending 
on client and student needs, and united in our belief that relationships remain at the core of all 
helping encounters. We also believe that counselors can best help people by understanding the 
relationship of emotional distress to family dynamics and to the social and cultural contexts that 
shape our lives. 

The curriculum (or study plan) comprises 60 units, delivered in four phases. Phase 1 is 
introductory. Phases II and III form the body of core training in counseling. Phase IV comprises 
advanced courses and the final project, an original research study. 

Conditionally Classified Standing 

Phase I 12 units: Counseling 500, 502, 511, 518 

Classified Standing 

Phase II 15 units: Counseling 520, 522, 523, 524, 526 

Phase 111 18 units: Counseling 521, 525, 527, 528, 530, 535 

Phase IV 15 units: Counseling 560, 562, 584, 590, 597 


ADVISERS 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COUNSELING 


Counseling, Master of Science: 
Jeffrey Kottler 

Admissions: David S. Shepard 

Marriage and Family Therapy (MFT) 
Licensure: Mary Read 

Clinical Training Director: 

Mary Read 

Off Campus Programs: Leah Brew 

Graduate Counseling Students 
Association: Sapna Batra Chopra 

Chi Sigma lota: Leah Brew 
Alumni Association: Mary Read 


Admission Requirements 

The Department welcomes applicants from diverse academic, social, and cultural back- 
grounds. International and minority students are especially encouraged to apply. Preparation for 
the counseling profession is rigorous and multifaceted, necessitating the student’s development in 
intrapersonal, interpersonal, and academic realms. Admission is therefore based upon indicators 
of the applicant’s potential for becoming an effective counseling practitioner, including, but not 
limited to, grade point average (GPA), personal statement, departmental interview and potential 
for success based on personal and professional evaluation of qualifications and is at the sole 
discretion of the Counseling Department’s Admission Committee. The following are required for 
consideration for admission to the program: 

1 . An acceptable bachelor’s degree (or equivalent) from a regionally accredited institution or its 
equivalent. 

2. A minimum GPA of 3.0 for the last 60 sequential semester units completed. 

3. A minimum GPA of 3.2 in four prerequisite behavioral science courses (or their equivalents): 
counseling theory, statistics or research methods, abnormal psychology, and human 


158 


COUNSELING 


development. At least two of the four prerequisites must be com- 
pleted at the time of entrance; any remaining prerequisite(s) must 
be completed during the first semester of enrollment. 

4. A detailed personal statement (1,500-3,000 words). This statement 
should inform the faculty about the following: 

a) applicant’s personal and educational background, strengths 
and weaknesses; 

b) applicant’s understanding of, motivation and suitability for 
entering into the counseling profession; and, 

c) applicant’s long-term professional goals. This statement is very 
important. 

5. An interview with department faculty. 

6. Three letters of recommendation. These letters should address 
the author’s assessment of your suitability for pursuing graduate 
studies and entering the counseling profession. At least one letter 
must be academic (i.e., written by a professor or an instructor). 

The Department understands that for some applicants, contacting 
former instructors is not feasible, in these situations, professional 
references, written by supervisors or managers who are familiar 
with your work, are also appropriate. 

Application Procedures 

Applicants must apply to the University and to the Department of 
Counseling. 

1. University application. Applicants must apply online to the univer- 
sity and mail one set of official transcripts from all colleges/univer- 
sities to: 

Admissions and Records 
California State University, Fullerton 
PO. Box 6900 
Fullerton, CA 92834-6900 

The application code is MFT. The online URL is www.csumentor. 
edu. 

2. Department application. Send three letters of recommendation, 
your personal statement, and a copy of all transcripts to: 

Department of Counseling, EC- 105 
California State University, Fullerton 
PO. Box 6868 
Fullerton, CA 92834-6868 

No separate department application form is required. 

All required materials must be received by the University Office of 
Admissions and Records and by the Department of Counseling office 
by the deadline date. Late applications will not be reviewed. 

For more information about admissions, please contact our 
Prospective Student Adviser, at 714-278-3042, or e-mail us at 
applycounseling@fullerton.edu. 

All successful applicants are initially admitted as conditionally 
classified graduate students. They are invited to attend an orientation 
session before classes begin, and are encouraged to join the Graduate 
Counseling Students Association (GCSA). 

The department recommends that students take at least six units 
per semester. Students working full-time are strongly advised against 
taking more than six units per semester because of the demanding 
nature of the program; however, students should be aware of time 


limits for completion of the degree and of the possibility that they may 
be unable to enroll in a specific course because of the class size limits 
or other factors. 

Application Deadlines 

Please contact the Department of Counseling at (714) 278-3042 for 
application deadlines or email us at applycounseling@fullerton.edu. 

You can also check the Department of Counseling website for informa- 
tion on deadlines. Our address is www.hdcs.fullerton.edu/Counsel/ 
counseling.htm. Further information about current deadlines may be 
found on the university graduate studies website http.//www.fullerton. 
edu/graduate/. 

Advisement 

Each student is assigned to an adviser upon admission to the 
department. Advisers provide academic assistance, help students 
develop official study plans, recommend them for classified standing 
and advancement to candidacy, and monitor their progress throughout 
the duration of enrollment. 

Students should consult 
their adviser on a regular 
basis. It is especially impor- 
tant to initiate contact with 
an adviser as soon as possible 
during the first semester of 
enrollment to verify enroll- 
ment in any remaining 
prerequisite courses and 
to discuss preclassification 
requirements. 

Classification and 
Advancement to Candidacy 

Admission to the depart- 
ment as a conditionally 
classified student does not 
guarantee advancement to 
classified standing. 

Each student undergoes 
two comprehensive evalu- 
ations; one during Phase II 
and the other during Phase III. Advancement to classified standing and 
to candidacy requires a 3.0 GPA and the faculty’s on-going assessment 
of the student’s aptitude and suitability for the counseling profession, 
progress in skill development, interpersonal and cultural sensitivity, and 
ethical and professional conduct. A student who receives more than 
two grades below “B minus” (2.7) is automaticallly disqualified from 
the program. (See the “Graduate Regulations” section of this catalog for 
details concerning advancement to classified standing or candidacy.) 

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY (MR) LICENSURE 

To practice as a Marriage and Family Therapist in California, 
a license issued by the State Board of Behavioral Sciences (BBS) 
is required. Our 60-unit program with the MFT concentration is 
designed to prepare students to meet licensure requirements (Business 
and Professions Code, Section 4980.37). Students should note that 
licensure requirements extend beyond those of the M.S. degree and 
include an internship and passing official BBS examinations. It is the 
student’s responsibility to keep informed about licensure requirements 



159 


COUNSELING 


as they are subject to change from time to time. An authoritative source 
of information is Laws and Regulations Relating to the Practice of 
Marriage and Family Therapy and Licensed Educational Psychology 
issued by the BBS. For further information, write to the Board of 
Behavioral Sciences, Department of Consumer Affairs, 400 R Street, 
Suite 3150, Sacramento, CA 95814-6240; Tel. (916) 445-4933. 

Upon graduation, students have 90 days to register with the BBS 
as an intern. It is advisable to write early to the BBS for a registration 
packet (e g., at the beginning of the last semester). 

COUNSELING COURSES 

Courses are designated as COUN in the class schedule. 

252 Career Exploration and Life Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: introductory course in Oral Communication and 
English Composition. Career planning is a continual process that 
occurs over the lifespan. The focus is on career, personal and educa- 
tional awareness as they relate to the process of career choices and the 
culture of work. Specific strategies include resume writing, interview- 
ing skills and job search techniques. Exploration of personal career 
potentials, employment trends, decision making, goal setting and job 
search methods. 

350 Leadership Skills and Personal Development (3) 

(Same as Human Services 350) 

380 Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3) 

(Same as Human Services 380) 

449 Seminar on Child Abuse (1) 

Prerequisite: Human Services 201 or Child/Adolescent Studies 301 
or consent of the instructor. Presents characteristics of child abuse and 
a review of current laws, appropriate procedures for intervention, and 
methods of community networking and referral. 

500 The Counseling Profession (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. The study of counseling as a mental 
health profession, including its history, current functions and future 
directions. Examination of the counselor as a professional, including 
educational goals, personal values, and cultural understandings. 
Opportunity to observe master counselors at work. 

502 Career and Lifestyle Development (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent enrollment in Counseling 
500. Survey of career and lifestyle development throughout the lifes- 
pan. Major theories and strategies in career counseling. Integration of 
knowledge of career development with the practice of counseling. 

511 Pre-Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent enrollment in Counseling 
500. Basic counseling skills, including establishing a therapeutic rela- 
tionship, facilitating client self-exploration and understanding how 
one’s values influence the counseling process. Crisis intervention also 
will be addressed. Extensive role play practice. 


518 Human Development and Functioning (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of or concurrent enrollment in Counseling 
500. Integrated study of human development from infancy to old 
age and its effect upon individuals, couples, and family relationships. 
Emphasis on relevance to counseling. Role of human sexuality in 
liespan development will be addressed. 

520 Modes of Individual Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 511. Advanced study of major theoretical 
frameworks in counseling, including models of personality, definitions 
of individual dysfunction and approaches to treatment. Practice in case 
conceptualization and application of theories to counseling. 

521 Science of Human Inquiry (3) 

Prerequisites: completion of or concurrent enrollment in Counseling 
530, 527 and 528. Applied research methods and program evalu- 
ation. Comparative review and synthesis of inquiry approaches. 
Completion of literature review for anticipated Counseling 597 project. 
Instructional fee required. 

522 Techniques of Brief Treatment and Assessment (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 511 and 518. Advanced study of the 
latest edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Health 
Disorders (DSM) with emphasis on detection and assessment of alcohol 
and substance, spousal or partner, elder, and child abuse, and human 
sexual dysfunction. Review of brief treatment models. 

523 Counseling and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 500. Theory, research, and techniques 
related to counseling people from diverse cultural backgrounds. 
Emphasis on role plays and skills applications. 

524 Child and Adolescent Counseling (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 500, 502, 511, 518, 520 concurrent. 
Course provides an overview of child/adolescent development theories 
and counseling frameworks, with emphasis on utilizing strategies, 
examination of ethical issues, and explores assessment techniques to 
evaluate the range of disruptive behaviors. 

525 Psychopharmacology for Counselors (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 500, 502, 511, 518, 522. Course intro- 
duces counseling students to the biochemical basis of behavior and a 
general knowledge of the effects and side effects of the major classes 
of psychotropic drugs. Such knowledge is to make appropriate 
referrals and a comprehensive approach to treatment. 

526 Professional, Ethical and Legal Issues in Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent enrollment in 
Counseling 522 and 523. Ethical and legal standards as related to 
critical professional issues, including child abuse, spousal or partner 
abuse, elder abuse, and substance abuse. The relationship and integra- 
tion of values for the counselor’s role in practice, training, supervision, 
test usage, and consultation. 

527 Systems of Family Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 511. Survey of family systems models, 
including Adler, Satir, Bowen, Haley, Minuchin, and others. 


160 


COUNSELING 


528 Groups: Process and Practice (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 500 and 511. Basic issues and concepts 
related to group process. Demonstration of group leadership skills with 
an emphasis on self-reflection. 

530 Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: classified standing; Counseling 520 and 526; consent 
of fieldwork coordinator and completion of or concurrent enroll- 
ment in Counseling 502, 529 and 528. Supervised clinical practice 
with adults, families and children in approved community agencies. 

A minimum of 105 contact hours of counseling required for course 
completion. 

535 Addictions Counseling (3) 

Prerequisites: classified standing and Counseling 522. Addresses 
etiology and treatment of addictive behaviors, (e.g., substance abuse, 
gambling). Theories linking addiction to biological, psychological, and 
other factors will be evaluated critically with an emphasis on develop- 
ing effective recovery and relapse prevention programs. 

560 Psychological Testing For Counselors (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 502, 522. Theories and applications of 
psychological testing and other means of appraisal, as they relate to 
the practice of community-based counseling and marriage and family 
therapy. 

562 Counseling Couples (3) 

Prerequisite: Counseling 527. The treatment of couples, including 
overview of current theories, assessment, goal-setting, interventions, 
ethical issues, and diversity issues. Assessment and treatment of spouse 
abuse. Study of sexual dysfunctions and sex therapy. 


584 Advanced Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 530 and consent of Fieldwork Coordinator. 
Advanced supervised clinical practice wit adults, families, and children 
in approved community agencies. A minimum of 105 contact hours of 
counseling required for course completion. 

590 Advanced Counseling Techniques (3) 

Prerequisites: enrollment in either Counseling 530 or 584. This 
course focuses on case conceptualization and the integration of advanced 
techniques into the student’s repertoire of counseling skills. Case presen- 
tations and analysis of videotaped sessions will be emphasized. Must be 
taken as part of the year-long practicum experience. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 521 and consent of faculty adviser. 
Capstone program experience; taken final semester. Student conducts 
original research relevant to the counseling field. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Counseling 530; consent of graduate program adviser. 
Independent research culminating in a thesis. Recommended for pre- 
doctoral students. May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor or graduate program adviser. 
Research and development in counseling pursued independently with 
periodic conference with instructor. May be repeated for credit. 


161 


COUNSELING 



DIVISION OF POLITICS, 
ADMINISTRATION, AND JUSTICE 

DIVISION CHAIR 

Phillip Gianos 

DIVISION OFFICE 

University Hall 511 

DIVISION WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/polisci 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice 
Minor in Criminal Justice 

FACULTY 

Rhonda Allen, W Garrett Capune, 
George M. Dery, III, James Lasley, Jarret 
Lovell, Stacy Mallicoat, Kevin Meehan, 
Jill Rosenbaum 


INTRODUCTION 

Criminal Justice is the study of the causes, consequences and control of crime. Like other 
new and developing fields, criminal justice is difficult to define as it draws from a number of 
different disciplines, including psychology, public administration, philosophy, political science, 
sociology and law. 

The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice is designed to acquaint pre- 
service and in-service students with the principles and practices of criminal justice in America. 
Although the department's curriculum allows for the development of depth in one of the sub- 
jects substantive subsystems (i.e., law enforcement, courts or corrections), the overriding objec- 
tive is to familiarize students with activities in all the above areas. 

The department is both academic and professional in that it is an interdisciplinary attempt to 
relate intellectual issues and practitioner perspectives to the challenge of crime in a free society. 

In this regard, the department provides preparation for employment with a related agency and/ 
or further study (e.g., law school). 

ADVISEMENT 

Students are urged to attend a “New Major Advisement Session” prior to their first semester 
at the university as a Criminal Justice major. This is particularly important for community college 
transfers. Failure to do so may delay graduation. The department’s “New Major Advisement 
Sessions” are regularly and frequently scheduled. See the bulletin board or call the division office 
for details. 

AWARDS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Graduating seniors are eligible for the Academics Award, the Activities Award, the Overall 
Achievement Award and the William Hobbs Scholarship for outstanding law-related coursework. 
The Dan Byrnes Scholarship is given annually to an undergraduate who plans a career in law 
enforcement. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

The Criminal Justice degree requires a minimum of 120 units, which includes courses for the 
major. General Education, all university requirements, and free electives. For the major, every 
student must complete the core courses (21 units) and a minimum of 12 units from the elective 
curriculum. In addition, each student is required to complete 9 units in a correlated curriculum. 
Effective Fall 2005, new Criminal Justice majors must achieve a grade of “C” (2.0) or better in all 
15 courses in the curriculum to earn their bachelors degree. 

For additional information regarding the Criminal Justice program and its courses, check 
with the Division office in University Hall 511. 


Core Curriculum (21 units) 

Crim Just 300 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

Crim Just 310A Criminal Law: Substantive (3) 

Crim Just 315 The Enforcement Function (3) 

Crim Just 320 Introduction to Public Management and Policy (3) 
Crim Just 330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

Crim Just 340 Criminal Justice Research Methodology' (3) 

Crim Just 345 Corrections (3) 


162 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



Elective Curriculum (12 units) 

Crim Just 310B Criminal Law: Procedural (3) 


Crim Just 350 Principles and Concepts of Investigation 
and Reporting (3) 

Crim Just 385 Minorities and the Criminal Justice System (3) 

Crim Just 405 Criminal Justice Policy (3) 

Crim Just 422 Human Resources Management (3) 

Crim Just 425 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) 

Crim Just 430 Women and Crime (3) 

Crim Just 450 Organized Crime and Intelligence Analysis (3) 

Crim Just 455 Gangs and the Criminal Justice System (3) 

Crim Just 462 Crime Analysis (3) 

Crim Just 465 Law, Punishment, and Justice (3) 

Crim Just 470 Sex, Crime and Culture (3) 

Crim Just 472 The Judicial Process 

Crim Just 475T Topics in Administration of Justice: A Seminar (3) 
Crim Just 480 Courtroom Evidence (3) 

Crim Just 485 Search, Seizure and Interrogation I (3) 

Crim Just 486 Search, Seizure and Interrogation II (3) 

Crim Just 495 Internships (3) 

Crim Just 499 Independent Study (1-3) 


Correlated Curriculum 
(9 units) 

Courses in the 
related fields shall be 
selected by the student 
in consultation with an 
adviser. The purpose 
of this requirement is 
to allow for an aware- 
ness of the disciplines 
contributing to the 
creation of “criminal 
justice” as a separate subject. Upper-division courses in such fields as 
philosophy, political science, psychology and public administration are 
included. For a list of courses that can count in this regard, check with 
the Division office. 

Writing Requirement (3 units) 

One of the following courses: 

Crim Just 350 Principles and Concepts of Investigation 
and Reporting (3) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

English 365 Legal Writing (3) 

For further information on these alternatives, please see a Criminal 
Justice adviser. 



Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice program who 
enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who 
enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to 
Cal State Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second 
language as a condition of graduation with a bachelor’s degree (see 
“Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree" elsewhere in this 
catalog.) 

MINOR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

The Minor in Criminal Justice consists of a total of 18 units includ- 
ing three required and three elective courses to be chosen from the 
Criminal Justice curriculum. The required courses are: 

Crim Just 300 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

Crim Just 310A Criminal Law: Substantive (3) 

Crim Just 330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE COURSES 

Courses are designated as CRJU in the class schedule. 

300 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

A study of the underlying ideological issues confronting America’s 
system of criminal justice, with an emphasis on key concepts in 
conflict (law and order, rehabilitation vs. retribution, etc.) 

310A Criminal Law: Substantive (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. The general doctrines of criminal 
liability in the United States and the classification of crimes as against 
persons, property and the public welfare. The concept of governmental 
sanction of the conduct of the individual. 

31 0B Criminal Law: Procedural (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Legal problems associated with the 
investigation of crime, the acquisition of evidence, the commence- 
ment of a criminal proceeding, the prosecution and defense of charges, 
sentencing and appeal. The development of existing procedures and 
examination of current efforts for reform. 

315 The Enforcement Function (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. The historical and philosophical devel- 
opment of the enforcement function at federal, state and local levels; 
community controls, political pressures and legal limitations pertaining 
to law enforcement agencies at each level of government; police poli- 
cies and problems vis-&-vis the administration of justice as a system. 

320 Introduction to Public Management and Policy (3) 

(Same as Political Science 320) 

322 Leadership for Public Service (3) 

(Same as Political Science 322) 

330 Crime and Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. This course provides an overview and 
analysis of the evolving and conflicting purposes and practices associ- 
ated with the topics of criminology, crime and delinquency with an 
emphasis on contemporary strategies for the prevention, remediation 
and control of crime and delinquency. 


163 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


340 Criminal Justice Research Methodology (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Elementary statistics including descrip- 
tives, measurements and tests; data collection methods for effort 
evaluation and program prediction; systems analysis techniques. 

345 Corrections (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. This course provides an overview 
and analysis of the evolving and conflicting purposes and practices 
associated with the adult corrections systems, with an emphasis upon 
contemporary strategies for treating/punishing offenders both while 
incarcerated, as well as while in the community. 

350 Principles and Concepts of Investigation and Reporting (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Principles of investigative activity 
practiced by police, courts and correctional subsystems. Reporting 
procedures and requirements. Meets classroom portion of upper- 
division writing requirement for Criminal Justice majors, or as 
an elective in the concentration curriculum. 

385 Minorities and the Criminal Justice System (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category II and 
Category III.C.l; Crim Just 300 recommended. An introduction to 
the issues surrounding the charges of overt and indirect institutional- 
ized racism in the criminal justice system. An overview of patterns 
of criminal behavior among minority groups in the U.S. will be 
discussed. 

405 Justice Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 and 330. Not open to students who 
have studied Criminal Justice policy as Crim Just 475T. The evolving 
purposes and practices associated with the development of criminal 
justice policies, principally in the United States. Particular topics, such 
as sentencing legislation, illustrate the development, adoption, and 
impact of public policy on criminal justice systems. 

422 Human Resources Management (3) 

(Same as Political Science 422) 

425 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Definitions of “delinquency” and the 
related responses of the interested institutions (police, courts and 
correction); the juvenile court (past and present), and prevention and 
correction programs (practicing and proposed). 

430 Women and Crime (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or Philosophy 302. An examination 
of women as criminals and victims, gender differences in criminal 
behavior and the role of women as professionals in the criminal justice 
system. 

450 Organized Crime and Intelligence Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. History and development of organized 
crime. Current criminological strategies of control of organizational 
crime. Systems theories and other analytical techniques of police 
intelligence. 


455 Gangs and the Criminal Justice System (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300. Causal factors of, and legal solutions 
to, gang-related crime in the United States are examined. Relevance 
of sociological, psychological, economic, and educational deviance 
theories to justice intervention strategies is emphasized. 

462 Crime Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 and 340. This course will examine the 
crime analysis function within the law enforcement organization, dem- 
onstrate how to develop, implement and operate a crime analysis unit, 
and discuss the nexus between crime analysis, field and investigative 
operations, and administrative bureaus. 

465 Law, Punishment and Justice (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Theoretical scholarship in criminal 
justice is increasingly concerned with law in relation to delivery of 
justice and practices of punishment. Students will examine the rule of 
law, question whether justice is different from law, and review the role 
punishment plays. 

470 Sex, Crime and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Criminal Just 300. Analysis of rationale for law’s 
concern with sexual conduct, developed via discussion of selected 
offenses and offenders. Lectures and guest speakers also present 
opposing perspectives regarding the role of law enforcement, courts 
and correction. Research and reform will be reviewed. Field trips 
to be arranged. 

472 The Judicial Process (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 or Political Science 375. The nature, 
functions and roles of courts. Roles of major participants in the 
American legal system, including judges, attorneys and citizens. 

The administration of justice as a system. (Same as Political Science 
472) 

475T Topics in Administration of Justice: A Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. Current social, legal and practical prob- 
lems confronting police, courts and corrections. A “variable topic” class 
with specific subjects to be announced each semester. 

480 Courtroom Evidence (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300. The rules of evidence in the context 
of a criminal trial in a California court. The rules, their application 
and their rationale. Lecture, discussion and simulated courtroom 
situations. 

485 Search, Seizure and Interrogation I (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the 
laws that apply in common street search-and-seizure and interrogation 
situations in California; how they have evolved, and what develop- 
ments are anticipated. 

486 Search, Seizure and Interrogation 11 (3) 

Prerequisite: Crim Just 300 or consent of instructor. An analysis of 
the laws that apply in some search-and-seizure and interrogation situa- 
tions, such as those involving the border patrol and College officials. 


164 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 


492 Pre-law Internship (3) 

(Same as Political Science 492) 

495 Internships (3) 

Prerequisites: Crim Just 300 or senior standing and consent of 
instructor. The criminal justice professions; eight to 20 hours per week 
as a supervised intern in a public agency or related organization. In 
addition to the job experience, interns meet in a weekly three-hour 
seminar. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: at least 12 units of criminal justice and consent of 
adviser. Student selects an individual research project, either library 
or field. Conferences with adviser as necessary, culminating in one or 
more papers. May be repeated for credit. 


165 


CRIMINAL JUSTICE 





DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Morteza Rahmatian 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

langsdorf Hall 702 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

www.business.fullerton.edu/cconomics 

DIRECTOR, CENTER FOR 
ECONOMIC EDUCATION 

Chiara Gratton-l^avoie 

CENTER FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION 

Langsdorf Hall 530 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business 
Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 
Bachelor of Arts in Economics 
Minor in Economics 
Master of Arts in Economics 
Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 

FACULTY 

Radha Bhattacharya, Victor Brajer. Kwang- 
wen Chu, James Dietz, Vincent Dropsy, 
Adrian Fleissig, Andrew Gill, Jane Hall, 
Walter Hettich, Sei-Wan Kim, Davina Ling, 
Robert Mead, Robert Michaels, Howard 
Naish, Dipankar Purkayastha, Morteza 
Rahmatian, Lakshmi Raul, Suddhasatwa Roy, 
Denise Stanley, David Wong, Feng Xiao 


INTRODUCTION 

As a scholarly discipline, economics is over two centuries old. The nature of economic 
analysis has been described by John Maynard Keynes as “. . . a method rather than a doctrine, 
an apparatus of the mind, a technique of thinking which helps its possessors to draw correct 
conclusions.” 

Economic issues are powerful enough to shape the world. Slowly but surely, economic issues 
make their way to your pocketbooks. Many pressing social issues have their roots in economics. 
Microeconomic principles set the foundation for business. Macroeconomic policies shape the 
destinies of nations. Keynes put it a little more eloquently when he said, “The ideas of econo- 
mists and political philosophers, both when they are right and when they are wrong, are more 
powerful than is commonly understood. Indeed the world is ruled by little else.” 

Economics is a fascinating major that helps you develop analytical skills that open doors 
to a wide range of jobs. Economists work in government. Wall Street, law, banking, finance, 
insurance, regulation, sports, health, aging, academia, all aspects of business, and in international 
agencies like the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. 

According to the National Association of Business Economists (NABE), “The key skills of 
the economic analyst compared to other business analysts is the ability to link industry/market 
developments to the overall economy, i.e., to see the forest as well as the trees. The broad train- 
ing of economists provides a flexibility that allows them to turn their hand to a broad range of 
analytical problems — a critical attribute in a company experiencing a redirection of industry 
interests.” 

Students pursuing graduate degrees in many other fields, such as the social sciences, 
business, public administration, public health, environmental studies, urban studies, law, and 
journalism find that economics is their best choice for an undergraduate major or minor, given 
the extensive economic content of these programs. 

The faculty of the economics department participates in programs leading to both undergrad- 
uate and graduate degrees. One undergraduate program leads to a Bachelor of Arts degree with 
a major in Economics. Another undergraduate program, which has a focus on business, leads 
to a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Business Administration and a concentration in 
Business Economics. Both programs prepare the student for a wide variety of career opportuni- 
ties in business and government as well as advanced studies in economics, business, public 
administration, and law. 

Graduate study is offered in the department, leading to a Master of Arts degree in Economics. 
Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 731, provides information on admission, 
curriculum and graduation requirements; registration and grading procedures; residence and 
similar academic matters. In addition, all economics majors should see a faculty adviser in 
the Department of Economics for information on career opportunities and advanced study. 
Undergraduates should consult the department office for the name of their faculty adviser. 
Graduate students should consult the graduate adviser, Dr. Dipankar Purkayastha. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Department of Economics offers 
courses which may be included in Subject Matter Preparation Programs and Supplementary 
Authorization Programs for elementary and secondary teaching. 


166 


ECONOMICS 


Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials 
is found in the Teaching Credential Programs section of this catalog 
and is also available from the Department Office for Elementary 
and Bilingual Education and the Department Office for Secondary 
Education. Students interested in exploring careers in teaching at the 
elementary or secondary school levels should contact the Office of 
Admission to Teacher Education, Education Classroom 207. 

Awards in Economics 

Economics Outstanding Graduate Student Award 

Economics Outstanding Senior Award 

Economics Wall Street Journal Student Award 

Formuzis-Pickersgill-Hunt Student Paper Award 

Murray Wolfson Memorial Scholarship 

Economics Faculty Student Achievement Award 

Norman Townshend-Zellner Award 

Levern Graves Award 

The Emeriti Faculty and Staff Award 

Stewart Long Graduate Student Award 

Klein Family Award 

BACHELOR OF ARTS 
IN ECONOMICS 

Admission to the Economics 
major involves two steps. 
Students who apply to the major 
are initially classified as Pre- 
economics. After completing 
the lower-division core require- 
ments with grades of at least “C” 
(2.0), students may apply to the 
Economics major. Pre -economics 
students may take lower-division 
business and economics courses, 
but most upper-division courses 
are not open to Pre -economics 
students. 

The Bachelor of Arts in 
Economics requires a minimum 
of 120 units which includes courses for the major, General Education, 
all university requirements, and free electives. All of the following 
requirements must be met for the degree. Students must earn a grade 
of at least “C” (2.0) in each course listed below. However, a “C w (2.0) 
average will be acceptable in the upper-division economics electives. 
For assistance in interpreting these requirements, contact the Business 
Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 731. Students should also contact 
their faculty adviser in the Economics Department prior to or during 
their first semester. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

OR Math 150B Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 

Econ 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 


Econ 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 265 Introduction to Information Systems and 
Applications (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 

OR Math BOA Short Course in Calculus (4) 

OR Math 1 50A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Business Admin 301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 

Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Econ 340 Economic Research Methods (3) 

InfoSys/DecSci 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability & 
Statistics (3) 

and 1 5 units of upper-division economics electives (6 units of which 
must be 400-level) 

No more than 3 units of independent study may be used to meet 
the 400-level electives requirement. 

Other Requirements, Grades and Residence 

Second Language Graduation Requirement. Students in the Bachelor 
of Arts in Economics program who enter Cal State Fullerton as first- 
time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who enter a community college in Fall 
2006 with intent to transfer to Cal State Fullerton, will be required to 
show proficiency in a second language as a condition of graduation 
with a bachelors degree (see “Graduation Requirements for a Bachelor’s 
Degree” elsewhere in this catalog.) 

Other Subjects. Students must complete all university requirements 
for the bachelor’s degree. A student who majors in economics can take 
a certain number of free electives toward the university requirements. 
The undergraduate adviser will guide the student in selecting courses 
which match a student’s specific interests and career goals. Many of 
the courses suggested by the adviser enhance the job opportunities of 
the student. Students planning to do graduate work in economics are 
advised to take Math 150A,B; Econ 440 and Econ 441. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Attain at least a 2.0 GPA (“C” average) 
in all university courses and in the upper-division economics electives. 
Earn at least a “C” (2.0) grade in each course required for the major 
(other than the upper-division economics electives). 

Grade Option. Take all required courses in economics, account- 
ing and management science/information systems for a letter grade 
(A,B,C,D,F). The credit/no credit grading option may not be used for 
these courses, and a grade of “CR” (credit) will not satisfy the require- 
ments for the degree. Exception: a course in calculus may be taken 
under the credit/no credit grading option; however, if it is also taken to 
meet general education requirements, then it must be taken for a letter 
grade. 

Residence. At least 15 units of courses must be taken in residence 
at the College of Business and Economics at Cal State Fullerton. Also, 
students must fulfill University residence requirements. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, Business Economics Concentration.” 



167 


ECONOMICS 


MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

The economics minor covers the basics in the discipline of economics 
and gives students the opportunity to explore personal interests through 
electives. Note that a course in calculus (Math 135 or equivalent) is 
prerequisite to Econ 310 and 320. Students must earn a grade of at 
least “C” (2.0) in each course listed below. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Econ 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Econ 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Business Admin 301 Advanced Business Communications (3) 

OR equivalent 

Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomics Analysis (3) 

OR Econ 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 

Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomics Analysis (3) 
and 9 units of upper-division economics electives 

Required Courses for Business Administration Majors 

Students with a major in business administration and a concentration 
other than economics, who wish to minor in economics, must take 
Econ 201, 202, and 310 (or 315) as part of their major. 

For such students, these requirements in the minor will be waived 
and the minor will consist of Econ 320 and nine units of upper-division 
economics electives. 

Students with a major in business administration and a concentration 
in business economics may not also minor in economics. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, MBA Specialist Plan.” 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

This program provides preparation for professional careers in private 
industry and government and provides a foundation for further graduate 
work at the doctoral level. Full-time and part-time students can be 
accommodated. Most of the courses are scheduled in the evening. 

The curriculum is designed for students with an undergraduate 
degree in business administration or economics and consists of 10-1 1 
courses (30-33 units). Provided that all prerequisites have been satis- 
fied, the program may be completed in three semesters (full time) or 
in six semesters (part time). 

The required courses progress from economic theory through eco- 
nomic model building and estimation to the seminar course on current 
research, where students are exposed to the latest research in various 
areas of economics. The graduate curriculum includes four to six courses 
(12-18 units) of electives. Students have the option of writing a thesis 
(the thesis track is 30 units) or taking a comprehensive exam (the 
comprehensive exam track is 33 units) to earn their degree. 

Most graduate courses in the College of Business and Economics 
require classified “CBE status” and are open only to students with clas- 
sified standing in the M.A. in Economics, M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, 
M.S. in Information Systems, or M.S. in Taxation programs. 


Admission 

Minimum requirements for admission to the MA program are the 
following: 

1 . A baccalaureate from an accredited institution. 

2. Good standing at the last college attended. 

3. Minimum grade point average of 2.5 in the last 60 semester units 
(or 90 quarter units) attempted. 

4. A GPA of at least 3.0 in the following courses or their equivalents 
(corresponding CSUF courses are in parenthesis): Business Calculus 
(Math 135), Principles of Microeconomics (Econ 201), Principles of 
Macroeconomics (Econ 202), Intermediate Microeconomics (Econ 
310 or Econ 315), Intermediate Macroeconomics (Econ 320), 
Probability and Statistics (InfoSysDecSci 361 A), and one advanced 
undergraduate elective in economics. 

5. For international students, a score of 570 on the paper exam or 
230 on the computer-based TOEFL is required. 

6. 1000 points in verbal and quantitative sections in the Graduate 
Record Examination (GRE). 

7. Three confidential letters of recommendation and a Statement of 
Purpose from the applicant sent directly to the Graduate Adviser in 
Economics. Persons who have known the candidate professionally 
should write the letters of recommendation. There are no forms. 

The letters should be written with official letterheads, and the 
letters should discuss both the strengths and the weaknesses of the 
applicant. The statement of purpose should not exceed 750 words. 

An applicant who does not meet one or more of the requirements 
above (including international students who score between 550 and 
570 on TOEFL), may still be considered for admission, depending 
on the evaluation of the entire application file (the students must, 
however, have a GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 semester units at the time 
of admission). If admitted, an applicant with one or more deficiencies 
may be asked to take specified deficiency courses and exams. Students 
admitted with deficiencies are called “conditionally classified” students. 
Conditionally classified students can take a limited number of courses 
at the graduate level, subject to the approval of the graduate adviser of 
the department. Students are expected to advance promptly to classi- 
fied standing. Classified students are eligible to take graduate courses 
for which they are qualified. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1 st for 
the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate. 

M.A. CURRICULUM 

Within one semester of admission, the students are advised to 
prepare a study plan. A study plan reflects a selection of approved 
courses that have been taken or will be taken by the student to earn 
the graduate degree. 


168 


ECONOMICS 


Students are urged to meet as soon as possible with the graduate 
adviser in the Department of Economics to file a study plan and 
advance to classified standing. 

Any study plan course in which a “D” (1.0) grade is received must 
be repeated with at least a “C” (2.0) grade, regardless of the overall 
grade-point average of the student. 

Required Courses (15 units) 

Econ 441 Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) 

Econ 502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Econ 503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Econ 504 Econometric Analysis (3) 

Econ 595 Current Research in Economics (3) 

OR approved 500-level substitute 

Area & Elective Courses (12-18 units) 

Area courses require nine units chosen from the student’s field of 
interest. Coursework may focus on the following areas: 

1 . Environmental and natural resource economics (six units from 
Econ 416, 461, 462 and six units approved 500-level electives); 

2. International economics and finance (Econ 411, 433, and six units 
approved 500-level electives); 

3. Applied economic analysis involving coursework related to industrial 
organization and labor (six units from Econ 410, 412, 413, and six 
units approved 500-level electives); 

4. Public economics (six units from Econ 416, 417, 420, 421, and six 
units approved 500-level electives); 

5. Banking and finance (Econ 420, 421, and six units approved 500- 
level electives); and 

6. Economics of human capital, health and aging (Econ 412, 
Gerontology 506 and six units approved 500-level electives. 

Among area and elective courses, 12 units must be taken with at 
least six units at the 500 level and at least six units must be in economics. 

Terminal Evaluation (0-3 units) 

Econ 598 Thesis Research (3) 

OR Comprehensive Exam 

ECONOMICS COURSES 

Courses are designated as ECON in the class schedule. 

100 The Economic Environment (3) 

The application of economics to the problems of unemployment 
and inflation, the distribution of income, competition and monopoly, 
the role of government in the economy, and other policy issues. Not 
open to pre -business, business administration majors or minors, 
economics majors or minors, or international business majors. 

201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Principles of individual consumer and producer decision-making in 
various market structures- the price system; market performance and 
government policy. 

202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 201. Principles of macroeconomic analysis and 
policy; unemployment and inflation; financial institutions; international 
trade; economic growth; comparative systems. 


310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 202 and Math 135. Corequisites: Business 
Admin 301 and InfoSys/DecSci 361 A or equivalent. Rational decision- 
making behavior of consumers and firms and price and output deter- 
mination in markets. Primarily for economics majors, but open to all 
students who qualify. 

315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 202 and Math 135. Corequisites: Business 
Admin 301 and InfoSys/DecSci 361 A or equivalent. Analysis of business 
decisions in alternative market structures with special emphasis on 
problem solving in a business context using economic concepts and 
methods. Not open to economics majors. Students may not receive 
credit for both Economics 310 and 315. 

320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 202 and Math 135. Corequisites: Business 
Admin 301, InfoSys/DecSci 361 A or equivalent. The determinants of 
the level of national income, employment and prices, and monetary 
and fiscal policies. 

330 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. Alternative economic systems; their 
theoretical foundations, actual economic institutions, and achievements 
and failures. Contrast between socialist and capitalist systems. 

331 Economies in Transition (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. The transformation from centrally- 
planned to market-oriented economies in Russia and Eastern Europe. 
Focuses on the economic, social and political costs and benefits 
involved in the restructuring of economic systems. 

332 Economies of the Pacific Rim (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. Dimensions of industrialization, 
agriculture, investment, human resources, and trade in economies of 
the Far East (including Japan and China), India, and related nations 
of the Pacific Rim. 

333 Economic Development: Analysis and Case Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. The processes of economic growth 
with references to developing areas. Capital formation, resource alloca- 
tion, relation to the world economy, economic planning and institu- 
tional factors, with case studies. 

334 Economics of Latin America and the Caribbean (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. 
Examines regional economic problems within an international context: 
dependence, industrialization and the international corporation; 
agriculture; regional cooperation; inflation, trade and debt problems. 
Major economic thinkers will be discussed 

335 The International Economy (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. The theory, practice and institutions 
of the international economy. International trade and investment, 
balance of payments, foreign exchange rates, multi-national enterprise, 
international economic policy. Current trade issues: European Community, 
trade with developing countries, Eastern Europe, and the states of the 
former Soviet Union; General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) 
and other major trade agreements. 


169 


ECONOMICS 


340 Economic Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 202, InfoSys/DecSci 361 A or equivalent. This 
course will introduce the student to the basics of applied economic 
research. Students will learn how to access existing economic knowl- 
edge, locate and compile economic data, and analyze economic problems 
using theory and quantitative methods. 

350 American Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. The development of American eco- 
nomic institutions; economic problems, economic growth and 
economic welfare. 

351 European Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. The evolution of European eco- 
nomic institutions and their relation to the development of industry, 
commerce, transportation and finance in the principal European countries. 

355 Economics of Gender and Work (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of General Education category 1II.C.1 
and upper division standing. An economic analysis of demographic 
trends and changing gender roles and experiences in paid and unpaid 
work, education, earnings, and market discrimination using economic 
theory. International comparisons. (Same as Women’s Studies 355.) 

361 Urban Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Econ 100 or 201. Theory and analysis of the urban 
economy, urban economic problems and policy. 

362 Environmental Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. Economic analysis of envi- 
ronmental problems and related issues: externalities, property rights, 
social costs and benefits, user cost, rent and decision making under 
uncertainty 

410 Industrial Organization (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 310 or equivalent. 
Business organization, conduct and performance; the rationale and 
impact of public policy on business and business activities, including 
the regulated industries, sick industries and antitrust policy. 

411 International Trade (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 310 or 315 or equivalent. 
Theories of international trade. Gains from trade, effects of tariff and 
non-tariff barriers, and conduct of commercial policy. The balance of 
payments, the theories of exchange rate determination, and other 
international economic issues. 

412 Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 310 or equivalent. Labor 
supply and demand, labor force panicipation, employment, unemploy- 
ment, human capital, wage differentials, disadvantaged labor market 
groups, discrimination and wage-related income transfers. 

413 Law and Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301; Econ 310 or 315. An economic 
analysis of the common law-propeny, contract, and tort-focusing on 
the use of microeconomic theory to study the economic efficiency 
characteristics and effects of these laws. An emphasis will be placed 
on the analysis of specific legal cases. 


415 Economics of Health (3) 

Prerequisites: Satisfied upper-division baccalaureate writing 
requirement, Econ 340 or the equivalent, or consent of the instructor. 
Application of economic reasoning to the analyses of health-related 
issues, markets, practice, education, research, and policy within social 
and political contexts. 

416 Benefit Cost and Microeconomic Policy Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301; Econ 310 or equivalent. 
Application of microeconomic models and welfare economics to 
public policy. Concepts of economic efficiency, economic surplus and 
equity. Measurement of policy effects, including benefit-cost analysis, 
with applications to selected policy areas such as education and 
environmental programs. 

417 Public Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 310 or equivalent. 
Government finance at the federal, state, and local levels; the impact 
of taxation and spending on resource allocation, income distribution, 
stabilization and growth. 

420 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 320 or equivalent. The 
money supply process and the impact of monetary policy on eco- 
nomic activity. 

421 Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 320 or equivalent. The 
techniques of monetary and fiscal policy and their relative roles in 
promoting economic stability and growth. 

431 International Macroeconomics and Growth (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301 and Econ 320. Macro-economic 
analysis of the open economy: the impact of stabilization policies in a 
global economy, the role of the balance of payments, the international 
monetary system and growth in less developed countries. 

433 The Less Developed Countries and the World Economy (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 310, 315, or 515 and Econ 320 or 521. In- 
depth analytical study of development and underdevelopment in the 
poorer countries in the context of a changing international economic 
order. Both the neo-classical and the political economy approaches 
will be discussed. Includes case studies from Asia, Africa, and Latin 
America. 

440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 340, InfoSys/DecSci 361 A 
or equivalent. Economic measurement: specification and estimation of 
econometric models; statistical methods in economic research. 

441 Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Econ 202 and Math 135 or 
equivalent. Economic theory from microeconomics and macroeco- 
nomics. Content varies; constrained optimization problems and 
rational decision-making. 

450 History of Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301 and Econ 310 or 320. Major 
schools of thought and of leading individual economists as they 
influenced economic thought and policy. 


170 


ECONOMICS 


461 Ecological Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301 and Econ 310 or 315 or 
equivalent. The application of economic concepts and methods to 
understanding the ways in which human economic behavior contrib- 
utes to environmental and ecosystem degradation; the use of 
economic approaches to evaluate and manage these impacts; the 
design of sustainable economic policies. 

462 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301 and Econ 310 or 315 or equiva- 
lent. Concepts and principles in the application of economics to issues 
in natural resource economics. Issues will include uncertainty and risk 
in investment, depletion over time, cartelization, the role of technological 
innovation and government intervention related to fuels, water, land, etc. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics major with Business Admin 301, InfoSys/ 
DecSci 361 A, Econ 310 or 320 or the equivalents; or international 
business major with Econ 202 and 335, InfoSys/DecSci 361 A or the 
equivalents; and consent of the department internship adviser, at least 
junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one semester in residence at the university. 
Planned and supervised work experience. May be repeated for a total 
of six units’ credit. Credit/No Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics major or concentration, Business Admin 
301, Econ 310 and 320 or the equivalents, senior standing, and 
consent of department chair. Directed independent inquiry. May be 
repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic probation. 

502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 310 or equivalent and classified graduate status 
in Economics. An advanced treatment of rational decision-making 
behavior of consumers and firms, the price system, and resource alloca- 
tion in partial and general equilibrium settings. Topics include prefer- 
ence theory, welfare economics, gains from trade, monopoly power, 
external costs and benefits, public goods, factor markets, intertemporal 
decisions, risk and uncertainty. 

503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 320 or equivalent and classified graduate status 
in Economics. The determination of employment, fluctuations of real 
and money income, and the forces underlying economic growth. 

504 Econometric Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 440 or equivalent and classified graduate status 
in economics. Contemporary methods used in econometric research 
with a focus or methods used in regression analysis, cross-section and 
panel data methods, and advanced topics of non-linear models, simula- 
tions and limited dependent variables. 

505 Economic Models and Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 440 and classified graduate status in economics. 
Statistical methods of econometric estimation and forecasting. Practical 
solutions to problems in model specification, estimation by regression, 
time series analysis and forecasting. 


506 Economics of Aging (3) 

(Same as Gerontology 506) 

515 The Price System and Resource Allocation (3) 

Prerequisites: Classified CBE status and Math 135 or the equivalent. 
Microeconomic analysis and policy under mixed capitalism. The 
economic environment and institutions, markets, consumer choice, 
production and resource allocation. Monopoly power and government 
intervention. (Not open to M.A. Economics candidates.) 

516 Economics and Benefit-Cost Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 201 and classified graduate status in Economics, 
or Environmental Studies or Public Administration. Economics and 
benefit-cost analysis of public projects. Consumer demand and the 
estimation of benefits, the nature of cost in a market economy; price 
controls, unemployment and inflation; and criteria for choice, for 
multi-year projects. For elective credit in the M S. Environmental 
Studies or Master of Public Administration. 

521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 310 or 515 or equivalent and classified 
CBE status. National income determination and macroeconomic 
models. Inflation and unemployment. Monetary and fiscal policies. 
International trade and foreign exchange (Not open to M.A. Economics 
candidates or students with credit for Economics 320.) 

531 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 310 or 315 or 515 or equivalent and classified 
CBE status, and Econ 320 or 52 1 . Analysis of theories and current 
issues in international trade, finance, macroeconomics and growth, 
with an emphasis on business applications. 

590 Topics in Economic Analysis and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 310 and 320 or equivalent; classified graduate 
status in economics. Contemporary research in areas such as: resource 
economics; history of economic thought; international monetary 
systems; forecasting; economics of planning; trade and development; 
human resource economics. May be repeated for credit. 

595 Current Research in Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: classified graduate status in economics or Econ 440 
and permission of the instructor. Students attend the departmental 
research seminars where faculty and outside speakers present papers 
dealing with recent and ongoing research. Students read material 
relevant to presentations and write analytical reports covering selected 
seminar meetings. 

598 Thesis Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 502, 503 and classified graduate status in 
economics. Corequisite: Econ 505. Selection and approval of topic; 
outline; methodology; literature survey; data collection and analysis; 
presentation of results. Award of the grade is contingent upon the 
completion and acceptance of the thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Econ 440, 502 and 503; classified graduate status; 
and consent of instructor and Department Chair (or designee). 

Directed advanced independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 
Not open to students on academic probation. 


171 


ECONOMICS 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 
DEAN (ACTING) 

Ashley Bishop 

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL 
LEADERSHIP 

DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Dr. Louise Adler 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom Building 531 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://ed.fullerton.edu/edleadership 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Education 

Concentration in Educational 
Administration 

Preliminary Administrative Credential 
Professional Administrative Credential 

School Business Management Certificate 
(University Extension) 

Doctor of Education in Educational 
Administration and Leadership 

Emphasis in Instructional Leadership 

FACULTY 

Louise Adler, Joyce Lee, Ron Oliver, Linda 
Orozco, Ken Stichter 


MISSION 

Our mission is to prepare school leaders who demonstrate strategic, instructional, organiza- 
tional, political and community leadership; and to provide the community a source of scholar- 
ship and assistance in interpretation and application of scholarship. 

GOALS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

The goals of the department are to prepare educational leaders who demonstrate a wide array 
of knowledge, skills, attributes, and commitment. 

Strategic Leadership 

Leadership requires the ability to develop with others vision and purpose, utilize information, 
frame problems, exercise leadership processes to achieve common goals, and act ethically for 
educational communities. 1 

A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students 
by facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of 
learning that is shared and supported by the school community. 2 

A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students 
by modeling a personal code of ethics and developing professional leadership capacity. 2 

Instructional Leadership 

Leadership requires the ability to design appropriate curricula and instructional programs, to 
develop learner-centered school cultures, to assess outcomes, to provide student personnel services, 
and to plan with faculty professional development activities aimed at improving instruction. 1 

A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students 
by advocating, nurturing, and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive 
to student learning and staff professional growth. 2 

Organizational Leadership 

Leadership requires the ability to understand, initiate and/or improve the organization, imple- 
ment operational plans, manage financial resources, and apply effective management processes 
and procedures. 1 

A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by 
ensuring management of the organization, operations, and resources for a safe, efficient, and 
effective learning environment. 2 

Political Leadership 

Leadership requires the ability to act in accordance with legal provisions and statutory 
requirements, to apply regulatory standards, to develop and apply appropriate policies, to under- 
stand and act professionally regarding the ethical implications of policy initiatives and political 
actions, to regulate public policy initiatives to student welfare, to understand. 1 

A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by 
understanding, responding to, and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal, and 
cultural context. 2 

Community Leadership 

Leaders must collaborate with parents and community members; work with community 
agencies, foundations, and the private sector; respond to community interests and needs in 
performing administrative responsibilities; develop effective staff communications and public 
relations programs; and act as mediators for the various groups and individuals who are part 
of the school community. 1 


172 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


A school administrator is an educational leader who promotes the 
success of all students by collaborating with families and community 
members, responding to diverse community interests and needs, and 
mobilizing community resources. 2 


1 NCATE-Approved Curriculum Guidelines for Advance Program in 
Educational Leadership 1995. 

2 California Professional Standards for Educational Leaders 2001. 

PHILOSOPHY OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Administration of schools for the 21st Century demands that 
education leaders demonstrate: 

■ Commitment to high standards; 

■ Strong ethical values; 

■ Credible instructional leadership; 

■ Understanding of social and political trends and the changing role 
of education in our society; 

■ Problem solving ability and the skills necessary to promote and 
adapt to change and use collaboration to build a shared vision for 
schools; 

■ Capacity to collabo- 
rate effectively with 
a wide range of non- 
school agencies and 
community organiza- 
tions which can help 
schools achieve their 
mission; 

■ Commitment to life 
long learning which 
empowers students, 

staff, and themselves. We believe that: every child must achieve 
academic success in school; 

■ Every school must educate for an American democracy that values 
the norms and practices of diverse groups and at the same time 
celebrates shared community values; 

■ School leaders must be reflective practitioners; 

■ Knowledge is evolving and socially constructed and that learning 
is produced through an interaction of different perspectives that 
enable students to connect their education to their experiences. 

Policies of the Department 

Candidates for our programs will be selected on the basis of leader- 
ship potential and commitment to the improvement of education, and 
will engage in a rigorous course of study. 

The department is committed to a continual effort to plan and 
revise programs in collaboration with university colleagues, our stu- 
dents, and the leaders of the schools in the communities we serve. 

The courses offered by the department are arranged in a specific 
order, which must be followed by all students. Cohorts of students are 
formed and move through the courses as a group. 

The department expects every student to use their university email 
address and check their university portal regularly. The university has 
computing facilities that can be used by students to email or access the 
web. 


Credential Requirements 

Students who wish to apply for credential programs must complete 
a separate applicant portfolio. Contact the College of Education Admis- 
sion Office for a copy of the requirements and information. 

Students applying for the Preliminary Administrative Credential 
Program are required to have three years teaching experience when 
entering the program. Waiver requests for 1-2 years of experience are 
considered for those starting a second career or under unusual circum- 
stances. 

The minimum GPA required to be recommended for a certificate of 
eligibility or a credential is an average of 3.0 for all classes taken in the 
credential program. 

Review at the End of the First and Second Semester 

Any faculty member who may have concerns about the progress 
of a student in the program or their suitability to be recommended for 
administrative positions in the public schools may request a depart- 
ment review of the student’s performance at the end of the student’s 
first or second semester in the program. The issue will be considered at 
a department meeting. 

Should the consensus of the faculty confirm the concerns, the 
department chair will provide specific written information to the 
student as to the nature of the concerns and the steps necessary to 
resolve the concerns. The chair will meet with the student and the 
cohort leader to discuss the concerns and necessary steps to resolve 
the concerns. 

In situations where the continued participation of the student in 
the program is not recommended by the department, the policy and 
procedures for removing a student from the program will be followed. 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES CREDENTIAL 

The Administrative Services Credential programs of the Department 
of Educational Leadership are approved by the California Commission 
on Teacher Credentialing. Because regulations governing these programs 
change, students should contact the department office for current 
information and requirements. 

Preliminary Credential 

The Preliminary Administrative Services Certificate/Credential is the 
“Tier I” administrative credential in California, requiring a total of 26- 
31 units of work (which may be incorporated into the master’s degree 
program). Upon receipt of the Preliminary credential, one is eligible 
for employment as an administrator in California public schools. A 
Master’s Degree is required for California State University to recom- 
mend a candidate for this credential. 

Professional Credential 

The Professional Administrative Services Credential is the “Tier II” 
administrative credential. Candidates with strong administrative experi- 
ence and a strong professional portfolio can complete the credential 
requirement at CSUF in as little as one semester. Candidates must hold 
a Master’s Degree in Educational Administration and/or completed an 
accredited Preliminary Administrative Credential Program. 

Students enrolled in the Ed.D. program complete the normal 
program requiring a total of 26 semester hours. Please note that 
holding a job as administrator and the Preliminary Credential are pre- 
requisites to entry to the program for the Professional Credential. For 
Further Information, please contact the Program Director, Dr. Linda 
Orozco (lorozco@fullerton.edu). 



173 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


SCHOOL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE 

This certificate is offered through Cal State Fullerton’s University 
Extended Education program. It provides a 25-unit specialization for 
people who work in or want to move into the field of school business 
management. Classes reflect general skills and specific functions of 
school business management, capped by a practicum designed to dem- 
onstrate what has been gained in classroom study. The instructors are 
practitioners with successful experience as school business managers. 

For further information on the program including program objec- 
tives, eligibility, and registration, please visit the University Extended 
Education website at http://www.csufextension.org. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
(EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION) 

The principal objective of the curriculum is to prepare carefully 
selected individuals for leadership positions in public schools. The 
program is designed to help these individuals gain the technical knowl- 
edge and scholarship requisite to high achievement in these positions. 

Application Deadlines 

To assure full consideration, the deadlines for completing online 
applications are March 1st for the fall semester and October 1st for the 
spring semester (see http://www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications 
need to be postmarked by the same deadlines. 

Application deadlines change depending on demand and enrollment 
allocations. Check with the department for current information. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a baccalaureate degree from an 
accredited institution and a grade-point average of at least 3.0 in the last 
60 semester units attempted (see “Graduate Regulations” section of this 
catalog for complete statement and procedures). In addition, an appli- 
cant should have a successful teaching experience in an elementary’ or 
secondary school. (If such experience is not available, other experience 
in related fields is an alternative if approved by a graduate adviser before 
starting the program). A candidate portfolio is also required. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission requirements and has a mini- 
mum 3.0 GPA in previous academic work may be granted classified 
graduate standing upon the development and approval of a study plan. 

Study Plan 

The study plan must include 30 units of course work. Course 
requirements include field experience and a project 

No more than nine units of postgraduate work taken prior to classi- 
fied standing may be applied to a students masters degree program. 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) on the study plan will 
include: 

Core Course Work (8 units) 

Ed Admin 503 Organizational Leadership (3) 

Ed Admin 505 Instructional Leadership (4) 

Ed Admin 510 Research Design (3) 

Concentration Course Work (20 units) 

Ed Admin 561 Policy, Governance, Community Relations (3) 

Ed Admin 563 Human Resource Administration (2) 

Ed Admin 564 School Law and Regulatory Process (3) 


Ed Admin 565 School Finance (3) 

Ed Admin 566 Leadership in Public Schools (3) 
Ed Admin 567 Fieldwork (1,1,1) 


Project (3 units) 

Ed Admin 597 Project (1,1,1) 


For advisement and further information, consult the graduate 
program adviser. 


Cohort Order of Classes 

Once students are admitted to the Tier I/Preliminary Administrative 
Credential Program, they are required to take all of the courses in a 
prescribed order shown below. 


FALL START 
Fall 597 
Fall 505 
Fall 567 
Spring 510* 
Spring 503 
Summer 565 
Summer 561 
Summer 597* 
Fall 563 
Fall 564 
Fall 567 
Spring 566 
Spring 567 
Spring 597* 


SPRING START 
Spring 597 
Spring 505 
Spring 567 
Summer 510 
Summer 567 
Summer 503 
Fall 561 
Fall 565 
Spring 563 
Spring 564 
Spring 567 
Summer 566 
Summer 567 
Summer 597* 


* May not be required of credential only students. 

Prior approval is required from the cohort leader and department 
chair to change the order or timing of courses. 


DOCTOR OF EDUCATION (ED.D.) IN EDUCATIONAL 
ADMINISTRATION AND LEADERSHIP - EMPHASIS 
IN INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP 

The program is jointly offered with the University of California, 
Irvine. The overall purpose of the program is to prepare leaders 
capable of achieving educational excellence and equity, with significant 
attention to equality of opportunity for the diverse groups of students 
in the region served. The program is designed as an innovative inter- 
segmental partnership with promise for preparing leaders who can 
contribute to effective reforms that cut across the education sectors. It 
is an academically grounded professional degree designed to meet the 
needs of individuals preparing for careers of leadership in which they 
will continuously apply theory and research to policy and practice. 

A distinguishing feature of the program is its emphasis on the inte- 
gration of theory, research, and practice in preparing leaders to plan, 
initiate, and assess local reforms to improve educational programs and 
outcomes. Its attention to field-based study of educational problems is 
intended to improve linkages between graduate preparation, research, 
and practice and contribute to both the knowledge base in education 
and the improvement of public education. 

The program prepares leaders for K-12 education who understand 
the critical changes educational institutions are facing; who can create, 
lead, and study innovative reforms; and who are committed to critical 
examination of educational practices and policies. It achieves this goal 


174 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


in large part through the active involvement of a distinguished and 
multi-disciplinary group of faculty from the participating campuses, 
a uniquely strong group of scholars committed to this innovative 
graduate program and its purpose of transforming educational 
institutions for the twenty-first century. 

The distinctive features of the program are: 

■ Focus on problems of education practice and evaluation of educa- 
tional programs addressing important educational needs. 

■ Involvement of faculty with varied disciplinary perspectives and 
integration of different perspectives in examining field-based problems. 

■ Use of a range of research methods to focus on actions to improve 
educational outcomes for all students. 

■ Focus on addressing curricular, instructional, assessment, and 
governance reforms and the implications for diverse educational 
settings. 

Admissions Requirements 

The application deadline is usually January 15th. 

Minimum requirements for admission include: 

(1) Completion of master’s degree in education or a closely related field. 

(2) Two sets of official transcripts for all post -secondary academic 
work. A 3.0 GPA in undergraduate work is the normal minimum 
requirement for admission to doctoral study. The GPA earned in a 
master’s degree program will also be considered. 

(3) A Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test Score taken 
within the past five years. 

(4) Three letters of recommendation from individuals who have 
knowledge of the applicant’s professional competency, leadership 
potential, and capacity to benefit from the Ed.D. program. 

(5) Completion and submission of the UC Irvine On-line Application 
for Graduate Admission. Go to http://ed.fullerton.edU/jointEd.D.htm 
and click on Application Information. 

(6) Completion and submission in hardy copy of the CSU/UCI Joint 
Ed.D. Supplemental Application available at http://ed.fullerton.edu/ 
jointEdD.htm. 

The Supplemental Application includes: 

1. Professional resume 

2. Description of research experience 

3. Writing sample (thesis, project, or portfolio or an academic 
article) 

4. Written responses to two questions 

(7) A personal interview may be required for candidates who are 
identified as likely candidates for admission. 

Program of Study 

The program includes three summers, each consisting of ten weeks 
of study and two complete academic years of course work, followed by 
a period during which the candidate advances to candidacy and under- 
takes the dissertation. The three years of study are to be completed at 
UC Irvine and at CSU campuses, with the ten-week periods of summer 
study at UC Irvine. Classes during the academic year will be held in 
the late afternoons and evenings and occasionally on weekends to 
accommodate the schedules of working professionals. 


All candidates are required to be enrolled at UC Irvine and at CSU 
campuses for a minimum of three quarters or semester equivalents. 

That is, every candidate in the program will be formally in residence 
(i.e., enrolled in the equivalent of at least one 4-unit course) at UC 
Irvine, as well as at a CSU campus, for no less than three quarters. 

The courses offered throughout the program are expected to be 
taken by individuals who also hold full-time positions. Their full-time 
employment is viewed as an asset and as providing important oppor- 
tunities to apply theoretical and empirical material covered in their 
coursework. The program of study distributed over 12 months will 
facilitate (a) integration of graduate studies and practice, (b) periods 
of intensive study among candidates, and (c) opportunities to work 
with faculty from UCI and CSU Fullerton. 

Each candidate in the program is required to demonstrate the 
integration of theory, research, and practice. This will occur through 
three mechanisms. First, each candidate will be required to successfully 
complete a minimum of two quarters of field research or qualitative 
research methods courses focused on the study of educational practice. 
Second, many courses in the program will include a required inquiry- 
oriented field study. Candidates will be expected to undertake field- 
based, analytic projects that are consistent with the objectives of the 
particular course. Third, candidates in the program will typically select 
a practice-based research topic for their dissertation. In the conduct of 
the dissertation — i.e., in planning, in data collection and analysis, and 
in preparing the final dissertation — candidates will be expected to inte- 
grate theoretical and conceptual frameworks with significant questions 
of school practice. This approach to integrating theory, research and 
practice is intended to prepare candidates for the study of local educa- 
tional issues during the program and thereafter. 

The core curriculum includes study in two major areas. The first 
area, leadership of educational reform, includes five core courses, four 
emphasis area electives, and a pro-seminar that address issues in 
leadership, reform, and diversity. The second area of study focuses on 
research methodologies for examining educational issues and their applications 
to improving practice. Candidates will take five core courses, two elective 
courses relevant to their area of emphasis, and a pre-dissertation 
seminar in which they become familiar with a range of qualitative 
and quantitative methodologies and develop expertise in particular 
methods for examining educational issues, practices, and policies. 

They will develop competencies that prepare them to apply research 
and evaluation skills to the examination and analysis of educational 
practices in diverse settings. 

Candidates will apply their research competencies as they complete 
a culminating dissertation that will be a rigorous, research-based study. 
In candidates’ dissertations, they will apply knowledge and research 
skills acquired in the program to examine a significant topic pertaining 
to K-12 practice or policy. CSUF and UCI faculty will assist candidates 
in developing dissertations that are scholarly works that also contribute 
to the schools or other institutions in which they work, and have the 
potential to bring about important educational reforms in the region. 

Dissertation 

All students in the CSU/UC Irvine Joint Ed.D. program will com- 
plete a rigorous research-based dissertation that integrates theory and 
research in the study of educational practice. The dissertation will 
include the results of the candidate’s independent research and will 
typically focus on examination of (a) an educational problem, (b) a 


175 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


practice or program, or (c) an educational policy or reform. Most dis- 
sertations will be studies undertaken in the local context, having the 
potential to contribute to solutions of local educational problems. 
Dissertations will utilize a range of qualitative and quantitative research 
and evaluation methodologies. The dissertation will present the 
results of the candidate’s independent investigation in a manner that 
contributes both to professional knowledge in education and to the 
improvement of educational practice. Examples might include studies 
examining and/or evaluating reforms in curriculum and instruction, 
professional development, assessment, and applications of technology. 

Each Ed.D. student’s dissertation must conform to University of 
California regulations and specifications with regard to format and 
method of preparation as described in Manuscript Preparation: Standards 
and Procedures, Master's Theses and Ph.D. Dissertations. Candidates in the 
program will be expected to attend information sessions in which pro- 
cedures for dissertation manuscript preparation and filing are presented. 

Defense of Dissertation 

During a final oral examination the candidate defends the dis- 
sertation. The dissertation defense will address the theoretical and 
conceptual background, relevant literature, data collection techniques, 
data analysis strategies, and results and implications concerning the 
question(s) studied. 

Academic Appeals for Ed.D. 

The CSU/UC Joint Ed.D. program take courses at California State 
University, Fullerton and at partner institutions. Should the need to file 
an academic appeal arise, the student should address the appeal to 
the institution offering the course or courses in which the issue arises. 
Similarly, if an issue is raised regarding the qualifying examination, approval 
of the dissertation proposal, defense of the dissertation, or acceptance of 
the dissertation, the appeal will be made at the institution of the chair of 
the committee considering the document or managing the process. 

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION COURSES 
FOR M.S. AND PRELIMINARY CREDENTIAL 

Courses are designated as EDAD in the class schedule. 

Students who desire only isolated courses from the program are 
normally denied admission to such courses. 

501A,B,C Collaborative Professional Portfolio Assessment of 
Competence for School Leaders (4,4,4) 

Prerequisite: one year of experience as a school administrator. 
Comprehensive course for Professional Administrative Services (Tier 
11) credential candidates. Candidates will demonstrate mastery of field- 
work performance standards by preparing a professional portfolio of 
work-embedded artifacts, evidences and documentation. A collabora- 
tive assessment process (student, university faculty, mentor, colleagues 
in the course) will establish the candidate’s competency in each of the 
California Standards for Educational Leaders adopted by the California 
Commission on Teacher Credentialing. Successful completion of 
the course provides for university-approval and recommendation to 
the CCTC for the full and clear Professional Administrative Services 
Credential (Tier II). This course is a post-master’s credential course, 
offered credit/no credit only. 

503 Organizational Leadership (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Preliminary Credential and/or master’s 
program. The focus of this class is on using organizational theory 
and leadership studies to understand schools and how to bring about 


change in schools. The course includes study of the organization, 
structure, and cultural context of schools and the study of techniques 
used to guide, motivate, delegate, build consensus, and lead others in 
the achievement of goals. 

505 Instructional Leadership (4) 

Prerequisite: Admission to credential and/or M.S. program. Study of 
approaches for advocating, nurturing, and sustaining a school culture 
and instructional program conducive to student learning and profes- 
sional growth. 

510 Research Design (3) 

Prerequisites: admission to Preliminary Credential and/or master’s 
program and a grade of “B” (3.0) or better in Ed Admin 505. Introduces 
students to the major forms of both quantitative and qualitative research 
used in education. Students will leam how to select an appropriate 
research method and the characteristics of sound research. Stress will be 
placed on making reasoned judgments as consumers of research as well 
as selecting appropriate information collection strategies as school leaders. 

561 Policy, Governance, Community Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. In this course students study the 
factors which determine public policy with regard to education, the 
roles of the various levels of government in controlling public educa- 
tion, how to identify various interest group, and how to communicate 
effectively about school programs. 

563 Human Resource Administration (2) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. This course focuses on the importance 
and dimensions of human resource administration and the need to 
attract, retain, develop, and motivate school personnel in ways that 
enhance learning and professional development and that lead to 
positive and productive school settings. Includes study of collective 
baigaining and employee evaluation in public schools. 

564 School Law and Regulatory Process (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. This course reviews the federal, state 
and local educational laws, regulations and other policies that govern 
schools and the requirements that administrators act in accordance 
with these laws and regulations in ways that are ethically and legally 
defensible. 

565 School Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed Admin 503. Course reviews effective management 
of fiscal resources and business services. The course covers the sources 
of income to public schools: federal, state, local, and private (including 
grants and foundations). It also reviews sound budgetary and business 
procedures for schools. 

566 Leadership in Public Schools (3) 

The course focuses on the leadership roles of principals, co-admin- 
istrators, and supervisors in public schools. Content includes leader- 
ship, reflective practice, human relations, the administrator’s role in 
group process, site based decision-making, school climate change agent 
roles, and planning models. Violence and school safety issues such as 
gangs will be studied. 

567 Fieldwork (1) 

Prerequisite: admission to credential and/or master’s program. 
Directed fieldwork in administrative areas in school. May be repeated 
for up to 3 units credit. 


176 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 


597 Project (1-2) 

Prerequisites: Ed Admin 510. Individual research on a graduate 
project, with conferences with a faculty adviser, culminating in a project. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Independent inquiry for qualified 
students. 

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND LEADERSHIP 
DOCTORAL CLASSES 

Courses designated EDD in the class schedule. 

600 Organizational Theory and Challengers for Instructional 
Leadership (3) 

Examines organizational theories and their application to the role 
of instructional leadership. Also explores theories from leadership and 
management literatures, which predicate the conceptual development 
of the role of instructional leadership. Explores implications of these 
theories for effective performance as instructional leaders. 

601 Quantitative Methods for Instructional Leaders (3) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent of 
program adviser are required. This course provides an introduction to 
the conceptual and methodological bases of quantitative analysis in 
instructional leadership. Topics include issues of research design, mea- 
surement and statistical analysis. 

602 Field Research for Instructional Leaders 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent of 
program adviser are required. Students acquire the knowledge, disposi- 
tions, and critical thinking skills necessary for conducting field research 
and apply these skills to designing and implementing applied research 
projects that create knowledge for solving dilemmas related to instruc- 
tion and learning. 

603 Field Research for Instructional Leaders II (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent of 
program adviser are required. Addresses conceptual frameworks and 
literature related to effective instructional leadership. Focuses on iden- 
tifying, conducting, analyzing, and interpreting field research in educa- 
tion toward the purpose of improving school practice. 

604 Forecasting and Planning for Emerging Instructional Needs (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent 
of program adviser are required. Students investigate theories and 
methods that promote accurate forecasting of the impact of social, 
economic, political, cultural, academic, and demographic trends as 
they affect curriculum and instruction. Emphasis is also placed on how 
these indicators can be used to engage effective planning. 

605 Methods of Collection and Analysis of Assessment Data (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral program. Methods of 
system-level data collection and analysis of outcomes of instruction are 
explored. Examines the complexity and efficacy of using various types 
of data for making judgments at the system level about the effective- 
ness of instruction across classrooms and schools. 

620 Ethical and Legal Dimensions of Instructional Leadership (3) 

Concepts of ethics (e.g., self-interest, free will, social responsibility, 
duty) are explored as the basis for legal standards (protection of indi- 


vidual rights, fair treatment, equality of opportunity, duty of care, 
public trust) through the study of education case law that deals with 
instructional leadership. 

621 Leadership of Curricular and Instructional Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent of 
program adviser are required. Examines current issues in curriculum 
design and implementation. Explores: forces affecting the curriculum; 
curriculum continuity and articulation; content trends in the subject 
areas; appropriate curriculum for students from diverse backgrounds; 
curriculum censorship; and effective instructional leadership for school 
curriculum improvement. 

622 Human Dimensions of Instructional Reform and Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent of 
program adviser are required. To prepare effective change agents, this 
course examines issues associated with change. Topics include change 
as a sociopolitical process; sources and purpose of change, coping with 
multiple reform efforts; decision-making processes; implementation of 
reforms; problems of resistance to change in curriculum and instruc- 
tion; and change as a continuous process. 

623 The Politics of School Reform (2) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent of 
program adviser are required. Explores the theoretical and practical 
aspects of school reform politics with particular attention to curricular 
and instructional reform. Topics include: history of school reform, role 
of city government in school reform, racial and ideological divisions 
over school reform, and the political challenge of building coalitions 
for sustainable reform. 

624 Educational Policy Cycles and Instructional Leadership 

An in-depth study of topics relevant to instructional leadership and 
educational policy cycles. Topics include the policymaking process, 
the role of values and interest groups, policy analysis, equality of edu- 
cational opportunity, how policy efforts are reshaped, and systemic 
reform. Policy issues such as high-stakes testing, curricular mandates, 
and accountability are used as exemplars. 

625 Constructivist Leadership: Advancing Educational 
Performance (2) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Joint Doctoral Program and consent of 
program adviser are required. Explores conceptual models and research 
studies that inform leadership as a constructivist practice. Topics 
include a review of leadership standards, assessment of leadership, cre- 
ating learning communities, and building leadership capacity in schools. 

626 Transforming Teaching and Schools 

Through a multidisciplinary approach, explores perspectives for 
transforming education. Topics include educational dilemmas; how 
schools recreate society; multiple influences on schooling; previous 
and current curriculum reform efforts. 

637 Emerging Developments in Subject Areas 

This team-taught elective course focuses on cutting edge develop- 
ments in reading/English language arts, math, science, and social 
studies curricula; the cntical connection between staff development 
program and instructional leadership; and methods for engaging 
parents and the community in support of instructional improvements. 

698 Dissertation Research (8) 


177 


EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Mostafa Shiva 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Engineering 100A 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://www.fullerton.edu/ecs 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Option in Systems Engineering 

FACULTY 

Maqsood Ahmed Chaudhry, David 
Cheng, John Clymer, George Cohn, Shahin 
Ghazanshahi, Mohinder Grewal, Karim 
Hamidian, Hassan Hamidi-Hashemi, 

Young Kwon, Chennareddy Reddy, Mostafa 
Shiva, Fleur Tehrani, Jesus Tuazon, Raman 
Unnikrishnan 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate program adviser: 

Jesus Tuazon 

Graduate program coordinator: 

Mostafa Shiva 

Graduate admissions: 

Jesus Tuazon 

All department full-time faculty serve as 
advisers; see electrical engineering bulletin 
board for names, office hours and room 
numbers. 


MISSION AND OBJECTIVES 

Mission Statement 

Consistent with the university’s mission, learning is the first priority in the Department of 
Electrical Engineering. 

To implement its mission the Electrical Engineering programs at CSUF provide the best qualities 
of teaching, scholarship and professional practice. The Department is committed to facilitate the 
education of both engineering undergraduate and graduate students for their entrance in, and 
significant contribution to, the engineering profession. Our students are actively engaged and 
work in collaboration with faculty and staff to acquire and expand knowledge. The objectives for 
our mission are further elaborated under “Department Educational Objectives.” 

Department Educational Objectives 

The goals of the Department are as follows: 

1. To provide the best of current practice, theory, research and intellectual study in the humanities 
to prepare students for challenging careers in engineering, strengthen relationships to their 
communities and contribute ethically and productively to society; 

2. To educate students who, actively engaged with faculty and staff, work in collaboration to 
acquire and expand knowledge; 

3. To provide service to the profession, the state of California, the country and to the world- 
wide development of engineering. 

A critical focus of the education, research and service programs with the Department is to 
afford undergraduates of varying backgrounds and abilities every opportunity for achieving 
success in the engineering professions. 

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) 

To achieve these goals, the faculty and students of the Department of Electrical Engineering, 
with input from other constituents, have established the following program educational objectives: 

A. To prepare students for successful careers in electrical engineering and related fields and for 
further studies; 

B. To train students thoroughly in methods of analysis including the mathematical and compu- 
tational skills appropriate for electrical engineers to use when solving problems; 

C. To develop skills pertinent to the design process, including the students’ ability to formulate 
problems, to think creatively, to communicate effectively, to synthesize information and to 
work collaboratively; 

D. To teach students to use current experimental and data analysis techniques for engineering 
application; 

E. To instill in students an understanding of their professional, social and ethical responsibilities 
and need for lifelong learning. 

The level of achievement of PEOs is measured by analyzing the Program Outcomes. 

Program Outcomes 

A. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering. 

B. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data; 

C. An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs; 


178 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


D. An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams; 

E. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems; 

E An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility; 

G. An ability to communicate technical material effectively; 

H. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engi- 
neering solutions in a global and societal context; 

I. A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in, lifelong 
learning 

J. A knowledge of contemporary issues; 

K. An ability to use the techniques, skills and modem engineering 
tools necessary for engineering practice. 

2 + 2 Articulated Program with Community Colleges 

The department has developed 2+2 articulation agreements with 
community colleges to provide students seamless transfer to the CSUF 
Electrical Engineering Program. This allows full-time students, taking 
the courses specified by the Electrical Engineering Department each 
semester, to graduate in two years following transfer to CSUE 

INTRODUCTION 

The Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering is accred- 
ited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology 
(ABET). The electrical engineering program provides the students with 
the knowledge of basic and advanced topics in the areas of design and 

analysis of VLSI and 
electronic circuits, 
design and analysis of 
computer architecture, 
microprocessors, com- 
munication systems, 
signal processing, and 
control systems. This 
program develops an 
ability to apply design 
and analysis knowl- 
edge to the practice of 
electrical engineering 
in an effective and professional manner. This knowledge can be applied 
to various engineering practices in aerospace, computer, electrical, elec- 
tronics and other applied fields. 

High School Preparation 

The entering high school student should have a preparation which 
includes two years of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, and one year 
of physics or chemistry. Students deficient in mathematics or chem- 
istry must take special preparatory courses, i.e., Mathematics 125 
and Chemistry 115, which will not carry credit for the major. (See 
Mathematics Section for Entry Level Mathematics test and Math- 
Science Qualifying Examination requirements.) 

Transfer Students 

A transfer student shall complete a minimum of 30 units in resi- 
dence of which at least 15 units shall be taken in upper-division 
engineering courses. Work taken at another college or university on 
which a grade of “D” (1.0) was earned may not be substituted for 
upper-division courses. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

The undergraduate program requirements for the bachelor of 
science in electrical engineering are comprised of four major seg- 
ments: foundation courses in mathematics and the physical sciences; 
basic engineering courses; general education courses in the arts, 
humanities, social sciences, biological sciences and other related areas; 
and a sequence of courses to fulfill the requirements of the Electrical 
Engineering degree. 

Undergraduate students are required to meet with their academic 
adviser every semester during the first year and at least once a year 
thereafter. Students are strongly encouraged to see their academic 
advisers frequently. All courses taken in fulfillment of the requirements 
for the bachelor’s degree must be taken for a letter grade, i.e., under 
grade Option 1 . All mathematics and physical science courses required 
for the degree must be completed with at least a “C minus” (1.7) grade 
to count as prerequisite courses to engineering courses or as credit 
towards the degree. Graduate courses are not open to undergraduate 
students without approval of the program coordinator. 

NOTE: The current Electrical Engineering curriculum is under revision. 
For the most recent degree requirements, please refer to the department’s web 
site. 

Mathematics and Science Courses (33) 

Mathematics 1 50A Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 150B Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250A Multivariate Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250B Introduction to Linear Algebra and Differential 
Equations (4) 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 

Physics 225, 225L Fundamental Physics: Mechanics and Lab (4) 

Physics 226, 226L Fundamental Physics: Electricity and Magnetism 
and Lab (4) 

Physics 227, 227L Fundamental Physics: Waves, Optics, and 
Modem Physics and Lab (4) 

Engineering Core Courses (24) 

EGME 102 Graphical Communications (3) 

EGCE 201 Statics (3) 

EGEE 203 Electric Circuits (3) 

EGGN 205 Digital Computation (3) 

EGCE 302 Dynamics (3) 

EGME 304 Thermodynamics (3) 

EGME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EGGN 308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

EGGN 314 Engineering Economy (2) 

General Education Courses 
I. Core Competencies (9) 

A. Oral Communication (3) 

Honors 10 IB, Human Comm 100, or Human Comm 102 

B. Written Communication (3) 

English 101 



179 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


C. Critical Thinking (3) 

Honors 101A; Philosophy 105, 106; Psychology 110; Reading 
290; or Human Comm 235 

U. Historical and Cultural Foundations (9) 

A. Development of World Civilization (3) 

History 110A or 11 OB 

B. American History, Institutions and Values (6) 

1 . American History (3) 

Afro Ethnic Studies 190, American Studies 201, Chicano 190, 
History 180, 190, or Honors 201A 

2. Government (3) 

Poli Sci 100 

III. Disciplinary Learning (31) 

A. Mathematics and Natural Sciences (16) 

1. Mathematics 

Mathematics 150A (4) 

2 Natural Sciences 

a. Physical Science 

Chemistry 120A and Physics 225, 225L 

b. Earth and Astronomical Sciences 
Not applicable for engineering majors 

c. Life Science 
Biology 101 (3) 

3. Implications and Explorations in Mathematics and Natural 
Sciences 

Not applicable for engineering majors 

B. Arts and Humanities (9) 

1. Introduction to the Arts (3) 

Art 101, 201A, 20 IB, 311, 312, Dance 101, Music 100, 
Theater 100 

2. Introduction to the Humanities (3) 

Any lower-division course in this category listed in the 
current class schedule 

3. Implications, Explorations and Participatory Experience in 
the Arts and Humanities (3) 

Any upper-division course in this category in the current class 
schedule 

C. Social Sciences (6) 

1. Introduction to the Social Sciences (3) 

EGGN 314 and one of EGCE 490, EGEE 490 or EGME 490 

2. Implications, Explorations and Participatory Experience in 
the Social Sciences (3) 

Any upper-division course in this category listed in the 
current class schedule 

/V Lifelong Learning 

This category is not applicable to engineering majors 
V Cultural Diversity 

Take at least one star (*) course in Sections III.B.3 or III.C.2 


Upper-Division Writing Requirement 

In addition to the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP), all of 
the following courses are required to fulfill the upper-division English 
writing requirement: 

EGEE 303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 

EGME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EGEE 310L Electronic Circuits Laboratory (2) 

EGEE 485 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Laboratory (3) 

OR EGEE 407L Digital Computer Design Lab (3) 

Written work for these courses must meet professional standards. 

All these courses must be passed with at least a “C” (2.0) grade. 

Second Language Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering is a high-unit 
program, majors are exempt from the Second Language Graduation 
Requirement. 

Required Courses in Electrical Engineering (34 units) 

Enrollment in these courses is limited to students who meet the 
prerequisites. 

EGEE 203L Electric Circuits Lab (1) 

EGEE 245 Computer Logic & Architecture (3) 

EGEE 245L Computer Logic and Architecture Lab (2) 

EGEE 303 Electronics (3) 

EGEE 303L Electronics Lab (1) 

EGEE 309 Network Analysis (3) 

EGEE 310 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EGEE 310L Electronic Circuits Lab (2) 

EGEE 311 Field Theory and Transmission Lines (3) 

EGEE 313 Introduction to Electromechanics (3) 

EGEE 323 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) 

EGEE 407L Digital Computer Design Lab (3) 

OR EGEE 485 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Lab (3) 

EGEE 409 Introduction to Linear Systems (3) 

EGEE 490 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 

Note: EGEE 303L, 310L, 485 and 407L must be passed with at 
least a “C” (2.0) grade. EGEE 203 and EGEE 303 must be passed with 
at least a “C minus” (1.7) grade. 

Technical Electives in Electrical Engineering (11 units) 

Before enrolling in any elective course, approval of the adviser must 
be obtained. At least 3-5 units of design content must be included. 
Senior project, EGEE 497 (1-3), and Independent Study, EGEE 499 
(1-3), are elective courses; the student must complete a study applica- 
tion form and submit it for approval to the supervising faculty member 
and the department head prior to the semester in which the course 
work is to begin. 

VLSI and Electronic Circuits 
EGEE 313 L Power Laboratory (1) 

EGEE 404 Intro to Microprocessors and Microcomputers (3) 

EGEE 404L Microprocessor Laboratory (1) 


180 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


EGEE 410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 

EGEE 442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EGEE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EGEE 448 Digital Systems Design with VHDL (3) 
EGEE 455 Microelectronics and Nano Devices (3) 
EGEE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 


Communication Systems and Signal Processing 
EGEE 313L Power Laboratory (1) 

EGEE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputers (3) 
EGEE 410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 

EGEE 420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 

EGEE 442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

EGEE 443 Electronic Communication Systems (3) 

EGEE 448 Digital Systems Design with VHDL (3) 

EGEE 480 Optical Engineering and Communications (3) 

EGEE 483 Introduction to Global Positioning Systems (GPS) (3) 
EGEE 483L Global Positioning Systems Lab (2) 

Control Systems 

EGEE 313L Power Laboratory (1) 


EGEE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputers (3) 
EGEE 416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 

EGEE 420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 

EGEE 424 Computer Simulation of Continuous Systems (3) 

EGEE 425 Introduction to Systems Engineering (3) 

EGEE 483 Introduction to Global Positioning Systems (GPS) (3) 


Computer Engineering 

EGEE 313L Power Laboratory (1) 

EG-GN 403 Computer Methods in Numerical Analysis (3) 

EGEE 404 Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputers (3) 
EGEE 404L Microprocessor Lab (1) 

EGEE 406 Design Applications with Microcontroller and FPGA (3) 
EGEE 407 Digital Computer Architecture & Design I (3) 

EGEE 407L Digital Computer Design Lab (3) 

EGEE 412 Digital Computer Architecture and Design II (3) 

EGEE 425 Introduction to Systems Engineering (3) 

EGEE 445 Digital Electronics (3) 

EGEE 448 Digital Systems Design with VHDL (3) 

EGEE 455 Microelectronics and Nano Devices (3) 

EGEE 465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 

master of science in electrical engineering 

To qualify for admission in conditionally classified standing, 
applicants must meet the following university and departmental 
requirements: 

1. Bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution. 

2. Bachelor’s degree in an engineering program which is accredited by 
the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). 


3. Good standing at the last institution attended. 

4. Minimum GPA of 2.75 in the last 60 semester units and 3.0 in the 
last 15 units of electrical engineering courses attempted. 

Students with grade deficiencies, degrees from non- ABET accredited 
universities, or undergraduate majors other than Electrical Engineering 
may be considered for conditional admission. However, any deficien- 
cies must be made up prior to advancing to classified standing and 
prior to beginning course work for the master’s degree. Requirements 
for fulfilling deficiencies include a minimum of six units of adviser- 
approved course work. Deficiencies must be completed with minimum 
2.5 GPA and with at least 2.75 GPA in the last nine deficiency units. 

Each applicant file will be reviewed by the department graduate 
admissions adviser. Upon admission, the applicant is required to make 
an appointment with the graduate program coordinator. The program 
coordinator will assign a faculty adviser based on the student’s areas of 
interest and career objectives. 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1st for 
the fall semester and October 1st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website 
for current information at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate. 

Classified Standing 

A student who meets the above requirements for admission to 
conditionally classified standing may be granted classified standing 
contingent upon: 

1 . Completion of all required deficiency course work. 

2. Fulfillment of the university writing requirement. Students with 
degrees from American universities must show proof of meeting 
an upper division writing requirement, pass the EWP, or complete 
English 301 or 360. Students who have degrees from foreign uni- 
versities must pass the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP) 
or complete English 301 or 360 with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better. 

3. Development and approval of a study plan prior to completing 
nine units toward the 30-unit degree requirement. 

Students must meet with a faculty adviser to set up a study plan. 
Classification is not granted until the study plan is approved by the 
faculty adviser, the department head, and the Office of Graduate 
Studies. Any subsequent changes to the study plan must have prior 
written approval by the faculty adviser and department head. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of a minimum of 30 units adviser-approved 
upper-division and graduate-level course work which must be com- 
pleted with an overall grade-point average of at least 3.0. At least half 
the units required for the degree must be in approved graduate (500- 
level) courses. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

EGGN 403 Computer Methods in Numerical Analysis (3) 

Additional adviser-approved math-oriented course (3) 


181 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


Concentration Courses (15 units) 

A student is required to select a minimum of 15 units in Electrical 
Engineering. These units may be 400- and 500-level courses and 
are selected according to the student’s area of interest. Course work 
may focus on the following areas: Communications Systems/Signal 
Processing, Computer Engineering, Control Systems, Microelectronics 
and Circuit Theory, Electromagnetic Field Theory and Optics and 
Systems Engineering. Graduate Project, EGEE 597 (1-3), and Thesis, 
EGEE 598 (6), are considered concentration courses. 

Other Courses (9 units) 

Elective units should be taken in Electrical Engineering or a related 
engineering field and are subject to adviser approval. 

Exam/Thesis/Project Option 

Subject to approval by the faculty adviser, students may select one 
of the following options for final review by the department graduate 
committee: 

1 . Satisfactory completion of a final oral comprehensive examination 
on coursework OR 

2. Satisfactory completion of a formal project EGEE 597 (3 units) and 
a final oral comprehensive examination on coursework OR 

3. Satisfactory completion and oral defense of a thesis EGEE 598 
(6 units). 

A typed draft of the thesis or project report must be submitted to 
the student’s thesis or project committee no later than four weeks prior 
to the last day of the semester in which the oral defense of the thesis or 
project report is scheduled. 

The thesis or project committee consists of a minimum of three 
members of the Electrical Engineering faculty. The thesis should cover 
original research and be prepared according to the university guide- 
lines. Committee questions will be directed toward defense of the 
project report and include questions related to course work. 

Guidelines for the preparation of theses and formal reports are 
available in the Electrical Engineering Department office and the uni- 
versity Graduate Studies office. 

Students requesting Graduate Project (EGEE 597), Thesis (EGEE 
598) or Independent Study (EGEE 599) must complete a study 
application form and submit it for approval to the supervising faculty 
member and department head prior to the semester in which the 
course work is to begin. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Advancement to candidacy requires that the student file a graduation 
check prior to the beginning of the final semester (see class schedule 
for deadlines). Completion of requirements for the degree include a 
minimum GPA of 3.0 on all study plan course work, successful com- 
pletion of a comprehensive examination or oral defense of a thesis or 
project, and recommendation by the Electrical Engineering faculty and 
Office of Graduate Studies. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 
OPTION IN SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 

Students seeking this option must meet the same requirements as 
the program in Electrical Engineering. In addition students selecting 
the systems engineering option will be required to include the follow- 
ing five courses in their study plans: 


EGEE 580 Analysis of Random Signals (3) 

EGEE 581 Theory of Linear Systems (3) 

EGEE 582 Linear Estimation Theory (3) 

EGEE 585 Optimization Techniques in Systems Engineering (3) 

EGEE 587 Operational Analysis Techniques in Systems Engineering (3) 

The remainder of the systems engineering study plan will include 
other engineering courses with an emphasis in a particular field such 
as information systems, control theory, computer systems, civil or 
mechanical engineering applications. Students possessing a Bachelor 
of Science in Engineering may elect to include up to nine units from 
approved subjects offered by the College of Business Administration 
and Economics as a part of their study plan. 

ENGINEERING COURSES 

Courses are designated as EGEE in the class schedule. 

203 Electric Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 226; Math 250A; Prerequisite or corequisite: 
EGGN 205. Units; Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s laws; mesh and nodal 
analysis, superposition; Thevenin and Norton theorems; RL and RC 
transients; phasors and steady state sinusoidal analysis; response as 
a function of frequency; current, voltage, and power relationships; 
polyphase circuits. (203=CAN ENGR 12; 203+203L-CAN ENGR 6) 

203L Electric Circuits Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: EGEE 203. Simple resistive RL and RC 
circuits, electrical measurement techniques, verification of basic circuit 
laws through hard-wired breadboarding and CAD circuit simulation. 

(3 hours laboratory) (203+203L=CAN ENGR 6) 

241 Low-Level Language Systems (3) 

(Same as Computer Science 241) 

245 Computer Logic and Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: EGGN 205 or equivalent. Logic design and organiza- 
tion of the major components of a computer, analysis and synthesis of 
combinational and sequential logics, analysis of the arithmetic, memory 
control and I/O units, concepts in computer control. 

245L Computer Logic and Architecture Lab (2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: EGEE 245. Digital logic circuits; decoders, 
counters, serial and parallel adders, control circuits (1 hour lecture, 

3 hours laboratory) 

303 Electronics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 227 and EGEE 203. Corequisite: EGEE 203L 
Characteristics and elementary applications of semiconductor diodes, 
field-effect transistors and bipolar-junction transistors, and operational 
amplifiers; mid-frequency small-signal analysis and design of transis- 
tors. 

303L Electronics Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 203L, 323 and English 101. Corequisite: 

EGEE 303. Study of semiconductor diodes, transistors and elementary' 
electronic circuits through hard-wired breadboarding, CAD electronic 
simulation and analysis. (3 hours laboratory) 


182 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


309 Network Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 203 and EGGN 308. Prerequisite or corequisite: 
EGEE 203L. Performance of RLC circuits; complex frequency and the 
s-plane; frequency response and resonance; network topology; two- 
port network characterization; classical filter theory 

310 Electronic Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 303 and 309. Continuation of 303, analysis 
and design of multistage and feedback amplifiers; frequency character- 
istics of amplifiers, frequency characteristics and stability of feedback 
amplifiers, differential amplifiers, design of IC circuit biasing, opera- 
tional amplifiers and their applications. 

310L Electronic Circuits Lab (2) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 303L. Prerequisite or corequisite: EGEE 310. 
Single, multistage and feedback amplifiers; linear and digital integrated 
circuits, ADC and DAC design project. (3 hours laboratory, 1 hour 
lecture) 

311 Field Theory and Transmission Lines (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 203, Physics 226 and Math 250B. Introduction 
to waves and phasors; analysis and design of transmission lines; electro- 
statics and magnetostatics; boundary value problems; Maxwell equations. 

313 Introduction to Electromechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 309 and 311. Electromagnetic fields and 
circuits; transformers, saturation effects. Simple electro-mechanical 
systems. Circuit models, terminal characteristics and applications of 
DC and AC machines. 

313L Power Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 303L. Prerequisite or corequisite: EGEE 313. 
Experiments in electromagnetic fields and circuits, transformers, and 
electromechanical systems such as AC and DC machines (3 hours 
laboratory) 

323 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: EGGN 308. Set theory: axiomatic foundation of 
probability; random variables; probability distribution and density func- 
tions; joint, conditional, and marginal distributions; expected values; 
distribution of functions of random variables; central limit theorem; 
estimation. 

404 Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputers (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 245L. Hardware and software concepts in 
microprocessors, processor family chips, system architecture, CPU, 
input/output devices, interrupts and DMA, memory (ROM, RAM), 
electrical and timing characteristics, assembly language programming. 

404L Microprocessor Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 245L. Prerequisite or corequisite: EGEE 404. 

I/O interfacing with a microprocessor system; familiarization with the 
operating system, assembler, debugger and emulator; design of key- 
board, LCO display, RS 232, D/A converter, A/D converter and floppy 
disk interfaces. (3 hours laboratory) 


406 Design Applications with Microcontroller and FPGA (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 245 and 245L. Digital system application 
design using microcontrollers, FPGAs and CPLDs including program- 
ming hardware interfacing, A/D conversion, CLB, logic arrays, 
interconnections, testing and simulations 

407 Digital Computer Architecture and Design 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 245L. Organization and design of major com- 
ponents of a digital computer including arithmetic, memory, input, 
output and control units. Integration of units into a system and 
simulation by a computer design language. 

407L Digital Computer Design Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 245, 303L, and 407. Design and implementa- 
tion of a small digital computer; adders, arithmetic unit, control unit, 
memory control unit, memory unit and program unit. May be taken 
in lieu of EGEE 485. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory). 

409 Introduction to Linear Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 309. Development of time and frequency 
domain models for physical systems. The linearization process and 
representation with block diagrams and signal flow graphs; discrete- 
time systems and digital signals including use of Z-transforms; stability 
theory of continuous and discrete time systems. 

410 Electro-Optical Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 311. Introduction to electro-optics; optical radi- 
ation characteristics and sources; geometrical and physical optics; lasers 
and electro-optical modulation; quantum and thermal optical radiation 
detectors; detector performance analysis; electro-optical systems 
modeling and analysis; application examples. 

412 Digital Computer Architecture and Design II (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 307. Modem architectures of computer systems, 
their CPU structure, memory hierarchies and I/O processors; conven- 
tional and microprogrammed control; high-speed and pipelined ALU; 
cache, virtual and interleaved memories, DMA, interrupts and priority. 

416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 409. Feedback control system characteristics; 
stability in the frequency and time domains; analysis and design of 
continuous-time systems using root-locus, Bode and Nyquist plots, 
Nichols chart and applications. 

420 Introduction to Digital Filtering (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 409. Discrete-time signals and systems; solution 
of difference equations; Fourier transform for a sequence; Z-transform; 
discrete Fourier transform; FIR and HR realizations; design of digital 
filters. 

424 Computer Simulation of Continuous Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EGGN 205 and 308. Use of the digital computer 
for simulation of physical systems modeled by ordinary differential 
equations; problem formulation, in-depth analysis of two integration 
methods, and the use of a general purpose system simulation program 
such as CSSL. 


183 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


425 Introduction to Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 245, EGEE 323 or Computer Science 240 
and Math 338 for Computer Science majors. Introduction to systems 
engineering analysis and the systems approach; introduction to model- 
ing, optimization, design and control; systems requirements analysis; 
analytical and computational solution methods; information processing; 
integrated systems. 

430 Fuzzy Logic and Control (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 409. Fuzzy logic and systems; comparison of 
classical sets, relations, and operators with fuzzy sets, relations and 
operators; fuzzy arithmetic and transformations; classical predicate 
logic and reasoning versus fuzzy logic and approximate reasoning. 
Applications to rule-based systems and control systems. 

442 Electronic Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 310. Power amplifiers and tuned amplifiers; 

RF amplifiers; modulation and detection circuits; oscillators; and 
operational amplifier applications. 

443 Electronic Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 310 and 323 or equivalent. Principles of ampli- 
tude, angular and pulse modulation, representative communication 
systems, the effects of noise on system performance. 

445 Digital Electronics (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 245 and 303. RC circuits, attenuators, compen- 
sation and scope probe. Logic circuits: DTL, TTL, STTL, LSTTL and 
ECL. Fanout, noise-immunity, switching speed, power consumption, 
input-output characteristics. Design and analysis of MOS logic circuits; 
PMOS, NMOS and CMOS gates, flip-flops, shift registers and memory 
circuits. 

448 Digital Systems Design with VHDL (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 245 and 303. Basic concepts and characteristics 
of digital systems, traditional logic design, LSI/VLSI logic design with 
VHDL, combinational and sequential logic, and their applications; timing 
and control, race conditions and noise, microcomputers, computer- 
aided programming, development systems, microcomputer system 
hardware design, input/output devices. 

455 Microelectronics and Nano Devices (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 303 and 311. Quantum mechanical principles, 
crystal structure, energy brand, carrier transport, carrier generation and 
recombination, p-n junction, bipolar transistor, MOSFET, MEFET and 
related devices, basic microwave and optoelectronic technology, crystal 
growth and fabrication, introduction to nano structure, nano devices 
and technology. 

460 Introduction to Cellular Mobile 
Communications Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 443. Introduction to wireless mobile telecom- 
munications, description and analysis of cellular radio systems, 
co-channel interference reduction, channel capacity and digital 
cellular systems 


465 Introduction to VLSI Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 245 and 303. Computer-aided design of VLSI 
circuits. MOS device structure, design rules, layout examples, CMOS 
standard cells. Speed power trade off, scaling, device and circuit simu- 
lation. VLSI design software tools. Routing method system design. 
Design Project. Chip fabrication through MOSIS service, testing. 

480 Optical Engineering and Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 311 and Physics 227. Optics review, lightwave 
fundamentals, integrated optic waveguides, first design of fiberoptic 
system, analog and digital modulation, digital fiberoptic system design, 
baseband coding, digital video transmission in optical fiber, optical 
emitters and receivers, coherent optical communication, measurements 
in fiberoptic telecommunication 

483 Introduction to Global Positioning Systems (GPS) (3) 

Corequisite: EGEE 409. Description of Global Positioning Systems 
(GPS) and Differential Global Positioning Systems (DGPS), GPS naviga- 
tion, errors. Satellite signals and co-ordinate transform math. Modeling 
for position and velocity. Application to navigation. 

483L Global Positioning System Lab (2) 

Corequisite: EGEE 483. Use and description of Novatel, Magelon, 
Ahstek, Collins and Tribel receivers. Computation of GPS and GEO 
stationary satellite positions from ephemeris data available on almanac. 
Errors such as selective availability, ionospheric, tropospheric, satellite 
ad receiver will be calculated and compensated in the data. (1 hour 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

485 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 310L. Learn the practical aspects of design and 
project construction. Select an instructor approved design project in 
electrical engineering. Use CAD program for schematic capture and 
simulation. Construct the final hardware according to the design speci- 
fication. Complete a performance evaluation and demonstrate the final 
product. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory). 

490 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering. The engineering 
profession, professional ethics, and related topics. 

497 Senior Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of adviser and instructor. Directed independent 
design project. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of study plan by adviser. Specialized topics 
in engineering selected in consultation with and completed under the 
supervision of the instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

503 Information Theory and Coding (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 323. Information measures, probabilistic 
studies of the transmission and encoding of information. Shannons 
fundamental theorems, coding for noisy channels. 


184 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


504A Linear Network Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 310. Synthesis of passive element driving-point 
and transfer-functions with emphasis on RC networks. Basic operational 
amplifier RC circuits and their performance limitations, introduction to 
second-order RC active filters. Parameter sensitivity analysis. 

507 Detection Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 580. Formulation of decision rules for the detec- 
tion of signals in a noisy environment, optimum receivers. Estimation 
of parameters of detected signals. Estimation theory. 

510 Optics & Electromagnetics in Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 480. Plane-wave propagation and reflection 
from multiple layers; two- and three-dimensional boundary value prob- 
lems; waveguides and resonant cavities; radiation from apertures and 
antennas; electromagnetic properties of materials, gases, and plasmas; 
significant coverage of engineering applications. 

518 Digital Signal Processing 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 420. Discrete Fourier transform; fast Fourier 
transform; Chirp Z-transform; discrete time random signals; floating- 
point arithmetic; quantization; finite word length effect in digital filters; 
spectral analysis and power spectrum estimation. 

519A Parallel and Multiprocessing Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 412. Parallel and multiprocessing systems 
including hypercubes, shared distributive memory architectures, array 
and pipelines processors, communication protocols, routing algorithms 
and hands-on parallel programming experience on CSUF Hypercube 
System. 

519B Computer Networks and the Internet (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 419. Computer networking with LAN, WAN to 
the Internet including ATM, Ethernet, wireless and Bluetooth technology, 
design of communication protocols, transmission media, security and 
control. 

522 Spread Spectrum Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 443 and 580. Introduction to Spread Spectrum 
(SS) Systems. Performance analysis of coherent digital signaling 
schemes. Synchronization. Direct sequence, frequency hopping, time 
hopping, and Hybrid Spread Spectrum Modulations. Binary shift 
register sequences. Code tracking loops. Performance of SS systems 
in a jamming environment, with forward error correction. 

523A VLSI and Nano Technology and Devices (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 455 or equivalent. Silicon crystal, PN junction 
physics, oxide and interface physics, wafer fabrication technology; 
oxidation, diffusion, ion-implantation, epitaxy, photolithography, thin 
films process. Layout design principle for integrated circuits. Nano- 
electronic devices and technology. 

523B CMOS VLSI Design (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 465 and EGEE 448 or equivalent. Surface 
physics of MOS system, MOS device physics. Short channel effect; 
hot carrier effect, subthreshold conduction. CMOS fabrication process. 
Layout design rules. Scaling design and analysis of CMOS circuits. 
Standard cell method. CAD design and SPICE simulation. 


526 Digital Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 416. Analysis, design and implementation of 
digital control systems; Z-transform methods; frequency domain and 
state-space approach for discrete -time systems. 

527 Fault Diagnosis and Fault-Tolerant Design (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 307. Fault diagnosis and fault-tolerant design 
of digital systems, fault diagnosis test for combinational and sequential 
circuits, reliability calculations, multiple hardware redundancy, error 
detection and correcting codes, software redundancy and fault-tolerant 
computing. 

529 Principles of Neural Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 310 and 409. Principles of neural systems and 
their hardware implementation. Basic properties, discrete and continu- 
ous bidirectional associative memories. Temporal associative memories. 
Neural nets classifiers, perceptrons, supervised and unsupervised learn- 
ing. Forward and backward propagation. Electrical models of neural 
networks using op-amp., analog VLSI. 

531 Phase-Locked and Frequency Feedback Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 580 or consent of instructor. Theory of noise 
and linear systems, FM feedback principles. Theory and design of 
phase-locked loops and their applications in communication and 
control. 

537 Satellite Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 443. Satellite systems, link analysis, propagation 
effects, SNR/CNR calculations, modulation schemes, TDMA, FDMA, 
CDMA techniques. 

557 Microprogramming and Embedded Microprocessors (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 412 and EGEE 448. An introduction to 
microprogramming concepts and applications to the control unit of 
a computer, microprogrammable control, arithmetic-logic unit, imple- 
mentation of an embedded process on FPGA and interfacing with 
external memories. 

558A Microprocessors and System Applications 1 (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 404 and 404L. Microprocessors and micro- 
computers, their related software systems, system design with micro- 
processors, applications in peripheral controllers, communication 
devices and multiprocessing systems. 

558B Microprocessors and Systems Applications II (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 558A. Advanced microprocessor architecture 
and their applications to microcomputer networking; RISC VS CISC 
architectures, communication protocol, distributed-operating system, 
and local area networks. 

559 Introduction to Robotics (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 416 or consent of instructor. The science of 
robotics from an electrical engineering standpoint, including modeling, 
task planning, control, sensing and robot intelligence. 

580 Analysis of Random Signals (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 323 and 409 or equivalent. Random processes 
pertinent to communications, controls and other physical applications, 
Markov sequences and processes, the orthogonality principle. 


185 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


581 Theory of Linear Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 416 and EGGN 403. State space analysis, linear 
spaces, stability of systems; numerical methods of linear systems analysis 
and design. 

582 Linear Estimation Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: EGEE 580 and 581. Mathematical models of con- 
tinuous-time and discrete-time stochastic processes; the Kalman filter, 
smoothing and suboptimal filtering computational studies. 

585 Optimization Techniques in Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EGGN 403 or Math 340 for Computer Science majors. 
Calculus of variations, optimization of functions of several variables, 
Lagrange multipliers, gradient techniques, linear programming, and the 
simplex method, nonlinear and dynamic programming. 


587 Operational Analysis Techniques in Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EGEE 323 or Math 338 for Computer Science majors. 
Operational research models; applications of probability theory to reli- 
ability, quality control, waiting line theory, Markov chains; Monte Carlo 
methods. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Classified graduate students only. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. Classified graduate students only. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser. May be repeated for credit. 


186 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 


COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



DEAN (ACTING) 

Ashley Bishop 

DEPARTMENT OF ELEMENTARY 
AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


Awards in Education 

Outstanding Graduate Student 
Emma H. Holmes Mathematics Award 
Bernard Kravitz Multicultural Project Award 
Outstanding Curriculum Project 
Edwin Carr Fellowship 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Karen S. Ivers 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Education Classroom Building 190 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

ed.fullenon.edu/ElEd/lntro.html 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Master of Science in Education 

Concentrations: 

Bilingual/Bicultural (Spanish-English) 

Educational Technology 7 

Elementary Curriculum and 
Instruction 

Computing Certificate 

Basic Teacher Credential Programs 

Professional Teacher Preparation 
Program for the Multiple Subject 
Credential 

Professional Teacher Preparation 
Program for the Multiple Subject 
Credential with Bilingual Cross 
Cultural and Academic 
Development (BCLAD) Emphasis 


FACULTY 

Carol Barnes, Donna Bennett, Abbie 
Brown, Kim Case, Amy Cox-Petersen, 

Teresa Crawford, Mildred Donoghue, Loretta 
Donovan, Barb Fmnell, Susana Flores, Ana 
Garza-Dargatz, Earl Gotts, Tim Green, Andrea 
Guilluame, Laurie Hansen, Karen Ivers, 
Patricia Keig, Lisa Kirtman, Carol Lionello, 
Christine Mayfield, Kathy Murphy, Kim 
Norman, Terri Patchen, Nawang Phuntsog, 
Kristine Quinn, Chris Renne, Beth Schipper, 
Brenda Spencer, Christine Valenciana, Evelyn 
Weisman, Ruth Yopp-Edwards, Hallie Yopp 
Slowik 


Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications to credential programs or the master’s 
program are March 1 st for the fall semester and October 1 st for the spring semester (see 
http://www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by the same deadlines. 
However, deadlines may be changed based upon enrollment projections. Check the university 
graduate studies website for current information at http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. 

THE PROFESSIONAL TEACHER PREPARATION PROGRAM FOR THE 
MULTIPLE SUBJECT (ELEMENTARY) CREDENTIAL PROGRAM 

The Professional Teacher Preparation Program for the Multiple Subject (Elementary) 
Credential prepares individuals to teach in self-contained classrooms at the elementary or middle 
school level where multiple subjects are taught. Candidates may select either a two or three- 
semester credential program sequence, or a three-semester sequence that can include teaching on 
an internship credential. The Department also offers two Bilingual Cross-cultural and Academic 
Development (BCLAD) Emphasis options: the Asian BC.lJ\D and the Spanish BCLAD. Applicants 
to the credential program must either hold a bachelors degree or have completed their general 
education and major requirements. Applicants must pass the CSET before entering the program. 

Freshmen may opt to simultaneously pursue an undergraduate major and a teaching cre- 
dential through the Streamlined Teacher Education Program (STEP), which leads to a Multiple 
Subject Credential or to a basic Education Specialist Credential. The section on Credentials in 
this catalog contains more information on STEP 

California law requires an academic major; there is no major in education. Students who 
opt for STEP select a Liberal Studies or Child and Adolescent Studies major. Students who opt 
for the fifth-year Multiple Subject Credential Program devote their first three or four years of 
work to completing requirements for the baccalaureate degree with an academic major. Majors 
in the social sciences, humanities, or natural sciences provide excellent background for careers 
in elementary school teaching. Individuals interested in working as bilingual teachers may con- 
sider a major in a non-English language. Students are encouraged to attend a program overview 
during the junior and senior year. Overview schedules may be obtained through the Office of 
Admissions to Teacher Education. Applications for admission to STEP are processed through the 
Center for Careers in Teaching in Humanities 113 or by phone at (714) 278-7130. 

Two-Semester Program Sequence 

The Multiple Subject Credential Program two-semester sequence is as follows: 

First Semester 

Ed El 430 Foundations in Elementary School Teaching (3) 

Ed El 433 Language Arts and Reading Instruction in the Public 
Schools (3) 

Ed El 434 Methods and Inquiry for Teaching English Learners (2) 


j 187 

L 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


Ed El 435 Mathematics Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary 
School Teaching (2) 

Ed El 438 Supervised Fieldwork in Elementary Teacher Education (2) 
Ed El 439 Student Teaching in the Elementary School (5) 

Ed El 450 Visual and Performing Arts Methods: Art, Dance, Drama 
and Music (1) 

Second Semester 

Ed El 429 Integrated Curriculum and Instruction in the Elementary 
School (3) 

Ed El 436 Science Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary School 
Teaching (2) 

Ed El 437 Social Studies Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary 
School Teaching (2) 

Ed El 439 Student Teaching in the Elementary School (9) 

Ed El 451 Community, School and Classroom Issues 91) 

Ed El 452 PE., Health and Mainstreaming Education (1) 

Ed El 453 Portfolio Development and Assessment (1) 

Three-Semester Credential Program Sequence 

A three -semester program is also available. This sequence is 
designed for individuals who wish to take classes during evenings and 
Saturdays, with limited though required daytime involvement in ele- 
mentary schools. Student teaching requires a full daytime commitment. 

First Semester 

Ed El 430 Foundations in Elementary School Teaching (3) 

Ed El 433 Language Arts and Reading Instruction in the Public 
Schools (3) 

Ed El 435 Mathematics Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary 
School Teaching (2) 

Ed El 438 Supervised Fieldwork in Elementary Teacher Education (1) 
Ed El 439 Student Teaching in the Elementary School (for interns) (5) 

Ed El 446 Methods and Inquiry for BCLAD Candidates (BCLAD 
only) (3) 

Second Semester 

Ed El 429 Integrated Curriculum and Instruction in the Elementary 
School (3) 

Ed El 434 Methods and Inquiry for Teaching English Learners (2) 

Ed El 438 Supervised Fieldwork in Elementary Teacher Education (1) 
Ed El 439 Student Teaching in Elementary School (4-9) 

Ed El 450 Visual and Performing Arts Methods: Art, Dance, Drama 
and Music (1) 

Ed El 451 Community, School and Classroom Issues (1) 

Third Semester 

Ed El 436 Science Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary School 
Teaching (2) 

Ed El 437 Social Studies Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary 
School Teaching (2) 

Ed El 439 Student Teaching in the Elementary School (5-9) 


Ed El 452 PE., Health and Mainstreaming Education (1) 

Ed El 453 Portfolio Development and Assessment (1) 

Three-Semester Internship Program 

The three -semester Intern Credential Programs for Multiple Subject 
and Multiple Subject BCLAD credentials are three-semester programs 
to which candidates may apply while completing the first semester 
of the regular credential preparation program. Admission is contingent 
on approved full-time employment with a participating district, supe- 
rior standing in first-semester coursework and student teaching, and 
recommendations from University and district personnel. The remain- 
ing two semesters involve paid teaching internship positions and 
University coursework. Additionally, some opportunities may arise for 
candidates in the three-semester non-internship program to pursue 
internship status. Questions may be directed to the Intern Coordinator 
Information about these programs is available in the Office of 
Admission to Teacher Education. 

Both the two- and three-semester credential programs require 
substantial time commitments. The three-semester credential program 
requires evening course work and may require Saturday course work. 

Admission Procedures and Criteria 

Admission to the University does not include admission to the 
Multiple Subject Credential Program. Students must apply for admis- 
sion to the Multiple Subject Credential Program the semester prior to 
anticipated enrollment in the program. Filing deadlines are February 
28 (to begin the program the following fall) and September 30 (to 
begin the program the following spring). Check the Admission to 
Teacher Education website for details and application procedures: 
http ://ed . fullerton edu/adtep . 

Applicants for admission into the Multiple Subject Credential 
Program are evaluated according to many criteria. These include 
scholarship, breadth of understanding, professional aptitude, physical 
and mental fitness, fundamental skills, and character. Evidence related 
to these criteria is submitted at time of application and include the 
following: 

1. Overall grade point average of greater than 2.67, or a grade point 
average of 2.75 for the last 60 units. 

2. Passage of the California Subject Examination for Teachers (CSET) 

3. Completion of the California Basic Education Skills Test (CBEST) 
and passage of the written portion of this test. 

4. Satisfactory completion of prerequisite courses: 

a. Child/Adolescent Studies 312 Human Growth and 
Development (3) 

OR 

b. Child/Adolescent Studies 325A Conception Through age 8 (3), 
and 

Child/Adolescent Studies 32 5B Age 9 Through Adolescence (3) 
OR 

c. Psych 361 Developmental Psychology (3). 

d. Ed El 315A (2) and Ed El 315B (1) Introduction to Elementary 
Classroom Teaching: Lecture and Fieldwork 

e. Ed El 325 Cultural Pluralism in Elementary Schools (3) 


188 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


5. Recommendations from academic faculty, school personnel, and/or 
other appropriate persons. 

6. Autobiography. 

7. Interview with an Education Faculty member 

Program faculty and staff also conduct informal assessments of 
applicants’ suitability for teaching throughout prerequisite courses and 
the application process. Further evidence is provided subsequent to 
application when opportunity is provided for verification of tuberculosis 
screening and certificate of clearance which verifies the absence of a 
criminal record. 

Details concerning admission procedures and criteria are available 
in the Office of Admission to Teacher Education. 

Admissions to Teacher Education 

Admission to the subsequent semesters of the program is based on 
continuous and satisfactory progress in the prior semester(s). CBEST 
must be passed prior to student teaching or intern teaching. 

Bilingual Cross-Cultural Language and Academic Development 
(BCLAD) Emphasis 

A Multiple Subject Credential with a bilingual-bicultural (Spanish- 
English) emphasis or with an Asian language emphasis is available. 
Information about these programs is available in the Office of 
Admissions to Teacher Education. 


Application for Teaching 
Credentials 

Upon completion of a 
multiple subject credential 
program the credential can- 
didate must submit an appli- 
cation to the Commission 
on Teacher Credentialing 
through the CSUF credential 
analyst and verify passage 
of the Reading Instruction 
Competence Assessment 
(RICA). The credential 

analyst is located in the Credential Preparation Center in College Park 
740. Additional information on the credential application process is 
available in the Credential Preparation Center. 



MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

(Bilingual/Bicultural Education concentration) 

The program is designed to develop qualified bilingual/bicultural 
instructors (Spanish-English) who can work as classroom or resource 
teachers and staff developers. It will help individuals teach others how 
to provide experiences in the cultural heritage of the target population 
and develop specific teaching techniques and methods in teaching 
reading and English as a second language. The program will also help 
individuals to interpret and implement research related to bilingual/ 
bicultural children. Individuals will become skilled in their abilities to 
diagnose learning needs for such students and to develop and imple- 
ment sound educational strategies. 


Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include: a baccalaureate from an accredited 
institution and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted (see “Graduate Regulations” section for 
complete statement and procedures). 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission requirements and the following 
requirements may be granted classified graduate standing: 

1 . The development of an approved study plan 

2. A basic teaching credential or equivalent experience 

3. An approved major (minimum of 24 units upper division or graduate) 

4. A 2.5 grade-point average on previous academic and related work 

5. Language competence (English and Spanish) as determined by 
satisfactory interviews or course work 

6. Completion of Spanish 466 

Credit will be given for previous postbaccalau reate studies when 
possible. Otherwise well-qualified students may be admitted with 
limited subject or grade deficiencies, but these deficiencies must be 
removed. Grade-point average deficiencies may be removed by a 
demonstration of competency in the graduate program. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) on the study plan will 
include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 500 Bilingual Multicultural Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 541 Psychological and Sociological Foundations of Bilingual- 
Bicultural Education (3) 

Concentration Courses (18 units) 

Ed El 542 Current Issues and Problems in Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 

Chicana/o 450 The Chicano and Temporary Issues (3) 

Chicana/o 480 The Immigrant and the Chicano (3) 

One of the following: 

TESOL 509 Advanced Principles of TESOL: Listening/ 

Speaking Focus (3) 

TESOL 510 Advanced Principles of TESOL: Reading/Writing Focus (3) 
One of the following: 

TESOL 527 Second Language Acquisition (3) 

TESOL 595 Curriculum and Program Design for TESOL (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation with and approved by the 
graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information consult the graduate program adviser. 


189 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

(Educational Technology concentration) 

The Concentration in Educational Technology within the Master 
of Science in Education is designed to (1) help classroom teachers 
upgrade their skills and knowledge about new educational technologies 
and their role in the classroom and (2) prepare teachers for technology 
leadership roles in public and private schools. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

University and department admissions requirements include: 

1. Baccalaureate from an accredited institution 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units 

attempted 

3. A basic teaching credential or equivalent experience 

4. An approved major (minimum of 24 units upper-division or 
graduate) 

5. 2.5 grade-point average on previous academic and related work. 
Credit will be given for previous post-baccalaureate studies when 
possible. 

Otherwise well-qualified students may be admitted with limited 
subject or grade deficiencies, but these deficiencies must be removed. 
Grade-point average deficiencies may be removed by a demonstration 
of competency in the graduate program. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Classified standing will be granted when all admissions deficiencies 
or prerequisites have been met and a study plan developed. 

Study Plan 

Core Classes (9 units) 

Ed El 5 1 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Concentration Courses (18 units) 

Ed El 515 Problem Solving Including Logo (3) 

Ed El 518A Issues in Instructional Design of Classroom Software (3) 

Ed El 518B Multimedia Development and Instruction in the 
Classroom (3) 

Ed El 519 Advanced Technologies (3) 

Ed El 522 Web Design and Instruction (3) 

Ed El 590 Practicum: Elementary School Teachers and Computers (3) 
Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar Including Project (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

(Elementary Curriculum and Instruction concentration) 

The program is designed to help career classroom teachers upgrade 
their skills, become informed about new ideas in elementary teaching, 
and prepare for curriculum and instructional leadership in one or more 
of the following areas: elementary classroom teaching, technology in 


education, meeting the needs of diverse learners, early childhood edu- 
cation, and staff development in public and private schools. Students 
may follow the study plan outlined below for the concentration in 
Elementary Curriculum and Instruction or they may elect to specialize 
in one of five emphasis areas: Diversity, Early Childhood Education, 
Professional Inquiry and Practice, Staff Development, and Technology 
in Education. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a baccalaureate from an accredited 
institution and a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 
semester units attempted (see “Graduate Regulations” for complete 
statement and procedures). 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student who meets the admission requirements and the follow- 
ing requirements may be granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: a basic teaching credential or 
equivalent experience, and an approved major (minimum of 24 units 
upper-division or graduate), a 2.5 grade-point average on previous 
academic and related work. Credit will be given for previous post- 
baccalaureate studies when possible. Otherwise well-qualified students 
may be admitted with limited subject or grade deficiencies, but these 
deficiencies must be removed. Grade-point average deficiencies may be 
removed by a demonstration of competency in the graduate program. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) on the study plan will 
include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 
Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Course Work in Concentration (12 units) 

Six units from following instruction-focused courses: 

Ed El 492A,B Gender Issues in Math and Science (2,1) 

Ed El 515 Problem Solving Strategies Including Logo (3) 

Ed El 519 Advanced Technologies in Education (3) 

Ed El 52 1 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed El 527 Graduate Seminar in Developmental Psychology: The 
Human from Conception Through Eight Years (3) 

Ed El 538 Graduate Studies: Early Childhood Education (3) 

Ed El 539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing Effective Teaching (3) 

Ed El 541 Psychological and Sociological Foundations of Bilingual- 
Bicultural Education (3) 

Ed El 542 Current Issues and Problems in Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 

Ed El 551 Assessment Across the Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 552 Family, Community, and Professional Partnership (3) 

Ed El 553 Models of Teaching (3) 

Six units from the following curriculum-focused courses: 

Ed El 528 Reading/Language Arts in the Early Childhood 
Curriculum (3) 


190 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Second 
Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Integrated 
Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Mathematics (3) 
Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Reading in the 
Language Arts Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues and Problems (3) 

Ed El 548 Social Studies, Science, and Math in Early Childhood 
Education (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science 
Education Practicum (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Electives are chosen in consultation with and approved by the 
graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Graduate Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information, consult the graduate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION ELEMENTARY 
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION CONCENTRATION 
(EMPHASIS IN TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION) 

This emphasis has been designed to provide elementary school 
teachers with a broad understanding of the applications of computers 
and other technologies in the elementary school classroom. Compe- 
tencies will enable participants to become computer curriculum 
specialists who will guide the integration of computers into the 
elementary school curriculum, their uses in instruction, and their 
applications in instructional ly related activities. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally 
Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to conditionally classified and clas- 
sified standing are the same as those for the M.S. in Education concen- 
tration in Elementary Curriculum and Instruction. 

Study Plan 

The study plan consists of 30 units of adviser-approved course 
work: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 
Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Course Work in Technology in Education Emphasis (12 units) 

Ed El 515 Problem Solving Strategies Including Logo (3) 

Ed El 519 Advanced Technology in Education (3) 


Ed El 522 Web Design and Instruction (3) 

Ed El 590 Practicum: Elementary School Teachers and Computers (3) 
Curriculum-Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Second 
Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Integrated 
Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Mathematics (3) 
Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: 

Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Reading in the 
Language Arts Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues and Problems (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science 
Education Practicum (3) 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION 
CONCENTRATION (EMPHASIS IN DIVERSITY) 

The Diversity emphasis is designed to help career classroom teachers 
become informed about appropriate curriculum and instruction for 
the diverse student population in the public schools in the state of 
California. It will help individuals to provide educational experiences 
and develop curriculum appropriate to linguistically and culturally 
diverse populations. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally 
Classified/Classified 

The requirements for admission to conditionally classified and 
classified standing are the same as those for the M S. in Education 
concentration in Elementary Curriculum and Instruction. 

Study Plan 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 500 Bilingual Multicultural Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 
Diversity Emphasis Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Second 
Languages (3) 

Ed El 541 Psychological and Sociological Foundations of Bilingual- 
Bicultural Education (3) 

Ed El 542 Current Issues and Problems in Bilingual-Bicultural 
Education (3) 


191 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


Curriculum-Focused Course Work (15 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Integrated 
Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Mathematics (3) 
Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Social Sciences (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Reading in the 
Language Arts Program (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science 
Education Practicum (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation with and approved by the 
graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION 
CONCENTRATION (EMPHASIS IN EARLY 
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION) 

This emphasis is designed to meet the greater community and pro- 
fessional need for quality education during the critical early years of 
school. The educational demand for sound planning and instruction in 
preschool, kindergarten, and the primary grades has increased the need 
for effective specialists in Early Childhood Education. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally 
C lassified/C lass i f i e d 

The requirements for admission to conditionally classified or 
classified standing are the same as for the M.S. in Education concentra- 
tion in Elementary Curriculum and Instruction. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) on the study plan will 
include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Course Work in Early Childhood Emphasis (9 units) 

Ed El 528 Reading/Language Arts in the Early Childhood Curriculum (3) 
Ed El 538 Graduate Studies: Early Childhood Education (3) 

Ed El 548 Social Sciences, Science, and Math in Early Childhood 
Education (3) 


Curriculum-Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Second 
Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Integrated 
Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Mathematics (3) 
Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Reading in the 
Language Arts Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies: Current issues and Problems (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science 
Education Practicum (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation with and approved by the 
graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

For further information, consult the graduate program adviser. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION 
CONCENTRATION (EMPHASIS IN PROFESSIONAL 
INQUIRY AND PRACTICE) 

The Professional Inquiry and Practice emphasis is designed to help 
career classroom teachers become informed about appropriate curricu- 
lum and instruction for students in the public schools of California. 
They will develop reflective and analytical thinking and initiate cycles 
of goal setting, professional practice, and reflection. The base of skills 
and knowledge will support their growing involvement in school 
reform including systematic reforms. Courses in this emphasis provide 
a foundation for teachers who wish to prepare for certification by the 
National Board for Professional Standards. 

Admission to Gradate Standing: Conditionally Classified/ 
Classified 

The requirements for admission to conditionally classified or 
classified standing are the same as for the M.S. in Education concentra- 
tion in Elementary Curriculum and Instruction. 

Study Plan 

Core Courses (9 units) 

Ed El 51 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 
One of the following: 

Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Ed El 500 Bilingual Multicultural Curriculum (3) 


192 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


Emphasis Courses (9 units) 

Ed El 52 1 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed El 551 Assessment Across the Curriculum (3) 

Ed El 552 Family, Community, and Professional Partnerships (3) 
Curriculum Course (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Second 
Language (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Integrated 
Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: 

Mathematics (3) 

Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Reading in the 
Language Arts Program (3) 

Electives (6 adviser-approved units) 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Project (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Graduate Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION 
CONCENTRATION (EMPHASIS IN STAFF DEVELOPMENT) 

This program is designed to enable educators to assume leadership 
roles in staff development in school districts. The sequence of courses 
is also designed to help teacher leaders and master teachers to under- 
stand contemporary trends and research findings in elementary 
curriculum and instruction. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified/ 
Classified 

The requirements for admission to conditionally classified or 
classified standing are the same as for the M.S. in Education concentra- 
tion in Elementary Curriculum and Instruction. 

Study Plan 

The adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) on the study plan will 
include the following: 

Core Course Work (9 units) 

Ed El 5 1 1 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Ed El 529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 
Ed El 536 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Emphasis Courses (9 units) 

Ed El 52 1 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Ed El 539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing Effective Teaching (3) 

Ed El 553 Models of Teaching (3) 


Curriculum-Focused Course Work (6 units) 

Two of the following: 

Ed El 530 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Second 
Languages (3) 

Ed El 531 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Integrated 
Language Arts (3) 

Ed El 532 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Mathematics (3) 
Ed El 533 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Ed El 534 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Ed El 535 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Reading in the 
Language Arts Program (3) 

Ed El 537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues and Problems (3) 

Ed El 571 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science 
Education Practicum (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Elective units are chosen in consultation with and approved by 
the graduate adviser. 

Culminating Experience (3 units) 

One of the following: 

Ed El 594 Research Seminar (3) 

OR Ed El 597 Project (3) 

OR Ed El 598 Thesis (3) 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

Reading 

Please refer to Reading Department section of this catalog. 

COMPUTING CERTIFICATE FOR ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL TEACHERS 

The purpose of this certificate program is to provide participants 
with a broad understanding of the applications of microcomputers in 
the elementary school classroom and the instructionally related tasks in 
the public schools. The certificate program is designed to provide the 
needed competencies for participants to become curriculum specialists 
who will guide the integration of computers into the elementary school 
curriculum, their uses in instruction, and their applications in instruc- 
tionally related activities at the elementary school. This certificate 
requires 12 units. 

Required Courses (12 units) 

Ed El 515 Problem Solving Strategies Including Logo (3) 

Ed El 519 Advance Technologies in Education (3) 

Ed El 522 Web Design and Instruction (3) 

Ed El 590 Practicum: Elementary School Teachers and Computers (3) 

For further information, consult the Elementary Education graduate 
program adviser. 


193 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION COURSES 

Courses are designated EDEL in the class schedule. 

110 Explorations in Education (2-3) 

(Same as Ed Sec 110) 

31 5A Introduction to Elementary Classroom Teaching: Lecture (2) 

An exploratory course required for students considering career in 
elementary school teaching. Includes on campus seminars and over- 
view of admission requirements for the Multiple Subject Credential 
Program. Must be taken concurrently with 315B. Must be taken Credit/ 
No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is required to receive a grade of credit. 

31 5B Introduction to Elementary Classroom 
Teaching: Fieldwork (1) 

An exploratory field assignment consisting of 45 hours as a volunteer 
aide in a public, K-6, elementary classroom where all subject areas are 
taught. Requires a journal and evaluation by the classroom teacher. 
Must be taken concurrently with 315A. Must be taken Credit/No 
Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is required to receive a grade of credit. 

325 Cultural Pluralism in Elementary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.C.l. 
Culture and cultural pluralism in elementary schools. Topics: 
Examination of one’s own beliefs and values, classroom practices and 
materials that promote equity, strategies for learning about students, 
history/traditions of cultural groups, and assessment of multicultural 
education programs. Fieldwork required. 

429 Integrated Curriculum and Instruction 
in the Elementary School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to second semester of Multiple Subject 
Credential Program. Additional study of elementary curriculum with 
emphasis on language arts, integrated instruction across the curricu- 
lum, and assessment of learning outcomes. Must be taken Credit/No 
Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is required to receive a grade of credit. 

430 Foundations in Elementary School Teaching 
(Formerly Ed El 430A) (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. 

A focus on the curriculum of the elementary school, instructional plan- 
ning, principles of effective teaching, generic instructional strategies, 
classroom management, and legal issues in education. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A “B" (3.0) or better is required to receive a grade of 
credit. (Same as Special Ed 430) 

433 Language Arts and Reading Instruction 
in the Public Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. An 
overview of principles of reading instruction, elements of the language 
arts program including literature -based reading, content area reading, 
the role of phonics, emergent literacy, and diagnosis of reading prob- 
lems. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is required 
to receive a grade of credit. 


434 Methods and Inquiry for Teaching English Learners (2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. 
Theoretical foundations, legal issues, and school programs for the 
education of English learners. Assessment, materials, methods and 
strategies for English language development and learning across the 
curriculum for elementary school English learners. Must be taken 
Credit/No Credit. A U B" (3.0) or better is required to receive a grade 
of Credit. (Same as Special Ed 434). 

435 Mathematics Curriculum and Instruction 
in Elementary School Teaching (2) 

Prerequisites: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. An 
emphasis on instructional materials, learning styles, inquiry, concept 
learning, problem solving, direct instruction applied to the teaching of 
mathematics. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is 
required to receive a grade of credit. (Same as Special Ed 435) 

436 Science Curriculum and Instruction 
in Elementary School Teaching (2) 

Prerequisites: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. An 
emphasis on instructional materials, learning styles, inquiry, concept 
learning, problem solving, direct instruction applied to the teaching 
of science. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is 
required to receive a grade of credit. 

437 Social Studies Curriculum and Instruction 
in Elementary School Teaching (2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. 

An emphasis on instructional materials, learning styles, inquiry, 
concept learning, problem solving, direct instruction applied to the 
teaching of social studies. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) 
or better is required to receive a grade of credit. 

438 Supervised Fieldwork in Elementary Teacher Education 
(Formerly Ed El 430C) (1-2) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. 
Students will serve as teacher participants in an assigned elementary 
school classroom. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better 
is required to receive a grade of credit. (Same as Special Ed 438) 

439 Student Teaching in the Elementary School 
(Formerly Ed El 439A) (5-14) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 430, 433, 438 and admission to student teach- 
ing. Participation in a regular elementary school teaching program for 
the full school day. Must be taken Credit/ No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or 
better is required to receive a grade of credit. (Same as Special Ed 439). 

440 Intern Teaching in the Elementary School 
(Formerly Ed El 439C) (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 430, 433, 438 and completion of the first two 
semesters of intern teaching program. Admission only with consent 
of instructor. Participation in a regular elementary school teaching 
program for the full school day, as an intern teacher. Must be taken 
credit/no credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is required to receive a grade of 
credit. 


194 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


446 Methods and Inquiry for BCLAD Candidates (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program 
with BCLAD Emphasis. This course prepares Multiple Subject candi- 
dates for teaching Spanish-speaking elementary students. Emphasis 
includes reading instruction methods, materials and assessment, equity 
issues, and elements and considerations of culture that promote effec- 
tive instruction for Spanish-speaking elementary students. 

448 Methods and Inquiry for Vietnamese BCLAD Candidates (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program with 
BCLAD emphasis (Vietnamese). Course focuses on equity issues, cur- 
riculum and instruction for Vietnamese speaking elementary students. 

450 Visual and Performing Arts Methods: Art, Dance, 

Drama and Music (Formerly part of Ed El 439B) (1) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. 
Seminar in problems and procedures of elementary school teaching. 
Must be taken Credit/No credit. A U B” (3.0) or better is required to 
receive a grade of credit. (Same as Special Ed 450) 

451 Community, School and Classroom Issues 
(Formerly part of Ed El 439B) (1) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. 
Seminar in problems and procedures of elementary school teaching. 
Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is required to 
receive a grade of credit. (Same as Special Ed 451) 

452 PE., Health and Mainstreaming Education 
(Formerly part of Ed El 439B) (1) 

Prerequisite: admission to Multiple Subject Credential Program. 
Seminar in problems and procedures of elementary school teaching. 
Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is required to 
receive a grade of credit. (Same as Special Ed 452) 

453 Portfolio Development and Assessment 
(Formerly part of Ed El 439B) (1) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 430, 433, 435, 438 and admission to student 
teaching. Seminar in problems and procedures of elementary school 
teaching. Must be taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” (3.0) or better is 
required to receive a grade of credit. (Same as Special Ed 453) 

492A Gender Issues in Math and Science 
Teaching and Learning (2) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 315A,B and senior or graduate standing. 
Explores educational and cultural barriers and avenues to the success 
of girls in science and mathematics, development of curricula and 
instructional methods to address these issues. 

492B Gender Issues in Math and Science Education: Practicum (1) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 315A,B. Corequisite: Ed El 492A. Educational 
and cultural barriers/avenues to girls’ success in science and mathematics; 
implementation of curricula and instructional methods. 20 hours 
teaching required. If taken Credit/No Credit, a “B” (3.0) or better is 
required for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior or graduate standing, consent of instructor 
prior to registration. Individual investigation under supervision of 
a faculty member. Only students of demonstrated capability and 
maturity will be approved. May be repeated for credit. 


500 Bilingual Multicultural Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar: 
the multicultural school curriculum including forces operating on 
the curriculum and the participants involved in curriculum building. 
Modification of the curriculum to reflect multicultural contexts. 

502 A New Teacher Induction, Assessment, and Support, Year 1 (1) 

(Same as Ed Sec 502A) 

502B New Teacher Induction, Assessment, and Support, Year 1 (1) 

(Same as Ed Sec 502B) 

502C New Teacher Induction, Assessment, and Support, Year 2 (1) 

(Same as Ed Sec 502C) 

502D New Teacher Induction, Assessment, and Support, Year 2 (1) 

(Same as Ed Sec 502D) 

511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. 

Descriptive statistics and statistical inferences in educational research. 
Representative research papers. Principles of research design. Prepare 
papers using research findings. 

515 Problem Solving Strategies Including Logo (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 519 and teaching credential. Strategies for using 
logo graphics, words and lists, and other microcomputer problem- 
solving applications with elementary school children. Design and use 
of micro-worlds to facilitate children’s development of problem-solving 
skills. 

518A Issues in Instructional Design of School Software (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 519. This course focuses on issues related to the 
instructional design of courseware designed specifically for classroom 
students. Topics include learning principles, learner characteristics, 
instructional strategies, screen design, response analysis, feedback, and 
interactivity. 

518B Multimedia Development and Instruction 
in the Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 518A. This course focuses the application and 
instruction of computer-based instructional design principles in the 
development for classroom software and multimedia projects. Topics 
include planning and assessment, design principles, and development 
of tools. 

519 Advanced Technologies in Education (Formerly Ed El 419) (3) 

Prerequisite: Teaching Credential. Theoretical basis and strategies 
for improving teaching of elementary students through use of multimedia 
technologies. Emphasis on HyperStudio, telecommunications and other 
digital media. Meets Level II (Induction) technology requirement. 

521 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 511 and teaching credential or permission of 
instructor. A systematic study of the teaching process. Examination of 
the research methodology used to analyze teaching, the current knowl- 
edge of the association between teaching processes and student learning, 
and the implications of the research for the classroom. 


195 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


522 Web Design and Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 519. Design, development, and implementation 
of Web pages and sites for instructional purposes. Emphasis placed in 
the issues surrounding using the World Wide Web for instruction. 

527 Graduate Seminar in Developmental Psychology: The Human 
from Conception Through Eight Years (3) 

Prerequisites: teaching credential or consent of instructor. The 
physical, social, cognitive-intellectual, and emotional development of 
individuals from conception to middle childhood. Current problems, 
theories and research. 

528 Readin^Language Arts in the Early Childhood Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar 
significant research, curriculum developments and materials, and 
current instructional strategies for promoting emergent literacy in 
children. 

529 Graduate Studies: Learning Theory for Classroom Use (3) 
Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Major 

theoretical positions in planning and interpreting classroom practices. 
Educational research findings, implications for curriculum develop- 
ment and teaching practices. 

530 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: 

Second Languages (3) 

Prerequisites: Ed El 434 and teaching credential, or consent of 
instructor Seminar: significant research, curriculum developments and 
materials, and criteria for planning and improving second language 
programs including those for English as a second language. 

531 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: 

Integrated Language Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar: 
significant research, trends and problems in teaching the fundamental 
skills of communication; curriculum development and materials, and 
critena for planning and improving integrated language arts programs 

532 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar: 
significant research, curricular developments and matenals, critena for 
planning and improving mathematics programs and instruction. 

533 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor Seminar, 
research in elementary school science. The development of matenals. 

534 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar: 
research developments and matenals, criteria for planning and improv- 
ing social studies programs, and current techniques of teaching. 

535 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: 

Reading in the Language Arts Program (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar: 
research developments and materials, criteria for planning and improv- 
ing reading instruction in the integrated language arts programs, 
current instructional strategies, and the role of children’s literature. 


536 Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar: 
the school cumculum including the forces operating on the curriculum 
and the participants involved in cumculum building. The process of 
curriculum building. 

537 Graduate Studies: Current Issues and Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Problems 
and issues in elementary education, their causes and possible solutions. 

538 Graduate Studies: Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Seminar: 
application of significant research in the education of young children. 
Current instructional strategies and cntena for planning and improving 
programs in early childhood education. 

539 Clinical Supervision: Analyzing Effective Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. A system- 
atic, research-based approach. Identifies basic components needed by 
teachers, staff developers, and administrators to improve their instruc- 
tional skills. Includes principles of learning applied to supervision and 
applied practice in analyzing the instructional process. 

541 Psychological and Sociological Foundations of Bilingual- 
Bicultural Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Application 
of psychological and sociological theory related to teaching English 
learners, application of these disciplines for the development of 
emotionally and socially supportive learning environments. 

542 Current Issues and Problems in 
Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Problems 
and issues in the development and implementation of bilingual- 
bicultural education. 

548 Social Studies, Science, and Math in 
Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or equivalent experience. This 
seminar investigates current curriculum standards and instructional 
options in social studies, science, and mathematics in early childhood 
education. Focus on content, process skills and literature connections. 

551 Assessment Across the Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: leaching credential or consent of instructor. Improving 
student performance through assessment, self-assessment, and student 
goals setting; establishing congruence between purposes, audiences, 
and instruments used. Goals of the course include: design and selec- 
tion of instruments including performance assessment, portfolio, 
observation, and personal communication forms for standards based 
assessment. 

552 Family, Community and Professional Partnership (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Overview 
of community collaboration with service providers, business leaders, 
policy makers, and parents. Addresses diversity across families and 
importance of family interface with agencies and community. Stresses 
importance of partnerships with professional agencies concerned with 
education, youth, and children. 


196 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 


553 Models of Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential or consent of instructor. Explores 
varied strategies of instruction, culminating in the identification and 
study of sixteen unique models. Examines relationships among theories 
of learning and instruction. Investigates various instructional alternatives. 

571 Graduate Studies in Elementary Education: 

Science Education Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: Ed El 533 or consent of instructor. Strategies for 
effectively teaching and assessing science content knowledge, science 
process skills, and scientific attitudes in the elementary school; 
includes field assignments in elementary schools (1 unit - 4 hours per 
week); seminars (2 units - 2 hours per week). Principles of effective 
staff development in elementary science education. 

590 Practicum: Elementary School Teachers and Computers (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of all technology-related courses in the 
degree program or consent of instructor. Strategies for effectively using 
computers with elementary school children to improve learning; course 
includes field work assignments in elementary schools, and on-campus 
seminars. 


594 Research Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The preparation, evaluation, 
development, and presentation of curriculum research proposals culmi- 
nating in a graduate project. Individuals and groups will participate in 
critiquing proposals, curriculum projects, and research results. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Individual research on an empir- 
ical project, with conferences with the instructor, culminating 
in a project. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Individual research with 
conferences with the instructor, culminating in a thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: a teaching credential, one year of teaching experience, 
and consent of instructor. Independent inquiry. 


197 


ELEMENTARY AND BILINGUAL EDUCATION 



PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 
Emphasis in Architectural Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Computer 
Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 

Bachelor of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 

Emphasis in Manufacturing 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Civil Engineering 

Concentration in Environmental 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Electrical 
Engineering 

Option in Systems Engineering 
Master of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

Master of Science in Mechanical 
Engineering 

Master of Science in Software Engineering 


INTRODUCTION 

The College of ECS has Departments of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Electrical 
Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering which offer programs leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science and Master of Science in these disciplines; the three Bachelor of Science 
degree programs in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering are nationally accredited by 
ABET, the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering 
and Technology. The college also offers a new program in Computer Engineering which has 
been designed to meet all ABET criteria for accreditation and a Master of Science in Software 
Engineering. 

CSUF is located in an industrial and highly technological region of Southern California. 
Drawing upon its professional expertise in many areas of engineering, the Engineering programs 
serve as distinctive resources and catalysts for partnership with public and private organizations 
in our region. Our nationally accredited undergraduate engineering programs offer a broad edu- 
cation in basic sciences, mathematics, and fundamental principles and practice of engineering. 
These are coupled with studies in social sciences, arts, humanities, and behavioral sciences due 
to their importance for an engineer’s professional career. 

MISSION AND OBJECTIVES 

Mission Statement 

Consistent with the university’s mission, learning is the first priority in Engineering. 

To implement its mission, the engineering programs at CSUF provide the best qualities of 
teaching, scholarship and professional practice. The programs are committed to facilitate the edu- 
cation of both engineering undergraduate and graduate students for their entrance in, and signifi- 
cant contribution to the engineering profession. Our students are actively engaged and work in 
collaboration with faculty and staff to acquire and expand knowledge. The objectives 
for our mission are further elaborated under “Educational Objectives.” 

Educational Objectives 

The goals of the programs are as follows: 

1 . To provide the best of current practice, theory, research and intellectual study in the humanities 
to prepare students for challenging careers in engineering, strengthen relationships to their 
communities and contribute ethically and productively to society; 

2. To educate students who, actively engaged with faculty and staff, work in collaboration to 
acquire and expand knowledge; 

3. To provide service to the profession, the state of California, the country and to the world- 
wide development of engineering. 

A critical focus of the education, research, and service programs within Engineering is to 
afford undergraduates of varying backgrounds and abilities every opportunity for achieving 
success in the engineering professions. 

To achieve these goals, the faculty and students in Engineering, with input from other 
constituents, have established the following program educational objectives: 

1 . To prepare students for successful careers and lifelong learning; 

2. To make students thoroughly proficient in methods of analysis, including the mathematical 
and computational skills appropriate for engineers to use when solving problems; and 

3. To develop the skills pertinent to the design process, including the students’ ability to formulate 
problems, to think creatively, to communicate effectively, to synthesize information, and to 
work collaboratively; 


198 


ENGINEERING 




4. To teach students to use current experimental and data analysis 
techniques for engineering application; and 

5. To instill in our students an understanding of their professional and 
ethical responsibilities. 

Actual program educational objectives for various disciplines such 
as Civil and Environmental Engineering, Computer Engineering, 
Electrical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering are decided by the 
respective programs to match their program outcomes. 

2 + 2 Articulated Programs with Community Colleges 

The programs in Engineering have developed 2+2 articulation 
agreements with community colleges to provide students seamless 
transfer to the CSUF engineenng program of their choice. This allows 
the full-time students, taking the courses specified by the engineering 
department each semester, to graduate in two years following transfer 
to CSL|E 

INTRODUCTION 

The undergraduate 
engineering programs 
have a broad base of 
science, mathemat- 
ics, social sciences, 
humanities and engi- 
neering topics (which 
include engineering 
science and engineer- 
ing design courses). 
Students are thus prepared to enter directly into engineering practice 
or to continue further education at the graduate level. 

High School Preparation 

The entering high school student should have a preparation which 
includes two years of algebra, geometry, trigonometry, and one year 
of physics or chemistry. Students deficient in mathematics or chem- 
istry' must take special preparatory courses, i.e., Mathematics 125 
and Chemistry 115, which will not carry credit for the major. (See 
Mathematics Section for Entry Level Mathematics test and Math- 
Science Qualifying Examination requirements.) 

Transfer Students 

A transfer student shall complete a minimum of 30 units in residence 
of which at least 1 5 units shall be taken in upper-division engineering 
courses. Work taken at another college or university on which a grade 
below “C minus” (1.7) was earned may not be substituted for upper- 
division courses. 

BACHELOR’S DEGREES IN ENGINEERING 

The undergraduate program requirements in engineering are com- 
prised of four major segments. The first three segments are common 
to Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering 
and the Engineering Science Option as well as the Architectural 
Engineering Emphasis within the Civil Engineering degree and 
the Manufacturing Engineering Emphasis within the Mechanical 
Engineering degree. 

The first segment consists of foundation courses in mathematics 
and the physical sciences (33 units for Electrical Engineering, 32 units 
for Civil Engineering, and 30 units for Mechanical Engineering). The 


second segment consists of 24 units of engineering core courses. The 
third segment contains 33 units of general education courses in the 
arts, humanities, social sciences, biological sciences and other related 
areas. 

The fourth segment contains a sequence of courses in one of the 
four programs which includes a combination of required courses and 
adviser-approved technical elective courses. The number of units in 
this segment is not the same for each of the four engineering programs 
but varies from 45 to 50 units. Students must meet with their academic 
adviser to prepare an approved study plan of technical elective courses 
prior to taking such courses. Undergraduate students are required to 
meet with their academic adviser every' semester during the first year 
and at least once a year thereafter. Students are strongly encouraged to 
see their academic advisers frequently. 

All courses taken in fulfillment of the requirements for the bache- 
lors degrees in Engineering must be taken for a letter grade, i.e., under 
grade Option 1 All mathematics and physical science courses required 
for the degree must be completed with at least a “C” (2.0) grade 
to count as prerequisite courses to engineering courses or as credit 
towards the degree. Graduate courses are not open to undergraduate 
students without approval of the department head. 

The new program in Computer Engineering has a curriculum that 
does not require the same core as the others. The detailed description 
is available under the Computer Engineering section of this catalog. 

Curricula in engineering programs undergo periodic revisions during 
the life of the printed catalog, reflective of the dynamics of the profes- 
sions. Students are encouraged to consult the ECS website http://www. 
fullerton.edu/ecs/ for the most recent curriculum that will govern the 
student’s study program at CSUF since curricular revisions are being 
contemplated in various programs as of this writing. 

Mathematics and Science Courses 

Mathematics 150A Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 150B Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250A Multivariate Calculus (4) 

Mathematics 250B Introduction to Linear Algebra and Differential 
Equations (4) 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry (5) 

Physics 225, 225L Fundamental Physics: Mechanics and Lab (4) 

Physics 226, 226L Fundamental Physics: Electricity and Magnetism 
and Lab (4) 

Physics 227, 227L Fundamental Physics: Waves, Optics, and Modern 
Physics and Lab (4) (required in Electrical, and Engineering 
Science) 

OR either Chemistry' 125 (3) or Geological Sciences 376 (3) 
(required in Civil Engineering) 

OR Physics 227 (1) (Required in Mechanical Engineering) 

OR Biology 101 (3) and Chemistry 301 A (3) (Pharmaceutical 
Engineering) 

Engineering Core Courses 

All undergraduate engineering students are required to complete 
the following 24 units of engineering core courses regardless of the 
particular program selected by the student. 



199 


ENGINEERING 


EGME 102 Graphical Communications (3) 

EGCE201 Statics (3) 

EGEE 203 Electric Circuits (3) 

EGGN 205 Digital Computation (3) 

EGCE302 Dynamics (3) 

EGME 304 Thermodynamics (3) 

EGME 306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

EGGN 308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

EGGN 314 Engineering Economy (2) 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Since the Bachelor of Science degrees in Engineering are high-unit 
programs, majors are exempt from the Second language Graduation 
Requirement. 

INTERNSHIPS IN ENGINEERING 

Internships for Engineering provide practical work experiences 
which integrate with and supplement the student’s academic studies 
Internship jobs are coordinated through the Center for Internships 
and Cooperative Education. In order to participate in this program, a 
student must register for EGGN 495 Professional Practice (1) for each 
semester of internship participation. 

ENGINEERING SCIENCE OPTION 

The Engineering Science Option program is an interdisciplinary 
program designed for those students who are interested in a broad 
education in the basic concepts and principles of engineering, rather 
than an in-depth study in one particular engineering discipline such as 
civil, electrical or mechanical engineering. The Option provides a flex- 
ible interdisciplinary program in engineering with ample opportunity 
to develop a study plan which meets specific career goals. Courses can 
be selected from engineering, computer science, the physical sciences, 
mathematics and business to meet a special and specific engineenng 
science objective. (This degree program is not accredited by ABET.) 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

The degree consists of 33 units of mathematics and physical science 
courses, 24 units of engineering core courses, 33 units of general 
education courses and 45 units of adviser-approved elective courses 
for a total of 135 units. The adviser-approved electives must include a 
component of engineering design courses and engineering laboratory 
courses. 

Master of Science in Engineering 
Option in Engineering Science 

The degree consists of 30 units of adviser-approved 400- and 500- 
level courses. At least half the units required for the degree must be 
graduate (500-level) courses. A segment of the 30 units must include 
a math-oriented course as well as EGGN 403 Computer Methods in 
Numerical Analysis (3). 


PHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS 

Math and Science Courses (35 units) 

Engineering Core Courses (24 units) 

Required Courses (37 units) 

EGEE 203L Electric Circuits Lab (1) 

EGEE 245 Computer Logic and Architecture (3) 

EGEE 303 Electronics (3) 

EGEE 303L Electronics Ub (1) 

EGEE 409 Introduction to Linear Systems (3) 

EGME 306B Fluids and Thermal Lab (1) 

EGME 333 Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics (3) 

EGME 407 Heat Transfer (3) 

EGME 426 Design of Thermal and Fluid Systems (3) 

EGPH 201 Introduction to Pharmaceutical Engineering (3) 

EGPH 320 Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems (3) 
EGP1 1 420 Pharmaceutical Utilities, Safety and Environment (3) 

EGPH 484 Pharmaceutical Engineering Lab (2) 

EGGN 495 Professional Practice (1 unit each semester) 

EGPH 497 Design Project (3) 

Elective Courses (6 units) 

Students choose six units from the following list of courses. 
Additional elective courses may be available. 

EGPH 401 Project Management for Pharmaceutical and General 
Engineering (3) 

EGME 452 Fluid Machinery (3) 

EGME 457L Intelligent Systems Lab (2) 

GENERAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

Courses are designated as EGGN in the class schedule. 

205 Digital Computation (3) 

Prerequisite: college algebra or three years of high school mathemat- 
ics including a second course in algebra. Computers and their numeri- 
cal applications. Elementary FORTRAN programming language, digital 
computation methods in statistics and solving algebraic equations. 

308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 226, Math 250B or equivalent. Fundamentals 
and engineering applications of Fourier series, Fourier transforms, 
Laplace transforms, complex analysis, vector analysis; engineering 
applications. 

314 Engineering Economy (2) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in engineering. Development, 
evaluation and presentation of alternatives for engineering systems 
and projects using principles of engineering economy and cost benefit 
analysis. 


200 


ENGINEERING 


350 Living and Working in Space (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. History of space flight. Space 
travel in literature and films. Space pioneers. The Moon Race. Space 
tourism and space hotels. Colonization of Moon and Mars. Space art. 
Economic, social, psychological, technological and global issues in 
space habitats. 

403 Computer Methods in Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 250B and EGGN 205 or equivalent. The use of 
numerical methods and digital computers in the solution of algebraic, 
transcendental, simultaneous, ordinary and partial differential equa- 
tions. 

495 Professional Practice (1) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in engineering. Professional 
engineering work in industry or government. Written report required. 
May be repeated for credit Applicable towards bachelors degree pro- 
grams. Not for credit in the graduate program. 

PHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING COURSES 

These courses are designated as EGPH in the class schedule. 

201 Introduction to Pharmaceutical Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 101, Chemistry 120A, Math 250A. Survey of 
major areas of pharmaceutical engineering. Overview of pharmaceutical 
engineering technologies in drug manufacturing and delivery systems, 
high purity water systems, sterilization, medical devices, process engi- 
neering and packaging and industrial fermentation. Process validation, 
FDA requirements and good manufacturing practices. 

320 Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Biology 101, Chemistry 120A, and EG-PH 201. 

Dosage form design. Peroral solids, injections and transdermal drug 
deigns. Products of biotechnology. New drug delivery systems. 
Implantable vascular access devices. Closed-loop insulin delivery 
systems. Computerized drug delivery systems in cardiology and oncol- 
ogy. Validation of dosage process and equipment. GMP guidelines. 


401 Project Management for Pharmaceutical and 
General Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: EG-GN 314. Pharmaceutical and general engineering 
applications of project management. Engineering projects life cycle. 
Product and facility development process. Needs identification 
and proposal preparation. Planning and scheduling. Resource 
Considerations. Project implementation. Teamwork in a multi-cultural 
environment. International engineering codes and government regula- 
tions. Software applications. Case studies and term project. 

420 Pharmaceutical Utilities, Safety and Environment (3) 

Prerequisites: EGME 333, EGPH 201 and Chemistry 301 A. 

Reaction kinetics and reactor design. Industrial fermentation and bio- 
reactor systems. Sterilization techniques. Cleaning and passivation. 
Design of HVAC systems. Clean room design. WFI systems; filtration, 
reverse osmosis and distillation. Pharmaceutical facilities, piping, main- 
tenance, process safety, environmental impact and protection. 

484 Pharmaceutical Engineering Lab (2) 

Prerequisites: EGPH 320 and Chemistry 301 A. Exploring current 
techniques in pharmaceutical manufacturing and monitoring. 

Including water purification methods and WFI systems, steam 
sterilization, calibration of pharmaceutical devices, validation of 
pharmaceutical devices and procedures. 

497 Design Project (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of adviser and instructor. Directed independent 
design project. 


201 


ENGINEERING 



College of Humanities ana aucim oumivw 


DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Joseph Sawicki 

VICE CHAIR 

Joanne Gass 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

University Hall 323 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/english/htm 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Comparative Literature 

Master of Arts in Comparative Literature 

Bachelor of Arts in English 

Minor in English 

Master of Arts in English 

Minor in Linguistics 

Bachelor of Arts in Linguistics 

Master of Arts in Linguistics 

FACULTY 

Marlin Blaine, Cornel Bonca, Ellen 
Caldwell, Mary Kay Crouch, Angela Della 
Volpe, Sheryl Fontaine, Joanne Gass, Jane 
Hipolito, Susan Jacobsen, Joanne Jasin, Alan 
Kaye, Thomas Klammer, Deborah l^awrence, 
Mohsen Mirshafiei, Helen Mugambi, Franz 
Muller-Gotama, Keith Neilson, Irena Praitis, 
Sally Romotsky, Chris Ruiz-Velasco, David 
Sandner, Joseph Sawicki, Yichin Shen, Kay 
Stanton, Atara Stein, John White, Heping Zhao 


INTRODUCTION 

The discipline of English includes the study of British and American literature, the various 
kinds of writing, and the history, structure and dialects of the English language. 

The major in English is a flexible program emphasizing skill(s) in writing, familiarity with and 
appreciation of the literatures of England and America, and knowledge of the nature and develop- 
ment of the English language. 

Comparative literature is the study of world literature without specific regard for national or 
linguistic boundaries. It is comparative in that it deals with the relationships among different 
literatures. The comparatist studies not only the international literary masterpieces and historical 
periods of world literature, but also examines critical theories from a cross-cultural perspective. 
The major in comparative literature promotes the understanding of world literatures and cultures 
in various historical periods, including the present, for students with a special concern for the 
relationships among the languages and literatures of various civilizations. Comparative literature 
courses are conducted in English, and required reading is available in English. 

The study of literature and language helps students to achieve a mature understanding of 
themselves and the world and to learn to read critically and analytically, write clearly and per- 
suasively, and reason soundly. For these reasons such study is ideal preparation for professional 
training in fields such as law, medicine, and religion, or for responsible positions in business and 
industry. The major in English may be combined with preparation for elementary and second- 
ary school teaching. In addition, the majors in English, Comparative Literature and Linguistics 
provide a foundation for students who intend to work for advanced degrees in preparation for 
college teaching. 

Advisers 

English/Comparative Literature, Undergraduate: 

All full-time faculty members serve as advisers. 

English/Comparative Literature, Graduate: 

Susan Jacobsen 

Teaching Credential: 

John White 

Linguistics, Undergraduate: 

Alan Kaye 

Linguistics, Graduate: 

Franz Muller-Gotama 

An annual conference with a faculty adviser is required. New students must confer with an 
adviser in each of the first tw'o semesters. 

Credential Information 

The bachelor’s degree in English may be effectively combined with subject matter studies nec- 
essary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or single subject credential (7-12) 
in English. Undergraduates are encouraged to work w'ith the Center for Careers in Teaching 
(714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course selections 
for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, it may be possible to enter 
the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s degree. Postgraduate students should 
contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the School of Education (714-278-3411) to 
obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 


202 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The Bachelor of Arts in Comparative Literature requires a minimum 
of 120 units which includes courses for the major, General Education, 
all University requirements, and free electives. A grade of “C” (2.0) or 
better is required in all courses applied to the major. For the major, 
students must complete a total of 42 units of upper-division courses. 

In selecting courses, students are urged to consult a faculty adviser. 

Required courses (English 300 and 18 units in comparative litera- 
ture, including Comparative Literature 324, 325, and either English/ 
Comparative Literature 450 or Comparative Literature 451); 

British and American Literature (6 upper-division units listed under 
English); Breadth Requirement (6 adviser-approved units in other fields 
such as anthropology, history, art history, music history or philosophy); 

Electives (9 upper-division units in comparative literature, or litera- 
ture courses in English or an adviser-approved foreign language). 

Reading Competence in a Foreign Language 

This requirement can be met by examination or by successful 
completion of an adviser- approved 400-level course offered by the 
Department of Modem Languages and Literatures, provided it is not 
taught in translation. Information on the examination is available in the 
Department of English, Comparative Literature, and Linguistics office. 
Students completing this requirement are exempt from the Second 
Language Graduation Requirement. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN 
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

The masters degree program in 
Comparative Literature promotes the 
understanding of other literatures, 
peoples, and cultures in various 
historical periods, including the 
present, provides background for 
more advanced degrees, prepares 
teachers of world literature in the 
high schools and community col- 
leges, and provides a liberal arts 
background for library studies. 


Admission to Graduate Standing 

Applicants are encouraged to make an appointment with the 
department graduate adviser. The adviser will review transcripts, advise 
applicants regarding prerequisites, and determine if any courses apply 
to the degree program. 

Admission to the masters degree program is a prerequisite to enroll- 
ment in all graduate courses. 

1. University requirements include a bachelor’s degree from an accred- 
ited institution and a minimum GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted. 

2. The department requires a bachelor’s degree in Comparative 
Literature or English from an accredited institution with at least 
a 3.0 grade-point average in the upper-division major courses, 
provided that a minimum of 24 units of upper-division course 
work is included. 



If the applicant holds a bachelor’s degree in another major, 24 units 
of upper-division course work in Comparative Literature and/or 
English must be completed with at least a 3.0 grade-point average 
before beginning work in the master’s degree program. 

3. In the event that the applicant’s grade-point average in prerequisite 
courses is below 3.0, he or she may take additional upper-division 
Comparative Literature and/or English course work and reapply 

to the program. The applicant should consult with the gradu- 
ate adviser to determine appropriate course work. Some courses 
taken to make up qualitative deficiencies may be credited toward 
the M.A., if completed with a grade of “B” (3.0) or better, and if 
applicable to the student’s particular study plan. Courses taken to 
remove quantitative deficiencies may not be applied to the M.A. 
program. 

4. A writing sample will also be required of all applicants. The writing 
sample should demonstrate advanced skill in literary analysis and 
expository writing. A paper written for an upper-division literature 
course and analyzing one or more elements in one or more literary 
works is preferred; the submitted copy should include the instruc- 
tor’s name and institution, the instructor’s comments, and the grade 
received. The writing sample should be approximately five to ten 
pages long, and it need not include secondary research. Applicants 
who do not have course papers available should contact the depart- 
ment graduate adviser for advice. 

5. Applicants must submit three letter(s) of recommendation from 
individuals best qualified to judge their potential for graduate study 
in Comparative Literature. 

6. All applicants, regardless of citizenship, whose preparatory edu- 
cation was principally in a language other than English, must 
demonstrate competence in English. Those who do not possess a 
bachelor’s degree from a postsecondary institution where English is 
the principal language of instruction must receive a minimum score 
of 600 (paper) or 250 (computer) on the Test of English as a Foreign 
Language (TOEFL). 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1st for 
the fall semester and October 1st for the spring semester (see http:// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university Graduate Studies website 
for current information http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/ 

Foreign Language Requirement 

Satisfactory completion of an upper-division course taught in an 
adviser-approved foreign language. Reading knowledge of a foreign 
language is expected. 

Study Plan 

A study plan must be developed and approved for admission to 
classified graduate standing within the student’s first nine units of grad- 
uate course work. Courses taken by a student admitted to the program 
with conditionally classified status do not necessarily apply toward the 
degree. No more than nine units of postgraduate course work may be 
applied to the master’s degree program. See the graduate adviser for 
further information. 


203 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


The graduate program in Comparative Literature comprises 30 units 
of course credit. All courses must be approved by the graduate adviser. 
A minimum of 30 units of course work must be completed with a 
minimum grade-point average of 3.0 to be distributed as follows: 
500-Level Courses, including English 500 Introduction to Graduate Studies 
in Literature (18 units) 

This requirement is met by 1 5 units at the 500-level in Comparative 
Literature or courses cross-listed in English (one adviser-approved 500 
level course in English may help satisfy this requirement) and one 3- 
unit course at the 500 level in a related area. Students are encouraged 
to take English 500 in their first semester. English 500 satisfies the 
university’s graduate writing requirement. 

Upper-Division Courses (12 units) 

Adviser-approved courses in Comparative Literature (6 units) 
Adviser-approved courses in a related area (6 units) 

(At least 3 units of related course work must be in foreign literature, 
read in the original language.) 

Comprehensive Examination 

In order to complete degree requirements, students must pass a 
three-part comprehensive examination. Each section of the three-pan 
comprehensive examination must be passed before the degree will 
be awarded. Failed parts of the exam may be retaken only once. The 
deadline to file a notice of intention to take the examination is the end 
of the third week of the semester in which the student plans to take the 
exam. For further information about the comprehensive examination, 
consult the graduate adviser. 

Project Option 

The candidate may elect to write a project in place of one part of 
the comprehensive examination. For information, consult the graduate 
adviser. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

The Bachelor of Arts in English requires a minimum of 120 units 
which includes courses for the major, General Education, all University 
requirements, and free electives. The English major consists of 42 
units. At least 30 units must be upper-division courses. A grade of 
“C” (2.0) or better is required in all courses applied to the major. In 
selecting courses, students are urged to consult a faculty member of 
the Department of English, Comparative Literature and Linguistics. 
English 101, a graduation requirement for all students, is not part of 
the English major but is a prerequisite to further work in English. 

Required Courses (9 units) 

English 300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

English 316 Shakespeare (3) 

Survey Courses (at least 6 units) 

English 211 British Literature to 1760 (3) 

English 212 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

English 221 American Literature to Whitman (3) 

English 222 American Literature from Twain to the Modems (3) 

Comp Lit 324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 

Comp Lit 325 World Literature from 1650 (3) 


Period, Genre and Criticism Courses 

(At least 9 units, including at least 3 units from courses prior to 
1800, i.e., 423, 450, 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456) 

English 423 Early American Literature (3) 

English 450 Medieval Literature (3) 

English 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) 

English 452 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 453 17th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 454 The Drama of the Restoration and the 1 8th Century (3) 
English 455 Restoration and 18th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 456 The Development of the English Novel 
Through Jane Austen (3) 

English 457 The Romantic Movement in English Literature (3) 

English 458 Victorian Literature (3) 

English 459 The Development of the 19th Century English Novel (3) 
English 462 Modem British and American Novels (3) 

English 463 Contemporary Novels in English (3) 

English 464 Modem British and American Drama (3) 

English 465 Contemporary Drama in English (3) 

English 466 Modem British and American Poetry (3) 

English 467 Contemporary Poetry in English (3) 

English 491 Traditions of English Literary Criticism (3) 

English 492 Modem Critical Theory (3) 

Major Author Courses (at least 3 units) 

English 315 Chaucer (3) 

English 317 Milton (3) 

Language Courses (at least 3 units) 

English 303 Structure of Modem English (3) 

English 305 The English Language in America (3) 

Electives (at least 12 units) 

Chosen from English, Comparative Literature or Linguistics courses 
numbered 201 and above. 

Second Language Graduation Requirement 

Students in the Bachelor of Arts in English program who enter 
Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in Fall 2006, or who enter 
a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to Cal State 
Fullerton, will be required to show proficiency in a second language 
as a condition of graduation with a bachelor’s degree (see “Graduation 
Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree” elsewhere in this catalog.) 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Students must complete a total of 2 1 units, including 1 5 units as 
described below and 6 units of electives. No more than six units of 
lower-division course work can be applied to the minor. In selecting 
courses, students seeking a minor in English should consult a faculty 
member of the Department of English, Comparative Literature, and 
Linguistics. 


204 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


Required Courses (9 units) 

English 300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 

English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

English 316 Shakespeare (3) 

Survey Courses (at least 6 units) 

English 211 British Literature to 1760 (3) 

English 212 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

English 221 American Literature to Whitman (3) 

English 222 American Literature from Twain to the Modems (3) 

Comp Lit 324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 

Comp Lit 325 World Literature from 1650 (3) 

Electives (at least 6 units) 

Chosen from additional English, Comparative Literature, and 
Linguistics courses, with the exception of English 101 and 200. 
Students may take the approved upper-division writing course(s)in 
their majors instead of English 301. They must, however, complete 
21 units in English, Comparative Literature, and Linguistics. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGUSH 

The masters degree program in English offers students the oppor- 
tunity to achieve a multifaceted understanding of literature and lan- 
guage. The degree is useful to those already teaching in high schools or 
interested in community college teaching, to those seeking careers in 
writing and publishing, and to those intending to take further graduate 
work. 

Admission to Graduate Standing 

Applicants are encouraged to make an appointment with the 
department graduate adviser. The adviser will review transcripts, advise 
applicants regarding prerequisites, and determine if any courses apply 
to the degree program. 

Admission to the master’s degree program is a prerequisite to enroll- 
ment in all graduate courses. 

1. University requirements include a bachelors degree from an accred- 
ited institution and a minimum GPA of 2.5 in the last 60 semester 
units attempted. 

2. The department requires a bachelor’s degree in English or 
Comparative Literature from an accredited institution with at least 
a 3.0 grade-point average in the upper-division major courses, pro- 
vided that a minimum of 24 units of upper-division course work is 
included. 

If the applicant holds a bachelor’s degree in another major, 24 
units of upper-division course work in English and/or Comparative 
Literature must be completed with at least a 3.0 grade-point 
average before beginning work in the master’s degree program. 

3. In the event that the applicant’s grade-point average in prerequisite 

courses is below 3.0, he or she may take additional upper-division 
English and/or Comparative Literature course work and reapply 
to the program. The applicant should consult with the graduate 
adviser to determine appropriate course work. Some courses taken to 
make up qualitative deficiencies may be credited toward the M.A., if 
completed with a grade of “B” (3.0) or better, and if applicable to the 
student’s particular study plan. Courses taken to remove quantitative 
deficiencies may not be applied to the M.A. program. 


4. A writing sample will also be required of all applicants. The writing 
sample should demonstrate advanced skill in literary analysis and 
expository writing. A paper written for an upper-division literature 
course and analyzing one or more elements in one or more literary 
works is preferred; the submitted copy should include the instruc- 
tor’s name and institution, the instructor’s comments, and the grade 
received. The writing sample should be approximately five to ten 
pages long, and it need not include secondary research. Applicants 
who do not have course papers available should contact the depart- 
ment graduate adviser for advice. 

5. Applicants must submit three letter(s) of recommendation from 
individuals best qualified to judge their potential for graduate study 
in English. 

6. All applicants, regardless of citizenship, whose preparatory edu- 
cation was principally in a language other than English, must 
demonstrate competence in English. Those who do not possess a 
bachelor’s degree from a postsecondary institution where English 
is the principal language of instruction must receive a minimum 
score of 600 (paper) or 250 (computer) on the Test of English as a 
Foreign Language (TOEFL). 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1 st for 
the fall semester and October 1st for the spring semester (see http.// 
www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need to be postmarked by 
the same deadlines. Flowever, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university Graduate Studies website 
for current information http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/ 

Foreign Language Requirement 

Students must satisfy a foreign language requirement with one of 
the following options: 

(1) two years of foreign language at the college or university level, 
(2) one 400-level course in a foreign language or in literature taught 
in a foreign language, (3) Linguistics 406 Descriptive Linguistics or 
Linguistics 412 Sociolinguistics OR (4) another 400-level linguistics 
course approved by the graduate adviser. This requirement may be 
satisfied prior to or after admission to the M.A. program. 

Study Plan 

The graduate program in English comprises 30 units of course 
credit. All courses must be approved by the graduate adviser. 

A study plan must be developed and approved for admission to 
classified graduate standing within the student’s first nine units of grad- 
uate course work. Courses taken by a student admitted to the program 
with conditionally classified status do not necessarily apply toward the 
degree. No more than nine units of postgraduate course work may be 
applied to the master’s degree program. See the graduate adviser for 
further information. 

The study plan allows three units of adviser-approved course work 
outside the department and/or three units of graduate independent 
study. No more than six units are allowed at the 400 level In addition, 
at least one proseminar or seminar must be in Comparative Literature 
or cross-listed in Comparative Literature. A project and comprehensive 
exam are required of all students. Students are encouraged to take 
English 500 in their first semester. 


205 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


Core courses (6 units) 

English 500 Introduction to Graduate Studies in Literature (3) 
Analysis of Discourse (3 units from English 491, 492, 579T) 
Proseminars (12 units) 

English or Comparative Literature 525T Proseminar in Literature, 
Rhetoric, or Writing (3) 

Students are encouraged to satisfy the proseminar requirements 
prior to taking seminars. 

Seminars (9 units) 

Students choose from advisor-approved seminar courses 
(English or Comparative Literature 509T, 57 IT, 572T, 573T, 574T, 
575T, or 59 IT, or other adviser-approved courses). 

Project (3 units) 

In addition to the written exam described below, students 
are required to complete a project in the project writing course, 
English 595. Students who plan to do a creative writing project 
may take a maximum of six units of creative writing workshops, 
one of which must be at the 500 level. 

Project proposals are due before the end of the fifth week of 
the semester preceding enrollment in the project writing course 
and must be approved by the department Graduate Studies 
Committee. If the proposal is not approved when first submitted, 
students may resubmit only once in the same semester. Please 
consult the graduate adviser or department office for further 
details. 

Comprehensive Exam 

In order to complete degree requirements, students must pass 
a two-part written exam involving analysis and synthesis. Failed 
parts of the exam may be retaken only once. The deadline to file a 
notice of intention to take the examination is the end of the third 
week of the semester in which the student plans to take the exam. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LINGUISTICS 

MINOR IN LINGUISTICS 

MASTER OF ARTS IN LINGUISTICS 

For information on these programs and a listing of linguistics 
courses, please consult the “Linguistics” section of this catalog. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE COURSES 

Courses are designated as CPLT in the class schedule. 

110 Literature of the Western World from Ancient 
through Medieval Times (3) 

(Same as English 110) 

111 Literature of the Western World from the Renaissance 

through the 19th Century (3) 

(Same as English 111) 

312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. 
Literary qualities of biblical literature and the influence of major 
themes upon Western literary traditions. (Same as Comparative 
Religion 312) 


315 Classical Mythology in World Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of General Education Category III.B.2. 
Greek and Roman myths which have been of continuing significance in 
Western world literature. 

324 World Literature to 1650 (3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and completion of any 
literature course from General Education Category III.B.2. Asian and 
Western literature from the beginning to 1650. 

325 World Literature from 1650 (3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and completion of any 
literature course from General Education Category III.B.2. Asian and 
Western literature from 1650 to the present. 

355T Images of Women in Literature (3) 

(Same as English 355T) 

373 Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and completion of any 

literature course from General Education Category III.B.2. Major 
writers such as Pushkin, Gogol, Dostoyevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, and 
their relationship to Western literature. 

374 Twentieth-Century Russian Literature (3) 

Prerequisite, completion of any literature course from General 

Education Category III.B.2. Soviet peoples’ literature from 1918 to the 
present. Basic trends in literary criticism. Major writers such as Gorky, 
Blok, Mayakovsky, Zamyatin, Zoshchenko, Akhmatova and Pasternak. 

380 Introduction to Asian Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of any literature course from General 
Education Category III.B.2. Selected translations of Arabic, Persian, 
Indian, Chinese and Japanese literature. 

381 African Literature (3) 

(Same as English 381 and Afro-Ethnic Studies 381) 

382T Topics in Asian Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of any literature course from General 
Education Category III.B.2. Specific topics will vary from semester to 
semester. May be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

450 Medieval Literature (3) 

(Same as English 450) 

451 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American, or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. The Renaissance as a 
literary movement, from Erasmus to Montaigne and Cervantes. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

525T Proseminar in Literature, Rhetoric, or Writing (3) 

(Same as English 52 5T) 

571T Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

(Same as English 57 IT) 


206 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


572T Graduate Seminar: Literary Genres (3) 

(Same as English 572T) 

573T Graduate Seminar: Cultural Periods (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of instruc- 
tor, the literature of a cultural period from Anglo-Saxon to modem 
times. May be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

574T Graduate Seminar: Special Problems in Literature (3) 

(Same as English 574T) 

575T Graduate Seminar: Topics in Teaching (3) 

(Same as English 575T) 

579T Graduate Seminar: Problems in Criticism (3) 

(Same as English 579T) 

597 Project (3) 

(Same as English 597) 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

ENGLISH COURSES 

Courses are designated as ENGL in catalog. 

For world literature in English translation, see courses under 
Comparative Literature (CPLT) 

099 Developmental Writing (3) 

An intensive course in basic writing skills. Designed to prepare 
students for English 101 and is intended for students who score 133 to 
144 on the English Placement Test (EPT). Degree credit is not awarded 
for this course. 

099M Developmental Writing (Formerly FLED 099) (3) 

Intensive course in basic writing skills and language develop- 
ment. Designed to prepare students for English 101 and intended for 
students who score below 133 on the English Placement Test (EPT). 
Degree credit is not awarded for this course. 

101 Beginning College Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 099, a satisfactory score on the English 
Placement Test, or exemption from the EPT. An introductory course 
in the fundamentals of expository prose. Emphasizes grammatical and 
basic rhetorical concepts and practices necessary for successful college 
writing. Instructional fee. (CAN ENGL 2) 

105 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) 

Exploratory creative writing with the opportunity to write in 
various genres. No credit toward the major. 

110 Literature of the Western World from Ancient 
through Medieval Times (3) 

Representative writers and works from the ancient through the 
medieval world. (Same as Comparative Literature 110) 

111 Literature of the Western World from the Renaissance 
through the 19th Century (3) 

Representative writers and works from the Renaissance through the 
19th century. (Same as Comparative Literature 111) 


199 Intensive Writing Review (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Restricted to students who have 
failed the EWP at least twice. Intensive review of the fundamentals of 
writing expository prose. Meets examination portion of baccalaureate 
writing requirement. Carries no credit toward graduation. 

200 Introduction to Literature (3) 

An introduction to the study of fiction, drama and poetry. 
Concentration on the critical understanding of literary types rather 
than on their historical development. Carries no credit toward the 
major. 

204 Intermediate Creative Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of General Education Category 11I.B.2. 

A course providing experience in creative writing beyond the introduc- 
tory level. Emphasis on poetry, the short story, and/or the one-act play. 

211 British Literature to 1760 (3) 

Major periods and movements, major authors, and major forms 
through 1760. 

212 British Literature from 1760 (3) 

Major periods and movements, major authors and major forms 
from 1760 through modem times. 

221 American Literature to Whitman (3) 

Major writers such as Hawthorn, Poe, Melville, Emerson, Thoureau, 
Whitman, and Dickinson. 

222 American Literature from Twain to the Moderns (3) 

Major writers such as Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, 
O’Neill, Frost, and Elliot. 

300 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 

The main literary forms-prose fiction, poetry and drama-are studied 
and analyzed. English majors should schedule this basic course as early 
as possible. 

301 Advanced College Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. An advanced course in writing expository 
prose. Emphasizes precision in rhetoric and development of individual 
style by concentration on matters of diction, audience, emphasis and 
persuasion. Required of English majors seeking a secondary credential. 
Instructional fee. 

303 The Structure of Modem English (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The grammar of contemporary 
English. Modem English usage. Required of English majors seeking a 
secondary credential. Must be taken before student teaching. 

305 The English Language in America (3) 

American English, its origins, its regional and social dialects, and its 
role in American history and in such institutions as schools, corpora- 
tions, government, and the media. (Same as Linguistics 305) 

315 Chaucer (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. The Canterbury Tales and 
Chaucer’s language. The vocabulary, pronunciation, grammar and 
syntax of the East Midland dialect of Middle English. 


207 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


316 Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. A study of the major plays. 

317 Milton (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. The poetry and prose in the 
light of Milton’s intellectual development. 

323T Cultural Pluralism in American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. The role of varied cultural 
groups in the USA as exemplified in American literature. Topics may 
include Jewish writers, images of immigrants, Asian-American writers, 
American Indian literatures, and others. 

324 Introduction to Afro-American Literature (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic 324) 

325 American Ballad and Folksong (3) 

Anglo-American balladry and folksong; their historical develop- 
ment, ethnic background and poetical values. 

326 The American Frontier in Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: any courses in American literature, American studies 
or American history. Thematic study of American literature as it reflects 
the changing frontier experience and establishes national myths and 
symbols. 

327 Asian American Literature (3) 

(Same as Asian American Studies 327) 

328 Literature of the American Indians (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of any literature courses from General 
Education Category III.B.2. The prose and poetry of the North 
American Indian tribes. 

341 Children’s Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of any literature course in General 
Education Category III.B.2. World literature written primarily for chil- 
dren, including material from the oral tradition, realistic fiction, fantasy, 
and poetry. Not applicable for graduate degree credit. 

355T Images of Women in Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. Images of women in genres 
such as autobiography, poetry, drama, novel. Individual sections may 
treat conventional literary periods or specific cultures. May be repeated 
with different content for additional credit. (Same as Comparative 
Literature 355T) 

360 Scientific and Technical Writing (3) 

Open to science and non-science students. Scientific and profes- 
sional writing and editing, with attention to outlines and abstracts, 
description, process explanation, instructions, and fundamentals of 
reports, feasibility studies, proposals, internal memos, and letters. 

365 Legal Writing (3) 

Advanced compositions stressing logic, reasoning, and legal analysis. 
370 Horror Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Horror/occult fiction (or 
“dark fantasy”) from Mary Shelley to the present, including such 
writers as E. A. Poe, J. S. LeFanu, Bram Stoker, H. P Lovecraft, Fritz 
Leiber, and Stephen King. 


371 Fantasy Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Fantasy in literature from 
Ariosto to Brautigan. 

372 Detective Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Detective fiction from Edgar 
Allan Poe to the present, including writers such as Sayers, Christie, 
Chandler, Hammett, and Ross MacDonald. 

373 Science Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent. Science fiction as a literary 
genre, including future-scene fiction, the utopian novel, the superman/ 
woman novel and short stories. 

374 The Gothic Novel (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. The development of the Gothic Novel in 
England from 1750-1850, including such authors as Walpole, Smith, 
Radcliffe, Lewis, Mary Shelley, Austen, Maturin, and Emily Bronte. 

381 African Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of any literature course from General 
Education Category III.B.2. African literature written in the English 
language; the fiction, poetry and drama of the new nations. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 381 and Afro-Ethnic Studies 381) 

402 Theories of Response to Written Composition (2) 

Prerequisite: English 301 and 303 or equivalents. Corequisite: 
English 402S. May be taken for letter grade. 

402S Tutor Supervision (1) 

Prerequisites: English 301 and English 303. Corequisite: English 
402. May be taken for letter grade or credit/no credit. 

404T Advanced Creative Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 204 or its equivalent. Instruction and practice 
in a workshop setting for the student with some experience in creative 
writing; emphasis on writing for professional markets. Consult the 
class schedule to determine section’s emphasis. May be repeated for 
credit. 

416 Studies in Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: English 316 or consent of instructor. Problems of 
dramatic structure and artistic meanings. 

423 Early American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: English 321. Literature of colonial and revolutionary 
America, including the Puritans, 18th-century deism and rationalism, 
and the literary antecedents of American democratic thought. 

429 American Landscape in Literature (3) 

The American landscape in literature. Literary perception of our 
environment, with special attention to what perceptions of the land- 
scape reveal about human nature. 

434 Literature for Junior and Senior High School (3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. The evaluation, selection, 
and interpretation of fiction, non-fiction, drama, and poetry reflecting 
the broad range of interest of young people from 12 to 17 years of age. 


208 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


442 Changing Words: History, Semantics, and Translation (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 442) 

450 Medieval Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Readings in modem 
English translation from the medieval literature of England and 
the continent from St. Augustine to Sir Thomas Malory. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 450) 

451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. The dramatic tradition 
in plays by such dramatists as Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, Beaumont 
and Fletcher. 

452 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. The non-dramatic litera- 
ture of the English Renaissance. 

453 17th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Non-dramatic literature 
of the period from 1603 to 1660 excluding Milton. 

454 The Drama of the Restoration & the 18th Century (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Representative plays of 
the Restoration and the 18th century. The development of such dra- 
matic movements as the heroic play, Restoration comedy, and 
sentimental drama. 

455 Restoration and 18th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Major writers such as 
Butler, Rochester, Dryden, Pepys, Swift, Addison and Steele, Pope, 
Boswell, Johnson, and selected minor writers. 

456 The Development of the English Novel through Jane Austen (3) 

Prerequisites, survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. The English novel from 
its beginnings to the 19th century including such novelists as Defoe, 
Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, and Austen. 

457 The Romantic Movement in English Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Major writers such as 
Bums, Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 

458 Victorian Literature (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Major writers such as 
Carlyle, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Ruskin, and Pater. 

459 The Development of the 19th-Century English Novel (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Major novelists such as 
the Brontes, Thackeray, Dickens, Eliot, and Hardy. 


462 Modern British and American Novels (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Modem British and 
American novels from 1900 to 1950. 

463 Contemporary Novels in English (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. The novel in English 
since World War II. 

464 Modern British and American Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. British and American 
drama from 1900 to 1950. 

465 Contemporary Drama in English (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Drama in English from 
1950 to the present. 

466 Modern British and American Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. British and American 
poetry from 1900 to 1950. 

467 Contemporary Poetry in English (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American or world literature; an 
upper-division literature course; or equivalent. Poetry in English from 
1950 to the present. 

491 Traditions of English Literary Criticism (3) 

Prerequisite: English 300 or equivalent. The major English critics, 
from the Renaissance to the beginning of the 20th century, in relation- 
ship to the classical theories of criticism. 

492 Modem Critical Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: English 300 or equivalent. The major movements in 
20th-century British and American criticism. 

498 English Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: junior or senior status and consent of faculty supervi- 
sor. Experience in the practical application of studies in literature and 
language to work outside the university. Hours to be specified; enroll- 
ment limited; Credit/No Credit; no credit toward major. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. Open to advanced students 
in English with consent of department chair. May be repeated for 
credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Studies in Literature (3) 

Research techniques, analytical approaches and theories of litera- 
ture. A course providing basic orientation in graduate literary studies. 

509 Creative Writing Workshop (3) 

An intensive graduate-level workshop in creative writing. Students 
will produce their own work, write critiques of others’ works, and 
discuss opportunities for publication. Recommended for students with 
an interest in creative writing. Workshops may focus on the writing of 
poetry or fiction or of a mix of fiction and drama, depending on exper- 
tise of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topic. 


209 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 


510 Rhetorical Criticism and Disclosure Analysis (3) 

This course will cover theories of disclosure and rhetorical analysis 
ranging from an overview of historically foundational/classical readings 
and approaches to contemporary rhetorical theories and their applica- 
tions to textual criticism. 

525T Proseminar in Literature, Rhetoric, or Writing (3) 

Comprehensive readings course focusing on a key area in literature, 
rhetoric or writing. Examines major primary works and where they 
exist, major critical texts representing the area. Students are strongly 
advised to take proseminars before enrolling in seminars. May be 
repeated for credit with a different topic. (Same as Comparative 
Literature 52 5T) 

57 IT Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of 
instructor; major figures such as Shakespeare, Dante, Shakespeare, 
Cervantes, Goethe, Bronte, Twain, Joyce, Woolf, and Morrison. May 
be repeated with different content for additional credit. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 57 IT) 

572T Graduate Seminar: Literary Genres (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of 
instructor, major literary types such as the epic, the novel, the 
short story, lyric poetry, tragedy, comedy, and historical drama. May 
be repeated with different content for additional credit. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 572T) 

573T Graduate Seminar: Cultural Periods (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of 
instructor, the literature of a cultural period from Anglo-Saxon to 
modern times. May be repeated with different content for additional 
credit. 

574T Graduate Seminar: Special Problems in Literature (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the 
instructor, special problems such as influences on literature, includ- 
ing philosophical, religious, scientific, geographic, and other ecologi- 
cal viewpoints. May be repeated with different content for additional 
credit. (Same as Comparative Literature 574T) 

575T Graduate Seminar: Topics in Teaching (3) 

Specific topics will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated 
with different content for additional credit. (Same as Comparative 
Literature 575T) 

579T Graduate Seminar: Problems in Criticism (3) 

Historical development and schools of criticism. Individual offer- 
ings within this course number may deal with only one aspect of criti- 
cal problems. May be repeated with different content for additional 
credit. (Same as Comparative Literature 579T) 

590 Writing Theory and Practice for Teaching Associates (3) 

Prerequisite: English 402 and admission to the English Department 
Teaching Associate Program. Theory and practice of the compos- 
ing process for the beginning college teacher of expository writing. 
Required of all English Department Teaching Associates during their 
first semester of teaching. 


590S Teaching Associate Supervision (1) 

Prerequisite: English 590. Supervised teaching of developmental 
writing and freshman composition. No credit toward the M.A. in 
English. This course may be repeated for credit. 

59 IT Seminar: Topics in Rhetoric and Composition (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research of instructor, special 
topics on rhetoric and composition, including historical and theoreti- 
cal approaches. May be repeated with different content for additional 
credit. 

595 M.A. Project Writing (3) 

This course will guide students through the process of writing an 
M.A. project in literature, rhetoric and composition, or creative writing. 
To enroll in the course, students must receive prior departmental 
approval of their M.A. project proposal. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified graduate standing. A research paper, a criti- 
cal study, a portfolio of creative writing, or the results of fieldwork or 
experiment. Supervising professor and English department graduate 
studies committee must approve the proposal in advance of registra- 
tion. (Same as Comparative Literature 597) 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Research projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered 
course work. Oral and written reports. May be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. 

ENGLISH EDUCATION COURSES 

Courses are designated as ENED in catalog. 

442 Teaching English in the Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. Principles, methods 
and materials of teaching English in the secondary school. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

Student teaching in the secondary school during the first semester 
of the teacher preparation program. The candidate plans and teaches 
assigned lessons during the last third of the semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

Student teaching in the secondary school during the second semes- 
ter of the teacher preparation program. The candidate has the same 
instructional hours of responsibility as the master teacher. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (3) 

Taken concurrently with Ed Sec 4491. Seminar in teaching a single 
subject in secondary schools. Videotape analysis of teaching based on 
Teaching Performance Assessments. Taken Credit/No Credit. A “B” 

(3.0) or better is required to receive a grade of credit. 


210 


ENGLISH, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE AND LINGUISTICS 



PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

Robert Voeks 

ASSOCIATE COORDINATOR 

Vacant 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Humanities 420A 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/envstud/ 


INTRODUCTION 

The master’s program in Environmental Studies is a broadly based interdisciplinary program 
that focuses on human interaction with the environment. The program is geared for students 
entering the rapidly expanding environmental field, especially in science, planning and regu- 
lation, and education. Because the scale and scope of environmental issues vary from local 
and practical to international and theoretical, the program seeks to integrate knowledge and 
approaches from a range of related disciplines in the sciences, social sciences, and humanities. 
Topics include environmental policy, management, pollution, law, philosophy, economics, plan- 
ning, regulation, and education. Given the range of their academic backgrounds, students are 
encouraged to craft a study plan that meets their own particular career or avocational goals. 
Students demonstrate their expertise in one of the environmental concentrations by preparing 
a thesis or project. 

Students select a course of study consistent with one of the following three concentrations: 
Environmental Sciences 

This area deals with the application of physical and biological science principles to environ- 
mental issues. Topical concerns include environmental ecology, water and air resources, and 
environmental geology. Students in this emphasis typically have a strong background in biology, 
chemistry, earth science, engineering, geography, geology or mathematics. 

Environmental Policy and Planning 

This area deals with the concepts and methods of the social and behavioral sciences as 
applied to environmental policy and planning. Topical concerns include urban and regional 
planning, environmental aspects of administration, design, ethics, perception, law and economics. 
Students in this area come from many backgrounds, including the natural, social or behavioral 
sciences, or the humanities. 


PROGRAM OFFERED 

Master of Science in Environmental 
Studies 


Environmental Education and Communication 

This emphasis seeks to develop a body of knowledge that is consistent with the needs of the 
environmental educator, the outdoor naturalist or the communication specialist. Students in this 
emphasis area should have a background in natural science, education or communications. 


PROGRAM COUNCIL AND ADVISERS 

Mike Steiner (American Studies), Susan 
Parman (Anthropology), Eugene Jones 
(Biological Science), Darren Sandquist 
(Biological Science), Harold Rogers 
(Chemistry) Jeff Kuo (Civil Engineering), 
Morteza Rahmatian (Economics), Andrea 
Guillaume (Elementary Education), 
Jonathan S. Taylor (Geography), John 
Foster (Geological Sciences), William Laton 
(Geological Sciences), Shari McMahan 
(Health Science), Gordon Bakken (History), 
Alberto Flores (Philosophy), Vince Buck 
(Political Science), Chad Briggs (Political 
Science), Dennis Berg (Sociology). 


International Learning Opportunities in Environmental Studies 

Because many environmental problems are trans-boundary in nature, our curriculum 
necessarily addresses issues that are international in scope. From topical courses, such as 
Environmental Ethics and Global Environmental Issues, to region-specific courses, such as 
Endangered Primates and Tropical Rainforests, students tackle an array of internationally significant 
environmental problems. This experience is enhanced further through interaction with the 
significant number of international students enrolled in the program. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 

Application Deadlines 

The deadlines for completing online applications are March 1st for the fall semester and 
October 1st for the spring semester (see http://www.csumentor.edu). Mailed applications need 
to be postmarked by the same deadlines. However, deadlines may be changed based upon 
enrollment projections. Check the university graduate studies website for current information 
http://www.fullerton.edu/graduate/. 


211 


ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 


Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

University requirements include a baccalaureate from an accredited 
institution and a grade-point average of 3.0 in the last 60 units of 
course work attempted. In addition, two letters of recommendation are 
required, at least one of which must come from a college or university. 

An undergraduate course in ecology and one in statistics are pre- 
requisites for admission. Students without these prerequisites will be 
admitted provisionally but must take these courses during their first 
year in the program. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

After completion of no more than nine semester units of adviser- 
approved course work and the development of an approved study 
plan, the student should apply for classified standing. 

STUDY PLAN 

The M.S. in Environmental Studies requires the completion of 36 
units of adviser-approved course work with a GPA of 3.0 or better and 
includes a thesis or project. The student’s thesis committee should be 
comprised of three CSUF faculty members, representing at least two 
different academic disciplines. A student’s project is supervised by a 
single CSUF faculty member. 

Environmental Studies Core (9 units) 

Environmental Studies 500 Environmental Issues and Approaches (3) 
Environmental Studies 510 Environmental Evaluation and Protection (3) 
Environmental Studies 520 Environmental Research and Analysis (3) 

Environmental Studies Electives 
(9-15 units) 

Choose from: 

Environmental Studies 59 5T Selected 
Topics in Environmental Problems (3) 

Environmental Studies 596 Internship in 
Environmental Studies (3) 

Environmental Studies 599 Independent 
Graduate Research (1-3) 

Cross-Disciplinary Electives Work 
(9-15 units) 

Courses outside Environ-mental Studies are chosen with prior 
approval of the faculty adviser and must be consistent with the stu- 
dent’s area of concentration. 

No more than 12 units can be taken from the undergraduate major 
department. A three -unit planning course must be included. 

Thesis 598 or Project 597 (3 units) 

All Environmental Studies students are required to register in 
Environmental Studies 597 Project or Environmental Studies 598 
Thesis exit research option. Students may only register for this course 
once. If they do not complete their project or thesis within this semester, 
they will be assigned a grade of RP for the course until a letter grade 
can be assigned. Since students are required to maintain continuous 
enrollment, they must register in GS 700 either through University 
Extension or CSUF Students may only enroll in GS 700 through 
University Extension for one semester if they are working on a project 
and for two semesters if they are working on a thesis. 

The deadline for project completion is the last Friday before the 
final exam period each semester. The deadline for thesis completion 
is set by the university (usually three weeks before the end of exam 
week). By the thesis/project deadline, a notification of completion form 


must be submitted with the faculty adviser’s signature and (if applicable) 
with change of grade card(s) from the faculty adviser. In addition, 
all students must submit a hard-bound copy of his or her completed 
project or thesis. A receipt indicating that a bound and title-embossed 
copy of the thesis or project has been ordered for the Environmental 
Studies Program may be submitted on the deadline. 

For further information, consult the graduate program coordinator. 

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as ENST in the class schedule 

500 Environmental Issues and Approaches (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in Environmental Studies. 
Discussions of interdisciplinary approaches to environmental problems 
and research methods. Students prepare seminars and papers on 
research design for potential thesis topics. Meets graduate writing 
requirement. 

510 Environmental Evaluation and Protection (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in Environmental Studies. 
Environmental parameters (water, air, solid wastes, noise, radiation, 
etc.). Techniques in monitoring and measurement; effect on human 
health; environmental quality standards and controls. Demonstrations 
and field trips. 

520 Environmental Research and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in Environmental Studies. Research 
methods and statistics used in the field of environmental studies. 
Research tools used in such areas as environmental field studies, 
environmental experiments, social environmental impacts, environ- 
mental attitudes and behavior and environmental trend analysis. 

Use of secondary data sources and computer required. 

595T Selected Topics in Environmental Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in Environmental Studies. Various 
environmental topics, contemporary or historic, that focus on problems 
(e.g., law, endangered habitats, planning, global environmental issues, 
etc.) Topic chosen and outline will be circulated prior to registration. 
May be repeated four times (with different topics) for credit. 

596 Internship in Environmental Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in Environmental Studies or consent 
of instructor. Field experience with a governmental or private agency. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: classified status in Environmental Studies program 
and consent of project adviser and program coordinator. Planning, 
preparation and completion of an acceptable, interdisciplinary project. 
Credit on submission of project and presentation of research findings 
in a poster session organized by the Environmental Studies Program.. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified status in Environmental Studies program 
and consent of instructor and program coordinator. Planning, prepara- 
tion and completion of an acceptable, interdisciplinary thesis. Credit 
on submission of thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in Environmental Studies and consent 
of instructor and program coordinator. May be repeated for credit for a 
maximum of three units. 



212 


ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 



PROGRAM COORDINATOR 

Cora A. Granata (History) 

PROGRAM OFFICE 

Humanities 815F 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in European Studies 
Minor in European Studies 

PROGRAM WEBSITE 

http://hss.fullerton.edu/history/european 

PROGRAM COUNCIL 

Gayle Brunelle (History), Jochen Burgtorf 
(History), Chad Briggs (Political Science), 
Angela Della Volpe (H&SS Associate Dean 
for Programs), Helene Domon (Modem 
Languages & Literatures), Cora A. Granata 
(History, Program Coordinator), Irene Lange 
(Coordinator, International Business), Bill 
Lloyd (Geography), Lynn Sargeant (History) 

PARTICIPATING FACULTY 

Renae Bredin (Women’s Studies), Gayle 
Brunelle (History), Jochen Burgtorf (History), 
Edward Castronova (Economics), Vincent 
Dropsy (Economics), Nancy Fitch (History), 
Mark Goodrich (Music), Cora A. Granata 
(History), Lynne Gross (Communications), 
Jane Hipolito (Comparative Literatures), 

Ben Hubbard (Comparative Religions), 

Irene Lange (International Business), 

Paul Levesque (Comparative Religions), 

Bill Lloyd (Geography), Stewart Long 
(Economics), Robert McLain (History), Susan 
Parman (Anthropology), Kenneth Ravissa 
(Kinesiology), Lynn Sargeant (History), George 
St. Laurent (Comparative Religions), Michael 
Scavio (Psychology), Steve Walk (Kinesiology), 
Larry Ward (Communications), most regular 
faculty members in the English Department, 
most regular faculty members in Modem 
Languages & Literatures who specialize in 
European languages, and most regular faculty 
members in the Philosophy Department 

ADVISER 

Professor Cora A. Granata 


INTRODUCTION 

European Studies is an interdisciplinary program designed for students whose interests and 
career objectives are in areas such as business, journalism, entertainment, government service, 
law or education, as well as those who plan to study some aspect of the European experience at 
the graduate level. The program provides students already majoring in an existing discipline or 
department (i.e., history, business, art, economics, philosophy, etc.) the opportunity to have a 
second major or a related minor. In addition, the program fulfills the various cultural objectives 
common to any liberal arts program. It would be a particularly good choice for students seeking 
teaching credentials. 

The program has eight learning objectives: (1) to understand holistically the historical devel- 
opment of European politics, economics, society and culture; (2) to recognize and analyze the 
contributions of cultural diversity to Europe’s past and present; (3) to relate European regional 
developments to the global forces shaping developments in other world regions; (4) to identify 
the particular approaches of specific academic disciplines that study Europe; (5) to evaluate the 
advantages and disadvantages of specific disciplinary approaches to regional studies; (6) to syn- 
thesize from across the humanities and social sciences the multiple disciplinary approaches to 
the regional study of Europe; (7) to communicate both in writing and orally in a stylistically and 
grammatically correct manner in order to articulate the information learned in the program; (8) to 
think critically and to comprehend, analyze and synthesize information from a variety of primary 
and secondary sources, including written sources, images and film. 

ADMITTANCE TO THE PROGRAM 

Students wishing to be admitted to the major in European Studies must have acquired at least 
intermediate-level competency in a European language other than English. Further, they must 
have a solid foundation in Europe’s geography, society and culture. 

Upper-Division European Language Requirement 

Intermediate-level competency in a foreign language, equivalent to the intermediate language 
courses numbered 204 in the Department of Modem Languages and Literatures, is a prerequisite 
to the upper-division European language requirement. It is therefore strongly recommended that 
students complete a minimum of three years of foreign language study while in high school. 
Competency equivalent to that achieved in a European language course numbered 204 satis- 
fies the Second Language Graduation Requirement, which is required for the Bachelor’s Degree 
in European Studies for all students who enter Cal State Fullerton as first-time freshmen in Fall 
2006, or who enter a community college in Fall 2006 with intent to transfer to Cal State Fullerton 
(see Second Language Requirement elsewhere in this catalog). 

Completion of an advanced composition and grammar course is a core requirement for all 
European Studies students. In addition, majors must complete an additional upper-division 
foreign language class selected from those listed in the student’s advisement track. 

Students should enroll at the point in the sequence of courses for which their previous study 
and/or experience has prepared them. Students with no language background should enroll in 
fundamental 101 -level courses. Normally, two years of high school language study are consid- 
ered to be equivalent to one year of college language. Students just completing two years of high 
school language should begin at the 200-level intermediate courses. 

European languages available at CSUF are French, German, Portuguese and Spanish. Students 
wishing to pursue other European languages may enroll in appropriate courses at other CSU or 
UC campuses or transfer credits from other accredited language programs. 

Students may also meet the intermediate-level foreign language prerequisite by passing a 
proficiency exam administered by the European Studies Program Coordinator. 


213 


EUROPEAN STUDIES 


European Studies Foundation Courses and General Education 

Students wishing to be admitted to the major in European Studies 
must have a solid foundation in Europe’s geography, society and 
culture. Thus, students are strongly advised to choose from the fol- 
lowing European Studies Foundation Courses when selecting their 
General Education (GE) course work. (GE requirements fulfilled by each 
European Studies Foundation Course are listed in italics.) 

History 110A World Civilization to the 16^ Century 
Historical and Cultural Foundations Part A Ql.A) 

History 1 10B World Civilization since the 16 1 * 1 Century 
Historical and Cultural Foundations Part A Ql.A) 

Geography 100 Global Geography 

Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Social Sciences QllC. 1) 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics 

Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Social Sciences QII.C.1) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 

Disciplinary Learning Implications and Explorations in the Social Sciences 
Q11.C.2) 

Art 201 A Art and Civilization 

Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Arts (11I.B.1) 

Art 201 B: Art and Civilization 

Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Arts ( Ill.B.l ) 

History 230 The Ascent of Man 

Disciplinary Learning Implications and Explorations in Mathematics and 
Natural Sciences (1II.A.3) 

Music 103 History of Rock Music 

Disciplinary Learning Implications, Explorations and Participatory 
Experience in the Arts and Humanities (III.B.3) 

Women’s Studies 205 Women’s World Movements 
Lifelong Learning (IV) 

Comp Lit 110 Literature of the Western World from 
Ancient through Medieval Times 
Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Humanities (III.B.2) 

Anthro 100 Non-Western Culture and the Western Tradition 
Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Humanities (III.B.2) 

Comp Lit 111 Literature of the Western World from the 
Renaissance through the 19 1 ^ Century 
Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Humanities (III.B.2) 

Comparative Religion 200 Introduction to Christianity 
Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Humanities ( III.B.2 ) 

Comparative Religion 210 Introduction to Judaism 

Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Humanities (III.B.2) 

Philosophy 290 History of Philosophy: Greek Philosophy 
Disciplinary Learning Introduction to the Humanities (1//.B.2) 

Bachelor of Arts in European Studies 

The major consists of 39 upper-division units including a required 
set of core courses (18 units) and an elective component (21 units). At 
least 12 but not more than 15 units in the elective component must be 
drawn from one of the five advisement tracks: (1) European Culture, 
Religion and Philosophy; (2) European Fine Arts and Literatures; (3) 
European History, Politics and Society; (4) Communications, Business 
and Economics in Europe; and (5) Thematic Plan in European Studies. 


Required Core Courses (18 units) 

Geography (3 units) 

Geography 336 Europe (3) 

History (3 units) 

Anthro 320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Economics 351 European Economic History (3) 

History 320 Modem European History (1789-present) (3) 

Poli Sci 330 Politics in Nation-States (3) 

Upper-Division European Language Requirement (6 units minimum) 

With the approval of the Program Coordinator, students wishing to 
pursue European languages other than those offered at CSUF may satisfy 
these requirements by enrolling in comparable courses at other CSU or 
UC campuses or by transferring credits from other accredited language 
programs. 

1. Composition and Grammar (3 units) 

One course in advanced composition and grammar in a European 
language other than English. 

French 307 Advanced Composition & Grammar (3) 

German 305 Advanced Conversation <Sr Composition (3) 

Portuguese 317 Advanced Conversation & Composition (3) 

Spanish 301 Advanced Conversation & Composition (3) 

2. Upper-Division Specialty Course (3 units) 

One advanced Modern Languages & Literatures specialty course 
selected from those listed in the student’s advisement track. 

Upper-Division Writing Requirement (3 units) 

European Studies does not offer its own upper-division writing 
course. Instead, students take an approved writing course in one of the 
program’s constituent departments. For a European Studies major with a 
declared minor, the writing course in that minor will satisfy this require- 
ment. For double majors, the writing requirement will be satisfied by 
taking the writing course in the second major. 

European Studies Senior Colloquium (3 units) 

Upper-Division Elective Courses (21 units, at least 12 hut no 
more than 15 of which must be drawn from ONE of the following 
advisement tracks) 

Established department prerequisites for courses in the advisement 
tracks will not be waived for European Studies students. Special topics, 
variable topics, and new courses, when such courses deal in some signif- 
icant way with the European experience, may be approved for European 
Studies credit at the discretion of the Program Coordinator. 

Advisement Tracks are designed to help students in their career and 
educational planning. The tracks represent central concentrations within 
the field of European Studies. While students gain their core knowl- 
edge of the category’ “Europe” by taking the European Studies Core 
Requirements, the advisement tracks allow students to develop further 
specialization in one of five central aspects of the European experience. 

ADVISEMENT TRACK ONE: European Culture, 

Religion & Philosophy 

This track is particularly useful for students whose career objec- 
tives are in education, as well as those who plan to study some aspect 
of the European experience at the graduate level. Students choos- 
ing Advisement Track One gain expertise in the changing, contested 
definitions of European cultural identity. They have the opportunity 


214 


EUROPEAN STUDIES 


to examine further the philosophical and religious underpinnings of 
European culture and to explore how Europeans have defined cultural 
insiders and outsiders based on ethnicity, race, religion, class and 
gender. 

Afro-Ethnic Studies 335 History of Racism (3) 

Anthro 320 Cultures of Europe (3) (unless selected to fulfill core 
requirements) 

Comparative Religion 345A History and Development of Early 
Christian Thought (3) 

Comparative Religion 345B History and Development of Modem 
Christian Thought (3) 

Comparative Religion 346A History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Biblical and Rabbinical Eras (3) 

Comparative Religion 346B History and Development of Jewish 
Thought: Medieval and Modem Eras (3) 

French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

French 325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German Civilization (3) 

German 325 Current Trends in Culture of German-Speaking Peoples (3) 
Kinesiology 380 History and Philosophy of Human Movement (3) 
Kinesiology 381 Sport, Games, and Culture (3) 

Philosophy 270 Ethics (3) 

Philosophy 300 History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) 
Philosophy 301 History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century (3) 
Philosophy 303 Introduction to the Philosophy of Science (3) 
Philosophy 311 Aesthetics: Philosophy of Art and Beauty (3) 
Philosophy 323 Existentialism (3) 

Philosophy 324 Existential Group (3) 

Philosophy 345 Social and Political Philosophy (3) 

Philosophy 348 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

Philosophy 355 Philosophy of Law (3) 

Philosophy 380 Analytic Philosophy: 1900 to 1950 (3) 

Philosophy 381 The Analytic Tradition: 1950 to the Present (3) 
Philosophy 382 Marx and Marxism (3) 

Philosophy 383 Postmodernism (3) 

Philosophy 410 Ethical Theory (3) 

Philosophy 420 Metaphysics (3) 

Philosophy 430 Epistemology (3) 

Philosophy 440 Philosophy of Mind (3) 

Portuguese 320 Introduction to Luzo-Brazilian 
Culture & Civilization (3) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3) 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish Culture (3) 

Women’s Studies 302 Introduction to Intercultural Women’s Studies (3) 


ADVISEMENT TRACK TWO: European Fine Arts 
and Literature 

This track is particularly useful for students whose career objectives 
are in the fine arts, entertainment, as well as those who plan to study 
some aspect of the European experience at the graduate level. Students 
choosing Advisement Track Two gain expertise in the production and 
analysis of high cultural artifacts in art, literature, music, oratory, and 
theatre. This track also allows students to examine the works of cul- 
tural minorities and women in fine arts and literature. 

Art 301 Ancient Art (3) 

Art 302 Medieval Art (3) 

Art 311 Foundations of Modem Art (3) 

Art 312 Modem Art (3) 

Art 320 History of Architecture Before the Modem Era (3) 

Art 401 History of Women Artists (3) 

Art 413 History of Contemporary Art (3) 

Art 431 Renaissance Art (3) 

Comp Lit 315 Classical Mythology in World Literature (3) 

Comp Lit 373 Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature (3) 

Comp Lit 374 Twentieth-Century Russian Literature (3) 

Comp Lit 450 Medieval Literature (3) 

Comp Lit 451 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 

English 315 Chaucer (3) 

English 316 Shakespeare (3) 

English 317 Milton (3) 

English 347 The Fairy Tale (3) 

English 374 The Gothic Novel (3) 

English 416 Studies in Shakespeare (3) 

English 450 Medieval Literature (3) 

English 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) 

English 452 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 453 17th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 454 The Drama of the Restoration & the 18 1 * 1 Century (3) 
English 455 Restoration and 18^ Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

English 456 The Development of the English Novel through Jane 
Austen (3) 

English 457 The Romantic Movement in English Literature (3) 
English 458 Victorian Literature (3) 

English 459 Development of the 19 1 ^ Century English Novel (3) 
English 462 Modern British and American Novels (3) 

English 463 Contemporary Novels in English (3) 

English 464 Modem British and American Drama (3) 

English 465 Contemporary Drama in English (3) 

English 466 Modem British and American Poetry (3) 

English 467 Contemporary Poetry in English (3) 

English 491 Traditions of English Literary Criticism (3) 


215 


EUROPEAN STUDIES 


English 492 Modem Critical Theory (3) 

Human Comm 430 Classical Rhetoric (3) 

Human Comm 432 Contemporary Rhetoric (3) 

Modem Languages 6z Literatures: Any adviser-approved upper- 

division course taught in a European language other than English. 
(3 or more) 

Music 305 Women in Music (3) 

Music 351 A History and Literature of Music (3) 

Music 35 IB History and Literature of Music (3) 

Music 35 1C History and Literature of Music (3) 

Music 456 Opera Literature and Interpretation (3) 

Music 457A Song Literature and Interpretation (3) 

Music 457B Song Literature and Interpretation (3) 

Theatre 388 Period Styles and Form for the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 475A World Theatre (3) 

Theatre 475B World Theatre (3) 

Theatre 475C World Theatre (3) 

Theatre 475E World Theatre (3) 


ADVISEMENT TRACK THREE: European History, 

Politics 6 Society 

This track is particularly useful for students whose career objectives 
are in government service, law, as well as those who plan to study 
some aspect of the European experience at the graduate level. Students 
choosing Advisement Track Three gain further expertise in the historical 
evolution of European Political Institutions and Social relations. This 
track also allows students to examine European ethnic, gender, and 
class relations from historical, political and sociological perspectives. 

Criminal Justice 450 Organized Crime and Intelligence Analysis (3) 
French 315 Origins of Modem France (3) 

French 325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 


German 315 Introduction to German Civilization (3) 

German 325 Current Trends in Culture of German- 
Speaking Peoples (3) 

History 311 World War II (3) 

History 320 Modem European History (3) (unless selected to fulfill 
core requirements) 


History 395 A History of the First World War (3) 

History 402 Ancient and Medieval Britain (3) 

History 403 Tudor-Stuart England (3) 

History 404 History of Modem England and Great Britain (3) 
History 405 History of the Jews (3) 

History 406 The Holocaust (3) 

History 409 Cities in European Civilization, 1000-1915 (3) 
History 4 15A Classical Greece (3) 

History 417A Roman Republic (3) 

History 4 17B Roman Empire (3) 

History 420 The Byzantine Empire (3) 

History 421 A History of the Christian Church to 
the Reformation (1517) (3) 


History 42 IB History of the Christian Church from the Reformation 
to the Present (3) 

History 423 Medieval History, 300-1350 (3) 

History 424T Gender and Sexuality in History (3) 

History 425A The Renaissance (3) 

History 42 5B The Reformation (3) 

History 427 Enlightenment and Revolution (3) 

History 428 The Rise and Decline of Liberal Europe in the 19 1 * 1 
Century (3) 

History 429A Europe 1890-1945 (3) 

History 429B Europe Since 1945 (3) 

History 430 History of Science: Copernicus to the Present (3) 
History 432 From Bismarck to Hitler: Modem Germany 
1870-1945 (3) 


History 434A Russia to 1890 (3) 

History 434B The Russian Revolutions and the Soviet Regime (3) 

Poli Sci 330 Politics in Nation-States (3) (unless selected to fulfill 
core requirements) 

Poli Sci 340 Political Philosophy (3) 

Poli Sci 350 World Politics in the 21 st Century (3) 

Poli Sci 438 Western European Democracies (3) 

Poli Sci 457 Politics of International Economics (3) 

Poli Sci 461 The United Nations and International Organization (3) 
Poli Sci 476 International Law (3) 

Portuguese 320 Introduction to Luzo-Brazilian Culture & 
Civilization (3) 

Psychology 408 History of Psychology (3) 

Sociology 410 Theories of Social Behavior (3) 

Spanish 315 Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3) 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish Culture (3) 


ADVISEMENT TRACK FOUR: Communications, 

Business & Economics in Europe 

This track is particularly useful for students whose career objec- 
tives are in business, journalism, as well as those who plan to study 
some aspect of the European experience at the graduate level. Students 
choosing Advisement Track Four develop further expertise in the 
changing impact of European economic integration on global trade, 
communications and finance. 

Economics 330 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Economics 331 Economies in Transition (3) 

Economics 335 The International Economy (3) 

Economics 351 European Economic History (3) (unless selected to 
fulfill core requirements) 

Economics 411 International Trade (3) 

Economics 431 International Macroeconomics and Growth (3) 
Economics 450 History of Economic Thought (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 


216 


EUROPEAN STUDIES 


French 310 French in the Business World (3) 

French 311 French for International Business (3) 

French 407 French Film (3) 

German 310 German in the Business World (3) 

German 311 German for International Business (3) 

German 482 German Literature & Culture in Film (3) 

Human Comm 432 Contemporary Rhetoric (3) 

Management 346 International Law for Business (3) 

Management 350 International Management (3) 

Management 480 Global Strategic Management (3) 

Marketing 445 International Marketing (3) 

Marketing 475 Export Marketing Strategies (3) 

Marketing 489 Developing Marketing Strategies (3) 

Portuguese 310 Portuguese in the Business World (3) 

Radio-TV-Film 383 World Cinema (3) 

Radio-TV-Film 426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Spanish 310 Spanish in the Business World (3) 

Spanish 311 Spanish for International Business (3) 

ADVISEMENT TRACK FIVE: Thematic Plan in 
European Studies 

This track is useful for students with specialized individual career 
goals or those with career plans in education. Students must develop 
their thematic plan in conjunction with the Program Coordinator to 
insure that their course of study meets European Studies learning 
goals. 

Option 1 : Individualized plan of study to be developed in conjunc- 
tion with European Studies Program Coordinator. 

Option 2: Open to Liberal Studies students only. Individualized plan 
of study to be developed in conjunction with Liberal Studies adviser 
and European Studies Program Coordinator. 

Minor In European Studies 

The minor consists of 19 upper-division units including a required 
set of core courses (10 units) and an elective component (9 units). 


Required Core Courses (10 units) 

Geography (3) 

Geography 336 Europe (3) 

History (3) 

Anthro 320 Cultures of Europe (3) 

Economics 351 European Economic History (3) 

History 320 Modern European History (1789-present) (3) 

Poli Sci 330 Politics in Nation-States (3) 

Upper-Division Foreign Language Composition and Grammar (3) 

One course in advanced composition and grammar in a European 
language other than English. With the approval of the Program 
Coordinator, students wishing to pursue European languages other 
than those offered at CSUF may satisfy these requirements by enrolling 
in comparable courses at other CSU or UC campuses or be transferring 
credits from other accredited language programs. 

French 307 Advanced Composition & Grammar (3) 

German 305 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 
Portuguese 317 Advanced Conversation & Composition (3) 
Spanish 301 Advanced Conversation & Composition (3) 

European Studies Senior Colloquium (1) 

Upper-Division Elective Courses (9 units) 

Students may choose to take any of the courses listed as electives 
for the major. 

EUROPEAN STUDIES COURSES 

Courses are designated as EUST in the class schedule. 

490 European Studies Senior Colloquium (1-3) 

Course open only to European Studies majors and minors with 
senior standing who have completed 6 units of European Studies 
Required Core Courses. Senior capstone seminar requires majors and 
minors to assemble a portfolio of prior work in European Studies and 
majors to complete an additional original research paper/project that 
deals in some way with a problem or challenge facing Europe today. 


217 


EUROPEAN STUDIES 


INTRODUCTION 




DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

Mark Hoven Stohs 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

College Park 1060-2 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

www. business, fullerton .edu/finance 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 
Concentration in Finance 
Master of Business Administration 
Concentration in Finance 

FACULTY 

Vipin Agrawal, Su Chan, Carolyn Chang, 
Donald Crane, John Erickson, Joseph Greco, 
Tsong-Yue Lai, Yuming Li, Weili Lu, Yun 
Park, Catherine Richert, Zekiye Selvili, Mark 
Hoven Stohs, Donald Valachi, Blaine Walgren, 
Ko Wang, Jing Yang 

ADVISERS 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf 
Hall 731, provides information on admissions, 
curriculum and graduation requirements, 
registration and grading procedures, residence 
and similar academic matters. In addition, 
advising on curriculum content and career 
opportunities may be obtained from the chair 
of the Finance Depanment or from: 

Financial Management 

Vipin Agrawal, John Erickson, Yun Park 
Personal Financial Planning 
Donald Crane 
Real Estate 

Donald Valachi, Ko Wang 
Securities and Investments 
Yuming Li 

Insurance and Financial Services 
Weili Lu 

International Finance 
Joseph Greco 


In choosing their coursework, students are advised (but not required) to choose one of the 
five areas (advisory tracks) of study within the finance concentration. The corporate/intemational 
financial management track is designed to provide entry-level skills for students interested in 
the financial management of a non-financial firm. The international component of this track is 
designed for students who are interested in international corporate financial management. The 
financial institutions track may lead to employment in banks or savings and loan associations. 
The investment/financial planning track is designed for students interested in positions with 
brokerage firms or financial planning firms. The insurance and financial services track is 
designed for students interested in positions with life insurance firms. The real estate profession 
track is designed for students interested in careers in commercial brokerage, property manage- 
ment, property development and real estate finance. Students may also combine courses from 
different advisory tracks to meet a specialized educational objective. 

Awards in Finance 

Finance Outstanding Service Award 
Finance Outstanding Student Award 
Financial Executives Award 

Peter M. Mlynaryk Outstanding Real Estate Student Award 

John Nichols Investment Trust Award 

9 ERZ/STARZ Target of Management Scholarships 

Edward D’Cunha 

Mercury Insurance Group 

Pacific Life Insurance Award 

Auto Club of Southern California 

RIMS 

Chen-da Su Insurance Award 
Additional Awards 

Actuary Scholarships (Math/Finance) 

Aon Risk Services Insurance Award 

CAIPA Insurance Scholarship (Chinese American Insurance Professionals Association) 

Bill Doomey Memorial Insurance Scholarship 
George Joseph Insurance Scholarship 
Insurance Professionals of Orange County Award 
New York Life Insurance Award 

OCTFCU (Orange County Teachers Federal Credit Union) Financial Planning Award 
Society of Financial Services Professionals Award 
Travelers Insurance Award 
Wang Family Insurance Award 


218 


FINANCE 


bachelor of arts in business administration 

See “Business Administration, Finance Concentration.” 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

See “Business Administration, MBA Specialist Plan” 

FINANCE COURSES 

Courses are designated as FIN in the class schedule. 

310 Personal Financial Management (3) 

Financial problems of the household in allocating resources and 
planning expenditures. Housing, insurance, installment buying, medical 
care, savings and investments. Also examines the special financial 
planning problems faced by minorities and women. (May not be used 
to fulfill the concentration requirement in finance.) 

320 Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201A. Corequisites: InfoSys/DecSci 361A 
and Business Admin 301. Financing business enterprises; financial 
planning and control; analysis of alternative sources and uses of combi- 
nations of short-, intermediate- and long-term debt and equity. Cost of 
capital and capital investment decisions; capital budgeting analysis and 
valuation; working capital and capital structure management; corporate 
financial decisions in an international environment. 

331 Working Capital 
Management and Computer 
Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. 
Analysis of working capital 
management and policy. Use 
of available software pro- 
grams and financial models 
in the management of cash 
and short- term securities; 
the management of accounts 
receivable and inventories; 
financial forecasting; and 
short-term financing. 

332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Risk and return analysis. An introduction 
to asset pricing models for valuing debt and equity. Analysis of capital 
budgeting, capital structure and dividend theories, long-term financial 
planning and firm valuation. 

335 Financial Analysis for Investors and Lenders (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Interpretation of financial statements 
from the perspective of both the financial analyst and the creditor. 
Emphasis on the economic meaning of financial statement data for 
the purpose of valuing the firm’s securities. 

340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Institutional characteristics of securities 
markets, security valuation and trading methods, fundamental and 
technical analysis, selection and management of securities, role of the 
capital asset pricing model in investing, options and futures markets, 
portfolio analysis and mutual funds. 


342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Capital and money markets in the 
American and international economies; markets for new corporate 
and government issues; secondary markets; use of derivative 
securities for hedging; factors influencing yields and security prices. 

351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Real estate principles, practices and 
investment decisions. Equity investment, finance, legal aspects, 
practices, principles, property development, real estate administration 
in the public sector, real estate market analysis, and valuation. 

352 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Financial institutions and real estate 
credit. Sources and uses of capital (funds) in financing real estate trans- 
actions. Money and capital markets and their effect on credit avail- 
ability. Emphasis on secondary mortgage markets, securitization and 
derivative securities. 

353 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. A comprehensive coverage of the basic 
concepts and principles of real estate valuation. Emphasis is placed on 
the use of the three approaches to valuation for the appraisal of both 
residential and income-producing properties. The role of valuation in 
real estate investment. Government regulation of appraisers. 

355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Alternative analytical techniques in 
evaluating real estate investments. Tax aspects, measurement of invest- 
ment returns, application of computer models to investment decisions. 
Lecture, discussion and case analysis of major investment types - raw 
land, apartment houses, commercial and industrial uses. 

360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Analysis of the risk management process, 
introduction to property and liability insurance, employee benefits and 
financial planning. Overview of the insurance industry and insurance 
problems. 

370 International Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Financing problems of the multinational 
business. The international financial environment, taxation of foreign 
income, the cost of capital in international capital and money markets, 
problems of risk in foreign investments, and financial techniques for 
the operation of the multinational firm. 

371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Institutional arrangements, methods 
and techniques used to finance international trade. Government and 
financial institution services. Risk-return aspects of international sales, 
insurance needs, the use of letters of credit, international factoring, 
accounts receivable insurance and other financing techniques. 

Review of required export-import documentation. 

373 Asia-Pacific Financial and Security Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Overview of financial markets in Japan, 
Korea, Taiwan, China, Hong Kong, Singapore and Southeast Asia. 
Historical perspectives, regulations, more recent liberalization and 
internationalization and institutional technical aspects of the stock, 
bond, and other financial markets. 



219 


FINANCE 


410 Theory & Practice of Personal Financial Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Developing, implementing and monitoring 
comprehensive personal financial plans. Includes nsk management, 
investments, taxation, retirement and estate planning, as well as 
professional practices. 

411 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisite Finance 320 Development of retirement objectives, 
needs and financial condition Forecasting retirement income from 
employer based retirement plans IRAs. insurance policies, social 
security, and investment programs Medicare, medical, group life and 
health benefits after retirement. Property titling, wills and transfers in 
contemplation of death. 

425 Commercial Bank and Financial Institution Management (3) 

Prerequisite Finance 320 The solution of financial institution prob- 
lems. Major financial intermediaries and the decision-making problems 
they face. Regulation and its effect on management operations. Group 
problems and case studies 

432 Financial Forecasting and Budgeting (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Forecasting in financial management, 
profit planning and control process; goals, technical procedures, and 
effects of budgeting; mechanics of forecasting and budgeting, follow 
up and control. 

433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 332. Case studies Group problems and case 
studies relating to estimation of funds requirements, long-term financial 
planning, evaluation of cash flows, financing acquisitions and mergers, 
capital budgeting and cost of capital Team-building, leadership and 
computer-assisted presentation skills. Not applicable 
for graduate degree credit. 

442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 340 and InfoSys/DecSci 361 A. Securities 
markets and company analysis security valuation models, the CAPM 
and the APT, option pricing, and portfolio models Practical application 
of investment theory and recent literature will be emphasized. Students 
may not receive credit for both Finance 442 and 541. 

444 Options and Futures (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 340. Put and call options, option pricing 
theory and models. Financial futures pricing, hedging strategies and 
models. Institutional characteristics of futures trading. Options and 
futures on stock indices. Options on futures, theoretical relationship 
between options and futures. 

454 Real Estate Market Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite Finance 351 Factors and influences of urban growth 
and development. Economic factors and real estate supply and demand. 
Location theory and urban growth patterns. Public policy as a factor in 
real estate development. Analysis of real estate markets. 

456 Property Development and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Decision making in the property 
development process - from raw land to marketing and management of 
the completed product. Policy formulation and implementation, project 
feasibility analysis, financial analysis, computer assisted analysis; case 
studies. 


461 Business Property and Liability Risk Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 360. Course covers the duties and functions 
of a corporate risk manager, the major commercial property liability 
lines including business income, general liability, commercial auto 
workers compensation, business owner insurance, and operation of 
property liability insurers. 

462 Life and Flealth Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 360. Course covers the analysis of various 
types of life annuity and health insurance contracts, major employee 
benefit plans adopted by corporations and the organization and 
management of life and health insurance companies. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 332, a concentration in finance, consent 
of department internship adviser, junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one 
semester in residence at the university. Also open to international 
business majors. Planned and supervised work experience. May be 
repeated for credit up to a total of six units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 320 and consent of the instructor and 
department chair. Open to undergraduate students desinng to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 

517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 510 and classified CBE status. The 
modem theory and practice of financial management Brief review of 
net present value and the time value of money Basic principles of risk 
and return, from an asset pricing perspective, as applied to the valu- 
ation of debt and equity. Capital budgeting and forecasting. Capital 
structure and dividend theory. Firm valuation from a value-based 
management and corporate governance perspective. 

523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified CBE status. 
The analysis of the financial decision-making process through case 
studies and seminar presentations. Current financial theory and 
models. International applications. 

533 Seminar in Financial Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 523 and classified CBE status. Optimal 
financing and asset administration; advanced techniques of capital 
budgeting; application of analytical methods to the administration 
of the finance function of the business firm. 

540 Seminar in Financial Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified CBE status. 
Structure and operation of major financial institutions; portfolio 
composition, price-cost problems, and market behavior; analysis of 
financial intermediation and interrelation of financial institutions and 
markets. 


220 


FINANCE 


541 Seminar in Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified CBE status. 
Problems of investment and portfolio management; concepts of risk 
evaluation and investment criteria; analysis of interest rate movements; 
investment valuation and timing; regulation and administrative prob- 
lems of the industry. Students may not receive credit for both Finance 
442 and 541. 

543 Entrepreneurial Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517, Accounting 510 and Accounting 511. 
This course deals with financing a new/small firm including forecasting 
the firm’s investment needs, raising short-term funding and banking 
relationships, managing working capital, making fixed assert invest- 
ment and managing risk. 

551 Seminar in Real Estate Investment (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified CBE status. 
Problems of real estate investment; concepts of evaluation and invest- 
ment criteria; analysis of real property values; real estate development 
and financing. Case studies. 

570 Seminar in International Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified CBE status. 
The financial problems of the multinational firm. International financing 
instruments, capital investment decisions, and constraints on the 
profitability of multinational businesses. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified CBE status, 
consent of instructor and approval by Department Chair. Directed 
independent inquiry. Not open to students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified CBE status, 
consent of instructor and approval by Department Chair and Associate 
Dean. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic 
probation. 



DEPARTMENT CHAIR 

William Lloyd 

DEPARTMENT OFFICE 

Humanities 420A 

DEPARTMENT WEBSITE 

http://geography.fullerton.edu/ 

PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Bachelor of Arts in Geography 
Minor in Geography 
Master of Arts in Geography 

FACULTY 

John Carroll, Mark Drayse, Wayne 
Engstrom, Deborah Feder, Gary’ Hannes, 
William Lloyd, Jon Taylor, Robert Voeks, 
Barbara Weightman, Robert Young 

ADVISERS 

Undergraduate: Wayne Engstrom 
Graduate: Jon Taylor 


INTRODUCTION 

Geography is the study of the earth as the home of humanity. Geography provides a broad 
understanding of the processes that unite people, places and environments. Geographers explore 
the diverse regions of the contemporary world in pursuit of global understanding. They tie 
together the study of human spatial organizations and cultural landscapes with an in-depth 
investigation of the earths landforms, climates and vegetation. Their methods range from 
fieldwork in foreign areas to advanced information technologies like computerized geographic 
information systems. Geography graduates find rewarding careers in environmental analysis and 
planning, business, government agencies and education. 

International Learning Opportunities in Geography 

The Department of Geography is strongly committed to providing students with an inter- 
national perspective. Geography 100 Global Geography offers a broad overview of the major 
countries and regions of the earth. Upper-division courses in Latin America (Geography 333), 
Europe (Geography 336), Asia (Geography 340) and Africa (Geography 344) offer an opportu- 
nity for in-depth study of specific regions. Finally, many other courses (Geography 120 Global 
Environmental Problems and Geography 360 Geography of the Worlds Economics, for example), 
include a strong international emphasis. In recent years, members of the geography faculty have 
conducted fieldwork in Asia, South America and Europe. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 

Credential Information 

The bachelors degree in geography may be effectively combined with subject matter studies 
necessary for either the multiple subject teaching credential (K-8) or single subject credential 
(7-12) in social studies. Undergraduates are encouraged to work with the Center for Careers in 
Teaching (714-278-7130) as early as possible in their academic careers to plan efficient course 
selections for general education, the major and electives. With careful planning, it may be possible 
to enter the credential program in the senior year of the bachelor’s degree. Postgraduate students 
should contact the Admission to Teacher Education office in the College of Education (714- 
278-3411) to obtain information on attending an overview presentation. 

The Bachelor of Arts in Geography requires a minimum of 120 units which includes courses 
for the major. General Education, all University requirements, and free electives. 

The major consists of at least 39 units of geography, of which at least 2 1 units must be in 
upper-division courses. Students may satisfy some requirements with equivalent course work 
taken at other institutions. Each course counted toward the major must be completed with 
a grade of “C” (2.0) or higher. Students are encouraged to take additional geography courses 
beyond the minimum required for the major. 

Career Emphasis 

Geography graduates often find employment in such areas as environmental planning and 
related technical fields. For this reason, an optional upper-division emphasis in environmental 
analysis is available within the major. 

Major in Geography 

The major consists of a total of 39 units of course work. 


222 


GEOGRAPHY 


Lower- Division Core (15 units) 

Geography 100 Global Geography 

Geography 110 Physical Geography 

Geography 160 Human Geography 

Geography 281 Map Making with GIS 

Three additional units from courses numbered 280 to 289. 


Environmental Geography (3 units) 

Geography 329 Cities and Nature 

OR Geography 350 Nature and Society 
Human Geography (3 units) 

Geography 357 Spatial Behavior 

OR Geography 360 Geography of the Worlds Economies 
OR Geography 370 Cities and Suburbs 
Physical Geography (3 units) 

Geography 312 Geomorphology 

OR Geogra